'^r

I

■ 5v ^Li

1 -V.

'C- 1

w

/

v

'tbrarn of tbe Museum

OF

COMPARATIVE ZOOLOGY,

AT HARVARD COLLEGE, CAMBRIDGE, MASS.

The gift of

no. ^yf

udt /fro- fdL.ij^cji

PROCEEDINGS

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA

FOR

PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XXVIII.
JANUARY TO DECEMBER, 1890.

PHILADELPHIA :
PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY

BY MAC CALLA & COMPANY.
1890.

Jan. :;, 1890.] *■ [Gatschet.

PROCEEDINGS

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY,

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA, FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XXVIII. January to June, 1890. No. 132.

THE BEOTHUK INDIANS.

By Albert S. Gatschet.

Third Article.,

{Read before the American Philosophical Society, January 3, 1SOO.)

Among the three vocabularies which I have recently had the good for-
tune of receiving, there is one just as old as the century, and another
comes from an aged person who has actually heard words of the language
pronounced by a Beothuk Indian. I take pleasure in placing these lists
before the Society, together with a number of new ethnographic facts
gathered in the old haunts of the extinct race, which will prove to be of
scientific value.

BIBLIOGRAPHY.

Since my first article the following publications on the Beothuk Indians
have come to my notice :

Blake, Mrs. Edith: "The Beothuk Indians," in the monthly periodical,
Nineteenth Century (Kegan & Co., publishers, London), December,
1888, pp. 899-918. This article contains important extracts from J.
Cartwright's manuscript and interesting details about Shauandithit.
An American reprint of the Nineteenth Century is published by Leonard
Scott, New York City.

Murray, Chas. .Aug. (author of the "Prairie Bird," etc.): "The Red In-
dians of Newfoundland." Philadelphia : T. B. Peterson, 98 Chest-
nut street (no date, about 1850 ?) ; illustrated. The book is pure
fiction ; the first chapter alone contains some ethnologic points.

New York Herald, Correspondence of. Date specified below.

Stearns, Winfrid Alden : ' ' Labrador : A Sketch of its Peoples, its Indus-
tries," etc. Boston: Lee & Shepard, 1884. Small 8vo, 8 and 295
pages. The description, pp. 254-272, suggests interesting compari-
sons of the Labrador Indians with the Beothuks.
proc. amer philos. soc. xxviii. 132. a. printed FEB. 12, 1890.

o

Gatschet.] ^ [Jan. 3,

Storm, Prof. Qustav : " Studies on the Vineland Voyages." In Memoires
de la societe royale des antiquaires du Nord ; nouvelle serie. Copen-
hague, 1888. 8vo. The Beothuks are spoken of, pp. 361, 362. Storm
assumes, that the Helluland of the Norse explorers was Labrador;
Vineland, Nova Scotia ; Markland, Newfoundland.

The Harbor Grace Standard and Conception Bay Advertiser : Linguistic
and biographic article. Date specified below.

ETHNOGRAPHIC NOTES.

While returning from one of his annual explorations in the autumn of
1882, Mr. James P. Howley met Mr. Duggan, who owns a settlement at
La Scie, one of the more northern harbors of Newfoundland, in north-
east part of the isle ; he informed him that numerous stone implements
and utensils had at various times been found in his neighborhood, espe-
cially at Pacquet and Fleur-de-lys harbors,* and that the officers of the
French men-of-war, as well as the fishermen of that nationality, who
annually frequent that part of the island, took away many of these relics.
He noticed that the marine officers took special care in collecting such
specimens, and hence they may have been commissioned to do so by one
or some of the scientific institutions of' France. At Fleur-de-lys, he stated,
many stone pots were found, the material having been evidently quarried
from the steatite rock occurring in the neighborhood. Many cavities are
seen in the rock corresponding with the size of the pots themselves, while
others are still there half-grooved out. His description of the process, by
which he supposed the Indians performed this difficult task, struck Mr.
Howley forcibly as being identical with the one described in Lieut. Geo.
M. Wheeler's " Reports,'' Vol. vii, pp. 117-121 (" The Method of Manu-
facture of Soapstone Pots." By Paul Schumacher; with illustration ex-
hibiting method, p. 121).

A pipe of black marble found on an island in White Bay, and given
away by Mr. Duggan's father to one of the French ship captains about
1830, had a large bowl and was beautifully finished, but part of the stem
was broken off. The carved figure of what seemed to be a dragon rested
against the inner side of the bowl, with its head projecting over the edge
of the latter, while the tail was twisted around the stem (a similarly carved
pipe from Vancouver's Island was deposited in the Geological Museum,
Ottawa). Before this it had always been asserted that the Beothuks were
not acquainted with tobacco or any narcotic usages ; but they had a word
lor tobacco, nechwa, and kinnikiunik as well as red-rod are abundant
upon the island ; when the Micmacs have run short of the white man's
tobacco, they make use of these. Black marble exists not far from where
the pipe was found.

While engaged in locating land and making a survey of the Bay of

* Fleur-de-lys island and harbor is situated near Partridge Point, in 50° 7" Lat.

lS'JO.] " [GatsHi.t.

Exploits during the summer season of 1886, Mr. J. P. Howley had the
opportunity of conversing with some of the oldest settlers, who saw and
remembered well the last individuals of the Red Indian race. ITe also
collected a number of relics from an old burial place of theirs, which
was known as such to the fishermen for the last thirty-five years, and
hence had been ransacked repeatedly and b}' different parties. Lloyd'
visited it when there and took away everything he could find. While
overhauling this interesting spot, Mr. Howley found a number of curiously
fashioned and carved bone ornaments, with fragments of human skeletons
scattered about. The latter appear to be of little scientific value. In an-
other part of the Great Bay of Notre Dame, the interesting and valuable
find of the mummified body of a boy, about ten years old, was made.
Besides this, the following objects were found there and afterwards placed
on exhibition at St. John's, in 1886 : — the skull and leg bones of an adult
male, several stone implements, a large number of ingeniously carved
bone ornaments, models of canoes, cups, dishes, etc , made of birch bark,
beautifully sewn together and all daubed with red ochre ; fragments of
deer-skin dresses, models of bows, arrows, paddles, a package of dried
fish bound up in a casing of birch bark, and other articles. In the mum-
my a few of the neck vertebrae are disconnected, and one of the hands is
missing, but otherwise the body of the boy is perfectly preserved. It is
doubled up with the knees against the stomach, feet slightly crossed, arms
folded across the chest, and when found it lay on the left side. The skin
is intact, even the finger and toe nails being uninjured. The fleshy por-
tions appear to have dried up completely, leaving only the bones encased
in the shrunken and wrinkled skin, which latter has the appearance of
dressed deer skin or w7ell-tanned chamois. The whole was encased first in
a deer-skin robe, then placed into a casket of birch bark neatly and closely
sewn together, being apparently almost air-tight. The mummy bore a
close resemblance to the Alaskan mummy preserved in the National Mu-
seum in Washington, and described by Mr. William H. Dall/in Vol. xxii
of "Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge," 1878, 4to. The reason
why this body was interred with so much care, provided with fine and
new clothing and accompanied with food, tools and spare garments, must
be sought for in the tender years of the deceased child, which needed more
care and support on its peregrinations toward the future abode of the
soul than an adult would require.

The same .find is referred to in the article on the Beothuk by Mrs. Blake,
and in a correspondence of The New York Herald from St. John's, N. F.,
dated October 23, 1886, where the locality is distinctly specified as being
on Pilley's island, Notre Dame Bay. That bay may be described as form-
ing the northern part of the Bay of Exploits, one of the old homes of the
Red Indian people ; the island is situated about 55° 42' Long, west of
Greenwich, and 49° 35' Lat. The Herald correspondent adheies to the old
and mistaken idea that the Beothuks are a branch of the Algoukin family.
His statements, not included in the reports of others,, are as follows :

Gatschet.] ' [Jan. 3,

"Only a few relics o the Beotliuks have been preserved ; they are either
in private hands, or on exhibition in the Newfoundland Museum. * * *
In the Pilley island excavation the skull of an adult was found in an
excellent state of preservation. It has the characteristics of the skull of a
savage, but it is well shaped and pretty well developed in the intellectual
region * * * and proves that the 'Bethuks' were by no means of
a low type. * * * Only three bones of the skeleton were found
along with the skull. * * * But the greatest curiosity is the nearly
perfect skeleton of a young 'Boethic' nine or ten years of age. The
body had been wrapped in birch bark, doubled together, laid on its side
and covered with a heap of stones ; * * * it has somewhat the
appearance of a mummy. The skull is detached from the body. Ihe ver
tebrae of the neck having been destroyed or removed. It is well shaped
and in a good state of preservation. In addition, there are in the collec-
tion specimens of beautifully finished arrow-heads, small models of canoes
made of birch bark, bone ornaments, * * * which, according to
the Indian custom, had been buried with the dead."

Small objects made by this people, especially bone carvings, have lately
come into Mr. Howley's possession which attract attention through their
peculiar form and nice finish. He thinks they were used as pendants to
their deer-skin dresses, and all have some rude design carved upon either
side. Many of them are simple flat pieces, either square or cut obliquely
at the lower ends ; others have from two to four prong-shaped ends :

Perforated circular pieces of bone and shell accompanied the above
carvings, also some red ochre tied up in small packages encased in birch
bark, and some neatly made birch-bark cups of an oval pattern and red-
ochred. Also a small iron knife and tomahawk with wooden handles.
Some of the above articles manufactured of bone apparently represent the
human frame.

What Mr. Howley learned on the Bay of Exploits about the peculiarities
of Shanandithit was the following : When any of the Micmacs came near
her during her stay with Peyton and his family, she exhibited the greatest
antipathy toward any of them, especially toward one Noel Boss, whom
she greatly dreaded. Mr. Peyton stated that, whenever he or even his
dog appeared near the house, Shanandithit would run screeching with
terror towards him and cling to him for protection. She called him Aludty
Xu'el ("Wicked Noel "), and stated that he once fired at her across the
Exploits river, wounding her in the hips and legs, as she was in the act of
cleaning venison. In proof thereof she exhibited several shot wounds at
the spots referred to, and W. E. Cormack confirms this statement. The

1890.] ® [Gatschet.

enmity between the two tribes must have been at a high pitch to prompt
a man to perform such an act against a defenseless woman.

Micmac tradition states, however, that in earlier times a better feeling
existed between the two peoples. The Red Indians certainly were on
good terms with the "Mountaineers" or Naskiipi of Labrador, whose
language is of the same family as that of the Micmacs.

The above anecdote fully proves that Shanandithit became acquainted
with individuals of the Micmac tribe, and this explains why Cormack has
so many Micmac terms mixed with his Beothuk words. He was unable
to distinguish the ones from the others. Mudty, "bad," is a Micmac, not
a Beothuk word.

A CAPTURE FOLLOWED BY A WEDDING.

The capture of another Beothuk woman is related at length in the fol-
lowing traditionary account, which Rev. Silas Tertius Rand, of Hantsport,
Nova Scotia, sent me in August, 1886. The event may have occurred as
early as the beginning of the nineteenth century, for Mr. Rand heard it
from an aged woman of Hantsport, Mrs. Nancy Jeddore, and she heard it
from her father, Joseph Nowlan, who died about A. D. 1870, ninety-five
years old. Nowlan had at one time stayed with the family of which that
Beothuk woman was the mother and mistress, in Newfoundland, and had
also lived long with the Eskimos. His regular home was in Nova Scotia,
at St. Margaret's Bay, on the side of the Atlantic ocean.

The history of this woman is rather extraordinary, and with serious peo-
ple I might incur the peril of being regarded a9 pitching into the domain
of romance. But to avoid all suspicion, I shall transcribe the account
with the very words of my correspondent, who made use of the same
provincialisms, which have served in delivering the "story " to him. The
absence of the Beothuk woman's name is a great deficiency in the tale.
Some of the more learned remarks will be readily recognized as additions
made by Mr. Rand, Avhose works prove him to have been a studious ex-
pounder of the Micmac grammar and lexicon (died October 4, 1889;.

"The Micmacs have been in the habit of crossing over to Newfoundland
to hunt 'time out of mind.' They called it Uktakuracook, mainland;
so they supposed at the time when the name was given that it was not an
island. Still it is as good or perhaps better than the silly and untruthful
long name Newfoundland. The Micmacs could never ' scrape acquaint-
ance ' with the Indians of the other tribe "there. Still, they found them
out, also their red custom (their skin was quite white) and their power of
magic, by which they became aware of the distant approach of strangers,
when they fled on their snowshoes for their lives. But once three j'oang
hunters from 'Micmac-Land,' Meghum-ahghee, came upon three huts
belonging to them, which were built up with logs around a ' cradle hol-
low,' so as to afford protection from the guns of the foe. These huts had
just been deserted, but the three men gave chase, came as near to the

Gatschet] ^ [Jan. 3,

fugitives as to hail them and make signs of friendship, which were left
unheeded. On and on they pursued — one of the young women of the
party snapped the strap of the snowshoes and had to sit down and repair
it. Her father came buck, assisted her and they fled again ; hut the
mended strap failed a second time. The poor girl shrieked with fright ;
she was left and overtaken. She could not be induced to go with her pur-
suers ; so they constructed a small wigwam and remained on the spot a
day or two. At first, she touched no food for days ; then her fear relented
in regard to one of the young men, and starting out again with the hunting
party, clung to that youth who had first won her confidence. This she
showed by keeping him between her and all the otheis. After staying two
years with the Micmac people she acquired their language and was married
to that same young man. She often recounted the eventful story of her
life, and conversed with Nancy Jeddore's father on the circumstances
connected therewith, after she had become the mother of a family."

A correction of a former statement needs to be inserted here. The Hudson
Bay Company never had control of Newfoundland, but it was a number
of English merchanls who retarded settlement in the interior. The im-
mense tracts and forests of the interior were given up to the deer, bears,
foxes, wolves, and to a few straggling Micmac hunters, whereas the entire
white population was compelled to live along the sea-coast.

Mr. Howley having favored me with more particulars about these firms,
I would state first that these merchants were chiefly fish dealers, and that
thev purchased furs only incidentally. Even now7 fish is the chief article
of trade with them. There are but few of these old firms now in exist-
ence, and of these, Newman & Co.'s establishment at Harbor Button,
Fortune Bay, and Gaultor's, in Hermitage Bay, south side of the island, are
probably the oldest. Slade & Co. once ruled supreme in Notre Dame Bay
during the first half of this century, and to their employes is ascribed the
cruel treatment of the last Beothuk Indians. But things are now assuming
a different aspect, and the present mercantile firms no longer oppose the
opening up of the country, for a railway act together with a loan act has
lately passed the legislature. The railway is now being constructed, and
will be of best service for opening the lands for settlement.

THE JURE VOCABULARY.

While engaged in surve}dng the Bay of Exploits during the summer
months of 188G, Mr. Howley became acquainted with Mrs. Jure, then
about seventy-live years old, who once had been the fellow-servant of
Shanandithit, or Nancy, at Mr. John Peyton's, whose widow died about
the close of the year 1885. Mrs. Jure was, in spite of her age, hale and
sound in body and mind, and remembered with accuracy all the little
peculiarities of Shanandithit, familiarly called " Nance." Many terms of
Beothuk learned from Nance she remembered well, and at times was

1S90.] l [Gatschet

complimented by Nance for the purity of her pronunciation ; many other
terms were forgotten owing to the great lapse of time since 1829. Mr.
Eowley produced his vocabularies and made her repeat and pronounce
such words in it as she could remember. Tims he succeeded in correcting
some of the words recorded by Leigh and Cormack, and also to acquire a
few new ones. He satisfied himself that Mrs. Jure's pronunciation must
be the correct one, as it came directly from Shanandithit, and that its pho-
netics are extremely easy, much more so than those of Micmac, having
none of the nasal drawl of the latter dialect. She also pronounced several
Micmac wrords exactly as Micmacs pronounce them, and in several in-
stances corrected Mr. Howley as to the mistranslation of some Beothuk
words. The twenty-three words which Mr. Howley has obtained from
this aged woman embody nine new ones ; he repeated all of them to his
brother, Rev. Dr. M. F. Howley, P. A., and I received a second copy of
the list written by that gentleman, having the words accentuated. This
enabled me to add in parentheses their true pronunciation and wording in
my scientific alphabet.

THE MONTREAL VOCABULARY.

Although this is a misnomer, I shall designate by it another copy or
"recension" of the W. E. Cormack vocabulary which I obtained from
Rev. Silas T. Rand, of Hantsport, N. S., on September 1, 1885. It was
accompanied by the following remarks :

"Sir William Dawson, my excellent friend,* sent me this list of Beo-
thuk words some years ago, and I had to return his copy to him. There
were copyist's mistakes in it, u for a, u for n, etc. I don't remember the
name of the man who took the vocabulary, nor that of the woman who
gave it to him. But I remember that the woman was said to have married
a man of another tribe, and that she was the last of the race and the only
one of the race ever tamed (to use the Indian term). She cannot have
been Mary March. ' '

This vocabulary contains 228 items, including the numerals and names
of months; the words are syllabicated, and begin with capital letters. The
copy before me was written by a scribe who evidently did not realize the
importance of the document, for even the English significations are, in
part, faulty, as anus for arms (memayet), catte tor cattle, celp for cup, tick-
levee for ticklas (gotheyet), on page 419, and others. The letter u is often
put instead of n, 1 for t, o for a. t for k, r for z, e for c, and vice versa, the
whole being written in a sloven hand, as all the Beothuk vocabularies are
which I have seen. The manuscript has haddabothie body instead of had"
dabothic, molheryet cream jug for motheryet, adademiuk spoon for adadi-
miute, jigganisut gooseberry instead of jiggamint ; but, in many instances,
appears to have a more original form preferable to the one copied by Mr.
Howley, which I have utilized, as in giwashuwet bear for gwashuwet,

* Principal of McGill College, Montreal.

Gatschet.] ° [Jan. 3,

atho-onut twenty for dtho-onut, and in some instances has two words for
one English term, as in ankle moosin, and gei-je-bnrsut ; (to) bite boshoo-
dik or boshwadit ; boat and vessel adothe, or odeotbyke ; and what will be
found under head, man, moon, stockings, sun, teeth, woman, woodpecker.

This vocabulary is arranged alphabetically after the English terms,
which stand before tbeir Beothuk equivalents, and contains many terms
new to us, which corroborates the supposition previously advanced by
me, that the original Cormack vocabulary must have been more extensive.

To insert all the two hundred and twenty-eight terms of this new " re-
cension" of the Cormack collection in bulk into the list to be given below,
would have the result of increasing the confusion already existing in the
wording of tbe Beothuk terms. Therefore, I have omitted not only those
terms which are written alike to the terms which stand first in my list of
1885, pp. 415-424, but also those which rest upon an evident erroi of the
copyist, as mamiruatfeek houses for mammateek, berroieh clouds for
berroick, moocas elbow for moocus, etc.

It is probable, that W. E. Cormack made several copies of his vocabu-
lary himself, which differed among each other, or were written in an
illegible hand ; this would explain many of the "lectiones varise " which
now puzzle the Beothuk student, and cause more trouble to him than it
does to edit a Roman or Greek author from the mediaeval manuscripts
with all their errors and mistakes.

THE CLINCH VOCABULARY.

A vocabulary of Beothuk has just come to light, which appears to be,
if not more valuable, at least older than the ones investigated by me here-
tofore. It contains one hundred and twelve terms of the language, many
of them new to us. It was obtained, as stated, by the Rev. John Clinch,
a minister of the Church of England, and a man of high education,
stationed as parish priest at Trinity, in Trinity Bay, Newfoundland. The
original is contained in the "Record Book," preserved in the office of
Justice Pinsent, D.C.L., of the Supreme Court at Harbor Grace, and it
has been printed in the Harbor Grace Standard and Conception Bay
Advertiser, of Wednesday, May 2, 1888, some biographic and other notes
being added to it in the number of May 12.

Among these the following will give us a clearer insight into the ques-
tion of authenticity of Clinch's vocabulary. John Clinch was born in
Gloucestershire, England, and in early youth studied medicine under a
practitioner at Cirencester, where he became a fellow of Dr. Jenner, who
discovered tbe celebrated specific against small-pox. In those times, no
law compelled a man to undergo examinations for diplomas ; so Clinch
migrated to Bonavista, Newfoundland, and established himself there in
1775 as a physician, but in 1783 removed to Trinity. Besides his practice,
he conducted services in church, was ordained deacon and priest in Lon-
don, in 1787, then worked over thirty years at Trinity in his sacred calling,

1S90.] ** [Gatschet.

until his death, which must have occurred about 1827. He has the merit
of introducing vaccination upon that island, and there are people living
now who were vaccinated by him. He was also appointed to judicial
charges.

Simultaneously with Mr. Clinch, a Beothuk Indian stayed in that town,
known as John August. Tradition states that he was taken from his
mother when a child and brought up by a colonist, Jeffrey G. Street. He
then remained in Street's house as a faithful and intelligent servant, and
when arrived at manhood was entrusted with the command of a fishing
smack manned by whites. Frequently he obtained leave to go into the
country, where he probably communicated with his tribe. The parish
register of Trinity records his interment there on October 29, 1788.

As there is no other Beothuk Indian known to have resided among
white people of Newfoundland at that time, it is generally supposed that
Mr. Clinch, who lived there since 1783, obtained his collection from none
else but irom John August. The selection of words differs greatly from
that in Leigh's vocabulary, but the identity of a few terms, which are
quite specific, as hiccups, shaking hands, warming yourself, induces Mr.
Howley to believe that he had Clinch's vocabulary before him. One
item in Clinch's list, " Ou-bee : her own name," seems to indicate that it
was obtained from a female. Indeed, in 1803, a Beothuk woman was cap-
tured, presented to Governor Gambier, and subsequently sent back to her
tribe. Mrs. Edith Blake, in her article, "The Beothuks," gives a descrip-
tion of her and of her presence at a social meeting at the Governor's
house, at St. John's.

I have obtained a copy of the printed vocabulary through Mr. Howley.
It was full of typographic errors, and these were corrected by him with
the aid of a copy made of the original at Trinity by Mrs. Edith Blake,
who took the greatest pains to secure accuracy. The "Record Book"
states that Rev. Clinch obtained the vocabulary in Governor Waldegraves'
time, and the volume which contains it embodies documents of the year
1800 ; this date would form an argument against the supposition, that it
was obtained from the female captured in 1803. Below I have reproduced
all the terms of this vocabulary, as it surpasses all the others in priority,
though perhaps not in accuracy. The words are all syllabicated, but none
of them shows accentuation marks ; I have printed most of them in their
syllabicated form.

Capt. Robinson has consulted and partly copied the Clinch vocabulary,
as will be readily seen by a comparison of the terms in both.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XWIIf. 132. B. PRINTED FEB. 12, 1890.

Gatschet.]

10

[Jan. 3,

THE THREE VOCABULARIES COMBINED.

Abbreviations. — CM. : The W. E. Cormack vocabulary from a Montreal
copy of the manuscript.

J. : The Jure vocabulary.

No letter : The Clinch vocabulary.

Words in parentheses contain the transcription of vocables into my
scientific alphabet.

abenick gaping, CM.
abideeshook domestic cat, CM.
abus-tkib-e kneeling.
adayook eight ; ee-adajook eighteen,

CM.
adi-ab wood.
adjieich two ; ee-ajike twelve, adjeich

atho-onut twenty-two, CM.
adothe or odeothyke boat, vessel,C~Sl.
agamet buttons and money, CM.
ah-wadgebick, awadgebick (a'wa-

dshibik), middle finger, J.
amshut or yamyess get up, CM. ; cf.

kinnup.
anaduck sore throat, CM.
arrobauth blood ; ashabooutte or ig-

gobauth (for izzobauth) blood,

CM.
atho-onut twenty ; adjeich atho-onut

' twenty-two, CM.
bashedtheek six; ee beshedtheek

sixteen, CM.
bay-sot, bazot, besot, besut, to walk,

J.
beathook Bed Indian, CM.
beteok good night, CM.
boas-seek blunt, CM.
bobodish sea pigeon, J.; bobbidish

pigeon, black guillemot, CM.
boddebmoot woman' s bosom, CM.
boo-it, buit (bu-it), thumb, J.
boshoodik or bosh w adit to bite, CM.
botonet - onthermayet teeth, CM.

(onthermayet alone means teeth;

cf. below),
buggisharna/n man, J. ; bukashman

or bookshimon man, CM ; push-

aman man.

buggishami-h boy, J.; bugasmeesh

white boy, CM.
chee-a-shit groaning ; cheasit, CM.
chee-thing a walking stick.
cobthun-eesamut January, CM.
co-ga-de-alla leg.
coosh Up.
corrasoob sorrow ; snow (snow, by

confounding it with kausussa-

book '().
cowasazeek July, CM.
cusebee louse ; casebeet, CM.
cusb nails.
dabseek four ; ee-dabseek fourteen,

CM."
deshudodoick to bloio, CM.
deu-is sun or moon (doubtful),
dis-up fishing line.
dogemat or ashoog-ing (Howley :

ash-vog-ing) arrow, CM.
drummet, drum-met (dium't), hair,

J.; don-na (Clinch),
ebauthoo water ; ebanthoo, CM.
eemommoos, immawmoose (ima-

mils), woman, J.
eemommooset, immomooset (iraa-

muset), girl, J.
eewo-in, ewoin (i'wo-in), knife, J.;

yew-oin a knife.
ejeedoweshin, edgedoweshin (edshi-

doweshin),/owJ, J.
ejibidinish silk handkerchief CM.
emeethook dogwood, CM.
ersh-bauth catching fish.
euano go out, CM.
eve-nau feathers.
gei-je bursut ; see moosin.
giggaremanet net, CM.

1890.]

11

[Gatschet.

giwashuwet bear, CM.
gosset stockings ; gasaek, CM.
gothieget ticklas, CM.
goun chin, CM.
gun or guen ?wse, CM.
hadda-bothy body.
hadibiet glass, CM.
hados-do ding sitting.
hanamait spoon.

han-nan a spear ; first letter uncer-
tain,
ha tbe-inay a bom.
bcdv-yan stooping.
bods-niisbit knee,
hod-thoo to shoot.
hod -witch fool.
burreen and huz-seen a gun.
buzza-gan rowing.
ii-be ath yawning.
io-ush-zath stars (doubtful),
is-shu, izbu, isbu (i'zhu), make haste,

J.
ite-ween thigh.

jib-e thun (or.iib e-tbun) atrap or gin.
jigganisut gooseberry, CM.
yamyess ; see amsbut.

yaseek one ; ee-yagiesk eleven, CM.
yeothoduck nine; ee-yeotbodurk
nineteen, CM.

yew-one icild goose.

yew-wby dirt.

keathut ; goratbun (obj. case) head,
CM. ; be-aw-tbou head, ke-aw-
tbon your head.

kess-yet a flea.

ktng-abie standing.

kinnup, kinup, get up, J.

koo-rae lightning ; fire.

koothabonong - bewajowite Febru-
ary, CM.

kuis ; mangaronisb mil, CM.; kuis
watch, CM.

kuis and wasbewnisbte moon, CM.

mady-u-a leaves.

magorrm deer's horns, CM.

mamasbeek islands, CM.

mam-isutt alive, CM.

nvunegemethin shoulders, CM.; mo-

mezabetbon shoulder.
mammadronitan lord bird, CM.
mammasamiL dog, J. (mammasavit

is incorrect); mamniasareet, ma-
moosernit dog, CM. ( reet false

for mit).
rnamoosemich puppy, CM.
mauarooit blanket, CM.
maugaronish ; see kuis.
manjebathook beard (on page 421 :

bread, which is probably false ;

see annawhadya), CM.
mau-!he-au-tbaw crying ; cf. su-au-

tbou.
meniajet anus, CM. (false for arms).
rnemet hand, CM.; memen (obj.

case) hands and fingers ; meinan

moraasthus shaking hands.
me-ma-za tongue.
inenome dogberries.
me roo-pish twine, thread.
niidy-u tbeu sneezing.
mitbie coal.

mi n-wolh flying; mea.oth flying, CSl.
mis muth ear.

moadamutt to boil, as dinner, CM.
mom-au a seal.
mome-augb eyebrow.
moocus elboic.

moosin andgei-je-bursut ankle, CM.
mowgeeniick, mougenuk (maud-

sbiDiik), iron, J.; mowageene

iron.
mudy-rau hiccups.
mud-ty bad (dirty); mudeet bad (of

character),
mush-a bantb oakum or tote.
netbabete cattle, CM.
nine knife, CM. (false for u-ine,

yewoin).
ninejeek five ; ee-ninezeek fifteen,

CM
no-masb-nusb scalping.
now-ant hatchet.
obodlsh, obbodisb, cat, J.; obditch a

beast; cf. abideesbook.

Uatschet.]

12

Jan.

obosbeeu warming yourself.
obseecleek gloves, CM.
odasweet-eeshamut December, CM.
od-au-sot rolling.
oddesamick, odd-esf&mick (odesa-

rnik), little finger, J.
odemet ochre, CM. (ochre mixed

with oil, einet, Howley).
onnus, onnus (o'nes), forefinger,

index, J.
oodzook seven; ee-oodyook seven-
teen, CM.
oregreen (?) scissors, CM.
oreru ice, CM.; cf. ozeru.
osarate rowing, CM.
osvveet (6'swit) deer, J. ; osweet,

CM.
Ou-bee (nom. pr. fern.) "her own

name."
ou-gen stone.
ou-ner-mish a little bird (species

of?).
outhermay teeth.
ow-tbe-je-arra-thunum to shoot an

arrow perpendicularly.
pa-pa de aden a fork.
pau-shee birch rind ; paper.
peatha far, hair of beast.
pedth-ae rain.
pe-to-tho-risk thunder.
pig-a-tbee a i<cab.
pis-au-wau lying.
podibeac oar, CM. ; poodybeac an

oar.
poopusraut fish.
poortli thumb ; cf. boad.
popa-dish a large bird (species of?),
posson the back.
poss-tbee smoke; cf. baasdic.
pug a-tbuse beating; pug a tho

throwing.
pug-a-zoa eating.
pug-e-non to break a slick.
putb-u-auth sleep.
shabathooret trap, CM.
shamye currants.
shausee ten, CM.

shaub-ab-un o I have to throw your.

trap.
shau-da-me partridge berries.
shebobowit ; sbeebuiut icoodpecker,

CM.
she-both kissing.
sbedbasing upper arm, CM.
she-ga-me to blow the nose; shega-

mik, CM.
shemabogosthue moskito (black fly),

CM.
shendeek (or sheudeek ?) three ;

ee-shaedeek thirteen, CM.
shisth grass.

sbucodimit Indian cup, CM.
sou-sot spruce rind.
stioeena thumb, CM.
su-au thou singing.
su-gu-mith bird's excrement.
susut foicl, partridge.
tapaithook canoe, CM.; cf. thub-a-

thew.
tedesheet neck.
tbe-oun the chin ; cf. goun.
tbub-a-tbew boat or canoe.
tliub-wed gie dancing.
tis eu-thun wind.
traw-na-soo spruce.
tus-mug pin; tus-mus needle.
tu-widyie swimming.
waine hoop, CM.
washeu night, darkness, CM.
wasumaw - eeseek April, June, Sep-
tember, CM.
washewnishte ; see kuis and washeu.
wesbemesh herring, CM.
who-ishme laughing.
widdun (vvidun or w.fdaa), asleep;

also euphemistically for dead.
wood rut fire, CM.
wothamashet running, CM.; wotha-

mashee running.
wooth-yan walking.
wyabick (wayabik) ring-finger, J.
zatrook husband, CM.
zosweet partridge (willow grouse),
CM. (same word as susut).

1390] -^ [Gatschet.

REMARKS ON SINGLE TERMS.

The ending -bauth occurs so frequently that we may have to consider it
as a suffix used in the derivation of substantives ; thus we have, e. g., izzo-
bauth blood, ersh-bauth catching fish, mushabauth oakum, tow.

emamoose woman, emamoset child, girl, resemble strongly the follow-
ing Algonkin terms : amemens child in Lenape (Barton), amosens
daughter in Virginian (Strachey, Vocab., p. 183). Ama'ma is mother in
the Greenland Inuit.

The sound I occurs but four times in the words which have come to our
notice : adolthtek, lathun, messiliget-hook, nadalahet. In view of the
negligent handwriting in which all of these vocabularies have reached us,
it is permitted to doubt its existence in the language.

menome dogberries is a derivative of manus berries, niamoose whortle-
berries, Rob., is perhaps misspelt for manoose. Cf. min grain, fruit,
berry, in all Eastern Algonkin dialects.

ozeru, ozrook, ice; E. Petitot renders the Montagnais (TinnS) ezoge
by "gelee blanche" (frost), t'en-zure by "glace vive." The resem-
blance with the Beothuk word seems only fortuitous.

poopusraut fish is identical with bobboosoret codfish (or bacalaos,
Mscr.).

pug-a-zoa eating ; the latter probably misspelt for beating.

stioeena thumb, CM., is misspelling of itweena, which means thigh, not
thumb.

The new ethnologic and linguistic facts embodied in this "Third Arti-
cle " do not alter in the least the general results which I deduced from
my two previous articles and specified in "Proceedings" of 1886, pp. 426
to 428. On the contrary, they corroborate them intrinsically and would
almost by themselves be sufficient to prove that the Beothuk race and
language were entirely sui generis. By the list contained in this "Third
Article" the number of Beothuk vocables known to us is brought up to
four hundred and eighty, which is much more than we know of the ma-
jority of other American languages and dialects.

The violent hatred and contempt which the Beothuks nourished against
all the races in their vicinity seems to testify by itself to a radical difference
between these and the Algonkin tribes. The fact that we know of no other
homes of the Beothuk people than Newfoundland, does not entitle us to con
jecture, that they were once driven from the mainland opposite and settled
as refugees upon the shores of that vast island. It is more probable that
this race anciently inhabited a part of the mainland simultaneously with
the island, which would presuppose that the Beothuks were then more
populous than in the historic period. Numerous causes may account for
the fact that we do not notice them elsewhere since the beginning of
the sixteenth century : fragmentary condition of our historic knowledge,

Gatsehet.]

14

[Jan. 3,

rigorous colds, epidemics, want of game, famine, infanticide, maybe wars
among themselves or with strangers. Some of these potent factors may
have cooperated in extinguishing the Beothuks of the mainland, from
whom the island Beothuks must have once descended — while the tribes
settled upon Newfoundland may have increased and prospered, owing to
to a more genial climate and other phj'sical agencies.

ENGLISH-BEOTHUK VOCABULARY,

alive mam-isutt.

ankle; see moosin.

anus; see memajet.

April wasumaw - eeseek.

arm, upper, shedbasing.

arms memajet.

arrow ; see dogemat.

asleep wi'ddun.

bad mud-ty.

back, the, posson.

beard ; see manjebathook.

bear giwashuwet.

beaut ; see obodiih.

beast, hair or far of, peatha.

beating pug a thuse.

birch rind pau-shee.

bird, a little (not specified), ou ner-

mish.
bird, a large (not specified), popa-

dbh.
bite, to, boshoodik.
black guillemot ; see sea pigeon,
blanket manarooit.
blood arrobauth.
blow, to, deshudodoick.
blow the nose, to, she-ga-me.
bosom, woman's, boddebmoot.
blunt boas-seek.

boat ado[\\c, thub-a-thew ; see canoe,
body hadda- bothy.
boil, to, v. trans., moadamutt.
bow ha-the-may.
boy buggishnmish.
break a slick, to, pug-e-non.
buttons agamet.

canoe tapaithook ; thub-a-thew ; see

boat,
cat, domestic, abideshook ; obbodish.
cattle nethabete.
catching fish ersh-bauth.
chin goun, the-oun.
coal mithie.

crying mau-the-au-thaw.
currants shamye.
dancing thub-wed-gie.
darkness washeu.
dead widdun.

December odasweet - eeshamut.
deer oiweet.
deer's horns magorrm.
dirt yew-why.
dirty mud-ty.
dog ; see mammasamir.
dogberries menome.
dogwood emeethook.
ear mis-muth.
eating ; see pug-a-zoa.
eight adayook.
eighteen ; see eight,
elbow moocus.
eleven; see yaseek.
excrement of bird su-gu-mith.
eyebrow mome-augh.
feathers eve-nau.
February koothabonong - bewajo-

wite.
fifteen; see ninejeek.
fingers; see memet.
finger, middle, ah-wadgebick.
fire wood rut ; koo-rae.

1890.]

15

[Gatschet,

fislt poopusraut.

fishing line dis up.
five ninejeek.
ili a, a, kess-yet.
fly, to, mi-a-woth.
fool hod-witch.
fork, a, pa-pa-de-aden.
forefinger onnus.
fourteen ; see dabseek.
four dabseek.
fold ejeedoweshin ; susut.
far peal ha.
gaping abeuick.
get up amshut ; kinnup.
gin, a ("a trap or gin"), jib-e-thun.
girl eemommooset.
glass hadibiet.
gloves obseedeek.
good night beteok.
gooseberry jigganisut.
go out euano.
grass shisth.
groaning chee-a-shit.
grouse; see zosweet.
gun, a, hurreen.
hair diutnmet.
hand memet.

handkerchief of silk ejibidinish.
hatchet now-aut.
head ; see keathut.
1 1 erring wesheraesh.
hiccups mudy-rau.
hoop waine.
husband zatrook.
ice oreru ; ozeru.
I have to throw your trap shaub-ab-

un-o.
index onnus.
Indian cup shucodimlt.
iron ; see mowgeenuck.
islands mamasheek.
January cobthun - eesamut.
June wasumaw - eeseek.
July cowasazeek.
kissing she-both.
knee hods-mishit.

kneeling abus-thib-e.

knife ; see eewo-in, nine.

laughing who-ish-me.

leaves niady-ua.

leg co-ga-de-alla.

lightning koo-rae.

lip coosh.

little finger oddesamick.

lord bird mammadronitan.

louse cusebee.

lying pis-au-wau.

man buggishama'n.

make haste is shu.

money ; see buttons.

moon, deu-is ; kuis.

moskito shemabogosthue.

nails cush.

neck tedesheet.

needle tus-mus.

net giggaremanet.

night washeu.

nine yeothoduck.

nineteen; see nine.

nose gun, guen.

oakum mush-a-bauth.

oar podibeac.

ochre odemet.

one yaseek.

Oubee ; nom. pr. fem.

paper pau-shee.

partridge susut ; zosweet.

partridge berries shau-da-me.

pigeon; see sea pigeon.

pin tus-rnug.

puppy mamoosemich.

rain pedth-ae.

Red Indian bealhook.

ring-finger wyabick.

rolling odausoot.

rowing huzza-gan ; osarate.

running wot amashet.

scab pig-a-thee.

scalping no-mash-nush.

scissors ; se oregreen.

seal, a, mom-au.

sea pigeon bobodish.

Ryder.]

1G

[Jan. 3

September wasumaw - eeseek.

seven oodzook.

shaking hands ; see memet.

shoot, to, hod-thoo.

shoot, to, an arrow perpendicularly ,

ow-the-je-arra-thunum.
shoulder ; see mamegemethin.
singing su-au-thou.
sitting liados-do-ding.
six bashedtheek.
sixteen ; see six.
sleep puth-u-auth.
smoke poss-tb.ee.
sneezing midy-u-theu.
snow ; see corrasoob.
sore throat aaaduck.
sorrow corrasoob.
spear ; see ban-nan.
spoon banamait.
spruce traw-na-soo.
spruce rind sou-sot.
standing king-abie.
stars io-ush-zatb.
stockings gosset.
stone ou-gen.
stooping bedy-yan.
sun kuis ; deu-is (?) .
swimming tu-wid-yie.
teeth outbermay ; see botonet.
ten sbansee.

ticklas gotbieget.

thirteen ; see three.

thigh ite-ween.

tongue me-ma-za.

tow or oakum ; see oakum.

thread me-roo-pisb.

three sbendeek.

throwing ; see pug-a-tbuse.

thumb boo-it, poorth ; see stioeena.

thunder peto-tho-risk.

trap, a, jib e-tbun, sbabatbooret.

twelve ; see tioo.

twenty atbo-onut.

twenty -two ; see two.

twine me-roo-pisb.

two adjieicb.

vessel adotbe.

walk, to, bay-sot ; wooth-yan.

walking stick chee-tbing.

warming yourself obosheen.

watch, a, kuis.

water ebauthoo.

wild goose yew-one.

willow-grouse zosweet.

wind tis-eu-lhun .

woman eemornmoos.

wood adi-ab.

woodpecker shebobowit.

yaioning ii-be-atb.

your, in : "your bead;" seckeatbut.

The Eye, Ocular Muscles and Lachrymal Glands of the Shrew-mole
(Blarina talpoides Gray).

By John A. Byder.

(Read before the American PhilosopJiical Society, January 3, 1S90.)

As far as I arn aware, tbe minute anatomy of the eyes of the American
Soricidse or shrew-mice has been but little studied. Recently I have had
an opportunity to obtain the eyes of the short-tailed shrew-mole, Blarina
talpoides, and thinking their anatomy might present something novel,
they were cut into series of sections. These disclosed the peculiarities to
be mentioned later.

The eyes were dissected out, and, as the sequel proved, togetber with
the uninjured lachrymal glands and ocular muscles.

1890.] 1' [Ryder.

The ojre and gland together measured 2.5 mm. in the longest diameter,
and about 1.5 mm. thick, and nearly 2 mm. wide. The form of the whole
mass was that of a depressed oval. So far as the evidence goes, that can
be derived from the sections, it indicates that the ocular muscles do not
reach the skull, and that the eyes are no longer under the control of the
same kind of a muscular mechanism as is found in other mammals. In
fact, the tendons and muscles of the snout seem to completely cover the
skull in the region of the orbit. Indeed so slight is the attachment of the
eyes to the skull, that in removing the skin from the head but little diffi-
culty is found in removing the eye-ball and lachrymal gland with the
former. In Scalops, our common mole, this happens with still less dif-
ficulty.

The whole eye-ball in Blarina measures 0.9 mm. in diameter or consider-
ably less than one-twenty-fifth of an inch. The lens is well developed and is
very large in proportion to the whole eye-ball, measuring more than half the
diameter of the latter. Consequently there is but little aqueous humor,
and also but little vitreous, since the lens fills nearly the whole of the
chamber of the ball. The cornea is thin, very convex, and approximates
the lens anteriorly. At the edge of the cornea there is no thickening of
the sclerotic, such as occurs in the eyes of other vertebrates as a result of
the development of the ciliary muscles or apparatus of accommodation.
This apparatus is obviously very rudimentary and defective, from which
it may be inferred that the power of adjustment of the lens for different
ranges of vision is poorly developed in Blarina.

There is a retinal coat of pigment and a choroid coat, which latter
extends for a little distance over the optic nerve. The thickness of the
sclerotic, choroid and retinal layer of pigment taken together is not over
a fourth of the total thickness of the retina, thus showing other strong con-
trasts in respect to the development of the tunics of the eye-ball in other
forms of vertebrates.

The total thickness of the retina is nearly a third of the total diameter of
the eye-ball, and is developed as far forward as the ciliary region, though
it is thickest a little behind this point. The usual number of layers are
discernible in the retina, and it is perforated as usual by the very slender
and diminutive optic nerve, which is only .07 mm. in diameter. The
retina is therefore developed as usual, though the rods and cones were not
well enough preserved in my materials to be certainly made out. At any
rate, it is clear that such an eye may still be more or less functional as a
visual organ even though obviously degenerate in some respects. The
number of retinal elements is absolutely and relatively much less, how-
ever, than in a larger eye where the arc covered by the retina is part of a
larger circle than in Blarina. There is a well-defined iris and pupil.

The lachrymal gland is many times larger than the entire eye ball. Its
duct opens into the conjunctival cavity.

The muscles of the eye consist, first, of a choanoid muscle or retractor
of tli# ball. It is inserted upon the sclerotic in a circular manner near

PROC. AMER. PJIILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 132. C. PRINTED FEB. 25, 1890.

Ryder.] *■& [Jan. 3, 1890.

the entrance of the optic nerve ; it extends back and its origin is lost in the
connective tissue of the lachrymal gland. No definite account of the
recti muscles or of the oblique muscles can be given here. All that my
sections disclose is the fact that muscles which are apparently the homo-
logues of the recti are inserted upon the sclerotic nearly as far forward as
the ciliary region. These muscles, like the choanoid, pass backward to
arise from the connective tissue of the lachrymal gland with which they
blend and in which they become lost, or they join a relatively thick
muscular tunic composed of voluntary muscular fibres which invests
nearly the whole lachrymal gland.

This muscular investment of the lachrymal gland suggests that the
function of such a muscular apparatus is to compress the tear gland and
force its secretion over the eye-ball, and to thus wash away any dirt which
may find its way under the very much reduced eye-lids, the opening in
which is scarcely half a millimetre wide.

The foregoing brief sketch cf the anatomy of the eyes of one of the
commonest of our American shrew-mice suggests much in the way of
further study. The remarkable and apparently voluntary mechanism for
compressing the tear gland is evidence distinctly against the conclusion
as respects at legist our North American shrews, reached by Mr. Darwin
in regard to the Tucu-tuco or Ctenomys of South America, in which case he
suggests that the repeated irritation and inflammation of the eyes of these
burrowing rodents, due to the dirt or sand which found its way beneath
the lids, would aid in rendering the eyes inefficient, and in the course of
generations abortive, as they are sometimes found to be. It is clear that
if the interpretation of the function of the muscular investment of the
tear gland in Blarina here suggested is correct, that in this case, at least,
there is a direct and very special structural provision by which irritation
from the presence of sand or dirt in the eyes, as a consequence of a bur-
rowing habit, may be guarded against in the most efficient manner con-
ceivable.

That the eye of Blarina, as a whole, has suffered from degeneration
may be inferred with certainty from the diminutive size of the eye-ball
and optic nerve, and the evidence furnished by the muscles suggests that
while the eye-ball is no longer rotated in precisely the manner which
obtains in other forms, it is clear that there are ocular muscles, and that
the eye is capable of adjustment lor the direction of vision, though it is
evident that the muscles which effect such an adjustment no longer arise
directly from the skull, as in all other normal forms of the eye of verte-
brates. The extra tunic of voluntary muscular fibres investing the lach-
rymal gland seems to be something which has been superadded to the
optic apparatus of Blarina, which, like the relatively large lachrymal
gland itself, is really an indication of specialization to meet the require-
ments of special conditions of life.

10

Dec. 6,1889.] X'J [Allen.

Description of a New Species of Carollia and Remarks on Oarollia
brevicauda.

By Harrison Allen.
{Read before the American Philosophical Society, December 6, 1889.)

Carollia is one of the most common of the South American leaf-nosed
bats. Notwithstanding its wide range of distribution (it is found from
Mexico to the southern limit of Brazil, including the Antilles), the type
of the genus is that of the single species also. I have recently examined
this form — Carollia brevicauda — with the object in view of determining
whether or not an example of Carollia in the collections of the National
Museum might prove to be new.

The facts which led me to suppose that this might be the case were the
following :

The specimen was smaller than C. brevicauda, the color was of a light
chestnut brown tint, instead of the ashy shade of C. brevicauda. The in-
terfemoral membrane was not incised. The nose-leaf was relatively small,
delicate, with entire, rounded nostrils, and the lower border sharply de-
fined to a point near the median line, where a small naked space alone
was seen.

I have had a knowledge of these facts for a long time, but I hesitated
to describe the form as new, for in general appearance in the proportions
of the membrane, in the form of the ear, in the markings of the wing
membranes and the shapes of the terminal phalanges, the two forms ap-
peared to be essentially the same. I had but a single specimen — a young
male from Costa Rica. I concluded that before describing it an examina-
tion of all the specimens of Carollia should be made. A large number of
specimens of the genus were available for the purpose from the collections
of the Museum of Comparative Zoology, but unfortunately nine only of
the twenty -six examples were in good condition.

From among these a young male was found, and I was thus able to
show that the smaller size of the specimen, as well as the difference of
coloration of the new form, as compared with the old, were not due to age.*

As a result of this examination, I venture to describe the single example
as a type of a new species in the following language :
Cakollia castanea, n. sp.

Smaller than C. brevicauda. Fur long and silky.
Above, lustrous light chestnut brown at basal one-
half and at the tip. The intervening portion is yellow
brown (old gold). Below, the same colors prevail,
excepting that over the abdomen and pubis the brown-
ish tip is absent and the body of the hair not golden .
There is no hair on the forearm (the parts are slightly

*The teeth were all erupted, the epiphyses of the radii, metacarpals and phalanges
were united to their shafts, but the tibia was slightly flexible and the foot was covered by
a looser skin than is seen in matured individuals. It is not always easy to determine the
age of bats.

Allen.] ^ [Dec. 6,

rubbed), and scarcely any on the dorsum of the metacarpal bone of the
thumb. The distribution of the hair on the wing membrane is as in C.
brevicauda.*

The general form of the auricle as in G. brevicauda, but is proportion-
ately longer. The outer border is more emarginate. When the auricle
is laid on the head, it reaches a point as far as the end of the muzzle. The
tragus is obscurely acuminate ; the inner border, therefore, not straight,
but the apical half abruptly narrowed. The outer border crenulate,
rather than pectinate. The basal lobe and the process above it well de-
veloped. The nose-leaf is more delicate than in 0. brevicauda. The height
is 7 mm.; the breadth 4^ mm. The lower border is much more distinct
than in G. brevicauda. The nostrils are rounded, well defined, and not
continuous with a concavity on the outer border, f The warts on the
mentum are arranged in three obscurely disposed rows, the middle one
being the larger, but none of them are elongate. The tail reaches to a
point opposite the knee.

Skull. The general proportions of the skull are the same in the two species.
The brain case at the procephalon is inflated and the temporal crest does not
extend over the inflated part. Hence the impressions for the temporal
muscles are not defined on the frontal bone. The upper border of the
anterior naeal aperture is on a line with the canine tooth. The distance
between the lachi'ymal ridges is greater than between the lachrymal
ridge of one side and the corresponding central incisor. The distance from
the last maxillary molar to the posterior limit of the nasal chamber is less
than the distance from the point last named to the end of the long endo-
pterygoids. The palatal ruga? are more trenchant, curved and wider
apart opposite the premolars, than is the case with C. brevicauda.

Teeth. The number of the teeth is the same as in C. brevicauda, viz. :

2 1 ;i 3 16

The maxillary central incisors touch their entire lengths.}: The lateral

* The fur of C. brevicauda is described as follows :

Above, moderately long only. The base is plumbeous, the tip brown, and the interme-
diate part pallid— almost white. Below, the fur is short, plumbeous at basal half, and of
the peculiar mouse gray so often seen in Phyllostomidse. G. E. Dobson (Cat. Chir. Br.
Mus., 1878) describes the fur as brown above and beneath. None of the nine specimens
examined were so marked. The brown aspect of the animal as seen in spirit is much
more apparent than when dried-. The nose-leaf is covered with fine sbort hairs on both
si'lrs. The back of the thumbis densely covered with short hair in C. brevicauda.

t The nostrils are oval in outline, are not separable from the outline of the nose-leaf
above, and are continuous with a concavity (as one speaks of a mouth of a pitcher being
concave), on the outer border. The peculiarity just named is best seen by holding the
specimen so as to keep the vertex of the bead upward, the observer looking downu ard
from the tip to the base of the nose-leaf.

I G. E. Dobson (Cat. Chir. Br. Mus., 1878) gives this as a character of C. brevicauda.
From my examinations, I cannot agree with this writer. The teeth exhibit a A-shaped
space between the cutting edges.

■^1 [Allen.

incisors are very small and are free from both the central incisor and the
canine. The first premolar is distinctly caniniform and does not touch
either the canine or the second premolar.

The mandibular second premolar does not touch the third premolar.
The distance from the anterior border of the canine to the first molar is
3 mm., a distance over | mm. greater than that from the anterior border
of the canine to the central incisors.

Measurements. mm.

Head and body (from crown of head to base of tail) 44

Length of arm 25

" forearm 32

-p. . ,. .. f Length of first metacarpal bone 4

1 " first phalanx 3

q , ,. ., J Length of second metacarpal bone 26

1 " first phalanx 3

Length of third metacarpal bone 32

" first phalanx 16

" second phalanx 20

" third phalanx 10

Third digit.

Length of fourth metacarpal bone 30

Fourth digit... < " first phalanx 13

" second phalanx 11

Fifth digit.

Length of fifth metacarpal bone 32

" first phalanx 11

" second phalanx 10

Length of head '. 15

Height of ear 15

' ' tragus 6

Length of thigh 11

" tibia 13

foot 10

interfemoral membrane 15

tail 8

Costa Rica. Collections of National Museum. Collected by J. C. Zele-
don.

The nine specimens of G. brevicauda, which formed the basis of my
study, were chiefly interesting from the measurements which were made
of the peripheral parts. These are arranged in tabular form (p. 22).

Allen.]

22

[Dec. 6,

ON^NffltoMfflOOOgiHOHO

CO r^ rH CO t-H rH rH r-1

CO O CO O 10 <£> ■>*

oi J o i; m ■* oo

:o oi to to o go

r-i CI r~

f» SN01IO*CCj,o^00H-*(M-iS)HOIM0DHhclCl» O I—

OJ g C) CO MTnHHH«Hri»HHHHM CI H <M CM

co £:

<g se o co i» m

£•: 3 ci co

r-t-t^t^i— (O'HI-'fCOCDOlOrHCOrHt-COCMCOCOOCO
C0UJc0rH<MrHCOrHrHC0rH— IrHr-irH CI H r-i CI

CO S ira CO O "H< rH ro tc N H H n Ol IO CI C! CI IO H T- M n o to H m

9 CCin CO" rHCNrH"

CO rH rH CO rH rH rH

SSS'l&f'i'OMlO'ilOHHMMlOOHmBJHhCJNO^riO
02 ^ CI CO CO CO rH CI rH CO rH rH CO rH rH rH rH rH CI H CN CO

0* , r^ rtf r^

*-! K 00 O iC O t^ M* to r- i-t >-' ° ^ o ^ CI -^ <m *o> .-( CO "* co to »o i-i *-»
M S IN ^ CI CO H ""

NH(MHWHHCOH

CO 5 OC>LOiOO^NSfli-I^WfJl''MHlOhHbci«tOOO

£j g ei :o co cohwhWHhcOhhhhh ci r-f <n

id r> o to o o t^

CI H C CO oi h f ] H -f i< H Li CJ N O * O
CN r-l CO •-< i-i CO i-f r-l i— I H H CJ H ' r-i

^

Oi g (M CO

t; io *f t1 c:

_- *

CO^^r-iCOi— li-*i— li-H

r^

^ rH H X — ^

_ q g, g a =* c

*

s

—

o

-

7t

P.

CJ

ca

Pi

CJ

cz
P,

ca

ft

03
ft

ft

ft

CJ

ft

Z

g

-1

1o

ca

"to

T3

r—

ca

m

rrj

I

g

§

•-h

^

rH

s

rH

CI

CO

r-<

CI

?!

i-h

ci2S°SS'c1r3'c1??5'3^3'c3t-

HIS O S5 S

T7 n-t M* '<h w .^i .. -^ Eh
SSr^HrHCiK<!cH

"p, tw o

o O'C
o x3 j2

t- S o
fl> - ft

o o ^ ,2

o ft - °

saas

o o o -a

^ •— L, s

pH r=H Ph O

JSS9.] ^ [Allen.

With the exception of the foot, which is constantly 11 mm. long, all the
measurements are subject to variation — indeed, no two specimens in all
respects are alike. This statement is made while making due allowance
for the difficulty in taking some of the measurements, as for example those
of the thigh and of the membranous expansions. Specimens which had
been macerated in weak alcohol were rejected. But among those which
were accepted it was not always possible to determine (owing to the con-
traction of the tissues), the exact extent to which the parts should be ex-
tended, so as to represent as far as possible the position of the wings in
flight. One of the most interesting measurements is that of the width of
the third digital interspace. This space, so small in Pteropidae, Molossi,
and in Noctilio, is wide in Phyllostomidse, excepting Phyllostoma. An-
other interesting feature is the extent of the incision on the free margin of
the interfemoral membrane. In well-preserved specimens of G. brevicaudu
the incision is conspicuous, while in the type of G. caslanea, which is also in
good condition, the incision is absent. Yet in slightly macerated speci-
mens of 0. brevicauda the incision disappears, showing that it is a charac-
ter which is dependent upon tonicity and not on any distinctive structural
peculiarities, and cannnot, therefore, have much value. One of the marked
ranges of measurements is seen in the length of the tail. The shortest tail
is 5 mm. long and the longest 7 mm. The tip of the tail answered in three
specimens to the middle of the femur, in four to the junction of the middle
with the lower third, and in two lack one-fifth only in being as long as
the femur. In none, therefore, was the tail as long as in the single exam-
ple of G. castanea.

The length of the thigh varies from 12 mm. to 15 mm. Hence the rela
tive lengths of these quantities will be also variable, especially so since even
in the same individual the length of the-tail does not tautogenize* with
the length of the femur. The length of the tibia — a character of value in
Cheiroptera — varies from 14 mm. to 18 mm.

The length of the forearm, perhaps the most important single measure-
ment which can be taken, varies from 35 mm. to 40 mm.

The following includes the variations of the manus and their range :

mm. mm. mm.

First metacarpal , from 4 to 6 Range 2

Second " " 24 " 35 " 9

Third " " 33 " 37 " 4

Fourth " " 32 " 36 " 4

Fifth " " 35 " 37Jr " 2£

First phalanx first digit 4 " G " 2

fFirst " second" " 3 " G " 3

First " third " " 13 " 17 " 4

* Tautogeneily — a word introduced by Prof. Rolleston as a more correct term in this
connection than corelatiou.

fAn apparent anomaly exists on the left side of specimen No. 3993. There are two
phalanges to the second digit.

12

' 2

2H '
14"

12

' 2

11

1

Allen.] ^4 . [Dec. G,

mm. mm. mm.

First phalanx fourth digit from 11 to 14 Range 3

First " fifth " " 10

Second " third " " 20

Second " fourth" " 10£

Second " fifth " , " 10

Third " third " " 10

The length of the head appears to be subject to very slight variation,
namely, from 22 mm. to 23 mm. That of the ear, from 12 mm. to 13£ mm.,
a slight difference and yet one which might disturb the novice in attempt-
ing to identify the species, since the proportion between the height of the
ear and the length of the muzzle is so often used in descriptions of bats.
In Carollia these quantities are not fixed. The height of the auricle is
variable, but the length of the muzzle is constant. No estimate of rela-
tions of measurements between them can be undertaken.

The tragus varies in height from 5 mm. to 6 mm. It presents different
degrees of thickness along the median border. As a rule, very thick, this
border may be thin and membranous. The processes on the outer border
may be two or five, those toward the apex of the tragus tending to merge
in one another. This tendency appears to be most marked in males.

The size of the nose-leaf is constant, being 10 mm. high and 6 mm.
broad. The lower border shows striking peculiarities in some specimens.

Three of the males exhibited warts arranged in one or two rows across
the upper lip on the line occupied in Artibeus, Phyllostoma, etc., with a
well defined ridge or border. This variation is one of generic rather than
specific value. At least it does not indicate any disposition to reversion to
G. castanea, since in this species no warts are seen, the intervals between
the margins of membrane at the side of the base of the nose-leaf simply
being smaller than usual, and giving to the eye the appearance of extend-
ing directly across the lip. I know of no genus in which this variation
of the nose-leaf of Carollia brevicauda is a constant character.

In G. brevicauda, the warts in the second row on the mentum are elon-
gate in all the nine examples, except one in which they are rounded and
do not differ from those of the first row. This arrangement resembles
that seen in C. castanea.

It is probable that the two outermost rows of warts in G. brevicauda
coalesce to form the elongate wart, which, as a rule, exists.

In reviewing the measurements of G. castanea, when placed in tabular
form with those of C. brevicauda, it is seen that in the species first named
that many of the measurements are the same ; that is to say, in some one
of the examples of G. brevicauda the measurement of a given part will be
found to be the same as in G. castanea. Thus the arm is of the same
length in three specimens of G. brevicauda. The length of the bones of
the digits find their complements in C. brevicauda, excepting the metacar-
pals of the fourth and fifth digits, which are shorter than in any example

1889.1 [Allen.

of that species. The metacarpal of the first digit is of the same length in
one specimen of C. brevicanda, while the first phalanx is shorter than in
any. The head is shorter while the ear is longer. The tragus remains
the same in the two species. The thigh and the leg are both shorter in
G. castanea, while the tail is absolutely longer by 1 mm.

The proportion ot the widths of the second, third and fourth interdigital
spaces is shown to he subject to variation. Specimens numbered 3129,
3231, 3128, 3230, 3229, and 4192 are of those in the best condition ; and it
is seen that the differences are less than in the remaining specimens.
But after all possible sources of error are eliminated, it will be seen that in
three only of G. brevicauda (the males, Nos. 3230, 3229, 4192— and thus
suggestive of sexual distinction) is the difference between the widths ot
the second and third spaces less than 10 mm., while in the single example
of G. castanea (also a male), the difference amounts to but 9 mm.

In this connection I may allude to the value which attaches to the last-
named measurements in the study of the Cheiroptera.

If a specimen of a bat, which is preserved in spirit, is so held in the hand
that the wing is supported in the position of flight, it will be seen that the
intervals between the metacarpal bones hold a definite relation to each
other.

The width of the spaces between the metacarpals, now being recorded
(the measurements are taken at their widest parts), it will be seen that
the second interspace is the narrowest and the fourth the widest. In this
way a formula may be stated. It is proper to add the length of the fore-
arm to the formula, since this measurement is one of relative constancy
and is of importance in framing the diagnosis of the species.

Examination of the table herewith presented exhibits at a glance the
marked contrasts which obtain in the Phyllostornidoe in the composition
of this formula.

It is especially interesting to note the difference which exists between
the widths of the second and the third interspaces. It will be observed that
no two formulae are alike, nor is any fixed ratio preserved between the
formulae of genera which are allied. Nevertheless the measurements are
sufficiently distinctive to warrant the recommendation that they be taken
in all discriminating studies, not only of the Phyllostomidse, but of the
entire order.

Formula of the Widths of Second, Third and Fourth Interspaces in the
Genera of Phyllostomidw.

ii in iv Forearm. Differ'ebet. iii&iv

mm. mm. mm. mm. mm.

Lophostoma 7 17 18 49 1

Schizostoma 3 16 21 32 5

Macrotus 2 15 22 44 7

Desmodus 2 21 37 53 10

Vampyrops 3 17 27 36 10

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 132. D. PRINTED FEB. 25, 1890.

26

[Jan. 3,

ii in iv Forearm. Differ'e bet. in & iv

mm. mm. mm. mm. mm.

Sturaira 3 21 31 38 10

Chilonycteris 1£ 15 17 40 12

Carollia 5 20 32 26 9-12

Vaiupyrus 16 41 53 105 12

Lonchoglossa 3 19 32 S3 12

Monophyllus 3 17 34 32 14

Artibeus 4 21 39 51 18

Brachyphylla 3 25 43 64 18

Morinoops 3 16 35 50 19

Phyllostoina 4 29 62 81 45

The study of measurements has given valuable results in the study ot
the human cranium and has enabled anatomists to come to definite con-
clusions respecting the validity of characters even when derived from
scanty and imperfect material.

No reason can be urged why similar methods may not prove acceptable,
in describing a new species of mammal.

Extended observations on a number of examples of allied species
enhance the value of those upon which it is proposed to announce a new
one.

The following table includes the formulae in families other than the Phyllostomidse :

Rhynchonycteris 5 16 25 40 9

Cynopterusmarginatus 10 18 27 58 9

Vespertilio murinus 2 11 31 59 10

Epomophorus franqueti .... 13 21 39 83 11

Rhinopoma 3 13 30 64 17

Atalapha % 9 2G 37 15

Molossus rufus % 5 35 46 30

Noctilio 2 13 58 83 45

Pceropus edwardsii 18 17 69 145 52

Stated Meeting, January 3, 1890.

Present, 10 members.

President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows:

Letters acknowledging election to membership from Mr. A.
Sydney Biddle and Dr. George Friebis, Philadelphia ; Dr. C.
C. Abbott, Trenton, N. J. : Kt. Eev. John J. Keane and Hon.

1890.] * *

Fernando Cruz, Washington, D. C. ; Hon. J. M. Le Moine,
Quebec, Canada.

The San Francisco Public Library was, on motion, placed
on exchange list to receive Proceedings and Transactions.

The Brooklyn Entomological Society communicated a
change of address to No. 200 Washington street, Brooklyn.

The decease of members was announced as follows :

Dr. Charles A. Ashburner, Pittsburgh, Pa. (b. February 9,
1854 ; d. December 24, 1889).

Dr. James H. Hutchinson, Philadelphia (b. 1831 ; d. Decem-
ber 27, 1889).

Hon. George H. Boker, Philadelphia (b. October 6, 1823 ;
d. January 2, 1890).

On motion, the President was authorized, at his discretion, to
appoint suitable persons to prepare the usual obituary notices.

The President reported that he had appointed Hon. Richard
Vaux to prepare the obituary notice of the late Franklin B.
Gowen, and the appointment of Hon. James B. Angell to pre-
pare the obituary notice of the late Henry S. Frieze, and that
the same had been accepted.

The clerks and judges reported that at the annual election
for officers and council, held this afternoon, the following gen-
tlemen had been duly chosen :

President.
Frederick Fraley.

Vice- Presidents .
E. Otis Kendall, W. S. W. Ruschenberger, J. P. Lesley.

Secretaries.

George F. Barker, Daniel G. Brinton, Henry Phillips, Jr.,

George H. Horn.

Counselors {for three years).
Daniel R. Goodwin, William A. Ingham, Thomas PI. Dudley,
Robert Patterson.

28

[Jan. 17,

Curators.
John R. Baker, Patterson DuBois, J. Cheston Morris.

Treasurer.
J. Sergeant Price.

Mr. Henry Phillips, Jr., was nominated for Librarian, and
the nominations were closed.

Dr. A. S. Gatschet presented through the Secretaries a
" Third Article on the Beothuk Indians."

Prof. Ryder presented a paper on " The Eye, the Ocular
Muscles, and the Lachrymal Glands of the Shrew-mole."

Pending nominations Nos. 1203, 1201 and 1205, and new
nominations Nos. 1206 and 1207 were read.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

Stated Meeting, January 17, 1890.

•

Present, 20 members.
President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

Dr. George Friebis, a lately elected member, was presented
to the Chair, and took his seat.

Correspondence was submitted as follows :

A letter from Dr. Antonio Penafiel (Mexico), announcing
that his address would be, for some time to come, Berlin,
Prussia (Kupfergraben 4).

Accessions to the Library were announced from the
Acadcmie des Sciences, Cracow, Austria ; Physiologische
Gesellschaft, Berlin ; Garteubauverjein, Darmstadt ; Deutsche
Gesellschaft fiir Anthropologic, Ethnologie, etc., Munich
Bavaria ; Acadumie Royale de Belgique, Bruxelles ; Senator
Pietro Ellero, Bologna, Italy ; Biblioteca N. C, Firenze ; R.
Accademia dei Lincei, Rome ; Redaction " Cosmos," Socirtes
de rEnseignement, Geographie, Ethnographie, Ecole des

1890.

29

Mines, Paris ; Geological, Astronomical, Meteorological,
Geographical Societies, Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty,
"Nature," London; Natural History Society of Northumber-
land, Durham and Newcastle-upon-Tyne, Newcastle-upon-
Tyne ; Philosophical Society, Glasgow ; Geological and Nat-
ural History Survey of Canada, Montreal ; Canadian Institute,
Toronto ; American Academy of Arts and Sciences, Society of
Natural History, Boston ; Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge ; Brown University, Providence, R. I. ; Yale
University, "American Journal of Science," New Haven, Conn. ;
Entomological Society, Prof. W.LeConte Stevens, Brooklyn ;
Cornell University, Ithaca ; New York Academy of Sciences,
American Chemical Society, New York Historical Society,
Eev. John Hall, D.D., New York ; College of Pharmacy, Frank-
lin Institute, Editors of the "Medical and Surgical Reporter"
and the " Medical News," Prof. H. D'. Gregory, LL.D., Phila-
delphia ; U. S. Naval Institute, Annapolis; Maryland Institute,
Baltimore ; U. S. Engineer Office, Department of the Interior
and of State, Commissioner of Education, U. S. Fish Commis-
sion, Mr. Lester F. Ward, Col. Garrick Mallery, Washington,
D. C.

Photographs were received from II Marchese de Gregorio
Palermo, and Dr. R. H. Alison, Ardmore, Pa.

The deaths of the following members were announced :

J. H. C. Coffin, U. S. N., January 8, 1890, Washington, D.C.
get. 75.

William D. Kelley, M. C. (of Philadelphia), at Washing-
ton, D. C, January 9, 1890 (b. April 12, 1811).

The stated business of the meeting was then taken up, and
Henry Phillips, Jr., was unanimously reelected Librarian for
the ensuing year.

On motion, the President was authorized to appoint at his
leisure the Standing Committees of the Society, which he sub-
sequently appointed as follows:

Finance.
William B. Rogers, Philip C. Garrett, C. S. Wurts.

30

[Jan 17,

Publication.

Daniel G. Brinton, George H. Horn, Samuel Wagner,

Patterson DuBois, Horace Jayne.

Michaux Legacy.

Thomas Meehan, J. Sergeant Price, Aubrey H. Smith,

William M. Tilghman, Isaac Burk.

Hall.
J. Sergeant Price, William A. Ingham, Charles A. Oliver.

Library.

Edwin J. Houston, William V. McKean, Wm. John Potts,

Jesse Y. Burk, William H. Greene.

Henry M. Phillips'' Prize Essay Fund.

Richard Vaux, Henry Phillips, Jr., William V. McKean,

Furman Sheppard, Joseph C. Fralev,

and

The President of the Society, ]

The Treasurer of the Society, J

Dr. Harrison Allen made an oral communication on
Variations of the Forms of Human Teeth."

The

He stated that monocuspidate teeth are those which first appear in any
given series, and that the hicuspidate and the multicuspidate forms are
complications due to additions to the monocuspidate. He claimed that the
quadritubercular human molar resolves itself into two pairs of adjoined
cusps which are arranged endo-ectally, and not as he at one time stated*
into a tritubercular form to which is appended a rudimental fourth cusp,
lie also believed that teeth when degenerated do not of necessity descend
along the lines of ascent. As a rule they infrequently do so. In his
opinion, degenerated teeth (and these were illustrated from the orders of
Cheiroptera, Rodentia, and Primates) are all essentially alike, inasmuch
as they exhibit losses of characteristic details, while retaining the lateral
thickenings and contour lines. Some of these may be mimetic of the true
tritubercular molar. It is necessary to remember, that forms of teeth
when passing into degeneration are in reality expressions of teratological
phenomena and have little or no taxonomic value.

* "Dental Cosmos," December, 1874.

1S90.]

31

Pending nominations 1203, 120±, 1205, 1206, 1207 and new
nomination 1208 were read.

Mr. Henry Phillips, Jr., presented some statistics relating to
tbe Society.

Dr. Oliver offered the following preamble and resolution :

Whei'eas, It is both honorable and just that we, the present reprcsenta-
tivesof the American Philosophical Society, should show our affection and
regard for our illustrious founder and first President, Dr. Benjamin Frank-
lin, who died on the 17th day of April, 1790, be it,

Resolved, That we commemorate his life, his wisdom, his labors, and his
achievements by proper and fitting ceremonies becoming such an occa-
sion, on the 17th day of April, 1890 ; the form of the commemoration to
be referred to a Special Committee of five members, to be appointed by
the President, who shall be empowered to take all necessary action.

"Which, after discussion, was adopted.

The President subsequently appointed as such Committee,
Messrs. Charles A. Oliver, Henry Phillips, Jr., Arthur Biddle
William John Potts and William H. Greene.

Dr. Morris made some remarks on the desirability of better
accommodations for the possessions of the Society. On motion
of Mr. Dudley it wras

Resolved, That the President appoint a Committee of five members to
consider the whole subject, and to ascertain if the Society can obtain ad-
ditional space in the vicinity of its Hall, and that the President should
also be a member of the Committee.

The President subsequently appointed as such Committee,
Messrs. J. Cheston Morris, Thomas H. Dudley, J. Sergeant
Price, Richard Vaux and William P. Tatham.

A communication from the Chairman of the Committee on
the Michaux Legacy, in reference to an appropriation of
$150 towards the expenses of a scientific expedition about to
proceed to Mexico, was referred to the Committee to report
upon at the next meeting.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

*>^ [Feb. 7,

Stated Meeting, February 7, 1890.

Present, 8 members.

Prof. Edwin J. Houstox in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows :

Letters from Sir George G. Stokes, F.R.S., London, and Dr.
Friederich S. Krauss, Vienna, accepting membership in the
Society.

A letter from the Physikalisch-Oekonomische Gesellschaft
zu Koenigsberg in Preussen, announcing the approaching Cen-
tennial Anniversary of its formation (February 22, 1890).

An invitation from Columbia College, New York city, N.
Y., to be present by delegate at the inauguration of Seth Low
as President, on February 3, 1890.

Letters of envoy were received from the K. Leop6ldinisch-
Carolinische Akademie, Halle a. S. ; Meteorological Office,
London.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Royal
Society of Victoria, Melbourne (129); Naturwissenschaftlicber
Verein des Regierungs-Bezirks, Frankfurt a. O. (129); K.
Leopoldinisch-Carolinische Akademie, Halle a. S.. (129) ; Prof.
J. Victor Carus, Leipzig (127, 128) ; Societe des Sciences Phy-
siques et Naturelles, Bordeaux (129); Sir Monier .Monier-
Williams, London (128, 129) ; Hon. J. M. LeMoine, Quebec
(129, 130); Nova Scotian Institute of Natural Science, Hali-
fax (96-130, Catalogue, etc.) ; Anthropological Society, Wash-
ington, D. C. (125, 126, 127, 128); Prof. James b". Angell,
Ann Arbor (129) ; Geological Survejr of Missouri, Jefferson
City (129, 130, Catalogue, etc.).

Letters of acknowledgment (130) were received from the
Geological and Natural History Survey, Ottawa, Canada ;
University of Toronto, Canadian Institute, Toronto ; Maine
Historical Society, Portland Society of Natural History, Port-
land, Me. ; Northern Academy of Arts and Sciences, Prof.

1890.] do

C. H. Hitchcock, Hanover, N. H. ; Mr. John G. Whittier,
Amcsbmy, Mass. ; Boston Athenaeum, State Library of Massa-
chusetts, American Statistical Association, Boston Society of
Natural History, Massachusetts Historical Society, Hon. Rob-
ert C. Winthrop, Boston ; Harvard College Library, Museum
of Comparative Zoology, Profs. Alexander Agassiz, Joseph
Lovering, Robert N. Toppan, Cambridge, Mass. ; Mr. James
B. Francis, Lowell, Mass. ; Free Public Library, New
Bedford ; Dr. Pliny Earle, Northampton ; Essex Institute,
Salem ; American Antiquarian Society, Worcester ; Rhode
Island Historical Society, Prof. Thomas Chase, Providence ;
Connecticut Historical Society, Hartford, Conn. ; New
Haven Colony Historical Society, Profs. II. A. Newton,
W. D. Whitney, New Haven, Conn.; Profs. James Hall, Ed-
ward North, C. H. F. Peters, Clinton, N. Y. ; New York Hos-
pital, As tor Library, Dr. Daniel Draper, New York State
Library, New York Historical Society, Columbia College
Library, Prof. Joel A. Allen, Messrs. J. Douglas, R. W. Ray-
mond, Dr. J. J. Stevenson, New York ; Vassar Brothers' Insti-
tute, Poughkeepsie ; Oneida Historical Society, Utica ; U. S.
Military Academy, West Point; Mr. William John Potts,
Camden ; New Jersey Historical Society, Newark ; Prof. C.
F. Brackett, Princeton ; Dr. Charles B. Dudley, Altoona, Pa. ;
Academy of Natural Science, College of Physicians, Wagner
Free Institute, Pennsylvania Hospital, Numismatic and Anti-
quarian Society, Messrs. Harrison Allen, John Ashhurst, Rich-
ard L. Ashhurst, R. Meade Bache, Cadwalader Biddle, George

D. Boardman, W. G. A. Bonwill, Arthur E. Brown, Samuel
Castner, Jr., Henry C. Chapman, C. H. Clark, Thomas M.
Cleemann, E. D. Cope, Samuel Dickson, Patterson du Bois,
Persifor Frazer, F. A. Genth, Jr., Daniel R. Goodwin, Wil-
liam H. Greene, H. V. Hilprecht, E. J. Houston, Francis
Jordan, Jr., . E. Otis Kendall, Joseph Leidy, Francis W.
Lewis, Morris Longstreth, E. Y. McCauley, F. A. Miihlenberg,

• Isaac Norris, Charles A. Oliver, C. Stuart Patterson, C. N.
Peirce, William Pepper, Henry Phillips, Jr., Franklin Piatt,
Theodore D. Rand, George B. Roberts, W. S. W. Ruschen-

PKOC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 132. E. PRINTED MARCH 1, 1890.

^* [Feb. 7,

berger, Lewis A. Scott, Aubrey H. Smith, Albert H. Smyth,
George Stuart, William P. Tatham, William Thomson, H.
Clay Trumbull, David K. Tuttle, William H. Wahl, Ellis
Yarnall, Mrs. Helen Abbott Michael, Philadelphia ; Dr. Rob-
ert H. Alison, Ardmore ; Prof. E. B. Wilson, Bryn Mawr ;
Prof. Lyman B. Hall, Haverford ; Mr. Philip C. Garrett, Lo-
gan, Phila. ; Mr. J. Vaughan Merrick, Roxborough ; Mr. Bur-
net Landreth, Bristol ; Mr. Eckley B. Coxe, Drifton ; Dr.
Traill Green, Profs. James W. Moore, Thomas C. Porter, Eas-
ton ; Linnean Scientific and Historical Society of Lancaster,
Pa. ; Mr. Peter F. Rothermel, Linfield ; Mr. John F. Carll,
Pleasantville ; Mr. Peter W. Sheafer, Pottsville ; Mr. M.
Fisher Longstreth, Sharon Hill, Pa.; Philosophical Society,
Mr. Philip P. Sharpless, West Chester ; State Library of Penn-
sylvania; Mr. Andrew S. McCreath, Harrisburg ; Naval Insti-
tute, Annapolis, Md. ; Maryland Institute, Baltimore ; Library
of the Surgeon-General's Office, Anthropological Society, IT.
S. Naval Observatory, Smithsonian Institution, Messrs. S. F.
Emmons, Albert S. Gntschet, Thomas J. Lee, Garrick Mallery,
Charles A. Schott, William B. Taylor, Lester F. Ward,
Washington, D. C. ; Virginia Historical Society, Richmond ;
Prof. John W. Mallet, University of Virginia ; Prof. Lyon G.
Tyler, Williamsburg, Va. ; Elliott Society of Science and Art,
Charleston, S. C. ; Georgia Historical Society, Savannah ;
University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa; Prof. E. W. Claypole,
Akron, O. ; Denison University, Granville, O. ; Society of
Natural History, Cincinnati Observatory, E^on. J. D. Cox,
Prof. James M. Hart, Cincinnati ; Rev. Henry S. Osborn, Ox-
ford, O. ; Dr. Robert Peter, Lexington, Ky. ; Athenteum,
Columbia, Tenn. ; St. Louis Academy of Science ; Profs. James
B. Angell, Alexander Winchell, Ann Arbor ; Gen. William
F. Reynolds, Col. William Ludlow, Detroit ; Prof. John C.
Branner, Little Rock, Ark. ; Davenport Academy of Natural
Sciences ; Iowa University Library, Iowa City ; Kansas State
Historical Society, W ashburn College, Topeka, Kans. ; Prof.
John L. Campbell, Crawfordsville, Ind. ; Chicago Historical
Society, Newberry Library, Chicago, 111. ; State Historical

1890.1 &J

Society of Wisconsin, Madison ; Colorado Scientific Society,
Denver ; Prof. Joseph Le Conte, Berkeley, Cal. ; Prof. Daniel
Kirkwood, Riverside, Cal.

Accessions to the Library were announced from the K.
Bohmische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Prag ; K. K.
Geologische Reichsanstalt, K. Akademie der Wissenschaften,
Vienna, Austria ; Gesellschaft fiir Anthropologic, etc., Deutsche
Geologische Gesellschaft, Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde, Messrs.
Friedlander & Son, Berlin ; Senckenbergische Naturforschende
Gesellschaft, N"aturwissenscbaftliche Verein des Eeg.-Bez.,
Frankfurt a. M. ; Verein fiir Erdkunde, K. Leopoldina Caro-
lina Akademie, Halle a. S. ; Sociedade de Geografia, Lisbon ;
Meteorological Council, Society of Arts, Prof. B. Loewenberg,
London; Trustees of Prof. James Henry, Dublin; Nova Sco-
tian Institute of Natural Science, Halifax; Natural History
Society, Montreal ; Theological Seminary, Andover ; Ameri-
can Statistical Association, Hon. Robert C. Winthrop, Boston ;
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Prof. Samuel D. Scudder,
Cambridge, Mass. ; Essex Institute, Salem ; Editor of " The
Traveller's Record," Hartford ; Meteorological Observatory,
American Institute of Electrical Engineers, New York ; Mr.
William John Potts, Camden, N. J. ; American Pharmaceu-
tical Association, Wagner Free Institute, Editor of " The Nat-
uralist's Leisure Hour," Daniel G. Brinton, I. Minis Hays,
Henry Phillips, Jr., Philadelphia ; Pennsylvania Geological
Survey, Harrisburg ; Prof. Ira Remsen, Baltimore ; Treasury
Department, Smithsonian Institution, Department of the Inte-
rior, TJ. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Hydrographic Olliee,
Anthropological Society, Washington, D. C. ; Charles C.
Jones, Jr., Augusta, Ga. ; State Board of Health, Nashville,
Tenn. ; Public Library of Cincinnati ; State Historical Soci-
ety, Iowa City, la. ; Wisconsin Academy of Sciences, Arts,
etc., Madison ; Washburn College Laboratory of Natural His-
tory, Topeka, Kans. ; Los Angelos Public Library ; University
of California, Sacramento; Observatorio Meteorologico-Mag-
netico Central, Observatorio Astronomico Nacional de Tacu-
baya, Sociedad Cientifica " Antonio Alzate," Mexico; Museo

36

Michoacano, Moreliia, Mexico ; Deutsche Wissenschaftliche
Verein, Santiago, Chili.

The death of Gustav Adolph Hirn, Colmar, Alsace, Janu-
uary 14, 1890,. set. 75, was announced.

Dr. Daniel G. Brinton presented a paper on " Etruscan and
Libyan Names."

Prof. Houston made a communication on " Muscular Con-
tractions following Death by Electricity."

Pending nominations Nos. 1208, 1201, 1205, 1206, 1207r
1208 were read.

On motion, the Society subscribed to " American Notes and
Queries," and ordered the purchase of the three previous
volumes.

Dr. Oliver reported the following preamble and resolutions,
which were adopted, and the same committee continued and
requested to make all the arrangements necessary to carry out
the same :

The Committee to which was referred the following preamble and reso-
lution : " Deeming it both honorable and just that we, the present repre-
sentatives of American Philosophical Society, should show our affection
and regard for our illustrious Founder and First President, Dr. Benjamin
Franklin, who died on the 17th day of April, 1790, be it resolved that we
commemorate his life, his wisdom, his labors and his achievements by
proper and fitting ceremonies becoming such an occasion, on the 17th day
of April, 1890 ; the form of the commemoration to be referred to a special
committee of five members, who shall be empowered to take all necessary
action," presented by Dr. Oliver at the meeting of the Society on the 17th
of January, 1890, begs respectfully to submit the following report :

Resolced, That we commemorate in a becoming manner the approach-
ing Centennial Anniversary of the death of Benjamin Franklin.

Resolved, That a series of short addresses upon his life, character and
work be delivered before the Society upon this occasion.

The Committee on the Michaux Legacy reported in favor of
an appropriation of $150 to assist the expedition of Prof.
Heilprin to investigate the forest growths of Mexico and
Yucatan ; and on motion the amount was granted for the pur-
pose.

1890.] l [noustori.

The Finance Committee offered the following resolution
which was adopted:

Resolved, That J. Sergeant Price, Treasurer, be, and lie is hereby author-
ized to sell and transfer three thousand dollars of the loans of the City of
Philadelphia now standing in the name of the Society.

And the Society was adjourned by the presiding member.

On Muscular Contractions Following Death by Electricity.
By Prof. Edwin J. Houston.

{Read before the American Philosophical Society, February 7, 1S90.)

Accurate data are wanting as to whether death resulting from accidental
contact with electric conductors conveying the powerful currents em-
ployed in systems of electric lighting or power distribution is, or is not,
practically instantaneous. Certain facts, however, are known which
show that when the nature of the contacts is such that the discharge
passes through the respiratory, the cardiac or the brain centres, that true
physiological death, as evidenced by tue complete failure of these centres
to perform their normal functions, and their inability to afterwards per-
form these functions, is practically instantaneous.

In cases of death from a lightning bolt, for example, instances are on
record where death has been so nearly instantaneous that the bodies have
remained so nearly in the positions occupied during life that passers-by
have failed to recognize the presence of death.

On the regaining of consciousness lost by a lightning discharge or a
contact with an electric conductor, the subject as a rule has no memory of
pain or suffering, and in many instances is even ignorant of the cause of
the accident.

A fact, however, which appears to disprove that practically instanta-
neous physiological death follows a powerful electric discharge, should be
alluded to. In some instances, it has been observed that the body of the
person receiving the discharge showed prolonged convulsive muscular
contractions and contortions. The question thus arises, Do such muscular
movements necessarily prove actual suffering on the part of the subject?
Do they aven necessarily prove the existence of life while they are taking
place? While, of course, the answer to this question must necessarily be
to a certain extent uncertain, the following considerations are offered to
show that in all probability such muscular contractions follow physio-
logical death, and are, therefore, unattended by consciousness or suffering.

Two general cases of contact resulting in death may occur, viz. :

1. A momentary contact, where the discharge is only temporary, as
in the case of the lightning discharge, or the case of a person falling against
the wires and remaining in contact therewith but a few seconds or
fractions of a second.

Houston.] «5(5 [Feb. 7,

2. A prolonged contact where the current continues to pass through
the body for some time after death.

In cases of death by the first class of contacts, no convulsive move-
ments occur. Death results from physiological shock, or possibly from
changes in the nervous or muscular 1 issues.

In the second chiss of contacts, death in many cases probably occurs
practically instantaneously. The question then arises, How can the mus-
cular contractions be explained ?

The classic experiments of Galvani with the excised legs of recently
killed frogs prove conclusively that the passage of an electric current
causes convulsive muscular movements. The same phenomena, too, have
been observed in the human subject, as numerous experiments with the
bodies of criminals shortly after their execution have shown.

It would seem, therefore, probable, to say the least, that when the elec-
tric current continues to pass through the body of the subject after physio-
logical death has occurred, such convulsive muscular movements may
occur, and that, therefore, their existence do not prove suffering.

When a powerful current traverses the body, tetanus occurs, and mus-
cular movements in such parts cease. The nerve loses its sensibility, and,
if the current is too strong, changes occur in its structure or composition,
either as a result of polarization, or electrolysis, or otherwise, which pre-
vent it from being further affected by the electric discharge. Since such
changes presumably occur in cases of death by electric discharges, it
would appear that muscular contractions would therefore be impossible
after death.' A brief consideration of the manner in which an electric
current traverses the human body will show that such a conclusion is
unwarranted.

When the electrodes of any source are applied to any two parts of the
human body, a current passes through the body from the positive to the
negative electrode. The density of current that passes, or the current
strength per unit of area of cross-section, is different at different parts ot
the body. Those portions that lie in the paths of least resistance, which,
in general, are situated in paths of least distance between the electrodes,
receive the denser and more powerful current, while those lying in paths
of greater resistance, receive weaker currents. In other words, in the
passage of the electric current through the human body, a diffusion of the
current occurs.

While, therefore, the nerves and muscles lying in the direct path of a
fatal discharge may be almost instantly deprived of their sensibility by the
passage of the powerful and fatal discharge through them, the nerves and
muscles which lie in the paths of less powerful currents may still retain
their power of electric excitation.

It is therefore probable, that in cases of prolonged fatal contact with
electric conductors, the ensuing convulsive muscular contractions do not
of necessity prove suffering.

I offer these views with some diffidence from the standpoint of an
electrician rather than that of a physiologist.

1890.J dJ [Brinton.

On Etruscan and Libyan Names. A Comparative Study.

By Daniel G. Brinton, M.D.

{Read before the American Philosophical Society, February 7, 18 go.)

§ 1. Introductory. Libyan Epigraphy.

In October last (1S89) I laid before this Society a series of con-
siderations drawn from the physical traits of the Etruscans, their
customs, arts and language, going to show that they were an offshoot
or colony of the Libyans or Numidians of North Africa — that stock
now represented by the Kabyles of Algeria, the Rifians of Morocco,
the Touaregs of the Great Desert and the other so-called Berber
tribes.

So far as I was aware, this opinion had never been advanced
before, although it would seem a natural and obvious one. Nor
have I yet found that any writer had clearly stated it previously ;
though I have discovered that occasional earlier observers have been
struck with some of the resemblances which so impressed me, and I
am glad to add the weight of their testimony to my own. Thus,
M. Louis Rinn, Vice-President of the Historical Society of Algiers,
after alluding to what he considers a point of resemblance between
the Berber and the Etruscan language, adds, " A comparative study
of these two peoples would certainly bring into prominence other
similarities, yet more remarkable, in their customs, in the forms
and designs of their potteries and in their tongues."* M. Rinn
quotes the old traveler, Dr. T. Shaw, as suggesting one or more
similarities in Kabyle and Etruscan place-names, but he gives no
exact references, and a search through Shaw's Travels has not en-
abled me to find the passages.

In the present article, I shall carry out to a limited extent a com-
parison between the proper names preserved in the oldest Libyan
monuments and a series of similar names believed to be genuine
Etruscan. I am aware that this is not the way to study the relation-
ship of languages a fond ; but the material is not obtainable in
this country to do more, and if it were, I have not that familiarity

* Les Origines Berbtres. Etudes Linguistiques et Ethnologiques, p. 190 (Alger., 1889). I re-
gret that I cannot speak favorably of this laborious production ; but its author is fantas-
tical rather than scientific in most of his researches. The similarity referred to is that
of the geographical name Taderta which I mention hereafter.

Brinton.] 40 [Feb. 7,

with the Punic and Berber dialects with which one should be
equipped to approach the question from that more difficult side.

For the Numidian or Libyan epigraphy I have depended upon
the Collection of General Faidherbe,* and the admirable Essay of
Prof. Halevy.f Even with these materials I believe more could
be accomplished than I have attempted, and the most that I hope
from this and my former paper is to enlist the attention of Etrus-
cologists to the possible derivation of the nation from the Libyan
stock. These Libyan or Numidian inscriptions, to be sure, date
from a 'long time after the Etruscans had founded their cities in
Italy. The oldest of them are probably not beyond 200 B.C., and
then nearly a thousand years had elapsed since the formation of the
Etruscan commonwealth. We must not therefore expect frequent
identities, especially as the Etruscans notoriously borrowed largely
the names and terms of their various neighbors. On the other
hand, it must be remembered that the Berber is a group of dialects
singularly tenacious of its traits, both grammatic and lexicographic.
To this day, its tribes are mutually intelligible, from the western
boundaries of Egypt to the Atlantic coast, and from the Mediter-
ranean to the Soudan. Therefore it is not incongruous to attempt
the explanation of an Etruscan name (assuming that it is of Libyan
origin) by the modern Kabyle or Touareg.

A preliminary question of interest is that of the

§ 2. Etruscan Invasions of Egypt.

This subject has been brought to the attention of Egyptologists
by the supposed references to the Etruscans in the ancient inscrip-
tions, and to Italian archasologists by the evident Egyptian inspira-
tion in some of the Etruscan art remains. I shall sum up briefly
the main points of the question.

From the earliest times the movement of the Libyan tribes to-
ward the east is recorded in the annals of the Egyptian monarchy.
In the third dynasty — according to the chronology of Mariette some
4200 years B. C. — the incursions of the Temhu (the Touaregs ?)
are mentioned. In the eighteenth dynasty (1 703-1462 B.C.) the
mother of Amenhotep IV. is represented as a blonde with blue

* Collection Complete des Inscriptions Numidiques {Libyques). Par le General Faidherbe
( Paris, 1S70).
t Etudes Berbcres. Essai d' Epigraphic Libyque. Par J. Ilalevy (Paris, 1875).

1890.] 41 [Brinton.

eyes, and bore the name, at once Libyan and Etruscan, of " Taia."
She was probably a Libyan by birth.*

The most important general migration of the Libyan tribes seems
to have taken place about 1300 years B.C. At that time, as we are
informed by an inscription of Meneptah II. on the wall of the great
temple of Amnion at Api, the king of the land of Libu, by name
Mar-ajui, a son of Did, led a great army composed of his own
troops and mercenaries from other nations into Egypt, entering
near the city of Prcsopis. He was defeated with heavy loss, and many
thousands of his soldiery were slain. f Among his allies were the
" Tursba," who are considered by some Egyptologists to have been
the nation called in classic writings, Turseni or Tyrrheni, i.e., the
Etruscans. This identification is rejected by Dr. Brugsch Bey, who
ventures the yet wilder theory that they were Taurians. Halevy,
on the other hand, is inclined to see in this and the other names
given in the list of allies merely various Libyan tribes, neighbors of
the Lebu ;\ and this is quite probable when we consider, the imprac-
ticability of large bodies of soldiery being transported across the
Mediterranean in that early age. It is possible, therefore, that the
"Tursha" were the " Turseni," and that in consequence of this
defeat they left their native land and founded the Etruscan colonies
on the west coast of Italy — which were commenced about that
time.

Dr. Deecke has already .pointed out the probability that the
Tuirsa who attacked Egypt by sea in the time of Ramses III
(twentieth dynasty, 980-810 B.C.) were the Turseni or Etruscans.
They are represented on the paintings with pointed beards and hel-
mets of Etruscan fonn.§ The very early signs of Egyptian culture
visible in ancient Etruria, on which Deecke lays stress, may be
explained by the proximity of the Libyo-Etruscans — the Tuirsa —
to the Nile valley before they founded their Italian colonies. It is
quite sure that the main body of the army of Mar-ajui was composed
of the blonde type of the Berbers, as the Egyptian name applied
to them on the monuments is thuheni, "the light-colored or fair-
complexioned people."
#

* On the presumably feminine termination in Etruscan aia, see Deecke in Miiller, Die
Etrusker, Bd. i, s. 475.

t Dr. Brugsch Bey, History of Egypt, Vol. ii, p. 129.

% Essai d'Epigraphie Libyque, p. 170.

g See his note in Miiller, Die Etrusker, Band i, s. 70 .

PR0C. AMER. PHILOS. £0C. XXVIII. 132. P. PRINTED MARCH 1, 1890.

Brintou.] 4^ [Feb. 7,

§ 3. The Libyan Alphabet.

The ancient Libyan or Numidian alphabet, preserved in the
tifinagh and tiddebakin of the Touaregs, was composed of twenty-
three letters, five of which served both as vowels and consonants.
As in the Etruscan alphabet, all letters could act as either initial or
terminal sounds. Two letters are in the Libyan which do not
appear in the Etruscan — b and 0. It is a notable coincidence,
however, that not only was the former sound usually rendered by
the ancient Roman writers by an f* but it is absent or rare in the
Ghdames, Rif, Bougie and Mzab dialects of modern Berber. f
Evidently the Etruscan in its omission of this phonetic element is
brought into closer relations to a large part of the Libyan speech.

Diphthongs, double consonants, guttural and sibilant sounds are
of frequent recurrence in Libyan as they were in Etruscan, the
former trait being a similarity which separates both from pure
Semitic tongues. J

The most frequent permutations of the Libyan letters, both in
the ancient and modern dialects, are as follows :

b into/".

k into x (guttural), or ch.

I into d, or r.

s into z, or ch, or sh.

t into d, or dj, or dh.

tch into k.

ts into sh.

th (0) into /.

§ 4. Names of Divinities.

The religion both of the Libyans and Etruscans resembled that
of most of their neighbors in being a marked polytheism. It is
said that more than two hundred Etruscan divinities have been dis-
criminated ;§ but I do not find the names of anything like this num-
ber. Otfried Miiller and Dr. Deecke give about fifty, of which

* "Le changement de b et/ est tres frequent dans les dialectes berbers." llalevy, ftssai,
p. 21. " Le 6 libyque est souvent transcrit par / eu latin." Ibid., p. 15G.
t Basset, Manuel de tongue Kabyle, p. 0.
X Louis Rinn, Les OHgines Berberes, p. 59.
g Richard Burton, Etruscan Bologna, p. 192.

1890.] 4o [Brinton.

some are probably Italian or Greek. From among those apparently
really Etruscan, I select for comparison the following:

Apulu, or Aplu, was the Etruscan god whose fane was upon Mt.
Soracte, and who, according to a tradition recorded by Virgil, was
the earliest divinity worshiped by the Tuscans.* From the simi-
larity of the name to the Greek Apollo, most writers have con-
sidered it a corruption of that word, and the later Etruscans no
doubt transferred the attributes of the famous Greek divinity to
their national god. But an examination of the ancient Numidian
inscriptions discovers a divinity so closely similar that the suspicion
is excited that the two are identical, and the resemblance to Apollo a
mere coincidence. This divinity bears the name in the Numidian
character Abru, and is almost certainly identical with the Guanche
Abbra,^ showing the wide extension of the cult in the ancient
Libyan peoples. Halevy thinks it reappears in a Latin inscription,
Ifru augusto sacrum, found near Constantine.J The phonetic
changes from Abru to Aplu are justified by numerous examples in
both Etruscan and Libyan, and that this widely worshipped god of
the Libyans should be referred to by the Etruscans as the first they
adored is very natural.

Culzu ; a member of the Etruscan pantheon, represented with
torch and shears, a divinity apparently who decided the day of
death. § Allowing for the constant permutation of /and r in these
dialects, Corippus mentions a Libyan divinity of the same name, of
whom the Mauritanian chieftian Ierna was priest ;

" Ierna ferox his duetor erat Gurzilque sacerdos." — Johannidos, ii, 109.

The idol of the god represented a divinity of horrid mien, suitable
to a god of death.

" Simulacra sui secum tulit horrida Gurzil."— Johannidos, vi, 1139.

The derivation of the Libyan Gurzil is not very clear; but as the
god who decided on the day of death, and cut or shortened the
thread of life (for which purpose Culzu holds the shears m Etrus-
can portraiture), I am inclined to connect both names with the
modern Berber verbal guezzil, pi. guezlen, to be short, m'gazzil,

* The poet has a Tuscan say :

" Summe deum, sancti custos Soractis Apollo,
Quern primi colimus."— JEneid., xi, 785.
t Berthelot, Bulletin de la Socicle d' Ethnologic, Tome ii, p. 131.
J Esmi, p. 156.
\ Muller, Die Etrusker, Bd. ii, s. 110.

Brinton.] 4i [Feb. 7>

separation, dismemberment, which Newman compares to the simi-
larity of the English shear, shears, short {Libyan Vocabulary, p.
50). In the ancient Numidian epigraphy this deity is referred to
in the literation ghrsl (Halevy, Essai, p. 121), and the final /seems
to be retained in the Etruscan form culsl quoted by Corssen.*

La/a, ^goddess of the moon, probably the new moon, and hence
of birth and fecundity. The name seems connected with the
Libyan lal, to be born, Qalalil, birth, etc. In Numido-Latin in-
scriptions, this precise form Lala appears (see Halevy, Essai,
P- 83).

Leucothea, the white goddess. This is the Greek translation of
the name of a female divinity much honored by the Etruscans, and
especially at Pyrgos, the port of Caere, where a great and beautiful
temple was dedicated to her (Miiller, Die Etrusker, Bd. ii, s,
54-56). The Etruscan form of the name is not given, but in the
list of their beneficent goddesses occur the names malavisy, and
melacuy, where the initial radical seems to be the same as in the
Libyan amelal, white, melhtl, it is white, etc. (Newman, Lib.
Vocal)., pp. 61, 62). In these, I believe, we may recognize the
goddess of Pyrgos. Whether her attribute of whiteness was derived
from the sea foam or the morning light, or from some other cause,
we have no means of knowing.

Manes, Alania, Mantns. The dii Manes of the ancient Latins
are generally recognized to have been derived in character and
name from Etruscan antecedents. The derivations of the word
Manes offered by the later grammarians are as usual merely fanciful
and worthless, nor has any acceptable one been suggested by modern
writers. I believe it is revealed in the name of an ancient Libyan
deity, Motmanius. This occurs in a votive inscription found near
Constantine — Motmanio et Mercurio sacrum (Halevy, Essai, p. 157).
The name seems to be clearly a compound of Libyan emct ; aorist,
inu'tt, to die, dead, and email, soul, — a lord of the souls of the dead.
In the first syllable we recognize the Etr. mut-na, a tomb, a place
of the dead (see my Elh. Aff. of Etruscans, p. 19), and in Ma-
nius is the Etr. Manes, the current meaning of which was " the
souls of the dead,"f allied to which was the Etr. name of the god
of the underworld, Mantus, the goddess Mania, and perhaps the

* Sprache der Etrusker, s. 610.

t "Die Seele der*Hingeschiedenen," Miiller, Die Etrusker, Bd. ii, p. 98.

1890.] 45 [Brinton.

goddess often portrayed on Etruscan mirrors with the name MunOu,
or MunOy, believed by Deecke to be one of the auspicious Manes
or spirits.

Mars. The old Italic name for this divinity was Mannar, which
reappears in the Etr. Mamar-ce, a personal name, and Maris, the
name of a divinity shown on Etr. mirrors. One of the months in
the Etr. calendar was named from him. This name in the form
Marmar\xd& quite frequent in Libyan. I need but recall the Libyan
general Marmaria, the tribe Marmaridce, etc. It also appears
in the Libyan inscriptions of Djebel-Thala (Halevy, Essai, p. 68).
The identification appears therefore complete.

Menerva, the Etr. forms of which are mnarva and metieruva, is
believed to be distinctly a Tuscan goddess whose original vocation
was that of a protectress of children ; only in later days did she
assume the attributes of the Greek Athene (Mtiller, Die Etrusker,
Bd. i, s. 46^.). The name has a strong Libyan physiognomy.
The prefix men is common in the dialects of that stem, and in the
remainder of the name, arua, eruva, we are close to the modern
Kabyle arau, pi. arawan, child, a meaning most consonant with
her original character.

Sethlans. The Etr. compound SeOre, or Set-ria, is a proper name,
the root of which Set (sed-) probably reappears in the initial sylla-
ble of SeO-lans, the Etr. Vulcan. This initial syllable set-, sed-,
sit-, is a common one on the Libyan tombs of the earliest centuries
(Inscrips. 77, 105, 128, 216, etc.). One of the Numidian names
appears in the Latin form, Sit-ilia, and the Libyan Sit-ila (Inscrip.
216) is close to Etr. SeO-lans. Halevy suggests its relationship to
the Egyptian god Set {Essai, p. 81) ; but its origin may as well be
from the Libyan root s't, now preserved in the Touareg, is-suhet,
strong, essahet, violence, etc.; Kabyle, set-mara, by force, by
might, etc.

Tina, Tinia. This divinity is stated to have corresponded to the
Jupiter of the Romans, and his figure often appears on Etruscan
mirrors and coins with the symbols of the lightning, the sceptre and
the crown of rays. For these and other reasons (set forth in detail
by Mtiller), he is looked upon as "the chief divinity of the Etrus-
cans and the centre of their celestial world."

It must be regarded as a striking example of the permanence of
mythologic conceptions that the same deity with the same name is

Brinton.] 4b fFeb. 7,

recorded by Corippus as the Jupiter of the Libyans in the sixth
century A. D. In his lines referring to the gods they invoked on
entering battle, he writes :

" llastiman alii ; Maurorum hoc nomine gentes
Tsenarium dixere Jo vein.' '—Johannidos, Lib. vii, 307.

The name Mas-timan is compounded ot the common Libyan
(and Etruscan) prefix of grandeur mas, and timan, in which the n
in Tina has changed into m, a permutation frequent in the Moroc-
can (Rifian) dialect of Berber, in which the mini of the Arabic
alphabet is often substituted for the nun* The terminal n in so
many of the Libyan names given by Corippus is thought by Halevy
to be often an extraneous addition to the native form.f
Turin s, the Etruscan Mercury.
Turan, goddess of love.
Tarsu, a mythical Gorgon.
T'ruisie, a hero god.

In these and similar Etruscan names we appear to be in the
presence of the exceedingly common ancient Libyan radical TR,
seen in the inscriptions in such names as Toura, Touran, Tir-mag,
Tor-dak, Tour-sha, etc., and in Corippus' poem in Tor, Tur-sus,
etc.

The prefix used thus frequently in both dialects is likely to be a
term of reverence, affection or amplification. It does not appear
current in modern Berber. In its dialects the syllable means a
height, a hill or mountain, dar, adrar (pi. darati) ; tareelit, a hill.
The transfer of the idea of physical to social elevation is common
to all languages (son altesse, his serene highness, etc.), and may be
at the base of the meaning here.

Usil, the sun-god of the Etruscans, was portrayed with rays
around his head and a bow in his hand (Miiller, Etrusker, Bd. ii,
p. 80). As I have remarked in my previous essay, the Libyan
word for the sun at high noon is as/.

§5. Names of Persons.

The Etruscans were accustomed to employ both individual and
family names, and in some instances all three of the names in use

* Basset, Manuel de Langue Kabyle, p. 9.

t " La terminaison n est une particularity de la prononciation puniquc des expressions
libyques." Essai, p. 121

1890.] 47 [Brinton.

by the later Latins (praenomen, cognomen, agnomen). The same
form frequently appears in different cases as family name and sur-
name. A comparison of such personal names with those found on
the sepulchral monuments of the ancient Libyans may lead to some
definite results.

Avile is said by Deecke to be one of the most ancient and
genuine of Etruscan personal names. It appears both as surname
and family name on a number of the oldest inscriptions (see his
remarks in Muller, Die Etrusker, Bd. i, s. 443)- It is also found
in the ancient Numidian character as Avvil (Inscrip. 215), and in
the Numido-Latin inscriptions as Avilius and Avilia (Halevy, Essai,
p. 142). These are precisely the Latin forms derived from the
Etr. avile.

Aides, Aulesa, Aulesla, a very common, pure Etr. praenomen
(Muller, Etrusker, Bd. i, s. 444). It is exceeding close to that of
the Libyan goddess Aulisva, which figures in a Latin inscription
found near Constantine (Halevy, Essai, p. 156).

Betuus, Betua ; a Latinized form, of Etr. fetiu, feOiu ; perhaps
ahofletvia (Muller, Etrusker, Bd. i, s. 477, 486). Probably allied
to the Libyan battus, bahatus, chief, ruler (Halevy, Essai,
p. 164).

Ccecina, the family name of the celebrated Etruscan gens of
Volterra. The Etr. orthography is caicna or ceicna, in which the
na is a usual termination, leaving the root caiY or caeci. This is
similar to the names kaka, ghaka, of the Libyan inscriptions
Nos. 206, 246.

Eastia, or Hastia, a pure Etruscan name, very frequent at times
in the abbreviation fas, or as hasdi. A very common Libyan name
is bas =fas, fazth (Inscrips. 3, 4, 5, 6, 8, etc.). A similar initial
syllable is found in Corippus, as has been pointed out by Halevy
(Essai, p. 24, note).

Lucitmo, Lucmo, often appears in the Roman historians as the
Etruscan name of individuals, but probably means "prince." Its
usual Etr. form is lauyumes* This is almost identical with the
name of the son of Oesalus, king of Numidia, Lacumaces.^
The radical reappears in the Etr. praenomen layu, which is identical
with the Libyan praenomen layo in Inscrip. 185 (Halevy, Essai, p.

* Muller, Die Etrusker, Bd. i, ss. 337, 496.
t Livii Ilistorix, Lib. xxix, c. 29,

Brinton.] 4b [Feb. 7,

in). I am inclined to believe it identical with the leku tribe of
the Libyan enemies of Meneptah I. *

The prefix Mas. Throughout the Libyan dialects Mas is an
initial syllable of many personal names, and was common in the
earliest times, applied both to persons and to gentes, e. g.: f

Mas-aesyli, an ethnic name.

Mas-ight, " "

Mas-ulis, or Musulus, an ethnic name.

Mas-adkam, a person (Inscrip. 27).

Mas-wa, " (Inscrip. 34).

Mas-oulat, " (Inscrip. 31 ).

Mas-i, " (Inscrip. 32).

Mas-sira " (Inscrip. 50 ).

Mas sivo, "

Mas-akra, " (Inscrip. 221, etc.).

Mas-ilal "

In Roman historians we find :
Mas-inissa, a Numidian king.
Mas-tumus, " prince.

Mas-timan, " deity.

Mas-intha, " noble.

And numerous other examples.

General Faidherbe calls attention to the frequency of this prefix,
and both he and Prof. Halevy are inclined to derive it from a root
" to beget," and assign it the signification of " son of," " children
of," etc. J

This derivation is doubtful, as its radical has not such a significa-
tion in modern Berber. In the Touareg dialect mess or messi means
ruler, lord, master, and mas, a paternal uncle.§ The former signifi-
cations are the most applicable and fill all the conditions of the
employment of this prefix to personal and tribal names.

This same prefix appears with almost equal frequency in Etruscan
proper names, especially those of prominent people and families,
as the following examples show :

Mas-tarna (Etr. Macstrna), the Etr. appellation of Servius Tul-

* Comp. Hal£vy, Essai, pp. Ill, 1"3, etc.

t See Faidherbe, Collection Complete des Inscriptions Numidiques, pp. 22, 36.

X Essai d' Epigraphie Libyque, p. 126.

I Newman, Libyan Vocabulary, p. 196.

1890.] 4.1 [Brinton.

lius (see Miiller, Die Etrusker, Bd. ii, s. in, note), a title of
thoroughly Libyan physiognomy, meaning " great conqueror," from
the verbal ima, to conquer; tarna, supremacy, victory (Newman,
Libyan Vocabulary, p. 172).

Mas-entius, Mezentius, an ancient Etruscan ruler of Caere, said
by Cato to have been a contemporary of ^Eneas (Miiller, Die Etrus-
ker, Bd. i, s. 109). Deecke believes that the name reappears in
family names mes-i, mes-ial, etc., of Perugia {Ibid., s. 495).

Musonii ; Latinized form of an Etruscan family name near Orvi-
eto, borne by the writer C. Musonius Rufus. Deecke compares it
with the Etruscan names :
Mus'-ni, found near Cortona.
Mus-enial, found near Perugia.
Mus-u, found at Corneto.
All corresponding to mas.

Mas-o ; Latinized form of Etr. mas-u, allied to mas-ve, mas-venial,
etc. (Miiller, Die Etrusker, Bd. i, s. 501).

Mat-, Met. A frequent initial syllable in Etr. names, as mat-ves,
mat-ausnal, met-usnei, mat-ona, mat-ulna, etc. It is sufficiently
common in the Libyan epigraphy as mat-ti, mat-ar, met-ut, etc.
Halevy considers it from a root indigenous to Africa, where, in
some of the Hamitic dialects, the radical met, mid, mutu, signifies
"man" (Essai, p. 18).

Tania, dannia, Banna. This, says Pauli, " is one of the few pure
Etruscan feminine pra^nomens. " * It is seen in the name of the
wife of Tarquin, "Tanaquil" (Etr. Oanyvil), and was one of the
most frequent of the surnames of the Etruscan women, f It is pre-
served in the same form in the Touareg branch of the Berber, in
which anna = mother, and / is the feminine prefix. \

Tite, Titeia, a proenomen rather common in these and allied
forms, and considered pure Etruscan. In Libyan epigraphy did and
dides recur in the sepulchral inscriptions. The precise form tites
appears on various Etr. inscriptions (see Deecke, in Miiller, Die
Etrusker, Bd. i, s. 4.71). The Libyan prince already mentioned
who invaded Egypt in the nineteenth dynasty was Mar-ajui, " a son
of Did."

Vel-, Vul-, Vol-, Volt-. These were extremely common Etr. pre-

*EtrusMsche Forschungen, 1882, s. 114.

fSee note of Deecke in Miiller, Die Etrusker, Bd. i, ss. 457-9.

X Newman, Libyan Vocabulary, p. 197.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. S0C. XXVIII. 132. G. PRINTED MARCH 31, 1890.

Brinton.] 5U [Feb. 7,

fixes, both to personal and place names, as Vel-aOri, Vel-suna, the
Etr. goddess Vol-tumna, the family names Vel-usna, Vel-ce, Vel-
imna, the praenomens Vel, Vel-dur, and many others.

They occur with equal frequency in the Libyan epigraphy, as
Vol (Ins. 167, 200), Volt (Ins. 146, 148), in Volux, son of the
Numidian Bocchus (Sallust, Jugurtha, 105), etc.

§ 6. Proper Names from Corippus.

A. Cresconius Corippus was an African bishop who lived at the
court of Justinian, and wrote a description, in good Latin verse, of
the successful campaign of Johannes, a proconsul, against the Mau-
ritanians, about 550. His epos, called the Johannis, is peculiarly val-
uable for my purpose on account of the numerous Libyan proper
names it contains, defaced no doubt by forcing them into smooth
Latin forms, but often recognizable in their radicals.

In comparing them with the Etruscan onomasticon we must re-
member that nearly 1800 years had brought their changes on
Libyan speech since the Etruscan colonists quitted the African
shores.

I shall not undertake to do more than present a list of names
from Corippus, side by side with others from Corssen's Sprache der
Etrnsker, to illustrate their strong phonetic resemblance and occa-
sional identity. To discover their etymology and signification is a
task I must leave to future students.

Comparison of Libyan personal names from Corippus with Etruscan
personal names from Corsscn :

LIBYAN. ETRUSCAN.

afun, afuna.

alantas, aleOna.

ancus, ancan.

anestus, anes.

arcan, arcenzios.

azan, ezunu.

bezina, felzinaL

buranto, fardana.

caggun, caicun.

1890.]

51

[Brinton.

LIBYAN.

calavien,

camars,

canapus,

carcasen,

cullen,

cuilan,

cusin a,

gamas-oran,

gantal,

ierna,

Hasan,

irius,

mas-,

narti,

sacoma,

sarzun,

s artifan,

succur,

sucrus,

tamazu,

tanadus,

tanin,

tarincus,

tor,

tumudan,

tursus,

ETRUSCAN.

calu.

camals.

canpnas.

carkna.

clellu.

c' Ian.

cusinei.

camas.

caneda.

herina.

las a.

fortunes.

mas-.

nortia.

secune.

sertuna.

sauturin.

seccu.

secis.

tavia.

tanna.

tania.

tarchnas.

tarsu.

iumu.

tursu.

The word clan in the above list appears on a hundred or more
Etruscan sepulchral inscriptions. It has been generally translated
"son" (see Miiller, Die Etrusker, Bd. i, p. 502, note of
Deecke). Sometimes it appears as klan, or simply cl ; clen is an
occasional variation.

In this word the vowel of the first syllable has been syncopated,
as Deecke has pointed out was exceedingly common both in pure
Etruscan words and those drawn from the Greek (see his note and
examples in Miiller, Etrusker, Bd. ii, p. 2>IZ)' The full reading
should therefore be kel-an. This explanation discloses at once the
sense of the word by means of the Libyan tongue. There the word
kel means household, one family, those dwelling in one tent or

Brinton.] °^ [Feb. T,

home. The Etruscan clan, or clens, should be translated " of the
home of," " of the family of," or something to that effect ; not
necessarily a son.

§' 7. Place Names.

The place names handed down to us from Etruscan times offer
peculiar difficulties in etymology, for it is very likely that the
immigrant Libyans who founded the Etruscan State generally
adopted the geographical names they found locally current, and only
exceptionally applied others from their own tongue. In some Ital-
ian examples we may be tempted to recognize Libyan roots. Thus,
in Arbona, Arretium, Arno, Arna (near Perugia), etc., there may
lurk the Libyan ar, mountain. This is rendered more probable by
the Etruscan name for the Atlas mountains, or their mythical hero
Atlas, which was Aril, where we can scarcely err in recognizing
the root ar (Miiller, Die Etrusker, Bd. ii, s. 113).

M. Rinn believes with Dr. Shaw that the geographical name
Tadertos, TuSepra, is identical with the Berber taddert, a village
or town of stone houses.* Many Etruscan remains have been
discovered there, proving that it was one of their settlements
(Miiller, Etrusker, Bd. i, s. 98).

In the name of the very ancient Etr. city called by the Latins
Caere, in Etr. yaire, we seem to have the Berber gari or gheri, a
fortified town or city.

An extended examination of these place names offers yet greater
difficulties than of the personal names, and I shall not undertake it
at present.

Should the above comparative notes of Etruscan and Libyan
proper nouns indicate a recognizable relationship between the two
tongues, other students will soon be found, with larger command of
material, to carry out the comparison and to ascertain what close-
ness of origin a prolonged investigation is capable of revealing.

* As distinguished from adouwar, a village of tents. Dictionaire Frangais-Berbere, s. v.,
village. See also Rinn, Les Origines Berberes, p. 195.

1S90.] 5d [Lesley.

Obituary Notice of Charles Albert Ashburner.

By J. P. Lesley.

(Bead before the American Philosophical Society, February 21, 1S00.)

Born at Philadelphia, February 9, 1854, and graduated at the University
of Pennsylvania, June, 1874, Mr. Ashburner was elected a member of
the American Philosophical Society January 16, 1880. Proud of this
honor, as he justly esteemed it, he took the liveliest interest in the his-
tory, the principles and the meetings of the Society, and became the per-
sonal friend of its members, all of whom can testify to the vivacity of his
zeal for science, to the geniality of his nature, and to his honor as a gen-
tleman. Those of them who cultivated or who practiced geology,
whether in its abstract or in its applied forms, will easily join me in testi-
fying to his ability as a geologist. But no one can relate so confidently
and precisely his short, brilliant career of student, field-worker, explorer,
discoverer and publisher of physical truths in this branch of science, as
one to whom he gave his unbroken friendship for nearly twenty years,
one who received from him a thousand benefits. My gratitude for his
life equals my grief at his death, and any eulogium my fellow-members
accord to me the privilege of giving to his memory will seem cold and
empty in comparison of his deserts ; for by such examples we learn by
heart the lessor, that praise of a wise good man must, after all, be left to
the good and wise Creator who invented him.

This learned and ancient Society is one of the few that refuse to be
chained to the service of the purely material and useful sciences ; one of
the few that, in these modernest times, still avouch a willingness to discuss
the supernatural ; to investigate the invisible and impalpable ; to philoso-
phize on the functions of soul as well as body; to protect from destruc-
tion and oblivion the claims of human virtue to precede wit and work.
Therefore we hold to our traditions, and, in our quarterly elections, we
prefer to the question : "Is the candidate for membership a genius or
an expert?" the more important question : "Is he a just and honorable
gentleman?" A genuine respect for Christianity still lingers in this hall
of science ; and when we place on record a memorial of some member
lately lost to our meetings, we recall with more satisfaction the pleasures
which his actually admirable character has contributed to our social
intercourse than the profit which accrued to us from his contributions to
our Transactions and Proceedings, or even than the fame which he may
have won for himself and for the Society.

Governed by this, the real genius of our Society, I put in front of all
Mr. Ashburner's virtues his virtue itself; in short, his Christian character,
his rooted love of his kind, of just dealing, of exact truthfulness, his hon-
esty, his generosity, his amiability, his respect for the rights and sympathy
with the wrongs of other men ; qualities which, in him, I know by long

Lesley.] °^ [Feb. 21,

and close acquaintance with hini were not words, but things ; not theo-
retical, but practical ; and of these things I could reveal many instances
not known to nor suspected by others. He had an exceedingly sweet and
gentle nature. Had it not been for these fundamental and innate princi-
ples of character his irritable, nervous temperament would have done
him and others a world of mischief. His master passion, I think, was the
desire of fame ; he loved above all things to be correctly understood and
well and widely esteemed, but I never knew him to sacrifice either truth
or justice to this passion ; and I have often had occasion to wonder at the
pleasure which he took, in the most child-like way, in the genuine fame
of other men, even when they were his competitors. He had the great good
fortune of possessing ambition as a virtue and not as a vice ; and the line
which his ambition took was a conduct in life having for its object the
establishment of a universal confidence not so much in his ability as in
his trustworthiness. It was successful. All worthy men who knew him
well came to the point of trusting him implicitly, and the satisfaction he
took in this was touching to those who loved him, it was so naive, so
simple hearted, so truly beautiful.

In this Society, among whose members are so many religious men, I
can venture to add that Mr. Ashburner was a religious man without
derogating from his reputation as a philosopher. He was a zealous Pro-
testant Episcopalian, and, when a young man, "was an active worker in
Trinity Church, West Philadelphia, showing great ability as a teacher of
a large men's Bible class ; and, when he moved to Pittsburgh, he became
at once connected with Calvary Church." I quote these words from The
Churchman as part of the record of his life. The writer goes on to say :
"Here, as elsewhere, and in everything he did, he illustrated how a
scientific student can be an earnest Christian believer, and an indefatigable
man of business can find time to do Christian work and show an interest
in all Church matters. It was characteristic alike of his nature, thought-
fulness and Christian character, that one of his last acts, when death was
fast approaching, was to send a contribution to his rector to be used for
benevolent purposes ; and his devout spirit is equally attested in the fact
that he received with quiet joy just before he died the memorial of his
Lord's death."

Of all this I know nothing as a churchman and nothing from my per-
sonal intercourse with him, for we never broached between us a single
bottle of that hot wine, theology; I respecting the genuine spiritual con-
victions of a young man born and bred in "The Church," and he know-
ing perfectly that I accepted no creed for more than a human invention,
and thought no better of a good man who taught an Episcopalian Bible
class than of a good man who sent in an exact record of an oil-well boring.
It was quite enough for me to know that he was growing year by year
into the likeness of the man Christ Jesus ; and for him, that he knew that
1 knew it. On that basis, all our intercourse proceeded happily. And on
that basis, I feel sure, rose slowly and steadily the fine structure of his

1890.] **«* [Lesley.

reputation, capped at last by fame. For he became famous. He became
known and respected more widely in the United States and other coun-
tries than commonly happens to a man who dies in his thirty-sixth year.
Yes, young and famous, worthily so.

Now, what a wonderful, what a mysterious thing it is, that while mil-
lions of old men are annually exhaled from the surface of this planet
whom nobody a few miles from their temporary resting places ever
heard of, and who are no more noticed when they pass away than so
many drops of dew disappearing from a field of grass, it should happen
that now and then when a young man dies hundreds of eyes are moist
with tears and thousands of people express the most sensible and selfish
regret. Usefulness is the only explanation of the phenomenon.

This is the American Philosophical Society for the Diffusion of Useful
Knowledge. To that title it was born ; with that title, it still lives and
works. It is not a club. It is not a monastery. It is not a museum of
curiosities in human form. It is not a theatre on which the vulgar, selfish
passions of the heart can display themselves — vanity, pride, self-interest,
dressed in their motley of untruths and antipathies. Its ration d'etre was
public usefulness ; its only claim to permanence is continual usefulness.
Genius is a valid claim to its membership, but only on condition of being
useful to the world, and doing wrong to no man. Knowledge is a claim
to its membership, but only on the conditions of modesty, kindness and
usefulness. We philosophers of Philadelphia belong by name at least
to a utilitarian school of philosophy. Our motto is pro bono publico.
Every member of this Society should adopt as the leading principles
of his knowledge, non sibi sed toti. In Syria, the chief ceremonial was
the anniversary celebration of the death of Adonis ; this Society should
have an annual celebration of the death of the personal selfishness of
each and all of its members. Self-sacrifice is a sine qua non for useful-
ness.

Therefore, thinking thus, much as I esteemed Ashburner for his per-
sonal, manly and Christian virtues, I admired him most of all for his use-
fulness, his perpetual and varied usefulness, in so many ways, to so large
a number of persons. His restless energy was useful to the old and the
sluggish ; his masterful will was useful to the young, the reckless and the
insubordinate. His accurate methods of investigation, his patient, exhaus-
tive observation of facts, his indefatigable coordination and discussion of
them to avoid false generalizations, his dogged perseverance in every
attempt to devise the very best apparatus and arrange the very best
method for the useful publication of the knowledge he thus won — these
made him not only a master of subjects in his branch of science, but a
master of less able men, whom he thereby helped largely to educate.
But he took special delight and exhibited his greatest skill in "diffusing
useful knowledge" — a genuine child of Franklin — a worthy member of
this Society. In season and out of season he kept on diffusing useful
knowledge, knowing the best ways of doing it. He had not a spark of

Lesley.] 5o |_Feb. 21,

false pritle about it. He never acted or spoke as a savant. He did not in
the least know how to speak to the public de haut en bas. He went
straight in, everywhere, and at all times, for spreading the useful knowl-
edge he had accumulated, much of it by his own discoveries, pro bono
publico.

Mr. Ashburner was educated at Friends' Central School, the Philadel-
phia High School and the Towne Scientific School of the University of
Pennsylvania. While an undergraduate, he was one of a party who
made a survey of Delaware river and bay for Government purposes.
His special course in the University was. civil engineering, and he was
graduated first in his class. He began his professional career in the ser-
vice of the United States Light House Board. The year following the
installation of the Second Geological Survey of Pennsylvania (1874) he
was commissioned as one of the aids to Mr. Dewees, Assistant Geologist
for the Juniata River district. Mr. Dewees confined his attention to the
fossil ore beds, leaving Mr. Ashburner and Mr. Charles E. Billin to make
a survey and contour map of the south slope of Jack's mountain and the
little valleys and ridges between it and the river. The excellence of this
map proved the value of the severe drill they had had in the drawing
room of the geological department of the Towne School, and the admira-
ble instruction of Prof. Haupt. Their cross-sections at Logan's Gap,
Lewistown, McGeesville, Mount Union, etc., published in " Report of Pro-
gress F, " in 1878, arc among the most perfect and beautiful works of that
kind in the literature of our science in this or any other country.

The same kind of work was afterwards carried on by them south-westward
into Huntingdon county, as far as Orbisonia and Three Springs. The
beautiful maps and sections of this Aughwick division of the district, and
the accurate discussion of the cross-faults at those two places, so thor-
oughly established their reputation as field geologists, that separate dis-
tricts were assigned to them as independent Assistant Geologists on the
survey ; to Mr. Billin, the complicated region of the Seven Mountains, in
Snyder, Union, Lycoming, Centre and East Huntingdon counties ; and
to Mr. Ashburner, Sideling hill and East Broad Top Coal basin, in West
Huntingdon county. Here again his maps and sections showed that he
combined the qualities of geologist and artist in the highest degree.

In 1876, he was commissioned to survey McKean county with the Brad-
ford oil region ; and afterwards Elk, Cameron, and Forest counties. Two
years were spent in this work, ably assisted by Mr. Arthur W. Sheafer.
His report on McKean with many illustrations, including a complete con-
lour map of the county, was published, as "Report of Progress R," in
1880 ; and his second report on the other three counties (RR) in 1885,
being delayed by his survey of the anthracite region and the necessity for
revisions and additions which he deemed it necessary to make himself.

In 1880, he was commissioned to plan the long-delayed survey of the
anthracite coal fields of Eastern Pennsylvania. His plans were approved,
and that survey was placed in his hands. He himself selected his corps of

1S90.] **' [Lesley.

able assistants ; established his offices at several points of the region ;
entered into personal relations with railroad and coal companies ; made
friends and correspondents of all the civil and mining engineers, colliery
managers, superintendents, and mine bosses ; laid out a general map of
the region ; planned its division into sheets to be successively published ;
and gradually, by a wise and skillful system of proof reading of each
advance sheet by all intelligent interested parties previous to actual print-
ing, he acquired the entire confidence and respect of the mining com-
munity.

The sheets that appeared with his first report on the Panthar Creek basin
(the east end of the Southern field, between the Lehigh and Little Schuyl-
kill rivers) showed what was to be expected of this great geological survey.
Those of the Northern field (Wyoming basin), of the Eastern Middle
field (Beaver Meadow group), and of the Western Middle field (Mahanoy
and Shamokin basins) followed during the years 1881 to 1887, when he
resigned his commission to accept business relations with Mr. Westing-
house, of Pittsburgh, as geological expert of his companies.

Previous to this, however, Mr. Ashburner had a heavier load laid upon
him, for he acted as responsible First Assistant Geologist of the State
Survey, and had a general supervision of all that went on in the State,
being the trusted adviser and executive officer of the State Geologist.
The anthracite survey was finished by his accomplished first assistant, Mr.
Frank A. Hill, who resigned with all the other members of the corps,
June 1, 1889, the term fixed by the last act of Legislature for the comple-
tion of the work of the Survey.

Mr. Ashburner, for two years before his death, was chiefly occupied in
visiting and reporting upon supposed new oil and gas regions in Canada
and the United States, and also upon gold and copper properties in the
Rocky Mountain regions. On his last return from Arizona he fell ill and
suddenly died at his home in Pittsburgh, at the age of thirty-six, leaving
a wife and two children, and a multitude of ardent friends and admiring
acquaintances, to lament an irreparable loss.

His contributions to the current literature of his science may be found
in the Proceedings of this Society under the titles : "On Kintzie's Fire-
damp Indicator," Vol. xxi, p. 283 ; "Notes on the Natural Bridge of Vir-
ginia," xxi, 699 ; " Remarks on the Recent Publications of the Geological
Survey of Pennsylvania," xxii, 86.

He was a member of the American Institute of Mining Engineers from
1875, and one of its managers in 1885, 1886, and 1887 ; and his papers will
be found in its Transactions, entitled : "The Bradford Oil District," vii,
316 ; "The Bragos Coal Field, Texas," ix, 495 ; "New Method of Map-
ping the Anthracite Coal Fields of Pennsylvania," ix, 506 ; "The Flan-
nery Boiler setting for the Prevention of Smoke," x, 212 ; " The Anthra-
cite Coal Beds of Pennsylvania," xi, 20 ; "The Product and Exhaustion of
the Oil Regionsof Pennsylvania and New York," xiv, 419 ; "The Geology
of Natural Gas," xiv, 428 ; "The Classification and Constitution of Penn-

PROC. AMEIi. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 132. H. PRINTED MARCH 31, 1890.

Lesley.] 5o [Feb 2i,

sylvania Anthracites," xiv, 706 ; "The Geological Distribution of Natural
Gas in the United States," xv, 565 ; "The Geological Relations of the
Nanticoke Disaster," xv, 629; "Coal Production in Utah,'' xvi, 356;
" Petroleum and Natural Gas in New York State," xvi, 906 ; "The Devel-
opment and Statistics of the Alabama Coal Fields for 1887," xvii, 206 ;
"The Geology of Buffalo, as related to Natural Gas ; Explorations along
the Niagara River," xvii, 398 ; " Statistics of Coal Mining and of Miners'
Wages in the United States," xviii (in pr'ess); " Natural Gas Explorations
on the Ontario Peninsular" (in press). A "Biographical Notice of
Captain W. R. Jones, of Pittsburgh," is among his unpublished papers.

But his lasting fame will depend more upon his " Reports of Progress
of the Geological Survey of Pennsylvania," and the sheets of the "An-
thracite Coal Fields," than upon the admirable generalizations in the
papers mentioned above, proofs as they are of the healthy maturity of his
native genius for a true and broad synthesis of facts. It was in recogni-
tion of the high value of his Reports that the University of Pennsyl-
vania conferred on him the degree of Doctor of Science.

Were I called to enumerate his actual discoveries, I should begin with
that of the curious ninety-foot side-throw in the Black Log Mountain gap
at Orbisonia, dying out at each end of the fault. It is worthy of special
notice as the only cross-fault as yet detected in any of the many mountain
gaps of the State, and as throwing a clear light upon the curious system
of throws encountered by the Rock Hill Iron and Coal Company in driving
their gangways westward, showing that the whole district had been sub-
jected to a warp movement fracturing it in parallel lines at right angles to
the strike.

Then I would cite the Three Springs fault in the same district of South-
ern Huntingdon county, exhibiting the same features, but with a maximum
side-throw at the present surface of 1200 feet. In " Report F " will be
found his beautiful geometrical construction of this fault in the under-
ground, determining its extent in depth.

I would cite also his discovery of the unsuspected subcarboniferous
coal measures in the Pocono (Vespertine) formation, No. X, cut by the
East Broad Top railroad through Sideling hill in the same county. The
immediate appreciation of the great importance of this revelation, by so
young a field worker, was the best evidence of his scientific genius that
could be given ; and his section of these very curious coal beds at the
dawn of the Coal Age has been our guide through a most difficult chap-
ter of Appalachian geology.

Of equal importance to the petroleum industry was his discovery of the
increase in thickness of the Pocono formation, overlying the Bradford
oil formation, southward into Elk and Cameron counties, for it fully ex-
plained the failures of oil-well sinkers to reach the oil horizon which they
sought by rule of thumb, supposing that the same number of feet would
avail them in all parts of that region.

His determination that the Salamanca conglomerate of New York was

1890.] ^^ [Angi'll.

much lower in the series than the Olean conglomerate of Pennsylvania
was another important contribution to our knowledge.

But his best discoveries were in the Anthracite region. He revolution-
ized our old ideas of the cross-sections ; discovered the most remarkable
overlaps and plication faults in the bottoms of the synclinals ; and in a
word differentiated the simple structure of Whelpley and McKinley into
a complicated series of unexpected irregularities ; giving precisely that
knowledge to the colliery engineers which they most needed.

Another important discovery resulted from his later work for Mr.
Westinghouse in the Catskill region of New York, viz., that the great
Ordovician (Siluro-Cambrian) limestone formation, topped by the Tren-
ton, was greatly thicker than had been supposed, and consequently that
its supposed thinning out from Pennsylvania northward towards Canada
was, in a good degree, a mistake. Subsequently he was able to substan-
tiate this important fact over a wider field in the West.

Lastly, I would cite his discovery of the true general rate of rise of the
Palaeozoic formations from Pennsylvania into Canada West, by his discus-
sion of the recent borings on the south shore of Lake Ontario and the
north and south shores of Lake Erie. The slope from Franklin to Erie
had been pretty well fixed in 1840 ; and Carll's measurements had made
.the rate more accurate ; but we have it now in a perfectly reliable form,
with a constant that cannot be well altered.

His discovery that some of the western petroleum comes from the drift
was one of many minor additions to our knowledge made by this admirable
field geologist, who has passed away in his prime, yet so young, leaving
us only to regret that our science has not a larger store of them.

Obituary Notice of Henry Simmons Frieze, LL.D.

By James B. Angell, Ann Arbor, Mich.

{Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 7, 1S90.)

Henry Simmons Frieze, LL.D., was born in Boston, Mass., September
15, 1817, and died in Ann Arbor, Mich., December 7, 1889. He was
the son of Jacob Frieze and Betsy (Slade) Frieze. His father, who was a
native of Rhode Island, and, during most of his life, a resident of that
State, was for several years the pastor of Universalist churches in Massa-
chusetts and in Rhode Island. Subsequently, he became an editorial writer
for newspapers in Providence, and in the days when pamphlets were one
of the main instruments in political warfare, he was somewhat noted
in Rhode Island for his skill as a pamphleteer.

The son was obliged at an early age to gain his own livelihood. He
served first as a clerk in Providence, and then engaged in teaching music

Angell.] OO [March 7,

and playing the organ in Newport. He made a hasty preparation for
college, and entered Brown University in 1837. Through his conspicuous
musical talent he supported himself during his college course. He gradu-
ated in 1841 with the first honors of his class.

He was at once appointed Tutor in Latin, and discharged the duties of
that post for three years with eminent success. In conjunction with a
classmate he then took charge of the University Grammar School in
Providence, and assisted in the conduct of it until 1854. Many of the men
who have since been prominent in Rhode Island affairs were trained there
either for business life or for admission to college.

In 1854, Mr. Frieze was appointed to the chair of Latin in the Univer-
sity of Michigan, a position which he held to the day of his death. It has
always been deemed by the friends of that University a singular good
fortune which brought it in its early days so accomplished a classical
scholar and so refined a gentleman as Prof. Frieze. He awakened at once
a fervid enthusiasm for the studies he taught, and has during his long life
exerted a remarkable influence in promoting a taste for literary and
aesthetic culture.

He has published editions of Virgil and of Quintilian which have re-
ceived the warm approbation of our best scholars. He also wrote a volume,
which was published in London, on the art-life of the eminent Italian
sculptor, Giovanni Dupre. It contained translations of two dialogues
on Art by Prcf. Conti, of Florence. Two addresses of his are note-
worthy ; one a commemorative discourse on Dr. Tappan, the first President
of the University ; the other on the subject of Religion in State Universi-
ties, delivered at the semi-centennial celebration of the University, in
1887.

Three times he held the office of Acting President of the University,
from 1869 to 1871, from June, 1880, to February, 1882, and from October,
1887, to February, 1888. For fourteen years he was Dean of the Literary
Faculty. His reports as Acting President attracted attention as very able
discussions of University problems. Especially vigorous was his argu-
ment in his Report for 1881 in favor of shortening the college course from
four years to three. Probably few men in the country had more carefully
considered the questions of University administration, whether in Europe
or in America. Several of the very important innovations which have
been successfully introduced into the University of Michigan in the last
twenty-five years owed their origin to him. Conspicuous among these is
the system of admitting students without examination from preparatory
schools which have been visited by a committee of the Faculty and
approved. The plan has now been widely adopted, sometimes without
the precautions with which he guarded it. The introduction of the elec-
tive system, the conferring of higher degrees only on examination, and the
establishment of a Professorship of Music, found in him an effective advo-
cate.

He was a most attractive and inspiring teacher. He was passionately

1890.] "I [Vaux.

fond of art, whether painting, sculpture, architecture, or music. Tie was
an accomplished pianist and organist. He lectured on the history of art
for many of the last years of his life. His critical judgment of works of
art had heen cultivated by prolonged residence in Europe. He was a
man of sensitive and delicate nature. His modesty was almost a fault.
He was the most agreeable of companions and the most faithful of friends.
A more refined, gentle, cultured, lovable man, one would seldom meet.
Withal he had a most devout spirit. He was almost from boyhood a com-
municant of the Protestant Episcopal Church, but was in most catholic
relations with Christians of every name. He represented the finest type
of American scholar, college officer, Christian gentleman.

Obituary Notice of Franklin B. Gowen.

By Richard Vaux.

{Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 7, 1S90.)

Called to our Federal Capital, in the District of Columbia, by oner-
ous and perplexing professional engagements, Franklin B. Gowen there
died on the 14th day of December, 1889.

His life was remarkable. It was a lesson and an example. His mind
was of more than exceptional power. His energy seemed exhaustless. A
courage that met, without hesitancy, opposition and antagonism, was ani-
mated by a temperament so sanguine, that defeat was obscured by the
brilliant promise of anticipated success.

Mr. Gowen was devoted to literature, assiduously cultivating his taste
for its highest standards, proficient in scientific knowledge, to which he
applied intelligent study, and an eloquent, impressive and learned lawyer.

He possessed capacities for the management of great enterprises involv-
ing great interests, so that it may be said of him, he was the peer of the
distinguished men of his day.

His public speeches were masterly. In the discussion of principles, the
treatment of details, grouping the arguments as to each, he brought out
the strongest points of his contentions with a forensic ability recognized
to be of a high order.

He was capable of augmented possibilities. His memorable and success-
ful effort to maintain the safeguards of imperiled rights and public
security attests his force of character, latent till stimulated into action.
This statement is not amenable to the criterion of a too florid coloring; it
is rather in harmony with the natural tints of his character.

Earnest, aggressive, sanguine, capable, laborious, his capacities and ac-
quirements were forces that demonstrated his powers. It has been said
by high authority, that if elsewhere, certainly in Philadelphia, her most

Vaux.] v) J [March 7,

prominent citizens are best understood and appreciated after they are
buried.

Franklin B. Gowen was born at Mount Airy, near Germantown, in the
county of Philadelphia, February 9, 1836. He inherited some of the
marked mental and moral traits of his father, whose life in Philadelphia
demonstrated his striking individuality.

It can hardly be doubted that what is known as heredity is the outcome
of the parents' characteristics in their descendants. Mr. Gowen's char-
acter in this respect may be judged by the recognized principles of pathog-
nomy.

Yet in his social relations he was genial, agreeable and attractive. His
acquirements rendered him notable in association with cultured and re-
fined society. His information, belle lettres and scientific reading and the
charm of his conversation were thoroughly appreciated by his personal
friends and associates.

Mr. Gowen was, at an early age, sent to Emmetsburg, in the State of
Maryland, to receive the instruction which made the college located there
so eminent as an institution of learning.

After marked proficiency in his studies, he returned home and finished
them at the Moravian School, at Litez, Lancaster county, Pa.

His youthful training was intended to qualify him for a business life. The
first introduction to his proposed avocation was entering the store of Mr.
Baumgardner, at Lancaster. Acquiring sufficient knowledge of the
business, Mr. Baumgardner sent him to his iron furnace, at Shamokin.
All this was prior to his majority, for at twenty years of age Mr.
Gowen formed a partnership with a Mr. Turner, for the purpose of mining
anthracite coal. This promised well, but in the monetary panic of 1837
the firm failed, with liabilities amounting to some $60,000. Mr. Gowen
seems to have been disappointed in his business venture. He then studied
law at Pottsville, Pa., with Mr. Benjamin W. Cumming. On the 31st of
May, 1860, he was admitted to the bar of Schuylkill county.

To indicate the integrity and energy of Mr. Gowen, he paid in full
the liabilities of the firm of Gowen & Turner. In 1862, Mr. Gowen
was elected the District Attorney of Schuylkill county. His legal stand-
ing being assured, he continued to represent the pleas of the common-
wealth in Schuylkill county until his increasing professional business
required him to resign that office, and devote himself entirely to his pri-
vate practice.

Mr. Gowen was the counsel of the Reading Railroad Company in 1864,
and in 1867 it became necessary from the increase of his professional
duties to remove to Philadelphia. He was then in the thirty-second year
of his age. In 1869, Mr. Gowen was elected President of the Philadel-
phia and Reading Railroad Company.

He reluctantly accepted the position at the request of a majority of the
controlling interest in the company. From this period in his life, Mr.
Gowen began a career burdened with great responsibilities. The large

1890.] fr<3 [Vaux.

interests which were involved in the management of this corporation are
not easily to he described. It may be said, however, that the holders of
the various securities of the company, and those who were engaged in
providing the chief traffic of the road, were not usually unanimous in their
agreements as to the conduct of its affairs.

From 1869 to 1884, he was President of the company. He then resigned,
and in 1886 he was again elected President and served till 1888, when he
again resigned.

It was well said of Mr. Gowen's Presidency, that it was ' ' fifteen years of
struggle and achievement."

Reference to Mr. Gowen's administration of the business and policy of
the Reading Railroad is here out of place.

The interests involved were enormous and the contentions of the parties
representing them were inspired by efforts to control the management
vested in the executive authority of the company.

The President and the Board of Directors were subjected to the conse-
quences of divergent views and opposing opinions of their constituents.

Mr. Gowen's responsibility was not divisible.

During his Presidency he met antagonisms, hostilities and obstacles
that would most likely have overwhelmed a less courageous, able, self-
poised and confident administrator. Criticism followed the course he
pursued — severe criticism often — but patiently listening, ready to defend
himself, he followed out his plans. His views were broad, far reaching
and based on what, to his extraordinary comprehension of the vast possi-
bilities of the Reading Railroad, were vital to the permanent triumph of
the producing and transporting capacities of this coal-carrying com-
pany.

Securing coal fields by purchase, thus owning the sources of supply of
freight for the support of the traffic and the augmentation of the earnings,
and with the topographical advantages of his line of road, Mr. Go wen
conceived that he could place the Reading Railroad beyond the reach of
competing rivals.

This much is said in some sort to indicate the character and capacity of
Mr. Gowen. And let it be proclaimed that during his management of the
company, amid all the contentions it occasioned, in the direction of the
policy he regarded as essential for the success, not a word was ever
uttered that expressed a doubt as to his spotless integrity.

The Engineering and Mining Journal, of New York, a professional
periodical of high standing, in an editorial reference to Mr. Gowen,
thus epitomizes his character :

" Mr. Franklin B. Gowen was undoubtedly one of the most admirable
men this country has produced. To brilliant ability, eloquence, undaunted
courage and an incorruptible honesty which placed him, even with his
bitterest antagonist, above the faintest suspicion of doing a dishonorable
thing, Mr. Gowen united a winning personality that firmly attached to
him all who had the honor and pleasure of his acquaintance.

Vaux.] b4 [March 7,

" His devotion to duty was not lessened when it called for the risk of his
life and fortune, and the administration of the immense interests of the
Reading Railroad and Coal and Iron Companies was never influenced by
his personal advantages, but was always and solely in that of his stock-
holders. A man of firm convictions and of utter and unconcealed ab-
horrence of dishonesty in every form, he naturally made many enemies as
well as friends, but even his enmities were to his honor.

" Mr. Gowen was a firm and very enthusiastic believer in the immense
value of our anthracite coal deposits, and he secured for the Reading
Coal and Iron Company the most valuable mineral estate in the world.
It is true much of it was purchased with bonds, and this involved an
interest account so heavy as to have crippled his companies ; but the
policy of controlling this magnificent source of future profits, both for the
coal company and for the railroad was, when exercised in moderation, a
far-sighted and wise one. Mr. Gowen's sanguine temperament may have
led him to a larger investment, in undeveloped lands, than was prudent,
but there is no question of the immense value of the estate (which covers
fully one-half of all the anthracite coal in Pennsylvania), that he pur-
chased for his company, or the moderate cost of the same.

"In the council chamber he was an acute and profound legal adviser; at
the bar a pleader of unsurpassed logical force and magnetic influence.
Handsome, witty and eloquent, he was master alike of the rapier and the
battle ax. After the glamour of his speech had passed away, there
remained the convincing strength of his statement.

"These qualities, together with his fearless determination, found,
perhaps, their highest exhibition in the victory which he won, at the end
of more than three years of patient preparation, over the secret society of
murderers which had so long maintained a reign of terror in the
anthracite regions. If Mr. Gowen had never achieved anything else,
this one performance would have entitled him to the gratitude of
mankind."

Operating the coal mines that yielded profit to the railroad, employing
large numbers of laborers, supplying the demand for their products, it
came to pass that, by violations of law, life and property in the mining
localities were put in peril. Arson and murder were committed by mem-
bers of secret combinations of men in this coal region. Mr. Gowen undertook
the suppression of this combination and the punishment of the guilty. He
went before the legal authorities of Schuylkill county, indicted the leaders
of the " Molly Maguires," as this combination was called, convicted them,
and some were hanged and others imprisoned. The combination was
destroyed and peace followed.

His ability as a lawyer could not be better tested. His personal cour-
age could not have been better proved. Fidelity to public duty and the
assertion of the obligation to society by one of its citizens have no nobler
attestation.

Mr. Gowen's domestic life was hallowed by his unpretentious religious

1890.] "5- [Lesley.

principles, which wore expressed in his communion with the Protestant
Episcopal Church.

In liis profession he was behind none of the leaders of the bar, for Mr.
Gowen ranked among the great lawyers of the country.

His last, or among the latest of his professional achievements, was
the decision (March 20, 1890), of the Supreme Court of Ohio, in the case
of Rice against the railroads under the Inter-State Commerce Law.

Had Mr. Gowen been tempted by the inducements held out to him to
enter political life, he would have attained the distinction of a statesman
in that high order of men who made their mark in their time on our history.
His extraordinary capacity for orally expressing his opinions, his com-
mand of language, his wonderful memory, not needing the aid of written
notes to direct the course of his argument, the attraction of his manner
and his personal presence would have established his position as an
orator.

Less than is here said would have been an injustice to the memory of our
lamented colleague. It is at best but a tentative effort, and when the color of
the perspective round the prominent figure, which Mr. Gowen became in
the circle of the physical scientists of his day, is mellowed by age, then
his biography will be the just tribute to his phenomenal character.

Obituary Notice of Leo Lesquereux. By J. P. Lesley.
(Bead before the American Philosophical Society, March 21, 1S90. )

The venerable botanist and palseo-botanist, Leo Lesquereux, of Fleurier,
Switzerland, late of Columbus, Ohio, has been a member of this Society
since his election. January 18, 1861. Born in 1806, and dying on the 20th
of October, 1889, his long life was full of unusual adventures, and great
discoveries.

When a boy, on one of his excursions to find new flowers, he fell from
the top of the mountain which wTalls the Val de Travers on the north.
Rolling and dropping from cliff to cliff, a descent of several hundred feet,
he was found by his family hanging in the branches of a tree, mangled
in every part of his body, and apparently dead ; but after lying insensible
for several weeks, he recovered health and strength, and continued his
boyish explorations as though nothing had happened. The place is in full
view of his father's house in Fleurier, and is pointed to by the villagers
as Lesquereux's cliff. Just below it to the right the Pontarlier Railway
line from Neufchatel to Paris, leaves' the Val de Travers and enters the
gate-like gorge across which the Swiss stretched their iron chain to keep
the marauding Burgundians in check.

This gorge is similar in its general features to that of our Lehigh river

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 132. I. PRINTED MAY 10, 1890.

Lesley.] UU [March 21,

from Mauch Chunk upward ; a trench two thousand feet deep cut from
north to south across one of the extensive limestone plateaus of the Jura
range ; the upper surface of the plateau being occupied partly by reclaimed
farm lands and villages, and in part by unreclaimed peat bogs traversed
by artificial drains, and quarried periodically for fuel. These peat bogs
were the young botanist's favorite tramping grounds ; and he got to know
every safe and every dangerous spot on their treacherous surfaces. He
made the acquaintance of every flower that grew on them and on the sur-
rounding cliffs. He devised'for himself an auger, like a flour inspector's,
with an adjustable handle ; and with this tool he investigated the charac-
ter and structure of the bog, its stratification, the specific gravity of its
different layers, the deformation of the sphagnum by pressure, and the
rate of its growth. He was the first to determine the true causes and con-
ditions of peat formation ; unconsciously making the first step in the sci-
ence of the geology of coal.

Going for his education to Neufchatel;' his results were not accepted by
the naturalists, until, a Cantonal Commission being appointed, Agassiz being
one of the commissioners, he was permitted to demonstrate the subject on
the surface of the bog itself ; then his theory was accepted. I have in
manuscript an autobiography of the earlier portions of his life, and his
naive expressions of satisfaction at this victorious defense of his young
scientific work are very amusing. The whole of this manuscript, written
for my pleasure three or four years ago, is well worth a place in the pub-
lished Proceedings of this Society, and I am tempted to enrich from its
store of racy details this poor sketch of his most noteworthy career.

When twenty four years old (1830) he married the daughter of one of
Goethe's intimate friends, General Von Wolffskeel, the Baroness Sophia
of Eisenach. Three sons and a daughter of this most happy union sur-
vive him. His wife would tell how she used to sit on Goethe's knee,
while the poet and her father conversed together. The account of his
courtship and wedding given in the manuscript makes charming pictures
of German life.

Lesquereux had been appointed to a chair in the College at La Chaux
de Fonds. But his career as teacher of science was suddenly cut short by
an illness which destroyed his hearing. He went for relief to Paris, but
was treated by a noted oculist and aurist there with the brutal recklessness
customary at that time in the medical profession of that metropolis, and
which is not entirely unknown even at the present day. His eustachian
tubes were burst, and an inflammation of the brain superinduced which
threatened to destroy his sight. When he returned home he became stone
deaf, and never heard a sound from that time to the day of his death. In
despair he learned the trade of a chaser of the backs of watches, but gradu-
ally lost his health and courage and was long nursed by his devoted wife.
Tnen the strength of her admirable character made itself known ; for she
practiced her husband's art, and supported the family herself, until he
could resume his handicraft. Twelve years he engraved watches and

1890.] " ' [Lesley.

made and tempered watch-springs, a delicate process, the knowledge of
which was hereditary in his family.

At the age of nearly forty his fame as a hryological botanist induced the
King of Prussia to commission him to examine and report on the origin,
growth, size, quality and condition of the peat bogs of that kingdom.
Neufchatel the Canton still belonged to Prussia. He had been commis-
sioned by the Cantonal government and had reported on the peat bogs of
the Jura, Now he traversed the mountains of Germany, the shores of
the North sea and Baltic, and after publishing his report at Geneva, exam-
ined the bogs of Denmark, Sweden and Norway, and if I mistake not
some of those of Great Britain ; but of this I am not sure ; and still later
those of Canada and the United States ; taking into the range of his
researches the Dismal Swamp of Virginia and North Carolina ; and going
out alone, unarmed and deaf, far over the prairies of the West, sleeping on
the grass without covering, sometimes several nights in succession.

Lesquereux followed Agassiz, Desor, Guyot and Matile to America in
1848. He settled his family in Columbus, Ohio, where his sons began
business on several thousand dollirs' worth of watches loaned for this
purpose by their father's friends, who took that method of enlarging their
trade. Agassiz had promised him scientific employment, but was unable
to carry into effect his friendly intentions. The family were at first in
great distress ; afterwards they prospered ; and the father was able to
devote the rest of his life to his adopted science. He was always poor;
his work always poorly paid ; but he was one of the wisest, most cheerful,
and most contented of mortals. His modesty ran into self-depreciation ;
a sentiment sadly reinforced by the physical infirmity which cut him off
from easy intercourse with his fellow men, and made him not only unduly
grateful for the salaries or fees which he received for work ordered, but
unduly modest in the estimation which he placed upon his work. He
reminded me of some gentle wild beast or bird living on the chance re-
sources of nature, patient when he found but little, most thankful when
he found anything. But a very noble independence was manifest in all
his intercourse with others. His manners were simplicity and refinement
embodied and illustrated. His considerateness was best shown by the
restraints he imposed upon himself in conversation. His visits even to
his best friends were rare and short. He made excuse that it must be a
wearisome act of friendship to talk to a stone-deaf man. Yet he was a
delightful interlocutor.

Only to those who grew accustomed to conversing with the lips alone
did he feel quite free to hold intercourse. He read language by watching
the movements of his friend's mouth. When introduced to a stranger,
and usually when meeting one of his old friends, the first question was :
" Will you speak in German, in French, or in English?" and according
to the answer he prepared himself for the conversation. " Did you tell me
that your friend Lesquereux was deaf? " said one to me one day. "Yes."
"But how is that possible? I noticed him talking French in the most

Lesley.] "O [March 21,

animated mmuer with his friend just now, and he seemed to hear him as
well as you or I could."

With those who wore beards it was more difficult, and he was obliged
to beg a repetition of m my sentences. Bat with most persons he car-
ried on conversation ia writing, always carrying tablets and pencils with
him for that use. Experience had also taught him to gather up all the
loose papers on which there were any sentences of the conversation, and
throw them into the fire before he left the room, or tear them to pieces if
in the open air. So expert was he in interpreting what was said to him,
that he usually gathered the whole of a sentence by watching the first
few words of it written. He seldom permitted the sentence to be finished.
I suppose this quickness was not a mere consequence of his intellectual
cultivation, but was one of the many necessities he felt for diminishing
what he considered the burden which his infirmity laid on his interlocu-
tors ; he was so delicately generous to others ; and making no distinction
at all between the highest and lowest class of man.

Lesquereux took no part in politics. I think they did not interest him.
His friend, Agassiz, was a born aristocrat. His friend, Desor, was a demo-
crat of the most pronounced type, and continued to be one of the two
most, influential leaders of the Democratic party in the Canton, after the
not bloodless revolution which made Neufchatel free of Prussia, until his
death in 1886. But Lesquereux's letters to me through nearly thirty
years scarcely mentioned the political situations on either side of the
Atlantic ; with one exception ; he deeply sympathized witli the preserva-
tion of the Union, and the emancipation of the slaves.

Lesquereux's religious opinions, if he had any, are unknown to me.
But I have innumerable evidences in his letters that he entertained a very
remarkable faith in an Overruling Providence, as fixed as it was simple.
"I have known what it was to have no bread for my family," he writes
in one of his letters, "but the good God has never forsaken me." I am
reminded that I compared him to Heinrich Stilling, after reading one of
his cheery pages, in reply to some desponding confidences of my own less
sure faith. I am sure that not a complaining expression can be found in
our long correspondence.

I first met Lesquereux in Schuylkill county, Pa., in the summer of 1851.
Prof. H. D. Rogers was revising the Anthracite region for his Final Re-
port. Desor, who had worked with Agassiz in Boston and on Lake Su-
perior, had accepted an offer to study the surface deposits of Pennsylva
nia ; and Lesquereux, who was employed to provide a report on the Coal
plants of the State, sat day after day on the Anthracite tip-heaps, collect-
ing and classifying whatever the roof shales afforded him. His names,
descriptions and figures were published seven years later (18o8) in the
Second Volume of the Geology of Pennsylvania.
His " Fossil Coal Flora of Arkansas " was published in 1860.
His "Fossil Coal Plants of Illinois" appeared in Worthen's Second and
Fourth Volumes in 1866, 1880.

1390.] 69 [Lesley.

His "Tertiary Plants of Mississippi" appeared in Hilgard's Report of
1863.

His "Cretaceous Flora of the Dakota Group" appeared as a mono-
graph in 1874, as a " Report of the U. S. Geol. and Geog. Survey of the
Territories" under Dr. Hayden.

His monograph of the "Pliocene Flora of the Auriferous Gravel De-
posits of the Sierra Nevada " appeared in 1875.

His "Tertiary Flora " as a monograph in 1878.

His "Cretaceous and Tertiary Flora" as a monograph in 1883.

" The Coal Flora of Pennsylvania and the United States," Report P of
the series of geological reports of that State, Vols, i, ii in one, with an
atlas in a separate volume, 1880, and Vol. iii, text and plates, 1884, was
the fruit of his more or less continuous connection with the State Survey
from 1875. He regarded it as the crowning labor of his life, and resumed
into it all his knowledge of the flora of our coal measures. Another vol-
ume, in preparation at the time of his death, was intended to contain the
figures and descriptions of about a hundred new species, some of them of
exceptional beauty and interest ; and many of which were founded on
specimens in the rich private collection of his most intimate friend and
fellow-worker, Mr. R. D. Lacoe, of Pittston, Pa., who looked much after
the old man's comfort, and frequently entertained him as his guest for
days and weeks together, most of the time being spent in examining, com-
paring and discussing doubtful species and new discoveries.

For his comparisons of foreign species, his three principal correspond-
ents were Schimper of Strasburg, Heer of Zurich, and Count Saporta.
Schimper was one of bis earliest intimates in botany and he was never
willing to consider a question settled until after letter after letter had
passed between them. His American studies of the Cretaceous and Ter-
tiary floras of America supplied copious and constant food for botanical
correspondence with Heer.

In the earlier years of his residence in the State of Ohio he was em-
ployed by Mr. W. S. Sullivant, a wealthy citizen of Cincinnati, a bryolo-
gist given to the study of mosses, and assisted him in the publication of
many new species. This brought him into intimate correspondence with
the well-known bryologist of Philadelphia, Mr. Thomas P. James, a mem-
ber and officer of this Society. After Mr. James left Philadelphia to
reside in Cambridge, Mass., Mr. Lesquereux's botanical intercourse
with him was constant and fruitful, and much of the value of the
" Manual of the Mosses of N. America," published in their respective
names, was due to the zeal with which he thus kept alive those earliest
studies of his life. Another of his closest friends was the veteran profes-
sor of botany at Lafayette College, Easton, Pa., Thomas C. Porter, who
has some amusing anecdotes to tell of their adventures among the rare
plants surviving on the banks of the Delaware.

Lesquereux was elected a member of this Society January 18, 1861, and
of the National Academy of Sciences in 1864, the year following itsconsti-

Allen.J <^ [March 21,

tution by the Senate and House of Representatives of the United States ;
but his deafness excused him from attendance at the meetings, and his
membership was understood to be in honorable testimony to his character.
Many other learned bodies in Europe and America also placed his famous
name on their lists ; among these the Geological Societies of London and
Brussels made him a corresponding member ; and he continued to be ac-
counted by his Alma Mater, the Academy of Neufchatel, one of its hon-
orary professors.

Lesquereux did not attempt further field work after 1884. He was then
78 years old. The last five years of his life were passed in quiet
retirement in his cottage on the edge of Columbus, at which books, mono-
graph pamphlets, and specimens of fossil plates for identification or de-
scription were constantly arriving from old correspondents and fresh
young workers. He began to lament the widowed loneliness and failing
brain-power of old age, and predicted his own death from spring to
spring. But his strength held out until the end of the summer of last
year, after which he existed in an almost insensible condition, and in a
few weeks peacefully ceased to breathe.

Description of a New Species of Pteropus. By Harrison Allen.
{Bead before the American Philosophical Society, March 21, 1890.

Pteropus lanigera, sp. nov.

Crown covered with dark gray, unicolored hair. The hairs between the
eyes are directed backward, but over the rest of the crown are erect. Face
everywhere hairy. In front and below the eye the hair is thicker than
elsewhere. On the cheeks and lips the hair is directed downward, while
on the horizontal ramus of the lower jaw it is directed backward. The
region of the whisker is composed of long, woolly hair of the same nature
as that of the crown but of an obscure brown shade, and extends like a
collar to the neck. The under surface of the head, therefore, unusually
full and woolly. The space between the rami to a point a short distance
back of the rictus is of a dark brown.

The side of the neck covered with long, brown, unicolored hair, the
same color passing more to the front of the neck than to the back where
the shade is of a gray tinge. The base of the prebracbium ventrally is
covered with long, woolly hair as on the side of the neck.

The side of trunk with long, silky, unicolored brown hair, the front the
same with ashy tips. The middle of the chest is remarkable for exhibiting
a pure gray, white spot the size of an almond. In one specimen the hair of
the spot is unicolored, and in the other it retains a black-brown base.
The infraanal region is the same as the front and conceals the inter-
femoral membrane.

1890.] 71 [Allen.

The back of the trunk measures 35 mm. across, and is covered with
dark-brown hair with ashy tips. It becomes more woolly and brown at
the rump. Hair of the same texture extends a little beyond the knees on
the dorsal surface of the posterior extremities, but is entirely absent from
the front. With the exception of a few hairs on the flexor surface of the
forearm near the elbow the membranes are naked. Ears a little longer
than the muzzle, naked (save a few hairs at the base), ovate, nowhere
emarginate.

Palatal ruga? between the molars but four in number.

Skull.— Ecto-pterygoid process with trenchant laminated pedicle which
reaches to the anterior margin of the undivided foramen ovale. Post-
glenoid process in height equals one-third the anterior and posterior
measurement of the glenoid cavity ; zygomatic arch curved above the
level of the optic foramen. * The sagittal crest elevated, entire. An
orbito-froutal foramen lies behind the postorbital process. Frontal bone
with scarcely any inflation at the inner border of the orbit and on the
vertex.

The maxilla as it lies in the orbit is marked by a tuberosity placed to
the median side of the groove which leads to the infraorbital canal. The
median border of condyloid process is flat, thin, not robust.

Teeth. — Maxillary incisors not touching ; they possess well-defined pos-
terior cingules. The incisorial series but slightly arched. The lateral
incisors larger than the centrals and grooved anteriorly. The first pre-
molar in contact with the second. The second premolar with a well-
defined palatal cusp. The second molar one-third the length of the first
which lies in line with the infraorbital canal and not under the root of the
zygomatic process.

The mandibular incisors scarcely separated. The lateral incisors larger
than the central but moderately raised above their level. The first pre-
molar larger than the maxillary or mandibular last molar. It almost
occupies the interval between the canine and the second premolar. The
second premolar with conspicuous lingual cusp.

The maxillary canine on the right side with a rudiment of a postero-
lateral cuspule. The maxillary second premolar shows a similar rudiment
on the external cusp much the same as in P. keraudrenii. The teeth of
the left side of the maxilla and those of the mandible are without these
rudiments. No antero-basal projection present on the maxillary third
premolar. •

This species is most closely allied to P. phceoceplialus. Like it it belongs
to the same group of the genus with P. keraudrenii and P. molossinus.
The latter species I have not seen. P. keraudrenii is a larger species and
quite differently colored. P. molossinus agrees closely in size, but differs
in distribution and color of the fur. The other species which resemble
it in size are P. rubricollis, P. temminckii, and P. personatus.

* By this expression is meant that when the skull is viewed in profile the zygomatic
process lies above the plane of the optic foramen.

Allen.] *^ [March 21,

Measurements.

Length of bead and body 180 mm.

" head 43 "

" thumb 40 "

" second m. c 47 "

" third " 67 "

" fourth " 67 "

" fifth " 73 "

' ' forearm 98 "

" tibia 48 "

Habitat, Samoa islands. Type in Ward's Nat. Hist. Establishment,
Rochester, New York.*

Description of a New Species of Macrotus. By Harrison Allen.
{Read before the American Philosophical Society, March 21, 1S90. )

In Article xvi, extracted from "The Bulletin of the Am. Mus. Nat.
Hist.," Vol. ii, No. 3, p. 166, entitled "Notes on a Collection of Mammals
from Southern Mexico," by Mr. J. A. Allen, occurs the following state-
ment : " Macrotus Californicus, Baird. — Eight skins and skulls, and three
additional skulls, all males. Bolanos, Jalisco, July 3, 1889. ' Occurs in
immense numbers in the adits and old mine drifts of the Mineral de Bo-
lanos. Of the fourteen captured all were males, whereas in the case of
the other kinds of bats taken here females generally predominate ' ( Audley
Buller, MS. notes).

"In the absence of specimens for comparison, it is difficult to say cer-
tainly, whether they are the same as the California specimens. Judging
by descriptions, they are somewhat darker in color."

I had an opportunity, through the courtesy of Mr. J. A. Allen, of
examining two of the specimens of this series, and concurred with Mr.
Allen in identifying them as M. californicus. The skins were of imma-
ture individuals and the parts about the auricle apparently mutilated.
The dark cinereous tips of the hair, while in striking contrast with the more
northern form of the species, was not thought to be distinctive, since
southern variations of other species, as Artibeus perspicillatus and Atala-
pha noveboracensis, are known to be differently colored from the northern.
The main measurements were the same. But since Mr. Allen published
his notes I have carefully soaked one of the skins in dilute spirits and
have detected that the apparent mutilations of the auricle were due to
distortion, and that the form of the auricle was sufficiently pronounced to
warrant a careful examination of the cranium. In response to my request

I ani indebted to Mr. F. A. Ward for an opportunity of examining this interesting
form.

1890.] 73 [Allen.

Mr. Allen sent to me eight crania for inspection. The characters of these
specimens are in many respects quite different from those of M. californi-
cus. I have therefore concluded to describe the Mexican species as new in
the following language :
Macrotus bulleri, sp. nov.

Auricle scarcely longer than head ; the internal basal lobule rudi-
mental and projects about a millimetre beyond the juncture of the
interauricular membrane. External basal lobe reduced to a thin ridge
■which leaves the tragus exposed. Tragus with convex anterior border for
basal two-thirds, and an abruptly acuminate apical third. The outer bor-
der is straight— apparently without basal notch or lobule.

The nose-leaf without well-defined lower border — scarcely longer than
the face. Chin apparently without divided plate.

Skull. — Facial region without depression on the frontal bone ; indeed, it
is faintly ridged posteriorly ; region over ethmoid scrolls scarcely inflated.
Squamosal portion of zygoma not more than one-half the size of the same
part in M. calif amicus. No projection of vertex at occiput, but the entire
superior curvature of the head simple. Angle of mandible projects
scarcely at all back of the condyloid surface. The two halves of the
mandible closer together than in M. calif ornicus.

Far. — On the back the basal two-third is white, the apical third very
dark plumbeous, the tip tending to gray. These distinctions are best
defined on the sides of the neck. At the middle of the back the gray tip
is absent. The colors undergo no variation over the posterior surface of
the prebrachium, the humerus, or the rump. On the endo-patagium the
hairs are shorter, sparsely developed, and of a fawn color throughout.

On the ventre a disposition exists for the basal two-thirds of the hair
to be whiter than the rest of the hair. This is most marked on the sides
of the trunk, and is nearly absent from the middle. The apical third is
less markedly plumbeous and the tip is more gray than on the back. On
the whole the ventre gives the impression of being gray, and the back as
being of a dark, sooty hue.

Two immature examples (the distal epiphyses of the metacarpal bones
of the third, a fourth, and fifth, manal digits ununited), 2004, 2005 (Am.
Mus., N. Y.), from Bolanos, Jalisco, Mexico.

Measurements.

Height of auricle from vertex 7 mm.

tragus (slightly distorted) 6 "

nose-leaf 7 "

Length of forearm 44 "

{m.c 4 "

1st digit. . ' first phalanx 4 "

( second " 2 "

0, ,. .. ( m.c 45 "

2d digit... ;

) first phalanx 5

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 132. J. PRINTED MAY 10, 1890.

"1

Stokes.] ' ^ [April 13,

Measurements.

[' m c 32 mm.

I first phalanx 15 "

3d digit. .. J second " 15 "

third " 9 "

fourth " 4 "

, m. c 31 "

) first phalanx 14 "

4th digit.. < second „ u «

1 third " \ "

sin. c 33 "

_,,,.. J first phalanx 14 "

5th digit. . < „. .,

6 J second " 10 "

^ third " 1 "

Length of femur 15 "

" tibia 16 "

" foot 13 "

" tail 25 "

" free portion of tail 3J "

Notices of New Fresh-water Infusoria.

By Alfred G. Stokes, 31. D.

(Bead before the American Philosophical Society, April IS, 1S90.)

Mastigamaiba reptans, sp. nov. Figs. 1-5. — Body constantly amoeboid,
at its apparently greatest extension ovate, depressed, about two and one-
half times as long as broad, the pseuclopodia few, scattered, lobate, short
and uubranched, progression being chiefly by the amoeboid expansions of
the body ; flagellutn apical, about three times as long as the extended
zooid, only the tip usually vibrating ; nucleus not observed ; contractile
vesicles several, small, scattered ; motion commonly very slow, occasion-
ally rapidly and irregularly vibratory. Length of the extended body TJ\^
inch. Hab. — Pond water with decaying vegetation.

Heteromitafasiformis, sp. nov. Figs. 6 and 7.— Body elongate fusiform,
from three to four times as long as broad, widest centrally, tapering
thence to both extremities ; soft and changeable in shape, having the
ability to protrude filamentous pseudopodic prolongations of the body
substance, the extremities of these extensions not rarely becoming amoe-
boid and producing a reticulation by the interlacing of the minute
branches or by the formation of minute vacuoles; fligella diverse in length,
originating close together at the frontal extremity, the anterior one
vibratile, less than twice as long as the body, the other trailing and more
than twice the body in length ; contractile vesicle small, apparently

1890.] I ^ [Stokes.

single, situated in the posterior body-half ; endoplasm finely granular.
Length of body tz\jj inch. Hab. — Standing pond water. Movements
rapidly vibratory.

Heteromita triangularis, sp. nov. Fig. 8. — Body ovate or subtriangu-
lar, depressed, smooth, twice as long as broad, the anterior border
obliquely truncate, sometimes slight^ concave, the shorter lateral border
often flattened ; the longer convex ; posterior extremity obtusely pointed;
anterior flagellum about one-half as long as the body, the posterior or
trailing appendage from two to three times the length of the zooid ; con-
tractile vesicle single, posteriorly situated near the longer lateral border ;
nucleus apparently represented by a small light spot near the centre of
the anterior body-half. Length of body from ^z\^ to ^ff7 inch. Hab. —
Standing pond water.

Food seems to be engulfed chiefly near the anterior extremity, this
region surrounding the particle by an irregular outflow of endoplasm, the
zooid then becoming indescribably unsymmetrical in form. The anal
aperture is postero-terminal or nearly so.

Macromastix (p-o-npoz, long ; fxaartz, lash), gen. nov. — Animalcules
free swimming, ovate, having three flagella arising near together, one
short, antero-terminal and vibratile, two opposite, lateral and trailing ;
food engulfed at any point on the surface. Inhabiting standing water.

Macromastix. lapsa, sp. nov. Figs. 9 and 10. — Body ovate, about twice
as long as broad, the anterior region changeable in shape, that margin
rounded and often obliquely truncate, the posterior obtusely pointed ; ante-
rior flagellum short, arising from the centre of the anterior truncation, the
lateral appendages trailing, about three times as long as the body ;
endoplasm colorless, transparent ; contractile vesicle single, laterally
placed near the body centre ; nucleus not observed. Length ^stm
inch. Hab. — Standing pond water.

This form is a member of the Trimastigidoe of Saville Kent, and resem-
bles most nearly the Dallingeria of the same authority, differing chiefly
in the diverse length of the flagella, these appendages in Dallingeria
being subequal. The lateral flagella of Macromastix arise from opposite
points nearer the frontal border than do the similar appendages of Dal-
lingeria, in the last named form arising from the lateral borders at some
distance from the frontal margin, and possessing adhesive power in the
distal extremities, nothing of the kind having been observed with the
present firm. Food is engulfed at any point of the surface.

7'rachelomonas ceroicula, sp. nov. Fig. 11. — Lorica subspherical,
smooth, orange yellow in color ; anterior orifice with a thickened, slightly
projecting external border, and produced internally as a straight, cylin-
drical, chitinous tube about one-third as long as the diameter of the lorica,
its anterior border attached around the anterior orifice of the sheath, its
posterior or internal margin circular and free, the long flagellum of the
enclosed animalcule protruded through this internal, tubular passage, and
the body, when completely filling the lorica, surrounding the cylinder as
if pierced by it. Diameter of the lorica jiSs inch. Hab. — Pond water.

Stokes.] <b [April 18,

The species differs from all other known forms by the presence of the
internal tubular prolongation. It was collected in some abundance from
a sheltered pond in the early part of February, 1890. It is, therefore,
probably a vernal Infusorian.

Trachelomonas similis, sp. nov. Fig. 12. — Lorica oval or subelliptical,
nearly twice as long as broad, the extremities subequally rounded, the
surface irregularly and finely punctate, the aperture produced as an
obliquely directed neck-like prolongation, the margin oblique and irreg-
ularly denticulate ; color chestnut brown. Length of lorica -^ inch.
Hab. — Standing pond water, with aquatic plants.

Tliis approaches most nearly the T. lagenella (Ehr.) Stein, which is
described as colorless and entirely smooth, neither of which conditions
are observable in the present form.

Trachelomonas obovata, sp. nov. Fig. 13. — Lorica obovate, less than
twice as long as broad, the anterior border convexly truncate, the poster-
ior obtusely pointed ; surface minutely hispid, aperture slightly project-
ing, its margin rather more coarsely hispid ; color deep chestnut brown ;
flagella twice or more as long as the lorica. Length of lorica TrVs inch.
Hab. — Standing water from the pools of early spring.

Trachelomonas spinosa, sp. nov. Fig. 14. — Lorica oval, about one and
one-third times as long as broad, both extremities equally and evenly
rounded, the entire surface clothed with slightly recurved spines, which
are largest at the posterior border ; the anterior aperture produced as a
short, smooth, truncate extension ; color brown. Length, exclusive of
the spinous processes, g^ inch. Hab. — Pond water, with aquatic plants.

Epipyxis socialis, sp. nov. Fig. 15. — Lorica elongate subcylindrical,
from eight to ten times as long as broad, often variously curved and bent,
the lateral borders nearly parallel, tapering posteriorly to the subacute
point of attachment, the anterior border truncate, usually not everted,
sometimes slightly flaring. Length of lorica ^„ to z^ inch. Hab. —
Pond water in early spring ; attached to Conferva. Social, occasionally
forming radiating, rosette-like clusters composed of fifty or more thecae,
or in irregular fascicles produced by the attachment of from eight to ten
loricse to a single supporting theca.

The colonies formed by the attachment of one or more loricse to a single
theca as a basis of support, would seem to foreshadow the polythecium or
compound branching colony of Dinobryon, to which Epipyxis is closely
allied. Groups not rarely occur formed of from eight to ten theca3 basally
attached to one and the same supporting lorica.

Epipyxis eurystoma, sp. nov. Fig. 16. — Lorica elongate-vasiform, about
three times as long as broad, widest at the anterior aperture, that orifice
flaring, constricted near the anterior border, widening subcentrally and
thence tapering to the subacute posterior point of attachment. Length of
lorica from 7jj„ to TtrV(y inch. Pond water, attached to various aquatic
plants.

Cryptoglena alata, sp. nov. Fig. 17. — Lorica obovate, colorless, less
than twice as long as broad, the anterior region widest, the frontal border

1890.] ' ' [Stokes.

obliquely truncate ; the lateral margins thinned and projecting beyond
the borders of the enclosed animalcule in a wing-like manner, the borders
somewhat curved in opposite directions as seen when the Infusorian is
examined "end on," or with the anterior or posterior region presenting
upward ; posterior border narrowed, obtusely rounded ; the dorsal and
ventral aspects apparently encircled by a shallow transverse groove or
depression, at times two ; anterior orifice circular, its walls comparatively
thick, the two vibratile flagella passing out close to the lateral margins ;
enclosed body elongate ovate, granular. Length of lorica ToVcr
inch ; greatest width r^ inch. Hab.— Pond water in early spring.

Farcilla, gen. no v. — Animalcules persistent in shape, free swimming,
the anterior border rounded or minutely and centrally pointed, the pos-
terior extremity bifid, the bifurcation remote or approximate ; flagella two,
subequal, arising close together from the anterior apex.

The position of this newly instituted genus in a scheme of classification
would probably be in the Heteromonadidne of Biitschli, Goniomona? of
Stein and the Amphimonas of Dujardin, having its affinities closer to those
of the former than of the latter. Although the single known species of
the genius was exceedingly abundant in the infusion, I have not seen the
oral aperture in any, neither have I seen anjr in the act of taking food, nor
observed any whose endoplasm contained colored granules or other pre-
sumable food particles. I therefore assume, on these negative grounds
alone, that the genus should be classed among the Flagellata-Pantosto-
mata of Saville Kent.

Farcilla lobosa, sp. nov. Figs. 18-21. — Body more or less ovate, less
than twice as long as broad, or in dorsal and ventral view somewhat
horse-shoe-shaped, the posterior region bifid, the bifurcation forming
about one-half the entire length of the body, straight, somewhat diver-
gent or slightly and inwardly curved, tapering and their extremities
obtusely rounded ; anterior border convex, with a slight central acumina-
tum from which arises the two subequal, vibratile flagella; the lateral borders
bearing two rounded lobules or conspicuous protuberances, one on each
side, oppositely placed and alternating with the elongated furcated region,
the body in transverse optic section presenting an unequally quadrilobate
outline, but in lateral view more or less ovate with two opposite, lateral,
obtusely rounded wing-like projections or protuberances ; flagella exceed-
ing the body in length ; contractile vesicle double, near the centre of the
frontal border; nucleus single, located anteriorly near one lateral margin ;
endoplasm granular. Length ^ ff to T^Vg- inch. Hab. A vegetable
infusion of decaying Algse and aquatic plants. Movements rotatory and
tremulous.

The body, as far as the prolongation and two lateral protuberances are
concerned, is somewhat variable. The latter are, at times, so obscurely
developed and are apparently so nearly merged into the anterior body-
half that the region becomes subglobose. The posterior prolongations
vary in curvature, in their distance apart, and somewhat in their extremi-
ties, being at times rounded, at others subacute. The varying direction of

Stokes.] *0 [April 18,

the furcation is such that they may slightly diverge, or be' so closely
approximated that their inner borders are almost in contact and broadly
obovate in outline.

Lagenophrys Mpartita, sp. nov. Fig. 23. — Lorica subhemispherical,
depressed ; dorsal surface rounded, ventral flattened, and surrounded
horizontally by a depression that gives the adherent margin a projecting
aspect as if bordered by a narrow rim, an internal membrane extending
as a floor across the lorica at the position of the encircling constriction
and dividing it into two unequal parts ; posterior border irregularly crenate,
the surface obliquely striate or ridged ; the anterior valvular aperture
small, the valves acuminate. Diameter of the lorica 2^ff inch. Hab. —
Ectoparasitic on Daphnia.

This was taken abundantly adherent on the entomostracon mentioned,
being observed in a gathering made on January 19, 1890. The winter
had been an exceptionally mild one, and this collection resembled collec-
tions made in the early spring in the abundance, variety and activity of
their microscopic life. Even the entomostraca were burdened by their
usual load of infusorial parasites.

This is the only member of the genus in which a dividing membrane
has been observed above the region adherent to the supporting object, and
acting as a floor on which rests the soft body of the enclosed animalcule.
This floor-like structure exists, and is readily demonstrated if the lorica can
be detached uninjured from the host, as the writer has several times had
the opportunity to do. The enclosed zooid seems to rest on this floor-like
partition, being of course adherent at the anterior valvular orifice, as is
commonly the structural arrangement with all the observed species. The
projecting basal rim has a tendency to become brown, as is so frequently
observed in many infusorial loricse, and its surface is irregularly crenulate.
With advanced age it probably changes color entirely.

Podophrya pusilla, sp. nov. Fig. 23. — Body subspherical, pedicle com-
paratively stout, its length equaling about one-half the diameter of the
body ; tentacles from twelve to fourteen, irregularly distributed, distinctly
capitate, often twice as long as the diameter of the body ; contractile vesi-
cle apparently single, situated near the centre of the frontal border :
nucleus obscure, apparently subspherical ; endoplasm usually finely gran-
ular. Diameter of the body iiSo inch. Hab. — Pond wTater, attached to
various aquatic weeds.

Solenophrya oblonga, sp. nov. Fig. 24. — Lorica oblong, very much com-
pressed, less than three times as long as broad, often tapering posteriorly,
the lateral borders nearly straight, the posterior margin rounded or
somewhat flattened, seemingly by the pressure of the supporting object ;
anterior margins somewhat convex, not continuous but separated by a
narrow interval, the lateral borders enlarged and rounded ; tentacles in
two antero-lateral fascicles, capitate ; contractile vesicle single, small,
located near the anterior border ; nucleus ovate, slightly curved, placed
subcentrally near one lateral border ; endoplasm granular, almost entirely

1890.] ' •' [Stokes.

filling the cavity of the lorica. Length Tiff inch. Hah. — Standing pond
water, attached to the rootlets of aquatic plants.

Solenophrya alata, sp. nov. Fig 25. — Lorica, when viewed laterally,
irregularly ovate, depressed, longitudinally traversed hy five broad, thin,
equidistant, perpendicular and anteriorly converging alse, their free mar-
gins irregularly undulate, aud their height varying, usually being greatest
near their centre ; posterior border evenly convex, the anterior narrowly
concave and alate. Lorica when viewed from above pentagonal, a longi-
tudinally disposed ala originating from each angle, converging anteriorly
and meeting at the summit of the sheath which is apparently continuous
across the frontal region ; enclosed animalcule almost entirely filling the
cavity of the lorica, the tentacles capitate, protruding through the alae ;
endoplasm granular ; nucleus obscure, apparently ovate and subcentrally
located ; contractile vesicle single, posteriorly placed near one border.
Diameter of the lorica -gfa inch, height ^^ inch ; length of each of the
five sides -${-$ inch. Hal). — Attached to the rootlets of Lemna.

Apgaria purpurascens, sp. nov. — Body elongate ovate, longitudinally
furrowed, anteriorly flattened, in general outline and aspect resembling
A. elongata ; endoplasm deep reddish purple in color; nucleus double,
ovate, the nodules situated/ in the posterior and the anterior body-halves
respectively, and connected by a funiculus ; contractile vesicle double,
located near the posterior extremity. Length of mature forms r^ inch,
the length being from three to four times the width. Hab. — Pond water,
and on the lower surface of water-lily leaves, near Minneapolis, Minn.

This beautiful and interesting form was originally discovered by Dr. P.
L. Hatch, of Minneapolis, where it was abundant, and specimens were
kindly sent to me. From A. elongata, which it resembles in general
contour, it differs widely in three important particulars : the remarkable
deep purplish-pink color of the parenchyma, in the double nucleus with
a funiculus connecting the nodules, and in the great size. A. elongata,
the most nearly related species, is colorless, it has but a single nucleus,
and is in size only about 3^ inch in length. Reproduction with the form
here referred to as Apgaria purpurascens takes place by transverse, often
somewhat oblique, fission.

Ilomalozoon {otj.aXoc;, flat ; ftoov, body), gen, nov. — Animalcules free-
swimming, hypotrichous, soft, flexible and elastic ; elongate, much de-
pressed, the anterior border obliquely rounded, thickened and abundantly
supplied with trichocysts ; oral aperture terminal, very expansile ; no differ-
entiated neck-like prolongation ; ventral surface flattened, entirely ciliated.

In the Annals and Magazine of Natural History for August, 18S7, the
writer described an Infusorian under the name of Litonotus vermicular i<>,
relegating it to that generic group with much doubt and hesitation. In
the Journal of the Trenton Natural History Society for January, 1888, the
diagnosis is republished without comments, and without any expression of
that doubt as to its proper position which was still felt by the writer.
Recently another Infusorian closely related to the one here referred to, but
differing from it specifically, has confirmed the opinion that the lormer

Stokes.] oO [April 18,

must, willi the latter, be denied admission into the genus Litonotus, and
perhaps into the family Litonotidae. The forms differ from the typical
Litonotus in the absence of the neck -like prolongation, in the absence of
the rounded and often conspicuously elevated dorsum, and especially in
the position of the oral aperture, which in Litonotus is ventrally situated
near the base of the neck, while in Homalozoon it is exactly apical and
terminal. The Infusorian therefore formerly described by the writer under
the name of Litonotus vermicularis is here transferred to the generic group
now proposed for the reception of the two allied forms.

Homalozoon vermiculare, Stokes. — Litonotus vermicularis, Stokes, Ann.
and Mag. Nat. Hist., Aug., 1887 ; Journ. Trenton Nat. Hist. Soc, Jan., 1838.

Homalozoon flexile, sp. nov. — Body elongate, from twelve to fifteen
times as long as broad, widest centrally, tapering to the obtusely pointed
posterior extremity, and to a slight anterior constriction beneath the thick-
ened and obliquely rounded frontal border ; cilia short and fine,
arranged in longitudinal lines on the flattened ventral surface ; dorsal
aspect bearing numerous, minute, hispid seta? ; trichocysts within the fron-
tal extremity abundant and conspicuous, a few scattered throughout the
anterior region ; contractile vesicles from twelve to fifteen, arranged in a
series near one lateral border ; nucleus long, narrow, band-like, variously
curved; endoplasm usually granular. Length of body tis t0 xio inch.
Hab. — Pond water, with aquatic plants.

This resembles Homalozoon vermiculare in contour, but differs in size,
in the number of contractile vesicles, and especially in the form of the
nucleus and the absence of a keel-like ridge traversing the dorsal aspect.

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATE.

Fig. 1 to 5. Various forms assumed by Mastigamceba reptans.
" 6. Heteromita fusiformis.

"7. " with amoeboid protrusions.

" 8. Heteromita triangularis.
" l) and 10. Two forms of Macromastix lapsa.
"11. Trachelomonas cervicula. An empty lorica.
" 12. Trachelomonas similis.
" 13. Trachelomonas obovata.
" 14. Trachelomonas spinosa.
"15. Epipyxis eurystoma. An empty lorica.
" 16. Epipyxis socialis. An empty lorica.
" 17. Cryptoglena alata.
"18. Furcilla lobosa.
"19. " " lateral view.

" 20. " " a variety.

"21. " " transverse optic section ; diagram.

" 22. Lagenophrys bipartita.
" 23. Podophrya pusilla.
" 24. Solenophrya oblonga.
" 25. Solenophrya alata.

Proceedings Amer. Phllos. Soc.

Fresh-toater Infusoria. — Stokes.

fWake.

1890.] ■ 81

The Asiatic Affinities of the Malay Language.

By 0. Staniland Wake.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, April IS, 1890.)

The existence of a connection between the lan-we of rh* Moi«
and «,„, of the Maiavs is s„ evident that a„ JX£1S££> fie S

The Malays would seem to be first mentioned in the Chinese annals
winch refer to the existence, between the years 618 and 939 o our er of

lllfT, T StatCJ Pn'bably ShaD' iQ F"rther India> «•** oTLZl

t>y of he Malays. The Shans, to whom the Siamese are closely a lie
were therefore preceded in that region by not only the Burmese who a e
probably re ated to the Naga tribes, but also the allied Chams and MaZ
whose affinu.es would be rather with the Mongolian peoples of India
now represented by the Kolarian tribes. This view is evidently supported
by the statement of M. Vivien de Saint-Martin that there is a general and

I™ relaftiT°nf-liP bGtWeeU tllG "^—able -mificationsl? henon
Aryan race of India and Indo-China." The Rev. Dr. Mason and other
writers have found a similarity between the language of the M6n of
": 1 the MUDdak0lS0f Chutia ^Pur, and D, Latham " t
SSy Tf 1S ^aneCted WUh the M6n' aud ther«fore also

!n^o L " Uln vf ° Ind!a- He aSS°CiateS With lhem' as loos-

ing to the same group, the language of Cambodia. Mr. Cust agrees in

* tllowmg a relationship between Mon and Cambodian, but he clas the

Malay language as a distinct family. Prof. A. H. Keane affirms, on

oher hand, that the Khmer of Cambodia has nothing in common w 1

t at th aM^ GXCe.pt ' ?• bal reSCmblances *">*«* the Talaing, and

that the Malay is « unmixed in structure and fundamentally related to the

of tW T ' We tGSt thGSe Stat6memS ^ retereace ^ the numeral

of those languages, we find that the Khmer differs from Malay and
agrees with the Kolarian dialects. This is shown by the following

Khmer.

Kolarian.

Talaing.

Hos.

Sontal.

Malay.

1.

muy

mooa

mi

mia

satu

2.

pir

ba

bara

baria

dua

3.

bey

pee

apia

pia

tiga

4.

buon

paun

apania J

ponia

1

am pat

PROC. AJIER. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 132. K. PRINTED MAY 27, 1890.

Wake.] "^ [April 18,

The Malay numeral ampat, four, is probably derived from theKolarian,
but some of the others are evidently of Dravidian origin. This is true
doubtless of satu, one, which appears to be connected with Brahui asit,
one, in Dravidian or-u, the r and s being interchangeable. The Malay
numerals dalapan, eight, sambilan, nine, and sapula, ten, are certainly
connected with the Dravidian. Dr. Caldwell remarks* that the classical
Tamil grammars teach that pattu, ten, may in certain connections be
written pahdu, from pagu, to divide, which corresponds to pagudi, classi-
cal Tamil pal, a division. Thus the ancient Tamil orupukadu is oru
pahdu, one ten. We have here the explanation of the Malay sapula,
which likewise means "one ten," the word pula being evidently con-
nected with the Dravidian numeral. The Malay word sambilan, nine,
has a similar explanation. Dr. Caldwell explains the Tamil onbadu, nine,
in Malayalam ombadu, as compounded of the ordinary Dravidian or, one,
and padu, ten, and as having the meaning of " one from ten." The Malay
sambilan has the same sense, and is compounded of sa(m), one, and pula
(bilan), ten. Dr. Caldwell applies to the Dravidian numerals the rule
"characteristic of the Scythian languages," that they " use for eight and
nine compounds which signify ten minus two and ten minus one." This
rule applies, as we have seen, to the Malay numeral nine, and it does so
also to eight. Thus dalapan is compounded of dua, two, and pula, ten ;
as in Telugu enimidi, ten, meaning " two from ten," is formed of eni,
two, and midi, which is really identical with padi, ten.

Prof. Keane refers to the Indo-Pacific numerals as common elements in
the Malay and Polynesian languages ; he points out that in the Samoan
sefalu, ten, we have a reduplication of the " enunciative particle," "the
expression being really equivalent to sa-m-falu, 'a one-ten.' " He says
further that "the needless repetition shows that the original sense has long
been lost : a further proof of the vast antiquity and independence of the
Sawaiori [Polynesian} tongues." Prof. Keane adds that as the "com-
mon elements in the Indo-Pacific languages are organic and not bor-
rowed," these languages "form a linguistic family in the same sense that
the Aryan or Semitic are linguistic families." The evident connection
between the Malay and the Dravidian numerals throws doubt, however,
on that conclusion. Prof. Keane refers also to the Polynesian word for
five, lima, which he supposes to have originally meant hand, as it still
usually does, and he states that " this meaning is lost in Malay, Javanese,
Malagasy, etc., where lima, retained as a numeral, has been replaced in
the sense of hand by tanghan, tahan, etc." So Jar, however, from the
Malay having exchanged lima for tanghan, the probability is that it never
used the former word in the sense of "hand ;" as tanghan or an allied
• form is thus used by the Asiatic peoples to whom the Malays are most
closely related. This view is not inconsistent with the remarks on the
numeral "five" in the Dravidian languages made by Dr. Caldwell, who
suggests that it might be derived from kei, in Tamil a hand. Probably

* Grammar of tlie Dravidian Languages, p. 248,. 1875.

1890.J 83

[Wake.
the Dravidian word for hand in Gonr. i-nii- n

•atKan I. Gond, and the *£££* IX 2.^.™ °™'
meaning "hand." r, ia „oti„'h,A "., . "-uem«< Horn a common root

used in speaking of a ch e"s and T r, ' ^^ "'0 W°r(' "M is »«
lees «a„, wh?h is ,* ™'^" I '"»- » <*- Polynesian dia-

jnst referred to. The origin o Ml ["Tor U; , * "'""' '° ,l,e w"r<ls

*. langnagea of Cochin ££ w , h Z^Z* ' ^•'° "° B°Ugl" 'a
unless it is derived from ,he Shan dialects ' , we the IT "' '"*

for •• hand." The Malay would seem to 1,3 '' "*" mmi

and " three " from the L^ZZZl^t^T^-^ " ,w0 "
y word „,„„„,, In t„e Tungus C~" fiv ' , , WaS mdeb'e<1 f°r
Offering Com of this word, and in the same in ""*' orasliS"tIJ'

iog to the Malay daa Z.iT^T'ioZ^ "*™"™™-

tola. y ' ta In ^OIynesian become lua and

^^.* It should be noted, howler Zth J " ^ °f idemicaI
met with in the Polynesian HZl ■ imPorlant Mature is not

though it is found in aU tTe true 2laT U VerPl°y * *"** ****»*• aI"
quent in those of the PlZXei^nTp^rT ^ * ^^^ tn~
origin of this "Malayan Sr« " . / ■ ^ d°eS not S1™ th^

who first pointed ouT^eTce IT^*8 ^ L ^le'
to understand how the use of inftT«Tn. * 7* son*ewhat difficult

be met with in Polynesian ft as P f% ^^ in Mala^ but ~*
form one family witl the' '' ZvJu 1 * ^^ Uw" ^"^

China," which the Malava-ryf?C UQt°ned laaS™ges of Indo-

' """-« iue Malays are said to have acuuirerl Tr ti,^ r. i
and Cambodian languages belong ,n tho aCqmre^ If the Polynesian
either have been developed af ta^w ^^ that feature must

by the latter from a foXn source ^J?**™0* °r *™ "een -quired
infixes is essentially Ma hv, n * WG C°n8I'der that the ™ of

taken by the C-^ that it has been

the Cham. The latter onin.nn . 3 , allled laaS^ge, such as

the Khmer C 2^ ^^ ce^n other characters of
untoned languages " and rLhtlT.n % J^' Wlth the " Pol^7"abic

r^to-toM ; although the same wo , 7 ? ^ Khmer h ?™™«^

the phrase alone gfvin* th TtrZl « T"*1 SiSQificatio^ the sense of

t The Samoan prefix is ?«o.

Wake.] O^ [April 18,

He adds, "in books of poetry, theology and even sometimes in ordinary
language, a certain number of polysyllabic words are found, but these
words are generally of Sanskrit or Pali origin, and prove nothing against
the general character of the language." M. Moura cites various words
which have been derived from the Pali, and which could be indefinitely
added to. He states that they have been shortened, so as to reduce them
as much as possible to the monosyllabic form, " which is one of the dis-
tinctive features of the genius of the Khmer language." If this language
is in reality monosyllabic, Prof. Keane's argument, based on its polysyl-
labic character, cannot be sustained, but even if M. Moura is wrong, we
must conclude that the Khmer has been indebted for certain of its features
to the Malay rather than the reverse.

As to the verbal relationship between the Khmer and Malay languages
we may judge from the comparative vocabularies contained in M. Moura's
work. Of the 124 words there given only twenty-four are the same in
those languages, of which sixteen are however the same also in Cham,
which has thirteen other words common to it and Khmer alone. It ap-
pears, therefore, that Cham is more nearly related to Khmer, judging
from their vocabularies than is Malay. This agrees with the fact of the
early communication between the Khmers and the Cham. Moreover,
Malay and Cham agree in thirty-three instances out of the 124, showing
a closer relation between these two languages than exists between either
of them and Khmer. That all these languages include both Kolarian and
Dravidian elements is shown by reference to the short comparative vocab-
ulary appended to this paper. Those elements have, however, been
derived from different sources. M. Moura would, indeed, seem to think
that the language as well as the written character of the Cambodians is
derived from the Sanskrit and Pali, and it has no doubt obtained its for-
eign element chiefly from the north. The Malay, on the other hand, is
fundamentally related to the Kolarian and the allied Mongolian lan-
guages, and its Dravidian element has been obtained from the south. This
feature occupies a more important position in Malay than Dr. Caldwell
appears to allow. When referring to the Dravidian word kippal, a ship,
he says that the Malay word for "ship" is kapal. He adds, however, that
" this has probably been borrowed direct from Tamil, and forms one of a
small class of Malay words which have sprung from a Dravidian origin,
and which were introduced into the Eastern archipelago, either by means
of the Klings (Kalingas), who settled there in primitive times, or by
means of the Arab traders, whose first settlers in the East were on the
Malabar coast, where the Malayalam, the oldest daughter of the Tamil, is
spoken." Reference has already been made to the Dravidian origin of
some of the Malay numerals, to which may be added that the affix tu in
Malay satu, one, appears to be only the neuter formative du, which,
according to Dr. Caldwell, is contained in various shapes in the first three
Dravidian numerals. Moreover, the Malay sa, like the Dravidian oru,
one, is used as the indefinite article. Other verbal agreements could be

isoo i 85 [Wakc

mentioned, but I will refer to only one other example. Dr. Caldwell
states that ti is the classical Tamil word for "fire," but that the more
commonly used word is neruppu, in Telugu nippu. Here we have, no
doubt, the origin of the Malay api (in Samoan qfi), which in Cham takes
the form apui. Dr. Leyden long since pointed out that the language of
the Malays contains a great number of Tamil, Malayalam and Telinga
words which are not found in Sanskrit or the allied Indian languages, and
particularly " a variety that are only to be found in Telinga," the ver-
nacular of the ancient kingdom of Kalinga.*

*Asiat. Researches, Vol. x, p. 171.

Bird

Khmer.

Cham.

1

sat hor

Dravidian kor-i

chim po

(see Egg)

Persian khor-os(coc 0

2

Dog

chhkS

Tibetan khyi
Hindi kootha

asau

Sanskrit swan
Kolarian seta

3

Ear

trachick

Tibetan(Sok) khikhe
Kolarian kbetway

tanhu

Naga tenhaun
(see Malay)

4

Egg

pong

Yeniseian ong

bo

Kolarian pito

5

Eye

phnek

Dravidian kank

mata

Kolarian met

panek

Hindi ankh

Mon (Tegu) mot

6

Female

nhi

Dravidian henn-u

benai

Dravidian pen, henn-u

7

Fire

phlung

Kolarian sengel

apui

Dravidian nippu

8

Fish

trey

Kolarian hai

akan

Kolarian h aku
Burmese kha

9

Foot

chung

Tibetan kango
Mon (Pegu) jaing

takai

Kolarian kata

10

Hand

day

Kolarian tih
Dravidian kei

tangun

Yeneseian hanga

11

Head

kabal

Sanskrit kapala
Dravidian tala

akak

Dravidian kuk
Burm. (Sak) akhd

12

Horse

se

Tibetan ta
Sanskrit aswa

ase

(see Khmer)

13

House

ptea

Drav.(Gond) erpa

sang

Tibetan nang

14

Man

menus pros

Pali manut

oranglokayAotaram koro, lokka

Sanskrit manusha

15

Moon

ke ?

< Burmese la
t Shan leu

bulan

Kolarian lerung

16

Month

mot

Kolarian tamode
Bengali mukh

chebuoi

? Yeneseian hohui. bu-
[khom

17

Nose

chremo

Mongolian khamar
Siamese tamua
Sanskrit ghrana

adung

Yeneseian hang

[ma, elu-mbu

18

Ox

ku

Sanskrit go (cow)

lama

Dravidian eruma, er-

19

River

tanla

Dravidian kole
Nepaul khola

sungai

CochinChina song
Mongolian uhung(wa-

20

Serpent

|pos

Nep. (Tharu)sapa

ala

(see Malay) [ter)

< sbek (skin) Dravidian pab, pavu

21

Sky

mik

Siamese mic
Burmese mo

langik

Kolarian sengil (fire)
singi (sun)

22

Star

pakai

Drav. (Gond) binka

bintang

Dravidian biuka

23

Stone

thma

Mon (Pegu) tmauon

botau

(see Egg)

24

Sun

thngai

Kolarian siugi

haray

Mongolian nara ■

tangai

{see fire)

Sanskrit surya

25

Water

tenk, tak

Kolarian dah
Mon (Pegu) dai

ea

Dravidian yer

26

Wood

chhu

Dravidian chettu (tree)

kayou

Dravidian chettu.gida

1

muy

Kolarian mia

sa

Dravidian or-u
Brah ui as-it

2

pir

do. baria

dua

Tungusian dzur, dyur

3

bey

do. pia

klau

Tungusian ela, gilang

4

buon

do. ponia

pac

Kolarian ponia, apa-

5

pram

> \ Tonkin lam
< Annam nam

lemu

Tonkin lam [nia
Annam nam

6

pram muy

nam

Tungusian nungun

pram pil
pram bey
pram buon

tnju

Dravidian edu, yetu

8
9

dopan
samlan

(two from ten)
Dravidian onbadu

(one from ten)

10

dap

Draridian padu
Tonkin tap

saphu

Dravidian oru padu

(one ten)

Hindi das

Bird

Malay.

Samoan.

1

burang tarbeang

manu Fiji manumanu

moa (fowl) Khmer mon (fowl)

o

Dog

anjing

asu ( Java)

Dravidian nay

uti, maile Fiji koli
Singhalese ball a

3

Ear

taliuga
kana (Java

Naga telanno
Arakan (Kumi), kano
Singpho kana
/ Sanskrit sila (stone)

taliga Fiji daliga

4

Egg

talor

< Dravidian kal (stone)
' Koreng talo (stone)

fna Fiji vua (fruit)

5

Eye

raata

(see Cham)

mata Fiji niata

6

Female

botina

(see Cham)

fafine

7

Fire

api

Dravidian nippu
Thai fai

afi

8

Fish

ikan

(see Cham)

i'a

9

Foot

koki

Kolarian kata
Tibetan kango
Permian kok

vae Dayak pai
Fiji yava

10

Hand

tangan

(see Cham)

lima ? Siamese mu
'a'ao (chief's) Fiji liga

11

Head

kapala
ulu

Sanskrit kapala
Dravidian tala
Arakan (Kumi) alu

ulu

12

Horse

kudo

Dravidian kudirei
Yeneseian kut

13

House

ruma

Dravidian (Gond) roou
Arakan (Kumi) lim
Kolarian ora

fale

14

Man

orang koki

(see Cham)

tane.tugata Fiji tagane, tamata

15

Moon

bulan

(see Cham)

ma-uli, ma-sina Fiji vula

16

Mouth

mulot

(see Khmer)

Arakan (Kumi) amok&

gutu Fiji ' gusu
Singhalese kata

17

Nose

hidong

(see Cham)

isn Fiji ucu
Sanskrit nasa

18

Ox

lambu

(see Cham)

19

River

sungei

(see Cham)

vaitafe (see TFater)

20

Serpent

ulor

gata ? Siamese ngu

kulet (skin) \

t , , . „ . . ( Dravul. tol
uli (skin Bugis) >

21

Sky

langet

(see Cham)

lagi Fiji lagi

22

Star

bintang

(see Cham)

fetu (see Khmer)

2:\

Stoue

botu

Kolarian pito (egg)

fatu Fiji vatu

24

Sun

mato bari

(see Cham)

la Fiji siga
Kolarian singi

25

Water

ayor

(see Cham)

vai 1 _...

* <• / , • ^ f Fni wai
taufa (chief) >

26

Wood

kayu

(see Cham)
Eskimo keiyu

la'au Fiji kau (tree)

1

satu

tasi Malagasy iray, isa

2

dila

lua do. roa

3

tiga

tolu do. telo

4

ampat

(Bugis apa)

fa do. efatra

5

lima

lima do. dimy

6

a'nara

ono do. enina

7

tiijoh

fitu do. fito

8

delapan

valu do. valo

9

sambilan

iva do. sivy

10

sapiiloh

sefulu do. folo

OO [Feb. 21,

Stated Meeting, February 21, 1890.
Present, 23 members.

President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

Letters of envoy were received from the Nova Scotian
Institute of Natural Science, Halifax ; Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology, Cambridge, Mass. ; Department of the Interior,
Washington, D. C.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Natur-
wissenschaftlicher Verein, Bremen (129); Entomological So-
ciety, Brooklyn (130); University of the City of New
York (130); Prof. Henry M. Baird, Yonkers (130); Dr.
Charles C. Abbott, Trenton, N. J. (130); Dr. F. A. Genth,
Prof. Lewis M. Haupt, Dr. George H. Horn, John Marshall,
Hon. Henry Reed (130), Prof. John A. Ryder, Philadelphia
(125, 130); State Historical Society, Topeka, Kans. (130);
University of California, Prof. John Le Conte, Berkeley, Cal.
(130) ; Mr. George Davidson, San Francisco, Cal. (130).

A circular from the Sociedade de Geografia, of Lisbon, em-
bodying a protest against the English aggressions in Africa.

The Section fiir Naturkunde des (Esterreichen-Touristen
Club was placed on the Society's exchange list to receive
Proceedings from No. 130.

Accessions to the Library were announced from the Geolog-
ical Survey of India, Calcutta ; K. K. Sternwarte, Prag ;
Anthropologische Gesellschaft, Vienna ; Verein fur Erdkunde,
Metz ; Statistika Central Byran, Stockholm ; Prof. Lorenzo
M. Billia, Turin ; Societe D'Ethnographie, Ministere des Tra-
vaux Publics, Mr. Henry Carnoy, Paris ; Royal Society, Lon-
don ; Mr. William H. Whitmore, Boston ; Harvard Univer-
sity, Cambridge, Mass. ; Yale University, New Haven ; Astor
Library, New York ; State Museum of Natural History,
Albany ; Historical Society of Pennsylvania, Editor of
" American Notes and Queries," Dr. George IT. Horn, Mr.
Henry Phillips, Jr., Philadelphia ; Johns Hopkins University,

1S90.]

89

Baltimore; War Department, Department of the Interior,
Washington, D. C; Rev. Stephen D. Peet, Mendon, 111.;
State Historical Society of Wisconsin, Madison; State Uni-
versity of Iowa, Iowa City.

Prof. John A. Ryder presented his photograph for the Soci-
ety's Album.

Prof. Lesley read an obituary notice of the late Charles A.
Ashburner, D.Sc.

The Proceedings of the Board of Officers and Council were
submitted.

Pending nominations, Nos. 1203, 1201, 1205, 1206, 1207
and 1208 were read, spoken to and balloted for.

Prof. E. D. Cope made some observations on the gigantic
chincilla of North America, Casteroides ohioensis.

The annual report of the Trustees of the Building Fund
was presented.

Prof. Cope offered the following resolution, which, he stated,
was intended to supersede the one presented by him to Coun-
cil at its meeting last week, and by it deferred until its next
stated meeting :

Resolved, That the Proceedings of the Society be issued whenever an
amount of matter is ready for press which will make seventy-five pages
of text.

On motion, the resolution was referred to the next regular
meeting of the Board of Officers and Council.

The Committee on Accommodations reported progress and
was continued.

All other business of the meeting having been finished, the
Tellers reported the result of the poll to the President, who
thereupon declared that the following gentlemen had been
duly elected members of the Society:

No. 2175. Hon. James T. Mitchell, Philadelphia.

No. 2176. Samuel Timmins, Arley near Coventry, England.

No. 2177. Prof. Robert W. Rogers, Haverford College, Pa.

No. 2178. Prof. Henry Willis, Philadelphia.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 132. L. PRINTED MAY 27, 1890.

JU [March 7 ,

Slated Meeting, March 7, 1890.

Present, 10 members.

Mr. Richard Vaux in the Chair.

Prof. Henry Willis, a newly elected member, was presented
to the Chair and took his seat.

Correspondence was submitted as follows:

Letters accepting membership from Prof. Robert W.Rogers
and from Prof. Henry Willis, Philadelphia.

Letters of envoy were received from the Museo National de
Buenos Aires ; Royal Statistical Society, London.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from Sir J. W.
Dawson, Montreal (130); University of Pennsylvania (129,
130), Mrs. Helen Abbott Michael (130), Prof. Henry D.
Gregory (130), Philadelphia ; Maryland Historical Society,
Baltimore (130).

A letter from the Department of State in reference to cer-
tain MSS. in the possession of the Society was ordered to be
filed.

A letter was read from E. Frank Carson, requesting the loan
of the Society's Hall for an approaching reunion of the Ritten-
house family, to be held April 8, 1890, being the 168th anni-
versary of his birth ; and also requesting that the Society
should be represented on the occasion, which, on motion, was
referred to the President with power to act.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Academie
des Sciences, Cracow, Austria ; Section fiir Naturkunde, O
C, Vienna ; Verein fiir Liibeckische Gesckichte und Alter-
thumskunde, Liibeck, Germany ; Societe Hollandaise des Sci-
ences, Harlem, Holland ; Philological Society, Cambridge,
England; Rousdon Observatory, Devon, England; Geological,
Royal Statistical Societies, London ; Geological and Natura
History Survey of Canada, Montreal ; Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass.; Mr. Charles J. Hoadley, Hartford, Conn.;
Prof. Robert W. Rogers, Philadelphia; Wyoming Historical
Society, Wilkes-Barre ; Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore;

1S90.] "1

U. S. Coast and Geodetic Survey, Bureau of Ethnology, Inter-
state Commerce Commission, Washington, D.C.; Kansas Acad-
emy of Science, Topeka ; University of California, Berkeley ;
Observatorio Meteorologico-Central, Mexico ; Museo Nacional
de Buenos Aires, S. A.

Mr. Phillips exhibited and presented to the Cabinet of the
Society a bottle of " Earthquake sand from the Geysers at
Summerville, S. C, August 31, 1886."

Mr. Yaux read an obituary notice of the late Franklin B.
Go wen.

An obituary notice of the late Henry S. Frieze, LL.D., by
Hon. James B. Angell, was presented by the Secretaries.

The death of Martin B. Anderson (formerly of Bochester,
N. Y.) was reported as having taken place at Lake Helena,
Florida, on February 26, 1890 (born February 12, 1815).

Prof. Barker exhibited to the Society four stellar photo-
graphs taken by Prof. Pickering, Director of the Harvard
College Observatory, as a part of the Henry Draper Memorial.
The photographs were of the spectrum of the star [1 Aurigas,
and showed the K line single in the first set and double in the
second, although taken only about seventeen hours apart.
This result appears to show that this star is binary, its com-
ponents revolving about each other in somewhat less than
four days. From the displacement of the components of the
K line, the change in wave length and the velocity of motion
may be calculated. Prof. Pickering finds this velocity to be
150 miles per second. The distance apart of the components
he estimates to be eight million miles, and their joint mass
about 2.3 times that of the sun. Since the spectrum method of
detecting binary stars is independent of distance, it must
always have an advantage in detecting such stars over the
telescopic method.

Dr. Brinton offered the following resolution, which Avas
adopted :

Resolved, That the Committee on the Commemoration of the Death of
Franklin be instructed to select all speakers on that occasion from mem-
bers of the Society, and if engagements of others have already been made,

■-'- [March 21,

that they be informed that owing to alterations in the plan of the com-
memoration, the thanks of the Society are tendered them, but their attend-
ance will not be expected.

Dr. Horn offered the following resolution, which was adopted :

Resolved, That a Committee of three be appointed by the President to
examine an oil portrait of Prof. S. F. Baird by Mr. H. Ulke, report on its
desirability, and, if favorably, to solicit subscriptions for its purchase at a
price not exceeding $200, for the gallery of this Society.

The President subsequently appointed as such Committee,
Dr. George H. Horn and Messrs. J. Sergeant Price and Wil-
liam A. Ingham.

And the Society was adjourned by the presiding member.

Stated Meeting, March #i, 1890.
Present, 30 members.

President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

Prof. Robert W. Rogers and Mr. Talcott Williams, lately
elected members, were presented to the Chair and took their
seats.

Correspondence was submitted as follows :

Letters from Hon. James T. Mitchell and Mr. Samuel Tim-
mins accepting membership.

A circular from the University of Toronto, requesting dona-
tions to its library, to replace the one destroyed by fire on the
14th of February last ; on motion, the Librarian was directed
to forward to it such of the Proceedings of the Society as
could be sent.

A letter from the Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Emden,
Hannover, thanking the Society for its letter of congratulation
on the late celebration of the seventy-fifth anniversary of its
foundation.

03

1890.] ^a

A letter from the Trinity Historical Society, Dallas, Tex.,
asking for autograph letters.

A letter from the Societas linguam universalem scientiarum
ac negotiorum ancillam fundantium Intemationalis .

A prospectus of the "Antananarivo Annual," published in
Madagascar.

The Museo Michoacano, Morelia, Mexico, was placed on ex-
change list from No. 96.

Letters of acknowledgment (Transactions, xvi, 3) were re-
ceived from the Boston Public Library ; Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology, Cambridge; American Antiquarian Society,
Worcester; Buffalo Library; Astor Library, New York;
Library U. S. Military Academy, West Point ; New Jersey
Historical Society, Newark ; Pennsylvania Hospital, Franklin
Institute, Library Co. of Philadelphia, Historical Society of
Pennsylvania, Philadelphia; State Library of Pennsylvania,
Harrisburg; U. S. Geological Survey, Washington, B.C.;
University of Michigan; State Historical Society of Wiscon-
sin, Madison; University of California, Berkeley.

Letters of acknowledgment (Proceedings, 130) were received
from Prof. William P.Trowbridge, New York; Mr. Inman
Horner, Philadelphia ; Colorado Scientific Society, Denver ;
Central Meteorological Observatory, Mexico ; Deutscher Wis-
senschaft Yerein, Santiago de Chile.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the K. K.
Zool.-botanische Gesellschaft, Vienna ; Verein zur Beforderung
des Gartenbaues, Berlin; Dr. Paul Topinard, Paris; Koyal
Institution, Dr. Benjamin W. Eichardson, London; Hon. John
Canon O'Hanlon, Dublin ; Massachusetts Bureau of Statistics
of Labor, Boston ; Mercantile Library, Drs. Daniel G. Brinton,
F. A. Muhlenberg, Mr. Henry Phillips, Jr., Philadelphia ;
Editor of " American Journal of Philology ;" Legation de la
Eepublica de Costa Rica, C. A. ; Chief of Engineers, Depart-
ment of State, Washington, D.C.; Museo Michoacano, Morelia,
Mexico.

A photograph of the alleged Runic characters on Mananas
island, near Monhegan, Maine, photographed and presented by
Prof. J. F. Rothrock, Philadelphia.

94

[March 21,

A letter from Rev. F. A. Muhlenberg, D. D., accompanying
his donation of the botanical note books of his grandfather,
Rev. Henry E. Muhlenberg, a former member of this Society,
and the letters to him of Rev. Christian Fr. Denke, a Moravian
missionary.*

Botanical Journals, etc., by Dr. Henry E. Muhlenberg ; born Nov. 17,
1753, died at Lancaster, Pa., May 23, 1815 ; presented to the American
Philosophical Society, of which he was a member, by his grandson, Dr.
F. A. Muhlenberg, March 21, 1890:

1. Botanice.

2. Book of descriptions, without title.

3. Plants not determined, according to Linnaeus' System, etc., 1788.

4. Folia plantarum Lancast. and a catalogue of the plants of North

America, 1808.

5. Tage Buch, 1784.

6. Tage Buch, 1785.

7. Noten Buch, 1785.

8. Tage Buch, 1786-S9.

9. Catalogus arborum et fruticum America? Septentrionalis.
10. Cryptogamia Lancastriensis, 1791.

1. Filices.
II. Musci.
III. Fungi.

contains, also, Lichens Lancastriensis, etc.

* There is no autobiography in existence of Christian Fr. Denke ; but, from informa-
tion gained from conversations with Denke and others, a biographical sketch of Chris-
tian Heinrich Denke was published in " Nachrichten aus der Briider Gemeinde," 1841,
Heft iii, pages 467-477. (The name Heinrich is either a mistake, or possibly Denke may
have been baptized Christian Friedrich Heinrich. I have not yet examined the baptis-
mal records in Bethlehem). Denke was born at Bethlehem, Pa., September 8, 1775, and
was sent to Nazareth Hall in 1785, remained there after his father's death, and afterwards
was appointed one of the teachers. In 1797, he resolved to become a missionary among
the Indians. After having been ordained Deacon in Bethlehem, he left May, 1800, with
Heckewaelder for Gosen on the Muskiagum, remained here until August, studying the
Delaware language, and then went to Fairfield in Upper Canada, commencing in June,
1801, his labors among the Chippeways. He translated into the Delaware language vari-
ous parts of the Bible, of which the Epistles of St. John were printed. In 1803, he re-
turned to Pennsylvania, married August 7, at Lititz, Anna Maria Heckedorn, went back
to Canada, 1804 to Youngquakamick, 1807 to Pettquoting, then back to Fairfield. After
the burning of Fairfield in autumn, 1813, he fled to Delawaretown. In September, 1815,
he began to build New Fairfield, but returned to Bethlehem in 1818. Receiving a call
as pastor to Hope, in the Wachau, he reached Salem, N. Car., in summer, 1820 ; in 1S22,
he became pastor at Friedberg, but retained charge also of the small congregation in
Hope. His wife died in 1828, and September 12, he married Marie Steiner. 1832, he
retired from his spiritual labors, and intended to again devote his time to botany and
other branches of natural science. 1834, symptoms of dropsy appeared ; his right side
was paralyzed in November, 1S37, and he died at Salem, January 12, 1838.

John M. Maisch.

1890.1 ^

11. Agrostographia Pennsylvaniae, etc.

12. Giiiser, die bei Lancaster wild wachsen oder die ichsonstauf meiuen

inliindischen Reisen bemerkte.

13. Plant se cryptogamicse Lancastriensis, etc.

14. Fungi Pennsylvania1, Media, etc., 1793 et annu seq.

15. Monograpbien von Gewiichsen von Lancaster, 1790, Vol. i.

16. Monograpbien plantarum Lancastriensis, Vol. ii.

17. Descriptio plantarum ex alies partibus America? Septentrionalis,

incepta a 1792.

18. Sammlung von Beitragen zur Kenntniss der Natur. 1785. With

observations on agriculture.

19. Fortsetzung meines Journals von Jabren 1799-1806.

20. Botanical Journal, 1807-1815, to May 20, three days before his

death.

21. Flora Lancastriensis, 1790.

22. Letters, etc., of the Rev. C. F. Denke, Moravian preacher and

missionary, and one of tbe early botanists of America.

Prof. Lesley read an obituary notice of the late Leo Les-
quereux.

The death was announced of Kev^. Daniel R. Goodwin, D.D.,
Philadelphia, on March 15, 1890, in the seventy-ninth year of
his age.

On motion, the President was authorized to appoint a suita-
ble person to prepare the usual obituary notice.

Mr. J. Vaughan Merrick was subsequently appointed by
the President.

The death of Dr. Gustav Weil, Heidelberg, September 10,
1889, set. 71, was also announced.

The Secretaries presented for the Proceedings the two fol-
lowing papers by Dr. Harrison Allen : " Description of a New
Species of Macrotus " and "Description of a New Species of
Pteropus."

New nomination 1209 was read.

Dr. Horn, from the Committee on the Portrait of Prof. Baird
by H. Uhlke, reported it now at Earle's Galleries in this city,
and to be a good painting. On motion, the Committee was
continued.

Dr. Oliver, from the Committee on Franklin Celebration,
reported progress.

The President of the Society reported that he had conferred

96

[March 21,

with, the writer of the letter to the Society respecting the
Rittenhouse celebration (March 7, 1890), and that he was of
the opinion that such a use of the Society's Hall as was therein
requested, was not expedient.

Dr. Brinton asked as a question of privilege what action the
Committee on the Franklin Celebration had taken on the So-
ciety's resolution passed at the last meeting.

Mr. Biddle, of the Committee, stated it had been carefully
and respectfully considered, and that after two meetings it had
been laid over until the next meeting.

Dr. Horn offered the following preamble and resolution :

Having been present at the meeting of March 7, and voting in the affir-
mative, I move to reconsider the following resolution passed at that time:

Resolved, That the Committee on the Commemoration of the Death of
Franklin be instructed to select all speakers on that occasion from members
of tlie Society, and if engagements of others have already been made,
that they be informed that owing to alterations in the plan of the com-
memoration, the thanks of the Society are tendered them, but their attend-
ance will not be expected.

The motion was seconded by Dr. Brinton, and the question
was discussed by Messrs. Horn, Brinton, Oliver, Biddle, Morris,
Yaux, Martindale, Potts, Cope, Lesley, and Greene.

The question being put it was agreed that the Society should
reconsider the original motion.

The original motion then being put, by a viva voce vote was
not agreed to. On which the ayes and nays being demanded
the resolution was voted on and not agreed to by 26 nays to 2
ayes.

Dr. Jayne offered the following resolution, which was agreed
to:

Resolved, That the Secretaries be requested to communicate with the
Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty with a view to obtaining as a
donation the Reports on the Voyage of the Challenger. And, further,
should such application prove unsuccessful, that the Committee on Library
should procure the same by purchase.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

L890.1 J*

No Meeting of the Society was held on April 4, 1890,
it being Good Friday.

April 17, 1890.

The One-hundredth Anniversary of the death of Benjamin
Franklin was commemorated at Association Hall, by the
Society. Addresses were delivered as follows :

A Short Biography of Dr. Franklin, by John Bach Monas-
ter, Professor of American History in the University of Penn-
sylvania ; " His Literary Labors," by G. Brown Goode, Assist-
ant Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution, at Washington ;
" His Scientific Work," by Prof. J. W. Holland, Professor of
Medical Chemistry and Toxicology in the Jefferson Medical
College ; " His Association With the Society," by Frederick
Fraley, LL.D., President of the Society ; " His Diplomatic
Services," by Prof. Henry M. Baird, Professor of English Lit-
erature and Greek in the University of the City of New
York.

A full account will be published in Proceedings, No. 133.

Stated Meeting, April 18, 1890.

Present, 14 members.

President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows :

Letters of envoy were received from the Australasian Asso-
ciation for the Advancement of Science, Sydney ; Societas Pro
Fauna et Flora Fennica, Helsingfors ; Observatoire Astrono-
mique et Physique, Tashkend; Physikalische Gesellschaft,
Berlin; Bureau des Longitudes, Paris; Bath and West of

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 132. M. PRINTED MAY 26, 1890.

98

[April 18,

England Society and Southern Counties Association, Bath;,
Meteorological Office, London.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Eoyal
Society of New South Wales, Sydney (129) ; Academie Royale
Danoise des Sciences, etc., Copenhagen (128, 129) ; Natural
History Society, Montreal (129, 130); Sociedad Cientifica
" Alzate," Mexico (129, 130).

Letters of acknowledgment (130) were received from the K.
K. Central- Anstalt fur Meteorologie, etc., Wien ; Naturfor-
schende Gesellschaft, Emden ; Naturwissenschaftliche Gesell-
scliaft " Isis," Dresden ; Dr. Julius Platzmann, Leipzig ; So-
ciete Linneenne de Bordeaux ; Societe de Borda, Dax ; Societe
d' Anthropologic, Profs. Abel Hovelacque, Leon de Rosny,
Remi Simeon, Paris ; Geological and Natural History Survey,
Ottawa, Canada ; Mr. Talcott Williams, Philadelphia ; Prof.
S. P. Langley, Washington, D. C. ; California Academy of
Sciences, San Francisco.

A letter of acknowledgment for diploma was received from
Prof. Dr. Hugo Von Meltzel, Koloszvar, Hungary.

A letter of acknowledgment, Transactions, Vol. xvi, Part
iii, was received from the San Francisco Free Public Library,
San Francisco, Cal.

A letter from Daniel F. Wolf, suggesting that the tombstone
of Franklin should be re-lettered and a bronze tablet placed on
the graveyard wall with a suitable inscription.

The following letter from M. P. Massion (Notaire, Boule-
vard Haussmann, 58, Paris, France) was read :

P. Massion, Paris, le 31 Mars, 1890.

Notaire,
successeur de son pere
58, Boulevard Haussmann.

Monsieur le President :

J'ai l'honneur de vous informer qu'aux termes de son testament depose
en mon etude, Monsieur Auguste Carlier, decede en son domicile a Paris,
rue de Berlin, N°- 12, le 16 Mars courant, a legue a la Societe Philosoph-
ique de Philadelphie, dont il etait membre, une somme de vingt mille
francs. Cette Societe en fera l'usage qu'elle jugera convenable pour
1' aider dans ses travaux.

1890.] J J

Quand cette somnie pourra etre mise a votre disposition, je vous en
aviserai.

Veuillez agreer, Monsieur le President, l'assurance de mes sentiments
distingues,

Massion.

Monsieur le President de la Societe Philosophique, Piiiladelphie.

On motion, the letter was referred to the Committee on Fi-
nance, and the President was requested to prepare and transmit
a suitable answer to the same.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Eoyal So-
ciety of New South Wales, Australian Association for the
Advancement of Science, Sydney ; Societe des Naturalistes,
Kief; Observatoire Astronomique et Physique, Tashkend :
Societas Pro Fauna et Flora Fennica, Helsingfors, Finland ; K.
K. Naturhistorisches Hof- Museum, K. K. Geographische Ge-
sellschaft, K. K. Geologische Beichsanstalt, Wien ; Gesell-
schaft fur Erdkunde, Physikalische und Physiologische Gesell-
schaft, K. P. Akademie der Wissenschaften, Berlin ; Mr. A.
Radcliffe Grote, Bremen ; Oberlausitzer Gesellschaft der Wis-
senschaften, Gorlitz ; Mr. Aug. Nilson, Gefle, Sweden; K.
Danske Videns Eabernes Selskab, Copenhagen ; " Flora Ba-
tava," Leyden ; R. Istituto, Lombardo, Milan ; Accademia
Reale delle Scienze, Turin ; Corpo delle Miniere, Servizio Geo-
logico, R. Accademia dei Lincei, Rome ; R. Istituto Veneto
di Scienze, Lettre ed Arti, Venice ; Societe Historique, etc.,
du Cher, Bourges ; Societe de Borda, Dax ; Academie des
Sciences, etc., Dijon ; Societes d'Anthropologie, Zoologique de
France, Bureau des Longitudes, Paris; Societe des Antiqua-
ries de la Morinie, Saint-Omer; R. Academia de la Historia,
Madrid ; Commission des Travaux Geologiques de Portugal,
Lisbon ; Bath and West of England Society, and Southern
Counties Association, Bath ; Philosophical Society, Cambridge,
Eng. ; Meteorological Council, London; Mr. Horatio Hale,
Clinton (Ontario), Canada ; Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Mass. ; Essex Institute, Public Library, Salem ;
American Antiquarian Society, Worcester ; Rhode Island His-
torical Society, Providence ; Commissioners of the State Reser-

1^0 [April 18,

vation at Niagara, Albany ; Academy of Sciences, Dr. J. S.
Newberry, Mr. J. Bleecker Miller, Messrs. Ivison, Blakeman
& Co., New York ; Mr. Franklin Leonard Pope, Elizabeth, N.
J. ; Academy of Natural Sciences, Mercantile Library, Messrs.
Edwin A. Barber, W. C. Blelock, D. G. Brinton, E. t>. Cope,
Walter M. James, Henry Phillips, Jr., Philadelphia ; Maryland
Academy of Sciences, Baltimore ; U. S. Coast and Geodetic
Survey, Fish Commission, Geological Survey, Bureau of Edu-
cation, Smithsonian Institution, Secretary of War, Dr. Albert
S. Gatschet, Hon. Charles O'Neill, Washington, D. C.

Mrs. Jane Eittenhouse Wilson presented a cornelian said to
have been formerly worn by Dr. Benjamin Franklin, of which
she gave the following account :

Benjamin Franklin, during his attendance at the Convention that
adopted the Declaration of Independence, wore a certain watch chain on
which was a cornelian charm.

This chain and charm he gave to a personal friend, a veteran of the war
of 1812, named Daniel Leman, who gave it to his friend,

Mrs. Jane Rittenhouse "Wilson,

One of the Rittenhouse family.

The following deaths were reported :

M. Louis A. C. Carlier, Paris, March 19, 1890, set. 87.
Mr. Frederick Graff, Philadelphia, March 30, 1890, set. 73.

On motion, the President was requested to appoint suitable
persons to prepare the usual obituary notices.

A paper on "Fresh Water Infusoria," by Dr. Alfred C.
Stokes (Trenton, New Jersey), was presented through the
Secretaries.

A paper on the " Asiatic Affinities of the Malay Language,"
by C. Staniland Wake, was presented by the Secretaries.

Pending nomination No. 1209 and new nominations Nos.
1210, 1211 and 1212 were read.

1890.]

101

Tlie Committee on Extended Accommodations presented
the following Keport :

Philadelphia, April 16, 1890.

The Committee on Extended Accommodations, appointed January 17,
would respectfully report,

That they have carefully considered the various propositions referred to
them ; and after due deliberation, concluded to request from J. M. Wilson,
Esq., Architect, plans for the alteration of the present building, such as
would render it completely fire-proof, harmonize with its surroundings,
and provide for the Society's present needs as well as its prospective ones
for a period of at least twenty years to come.

He has submitted the accompanying plans and proposal, the adoption
of which we would recommend : and therefore offer the following reso-
lution :

That the Committee on Extended Accommodations be continued and
empowered to enter into negotiations for alterations to the present build-
ings in accordance with the plan now submitted.

W. P. Tatham,

KlCHARD VAUX,

Frederick Fraley,
J. Cheston Morris,

Chairman.

A discussion ensued upon the subject, in which Messrs. Mor-
ris, Hays, Baker, Dudley, Vaux, Tatham, Potts and others
took part.

Dr. Hays moved that the subject be made the special order
for the next stated meeting and that notice thereof be put on
the meeting cards.

Mr. Yaux moved that the subject be considered at a special
meeting, to be held on next Friday (April 25), and that notice
should be placed on the meeting cards, and further that the
Librarian should place on the cards the words " the plans can
be examined at the rooms of the Society."

Mr. Vaux's motion was carried nem. con.

On motion, the Treasurer was authorized and empowered
to satisfy a mortgage of William J. Norris for $4000, the same
having been paid off.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

IvJ [April 25,

Special Meeting, April 25, 1890.

Present, 27 members.

President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

No Secretaries being present at the time of calling the
meeting to order, Mr. J. Sergeant Price was chosen as Secre-
tary pro tern.

The object of the meeting, as ordered at the last meeting
of the Society, was announced, and Dr. J. Cheston Morris,
Chairman of the Special Committee on Extended Accommo-
dations, made a detailed statement of the changes proposed to
the building and exhibited and explained the plans for the
same. Mr. Priee made a statement in regard to the rights of
the Society to the property and read the various Acts of
Assembly bearing on the subject.

The resolution from the Committee on Extended Accom-
modations, submitted at the last meeting (April 18), came up
for consideration as follows :

Resolved, That the Committee on Extended Accommodations be con-
tinued and empowered to enter into negotiations for alterations to the
present building in accordance with the plan now submitted, or such
modifications thereof as may be suggested by the Committee or its archi-
tect.

After discussion and debate, the resolution was adopted by
a vote of 21 to 5, and the yeas and nays being called the vote
stood as follows : 21 to 5.

On motion of Mr. Vaux,- it was resolved that the Committee
be directed to proceed with the business authorized by the
Society to be done by it.

And the meeting was adjourned by the President.

1890.] lUd

Stated Meeting, May 0, 1890.

Present 14 members.

President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows :

The annual program of the R. Academia Nederlandica, ex
legato Hoeufftiano, for 1891 was presented.

Letters of envoy were received from the K. P. Meteorolo-
gisches Institut, Berlin ; Mr. Clifford P. MacCalla, Philadel-
phia ; Smithsonian Institution, U. S. Coast and Geodetic Sur-
vey, Washington.

A letter of acknowledgment (Transactions xvi, 3) was re-
ceived from the Geological and Natural History Survey,
Ottawa, Canada.

Letters of acknowledgment (129) were received from the K.
K. Sternwarte, Prag; Drs. Friederich Muller, Dionys Stur,
Edward Suess, Vienna.

Letters of acknowledgment (130) were received from Drs.
Friederich S. Krauss, Vienna ; Naturforschende Gesellschaft
des Osterlandes, Altenburg; Naturhistorische Gesellschaft,
Hannover; K. Siichsische Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften,
Leipzig ; Verein fur Vaterlandische Naturkunde, Wlirtem-
berg ; Royal Society, Royal Meteorological, Royal Astronom-
ical Societies, Linnean Society, Society of Antiquaries, Lon-
don ; University Library, Cambridge, England.

The Tokyo Anthropological Society was placed on the
exchange list to receive Proceedings from 119.

A letter from Mrs. Harriet Maxwell Converse (New York
city, N. Y., April 28, 1890), soliciting subscriptions for a mon-
ument to Red Jacket, was read.

The following letter was read :

1325 Walnut Street.

To the Honorable Frederick Fraley, and the Members op the
American Philosophical Society :
Gentlemen :— I have the honor to offer for your acceptance, the portrait
of my brother, the late Henry M. Phillips, formerly a member of your
Society, in whose memory The Prize Essay Fund was established.

Very respectfully,

Emily Phillips.
Philadelphia, May 1, 1890.

1^4: [May 2,

On motion, the Society accepted the gift and requested the
President to express its thanks for the same.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Societe
de la Literature Finnoise, Helsingfors ; Naturforscher-Verein,
Riga ; Societe Malacologique de Belgique, Bruxelles ; K. K.
Geologische Reichsanstalt, Vienna ; K. P. Meteorologische
Institut, Physikalische Gesellschaft, Gesellschaft fur Anthropo-
logic, Ethnologie, etc., Messrs. M. Friedliinder & Sohn, Berlin ;
K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Go'ttingen; Voigtliindi-
sche Alterthumsforschende Verein, Hohenleuben ; Biblioteca
N. C. V. E., Rome; The Boletin Meteorologico, Madrid;
Public Library, Salem, Mass. ; Yale University, New Haven ;
Engineers' Club, Mr. C. P. MacCalla, Philadelphia; U. S.
Coast and Geodetic Survey, Smithsonian Institution, Wash-
ington, D. C. ; Leancler McCormick Observatory, University
of Virginia ; Mr. William Harden, Savannah ; Society of Na-
tural History, Cincinnati ; Historical Society, Mr. Philip C.
Frieze, Chicago ; Iowa Academy of Sciences, Des Moines ;
University of California, Berkeley; California Academy of
Sciences, San Francisco.

The President announced that he had appointed Mr. Wil-
liam P. Tatham to prepare the obituary notice of the late
Frederick Graff, and that the appointment had been accepted.

The death of James McClune (Philadelphia, May 1, 1890,
a3t. 83) was announced.

Dr. Bonwill, through the Secretaries, presented a paper en-
titled " Geometry and Mechanics Deny Evolution."

Pending nominations Nos. 1209, 1210, 1211 and 1212 were
lead.

The Committee on the Purchase of the Baird Portrait re-
ported progress and was continued.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

1890.] 105

Stated Meeting, May 16, 1890.

Present, 22 members.

President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows :

Letters of envoy were received from the Observatoire Phy-
sique Central, St. Petersburg ; Koyal Observatory, Greenwich ;
Literary and Philosophical Society, Liverpool.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Institut
Egyptien, Cairo (128, 129, 130) ; Bureau des Longitudes, Paris
(126) ; Library of the University of California, Berkeley (126,
127, 129, 130).

Letters of acknowledgment (130) were received from Socie-
tas pro Fauna et Flora Fennica, Prof. Otto Donner, Helsing-
fors, Finland ; Comite Geologique de la Russie, Observatoire
Physique Central, Prof. Serge Nikitin, St. Petersburg; K.
Zoologisch Genootschap, Amsterdam ; K. Zoologisch-Botanisch
Genootschap, The Hague ; Bataafsch Genootschap der Proe-
fondervindelijke Wijsbegeerte, Rotterdam ; Prof. Dr. Japetus
Steenstrup, Copenhagen ; Socicte Vaudoise des Sciences Natu-
relles, Lausanne ; K. Bibliothek, Berlin ; Yerein fiir Erdkunde,
Dresden ;' Editor of " Cosmos," Mr. A. Des Cloezeaux, Comte
Hyacinthe de Charencey, St. Maurice-les-Charencey, Paris ;
Royal Dublin Society, Dublin ; Cambridge Philosophical So-
ciety, Cambridge, England; Dr. John Evans-Hemel, Hemp-
stead ; Yorkshire Geological and Polytechnic Society, Chevi-
nedge, Halifax, England ; Royal Institution, Local Government
Board, Dr. Joseph D. Hooker, Sir John Lubbock, London;
Mr. Joseph S. Harris, Philadelphia.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Linnean
Society, N. S. Wales ; Anthropological Society, Tokyo ; So-

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIIT. 132. N. PRINTED MAY 26, 1890.

106

[May 16,

ciete Impereale des Naturalistes, Moscow ; Physikalische Cen-
tral-Observatoriums, St. Petersburg; Prof. Hugo von Meltzel,
Dr. M. Faths, Kolozsvar, Hungary ; Societe de Physique, etc.,
Geneva ; Ronsdon Observatory, Devon ; Royal Observatory,
Greenwich ; Literary and Philosophical Society, Liverpool ;
Rhode Island Historical Society, Providence ; Cornell Univer-
sity, Ithaca ; Editor of " The Nation," New York ; State Li-
brarian of New Jersey, Hopewell ; Zoological Society, College
of Physicians, Franklin Reformatory Home for Inebriates, Mr.
Henry Phillips, Jr., Philadelphia ; Johns Hopkins University,
Baltimore ; National Academy of Sciences, Mr. Lester F.
Ward, "Washington, D. C. ; Elisha Mitchell Scientific Society,
Raleigh-, N. C. ; University of Alabama, Tuscaloosa ; Prof.
James B. Angell, Ann Arbor ; Public Library, Peoria, 111. ;
Geological Survey of Missouri, Jefferson City ; Commissao
Geographica Geologica, S. Paulo, Brazil.

Pending nominations Nos. 1209, 1210, 1211 and 1212 were
read, spoken to and balloted for.

The proceedings of the Board of Officers and Council were
submitted.

The Secretaries reported that the paper presented by Dr.
Bon will at the last meeting of the Society should appear, if at
all, in the Transactions and not in the Proceedings.

On motion, the President was authorized to appoint at his
leisure a committee of three members to examine and report
upon the same.

Prof. Cope made a communication on " The Dinosauria of
the Laramie Formation," illustrating the subject with many
fossil specimens.

Prof. Ryder presented a paper entitled " On the Origin of
Sex through Cumulative Integration and the Relation of Sex-
uality to the Genesis of Species."

On motion of Mr. Tatham, the Society adopted the follow-
ing resolutions :

Besolved, 1. That whenever the Committee on Extended Accommoda-
tions, charged with the alteration and improvement of the huilding,

1890.] 1" '

shall have perfected the plans and specifications for the same and have
had a contract prepared for the execution thereof, the President and Treas-
urer of the Society shall he and are hereby authorized to execute such
contract under the corporate seal of the Society.

Resolved, 2. That said Committee, in conjunction with the Curators and
the Committee on the Hall, be authorized to rent a suitable place or
places to which to remove the Library, Portraits and other Collections
and to have such removals effected in such manner as will secure the
property from injury, and to continue the insurance thereon against
loss by fire, and also to rent a suitable room in which the Secretary and
Librarian can transact the business of the Society until the Hall can be
reoccupied.

Resolved, 3. That the Treasurer be authorized to make payments upon
the contracts for the alterations and improvements and of other expenses
incident to the removal.

Resolved, 4. That the Librarian of the Society be added to the aforesaid
Committee as a member thereof.

The following resolutions, offered on behalf of the Trustees
of the Building Fund, were adopted :

Whereas, The American Philosophical Society, at a meeting held on
October 5, 1866, did adopt a preamble and resolution setting forth that
it was "expedient for the security of the books and property of the So-
ciety there should be erected a fireproof building," and did thereby also
provide for the appointment of Trustees of and the raising of money for a
Building Fund and to "continue to invest and reinvest all principal, in-
terest and income of said fund until this Society shall determine to build
for itself a fire proof building, and make commencement thereof, and
then to pay to the Treasurer of the Society out of the proceeds of such in-
vestments such sums as the Society shall from time to time direct to be
paid to him for that purpose."

And "Whereas, The Society, on April 25, 1890, after having had
plans for the alteration of their Hall submitted to them, authorized and
empowered their Committee on Extended Accommodations to enter into
negotiation for alteration of their present building in accordance with the
plans then presented, or such modifications of them as might be suggested
by the Committee or its architect.

And Whereas, The said plans have been so modified by the Commit-
tee as to make said Hall a fire-proof building ; therefore, be it

Resolved, That the Trustees of the Building Fund of the American
Philosophical Society be directed to pay to the Treasurer of the Society

l^O [May 16,

out of the proceeds of the investment held by them such sums as will be
necessary to pay for the addition and improvement to the present Hall of
the Society, so as to make it a fire-proof building.

Resolved, That the Trustees of the Building Fund of the American
Philosophical Society are hereby authorized and directed to sell and dis-
pose of the City Loans and other securities held by them, and to make
and execute the necessary transfers and assignments thereof so as to vest
in the purchasers a full title to said securities.

The Committee on the Franklin Centennial Commemora-
tion reported that it had duly taken place, and presented bills
amounting to $258.93, which were ordered to be paid, and on
motion the Committee was discharged.

The Special Committee, on the Purchase of the Baird Por-
trait reported progress and was continued.

The Society adopted the following resolution reported from
Council :

Resolved, That hereafter 250 copies of "separata" of papers published
in the Proceedings be furnished to the author if requested by him, and
that Council recommends that the Society should request the Secretaries
to inquire how far it would be practicable in the present state of its
finances to adopt a resolution to issue the Proceedings more frequently
than at present.

All other business having been finished, the Tellers counted
the ballots cast for the respective candidates and reported the
result to the President, who declared the following to have
been duly elected to membership in the Society :

2179. Prof. George S. Fullerton, Philadelphia.

2180. Robert Patterson Field, Philadelphia.

2181. Rev. Heman L. Wayland, D.D., Philadelphia.

2182. Charles Godfrey Leland, London.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

1890.] lUJ [Kyder.

The Origin of Sex through Cumulative Integration, and the Relation of
Sexuality to the Genesis of Species.

By John A. Ryder.

(Read before the American Philosophical Society, May 16, 1S90.)

General Considerations.

A careful survey of the living world leads to the conclusion that sexual-
ity has been, in all probability, one of the many results of the operation of
the forces of evolution. A further examination of the evidence discloses
the fact that sexuality has arisen very gradually and only through an
extensive series of very gentle progressive and successive steps. These
steps seem to have had a definite sequence and to have been accompanied
by such a gradual complication of means, that it seems highly probable,
indeed certain, that in many instances, a given higher grade of sexuality
has grown out of the preceding one. This serial superimposition of
means to serve apparently more advantageous ends proceeds according
to fixed rules or laws, apparently determined by the already attained
structural complication and physiological activities of organisms, and in
conformity with the controlling conditions offered by their surroundings.

A still further examination of the data of sexuality leads to the conclu-
sion that the methods of it which may be observed in the vegetable
and animal worlds have proceeded along two parallel but distinct lines
of progress. Both have ended in the achievement of the same re-
sult, namely, viviparity or the production of offspring in an advanced
state of development, before the latter is set free from the parent to begin
an independent existence for itself. An acorn is as truly a product of
viviparous development as an infant human being. The elaborate process
of organic evolution through which it has been possible to develop the
one, is just as wonderful as in the case of the other.

The end-result of the achievement of viviparity has been to enable
forms so produced to survive with far more certainty, and to begin their
struggle for existence with a greater chance of success than if the complex
series of processes of germ-development, in these cases, had to proceed
to the same stage without the elaborate means of protection afforded by
the parent. This is so obvious that it seems hardly necessary to call
attention to the significance of the gradual complication of sexual pro-
cesses. Yet, as one finds the subject usually dealt with, sexuality seems
to be regarded, by the majority of writers, as an ultimate fact, and as
such, incapable of interpretation in more general terms.

That sexuality has an important bearing upon some of the most im-
portant questions in evolution, no thoughtful biologist would probably
doubt. Notwithstanding this, there have been few serious attempts made
to grapple with the problem of "sex." Many of the attempts which have

Ryder.] llU [May 16,

been made have failed because of the way in which the fundamental
question, sex itself, was ignored. Most of the speculations in relation to
sex have been content with determining the effects of self and cross-
fertilization, and have accordingly dealt with some of the consequences
of already achieved sexuality, but have thrown no light whatever upon
the probable origin of sex itself.

"Without questioning the high value of the results of such experimental
investigations, the question of the origin of sex is probably nearly or
quite beyond the pale of experimental inquiry, in virtue of the fact that
even the lowest organisms in which sexuality is manifested, are already
so persistently adapted to a certain habit of life, and are consequently so
fixed in organization that experimental investigation looking to a modi-
fication of their reproductive processes through artificial interference is
quite impossible within the limits of a single life-time devoted to experi-
mental research. We shall accordingly have to examine the phenomena
of sexuality as we find them, and upon careful analysis and comparison
try to reach such conclusions as seem to be warranted by the evidence.

Since sexuality leads to processes of discontinuous growth in the pro-
duction of new beings or offspring, it is of the utmost importance that this
very important fact should be kept in mind from the start. That it has
a significance there can be no doubt, when considered in connection with
the manner in which germs are produced in the various types. The
manner in which such discontinuity is effected varies within wide limits
and is associated with other preliminary processes, such as the formation
of fixed colonies of animal organisms and the multiplication of axes or
branches in the vegetable kingdom. One of these two processes is, in
fact, usually the prelude to the occurrence of the process of the dehiscence
of the definitive sexual elements in a great variety of forms.

When the one process, namely, that of continuous growth of the parent
organism, ceases, the reproductive process seems to recur, so that sexual
genesis and growth seem to be opposed to each other, as has often been
pointed out. The impossibility of otherwise adding or integrating more
tissue through the incorporation of more nutriment to a structure already
finished, or fully developed, at least for the time being, leads apparently
to the recurrence of sexuality. The expression of sexuality is accordingly
largely, if not wholly, dependent upon nutrition, and it is from this fun-
damental standpoint that it will be dealt with here.

It will be equally important to consider the peculiar characteristics of
sexual cells. In almost all biological works it is asserted that the germ-
cells of multicellular forms are in all respects, at first, morphologically
identical with the other undifferentiated cells of the parent body. While
this statement is true of the young germ-cells, it is untrue of nearly all
mature germ-cells. The latter, in their mature condition, present us with
form-elements, either of a size greatly in excess of those of the rest of
the body or others which are, invariably within the limits of the animal
kingdom at least, smaller than any of the cells of the parent organism. The

1890.] HI [Ryder.

significance of this fact must also be constantly borne in mind, as well as
the equally important one respecting the usual morphological equivalence
of myriads of the smaller or male germ-cells and a single large or female
germ-cell, in the majority of higher forms.

This frequent, indeed usual, lack of equivalence of the male and female
reproductive bodies has been almost entirely ignored by many authors,
and has led, as the present writer is convinced, to erroneous interpreta-
tions of some of the most important phenomena of subsequent develop-
ment. The peculiar function of growth of the female cell and its special-
ized method of segmentation, after the initiation of development, has
apparently contained little of significance for the great majority of biolo-
gists. Segmentation of the oosperm, as the fertilized egg is termed, is a
matter of course with the majority of embryologists, whose work begins
with the institution of segmentation and not with any apparent anxiety
as to the origin or cause of the thing which segments, and which does
little else for a considerable space of time. While the high value of the
work done through careful embryological research is to be properly
appreciated and is so appreciated by no one more than by the present
writer, 1 believe that embryological teaching and investigation should
begin with a consideration of the probable causes which have led to the
production of the fully developed and united elements which are usually
the subject of the embryologist's study.

The universal occurrence of sexuality amongst all plants and animals,
except amongst the very lowest forms, is surely evidence enough, if any
were needed, that somehow sex must have been a most important factor
in biological development. To say that sexuality was developed solely
for the purpose of inducing variability or of favoring fertility and vigor
through crossing does not suffice in the face of the evidence presently to
be offered. When the defenders of the view, that sexuality was developed
in order to favor variability and cross-fertilization, are asked to give any
probable reason for the origin of sexuality, the causes alleged are such as
have seemed, to the present writer at least, so unsatisfactory that they are
hardly worth serious attention.

What, then, was the origin and meaning of sexuality? What were
some of the causes which may be reasonably supposed to have been oper-
ative in inducing sexual differentiation ? Was sexuality differentiated for
any purpose, or was its development merely the result of the operation of
natural causes ? These are some of the questions that the present writer
has set before himself to answer, with such light as may be derived from
the facts in the present state of our knowledge.

The value of this attempt at an approximation to an answer to these
questions must be determined by the judgment of those most competent
to form an opinion and the value of the results as a working hypothesis
in the hands of such persons.

If, as the writer believes, sexuality has been the means through which
morphological complexes or organisms of all sorts, animal and vegetable,

Ryder.] WA [May 16,

have been built up, that alone would be a sufficient reason for a renewed
discussion of the subject. If, moreover, the evolution of sexuality,
through natural causes, has not only been one of the most important
agents in evolution of all the multicellular types past and present, but
also the means through which the first possibilities of individual varia-
bility, fertility and morphological capability were greatly augmented, it is
exceedingly desirable that the evidence upon which such claims are
based, should be presented. Finally, if sexuality has led to consequences
as far-reaching as these, it is also obvious that its claim to consideration,
as a factor in biological evolution, is, perhaps, quite as great as that of the
principle of natural selection, to the elucidation and demonstration of
which Darwin devoted the best years of his life with a singleness of pur-
pose which has been rarely equaled.

That so strongly expressed a characteristic as sexuality, in both the
animal and vegetable kingdoms, should have been developed for mere
reproduction, is completely disproved by the data of sexuality themselves.
It is clear that sexuality becomes more specialized with the progress of the
structural complication of organisms, yet external influences may lead to
the suppression of fully developed sexuality. It has been most conclu-
sively proved, that if a species is artificially cared for, in a word, culti-
vated, as in the case of plants, it may be indefinitely reproduced by
means other than those of sexuality. It is even probable that partial or
complete sterility has been so induced in not a few plants cultivated for
their fruits. The only remaining effect, if effect it can be called, is the
impotent fructification of the ovules, whereby the fleshy esculent meso-
carp of the ovary or fruit is stimulated to growth and development, for
which alone the plant is valued by its cultivator, man. But, so far as I
am aware, it has not yet been even proved that such fertilization is
necessary.

If parthenogenesis can and does occur in Ccdobogyne and in Saprolegnia,
there is no reason why, even in highly developed monocotyledons, such
as the astonishingly productive Banana, in spite of its sterility, should pro-
duce indefinitely, through a kind of abortive parthenogenesis and as a
result of its great vigor, its succulent but seedless fruits.

If the progressive differentiation or the gradually more intensified expres-
sion of sexuality means anything at all, in both plants and animals,
beyond providing for mere reproduction, it must mean something of far
more utility to species than to provide for variability alone. If the grad-
ual acquirement of viviparity in both animals and plants has any signifi-
cance, it includes not only a provision for variability, but also achieves the
far more important end of providing greatly increased chances for the
survival of the thus protected germs or viviparously produced young.

That the young of such forms are more susceptible to the altering influ-
ences of outer conditions than the adult is conspicuously established by
the evidence drawn from comparatively complex forms. It is well known
that the normal alga-like, filiform protonema of Sphagnum may, in some

1890.] llt> [Ryder.

cases, become a flat thallus if grown upon a solid, moist substratum. And
doubtless, corresponding modifications may be otherwise induced in the
further development of its sexual offspring, but of this I know of no direct
proof.

That it should have been assumed that sexuality provides for variability
is not strange. If one considers the problem of variability from morpho-
logical and physiological points of view, the evidence is wholly in favor
of the conclusion that increased complexity would favor variability. That
sexuality has increased the complication of its attendant processes there
cannot be the slightest doubt. If the results have become more complex
as viviparously developed germs were evolved, not only would the capac-
ity of those germs to vary be increased in virtue merely of such increased
complexity, but the offspring of two parent individuals, differing even
very slightly, would also have to be added as a factor favorable to varia-
tion.

Unfavorable to some forms of the doctrine of rejuvenescence or that
view which regards sexuality as a means of rejuvenating certain cells by
means of conjugation or the act of fertilization, are the facts which prove
that, in the vegetable world at least, growth may go on indefinitely without
the recurrence of sexuality, and with increased, rather than with dimin-
ished, vigor. I need only to cite the Banana which has been asexually
propagated by cuttings for centuries. The significant and persistent vigor
through twenty centuries of a Dracaena, or Dragon's blood tree, is also of
interest in this connection. The persistent growth of the asexual genera-
tions of tree ferns in the present age and of the gigantic Lepidodendrons
and Equisetums of the carboniferous period, shows that conditions of life
have much to do in maintaining the vigor of such asexual generations.

Senility, or impairment of vigor, does not then seem to result from con-
tinued growth, as is shown by these facts, and this conclusion is equally
well established by the facts which are known in relation to the reproduc-
tion of the Cyanophycese, Schizomj-cetes and the yeast plant.

This unimpaired vigor seems to be associated with the continuous pro-
duction of new axes in the higher plants, or with continuous fission of
cell-units in the lower ones. In animals, on the other hand, this vigor
shows itself most pronounced in the colonial forms (cormi), or in such as
are specially nourished, as the Queen Bee or ant-queen of Termites,
amongst Anthropods, and amongst which these animals are also the long-
est lived, and where it finds expression partly, at least, in parthenogenesis.
The astonishing vigor of the fertile parents of these forms is largely de-
termined by their abundant nutriment.

The genesis of sexuality, upon final analysis, will probably be found to
be a purely physiological question, in the discussion of which the energies
represented by the cytoplasm of the egg on the one hand, and its nucleus
and that of the spermatozoan on the other, will have to be considered.
This will, however, represent only the germinal or embryological side of
the problem, which takes no cognizance of the preembryonic history of

PROC. AMER. PHIL08. SOC. XXVIII. 132. 0. PRINTED MAY 24, 1890.

Ryder.] J--L'± [May 16,

the germinal elements before the latter are set free from the parent. The
attempt to formulate the laws of sexuality without examining into the
preembryonic history of the germinal elements must necessarily end in
failure and disappointment. The generative forces at work within the
parent organisms are nicely adjusted, or in a state of equilibrium with
those which are concerned, in the conduct of the ordinary physiological
activities of the parent body. It is, therefore, imperatively necessary to
consider the question of sex not simply as one involving embryological
data, but rather as embracing the sum total of physiological energies of
the parent organisms, and where the sexes are separate these energies
must be considered as represented in the species by the sexually differ-
entiated individuals composing the latter.

It will be obvious to those who have kept pace with the growth of phy-
sical science, that sexuality may be thus brought more nearly within the
dominion of purely physical laws. In other words, sexuality is a ques-
tion involving the discussion of matter and its energy of motion, and
shovdd be so treated if it is expected to reach conclusions which are in
harmony with the genius of modern science.

That such a project may be accomplished in the present state of our

knowledge may well be doubted, yet there is ample reason to warrant

- making an attempt to clear the ground for further work in that direction.

The attempt to trace the ways in which one form of reproduction gave
place to a more complex one in the next higher type is beyond the scope of
the present paper. To consider this question adequately would require a
far more extensive acquaintance with the facts than is possible at present.
In plants it would require a consideration of the modifying effect of the
evolution of a mechanical supporting system and the correlative modifica-
tions which this must have induced in the sexual processes, since the
evolution of powerful supporting axes, which were capable of indefinite
growth, dichotomy, and consequent multiplication of fertile apical axes
enabled the plant to multiply the possibilities of the production of male
and female prothalli, or of protected and attached macrospores and dehis-
cent microspores. Not only this, but aerial currents would now become
available, as the plants become taller, in carrying the microspores, or
male prothalli, as pollen grains, from one flower to another. Finally,
this was supplemented by flying insects, which, it is fair to assume, first
began to visit the plants for the sake of their microspores or pollen as
food. Later, as these insects began to set up irritations in the flowers,
there is reason to think that the surfaces which they habitually abraded
would, if wetted with saccharine solutions regurgitated by such visitants,
begin to pour out additional nectar or saccharine matters in obedience to
well-known rules of ormotic action. That such a result would happen is,
at any rate, strongly indicated by the experimental results obtained by
my colleague, Prof. W. P. Wilson, in wetting abraded surfaces of leaves
with saccharine solutions. The elaboration of sweets so begun would
be a stimulus, causing the insect world to become still more interested

1890.] 115 [Ryder.

in the flowers, and such may have been the further effect of the new
diet upon insect life as to be directly responsible for the evolution of
those wonderful insect communities developed amongst the honey-lov-
ing hymenoptera or bees. The further consequences of entomophilous
traits developed by plants must react in other ways, probably through
epinasty and hyponasty, in modifying the shapes of flowers, while pro-
tandry, a natural consequence of the earlier maturation of the andrce-
cium, as a lower whorl of the flower, would eventually tend to establish
cross-fertilization, through insect agency, as an imperative necessity, and
not wholly, perhaps, because cross- fertilization meant the production ot
a more vigorous offspring.

The gradual evolution of sexuality by slow stages in plants is now so
well understood, that it is not necessary to enter into the details which
may be found in any standard botanical text-book. It is sufficient to indi-
cate that the transition from asexuality to female macrogonidia and
male microgonidia is effected by mere differentiation of cells as re-
spects their size. From naked oospores to carpospores is the next step,
with microscopic flagellate male elements. Finally, the prothallus ap-
pears, first, with both oospheres and antherozoids ; then the prothalli
themselves become distinguished as small male and large female ones ;
then the female prothallus is no longer at once detached, but becomes
covered in, while the minute male prothallus still dehisces, but finally be-
comes partially parasitic upon the stigma where it vegetates and throws
out a hollow process, which serves to convey the now highly modified
antherozoid to the ovicell. The prolonged adherence of the female pro-
thallus to the parent axis enables the next important step to be taken in
the evolution of the seed containing a viviparously produced embryo pro-
vided with a store of nutriment and protective envelopes.

In this way the superimposition of more and more successful means of
reproduction seems to have occurred in plants, tending also to secure the
final victory of the phanerogams over all other rivals in the struggle for
existence, largely through the evolution of viviparity as supposed above.
How much of this success was due to the principle of overgrowth or cumu-
lative integration, which made rapid, continuous assimilation and growth
possible through the evolution of a mechanical supporting system, is
hard to tell, but it doubtless was quite as important a factor as natural
selection itself.

Similar conclusions are borne in upon the zoologist in a stiidy of
the reproductive processes in the animal world. From asexual frag-
mentation and consequent multiplication, the advance to larger and
smaller, or female and male elements, was a gradual one, with or without
hermaphroditism. Then came hermaphroditism with large female and
small male germs, then maleness and femaleness, as characterizing dis-
tinct individuals of the same species. Finally, protective processes were
developed, accompanied by ovulation, followed by parental care, such as
incubation, nidification, gestation with or without placentation, and at
last, in the highest forms, lactation was developed.

Ryder.] Ht> [May 16,

These processes seem to have grown up as if superimposed upon each
other, just as it can be shown that the progress of embryological onto-
genetic development has followed as a consequence of the superimposition
of one morphological complication upon the immediately preceding one,
and often as a consequence of direct adaptation. Similarly, the inclusion
of the germ tracts, as morphological advances shut off the gut-pouches
from the archenteron, became more decided. The complexity of the out-
lets for the reproductive products, at first by way of the nephridia, as these
were fused into a serially connected system, became more marked, the
sexual products were now discharged through the passages serving also
for the emission of the urinary secretion. Finally, this passage became
divided lengthwise, so as to serve for the separate discharge of the urinary
and sexual products, until at last the lower end of the reproductive
channel became modified into a brood chamber or uterus for the viviparous
development of the young, accompanied with sexual intercourse, now
rendered possible by the further modification of the extreme outer por-
tions of the reproductive passages and the parts immediately adjacent to
them.

Pari passu with the higher development of the reproductive processes the
fertility of the female became absolutely reduced, partly in consequence
of the precocious overgrowth of the female germs through a primary sup-
pression of the tendency to spontaneous segmentation of such germs, as
will be more fully illustrated later. This reduction in the fertility of the
female gonads is also doubtless correlated with the increased chances of
the survival of the offspring produced by the more protective methods of
reproduction, while the material diverted from ovogenesis, to carry on the
formation of secondary egg-envelopes, incubation, nidification, gestation,
placentation, lactation and other parental care, also reacts directly upon
fertility, while the great lengthening of the period of fcetal and infantile
development, tends to still further reduce the possibilities of rapid repro-
duction. The recurrence of the seasons tends to make the reproductive
periods annual in all forms except the lowest asexual, and the highest
form, man, who lives under approximately uniform artificial conditions of
his own creating. There is, therefore, a widespread tendency toward a
reduction of the fertility of most forms below what it would be if there
existed uniformly favorable conditions throughout the year, due solely to
the recurrence of unfavorable annual periods.

The fertility of the male, or rather his functional activity, may be
affected in a corresponding manner by the seasons, but the absolute fer-
tility of the male as compared to the number of germs produced is
invariably greater than that of the female, usually by many thousand-
fold. This greater male fertility depends upon the minute size and rapid
production of male elements through the breaking down of protova —
spermatogonia — and the rapid integration of chromatin or nucleoplasm as
will be shown later. Such a rapid and abundant production of male
elements may be one of the causes leading to the persistent pursuit of the

1S90.] J--*-' [Ryder.

female by the male, and one of the causes of the genesis of sexual pas-
sion as interpreted farther on. Sexual passion, which accompanies the
highest forms of reproduction, fiually becomes functional in this intricate
series of superimposed processes as a means tending to maintain the fertil-
ity of all the females of a species at its highest point of efficiency, and thus
reacts as an aid in the survival of species. The superabundant fertility of
the male renders the possibility of the conjugation of the male and female
elements more certain, under the favor of the various devices which have
been evolved to effect that process, and thus again be the means of assur-
ing reproduction and the survival of the species.

The necessary correlation of the male and female is probably secondary.
In my view, that the flagellate forms are the oldest, since they are cer-
tainly the simplest and minutest, the male element represents, morpho-
logically, a perpetuation of the most primitive form of organized existence.
Through cumulative integration the germ elements, which would other-
wise have tended to break down into flagellate germs, have, on the
contrary, been impelled to grow to large dimensions as ova, through the
rapid access of nutriment to them, which probably prevented their cyto-
plasm from having time to elaborate nucleoplasm and chromatin, and thus
become male in character. The male element is certainly the most
ancient, the female is a secondary and later product of evolution. The
correlation of the male and female was, therefore, secondary ; the male
elements represent, morphologically, the primordial asexual type. The
primitive representative of the male element was at one time " maternal,"'
through simple fission and a capacity for growth ; it became " paternal "
through conjugation. Sexuality was the outcome of the unequal growth
of germ-cells of the same species, induced by the self-regulative influences
exerted by internal physiological conditions operating under the influence
of varying external conditions. The determination of the sex of an
embyro has depended in some way upon a tendency, early established
through some internal equilibration of the forces of growth, in response
to outer conditions of nutrition, etc. There is no conclusive evidence
tending to show tliat the sex of an embryo is predetermined in the egg ;
on the contrary, much evidence exists tending to show that the sex of an
embryo may be influenced by an increase or diminution of the supply of
food.

It is a curious circumstance to note that many writers on sex seem to
have failed to see that the sexual cells of multicellular forms were func
tionless, in that they exercise no physiological function which is essential
to the life of the parent organism. In that such functionless cells could
not disintegrate their substance through the active metabolism which
obtained in respect to all the other cells of the body, in consequence of the
action of the principle of cumulative integration or assimilation beyond the
current physiological needs of the body, they must either increase enor-
mously in size and become ova, or run down as a result of rapid karyokinesis
into minute male elements which are rapidly dehisced and set free. It js

Ryder.] *■*■& [May 16,

this exemption of the germ-cells from the disintegrating effects of active
or functional metaholism which has given the first impulse to the accumu-
lation of yolk and the overgrowth of the spermatogonia, ending in the
production of the ovum and the essentially female condition. The apical
position in many plants of the female germ is significant in this connec-
tion, no less than the fact observed by Mr. Meehan, that in conifers the
female flowers are produced at the apex of the tree and by the most vig-
orous shoots.

The Okigin of Karyokinesis, the Significance of the Polar

Bodies, "Variability, Sexual Passion and Sex in Relation

to the Genesis of Species.

It is a remarkable fact that in the lowest forms of life no evidence of
karyokinetic changes has ever been noticed. Spores are produced within
the body of the parent individual by the direct fragmentation of the
slightly more chromatophilous or deeply staining portion of the parent
plasma that fills nearly the whole of the latter, so that it is still not possi-
ble to speak of a nucleus in contradistinction to a cell-body of cytoplasm
in these organisms. These facts tend to show that in such very low forms
there is still a want of mobility of the plasma itself as well as a lack ot
differentiation into nuclear and cytoplasmic matter.* Is or is not the
want of a differentiation of cytoplasm associated with the absence of
karyokinetic phenomena ? There is much reason to assume that it is from
the consideration of a great variety of facts, mainly those observed in
the earlier stages of development of higher sexually produced forms.

The main argument in favor of such a view is the circumstance which
has fallen under the eyes of every investigator, that the karyokinetic phe-
nomena are most pronounced in the earlier stages and on a larger scale
than in the later stages when the cells become smaller. This is either
associated with a larger proportional amount of cytoplasm or it is inde-
pendent of it. So far as observation has' extended, the facts of early seg-
mentation tend to favor the first alternative of the foregoing proposition.
Another body of facts is equally favorable to such an interpretation,
namely, that of spermatogenesis. It is true that many forms of spermato-
genesis are known where karyokinesis is maintained up to the time that
the spermatic elements are beginning to form, but there are many other
cases known where this is not the case and where during the later stages
of spermatogenesis leading to the fragmentation of the spermatogonia
there is no evidence of accompanying karyokinesis. These facts tend to
show that, with the gradual diminution of the amount of investing cyto-

*DeBary, in his Lectures on Bacteria, affirms that a nucleus is wanting in the
Schizomycetes, and the only case where these forms have been known to exhibit amir-
boid movements, so as to throw out processes, is that described by Prof. Samuel G. Dick-
son, of this city; at least I have been unable to find any other instances of the kind
described. There appears to be little cytoplasm in these forms, so that these organisms
correspond mainly to the nuclei of the cells of higher types.

1S90.] -1-1 J [Ryder.

plasm, the process of karyokinesis or movement of the fragments of
chromatin is finally restricted to such an extent, from the want of a cyto-
plasmic field, that nuclear movement is at last rendered impossible.

Much as the lengthening of the spermatozoon resembles a diastolic
phase of karyokinesis, there is no evidence that the elongation of the
male element preparatory to being set free, can be identified in any case
with such a final karyokinetic diastolic phase. If this were so it might be
supposed that the momentum of karyokinesis, in this case, had reached a
potential state or condition of tension ready to exhibit itself as segmenta-
tion, as soon as there was a large enough cytoplasmic field, as in the cyto-
plasm of the egg, in which the opposite condition of systole could occur,
and thus bring back the nucleus to a condition of equilibrium.

While the foregoing conclusion cannot be assumed, it may be assumed
that the male cells, in undergoing their rapid multiplication, do acquire a
certain karyokinetic momentum predisposing them to setup segmentation
in other functionless plasmic bodies — ova — which they may enter. Yet,
as we have seen, karyokinesis is not always an accompaniment of sper-
matogenesis, a condition which may arise, as supposed above, from the
gradual diminution of the cytoplasmic field.

The method of evolution of spermatozoa is not uniform in all cases. In
Ostrea edulis there are rarely individuals in which spermatogenesis ap-
proximates that of 0. virginica. Then, rarely, intermediate forms occur
between this and the normal form, where large masses of chromatin are
formed by direct elaboration from the nuclei of elements which cannot be
regarded as other than ova. In the latter case the metabolism which
leads to the development of spermatozoa is clearly carried a step further
than in ovogenesis, because the huge masses of chromatin imbedded in
the ova from which the nuclei of the spermatozoa are formed are very
certainly developed after the stage is reached which answers to that of the
mature ovum. The male condition is reached therefore in this last case after
the female, and is an outgrowth of the latter consequent upon the develop-
ment of large masses of chromatin in the egg and its direct fragmentation
into the nuclei of spermatozoa. In those cases where the spermatozoa are
developed more directly from smaller cells which never reach the dimen-
sions of ova, we have a totally different case, and one which indicates a
protandrous tendency. The other case where the male condition depends
upon the previous development of a fully differentiated female state of
the germ-cells obviously corresponds to a protogynous condition.

The formation of chromatin in the last case does not proceed as a result
of metabolism and growth following a rapid series of karyokineses alter-
nating with periods of rest, but follows the formation of a female nucleus
in wdiich a rapid endogenous formation of chromatin first occurs, followed,
as it increases in bulk, by the extrusion of the chromatin from the parent
nucleus into the surrounding cytoplasm, where it breaks up into small
masses which are later separated in large groups as the nuclear basis of
large coherent clumps of spermatozoa.

Ryder.] 1A) [May 16,

Clearly, then, the amount of chromatin in relation to the amount of
cytoplasm varies all the way from an almost inappreciable quantity in the
nucleus of the true egg to a very great quantity in proportion to the cyto-
plasm in the egg "which produces a large quantity of chromatin from its
nucleus to provide the material for the nuclei of the multitudes of sper-
matozoa to which such an egg gives rise.

Maleness, therefore, in the case of Ostrea edulis is certainly, and proba-
bly in all other forms, a coudition where the chromatin preponderates
over the amount of cytoplasm, while, conversely, femaleness is charac-
terized by the preponderance of cytoplasm over chromatin or nuclear
matter ; that is to say in the sexual elements only.

Such a preponderance is not simply relative, it is absolute as respects
the one or the other of the primary germ-constituents. It is also a fact
that the amount of chromatin or nucleoplasm in an egg-nucleus, when
nearly mature, is in excess, as expressed in volumes, by at least four times
that of the chromatin contained in the mature male element of the same
species. Does this last fact signify anything in reference to the expulsion
of the polar bodies? It probably does if the interpretation of the polar
bodies presently to be offered is true. And that that interpretation proba-
bly is true or more nearly true than any other yet offered, will become
clearer as we proceed, since it imports nothing into the discussion of the
data which is not in conformity with the facts of continuous growth or
which must be brought in in order to save previously suggested hypoth-
esis. It postulates only continuous growth under the condition of an ex-
cess of nutrition beyond that required in the secular exhibition of the
physiological activities of living forms. It supposes that this excess is
somehow influenced in one of two ways, that is, it is either preponderat-
ingly converted into chromatin or preponderatingly into cytoplasm.

If mainly into cytoplasm, the process may go on until the cytoplasm
itself may tend to run down chemically into the more stable conditions of
oils, or yolk granules and tablets consisting of simpler molecular units.
This last process may go on until an enormous yolk is developed which
is composed of inert or immobile nutritive matters, while the active cyto-
plasm itself may become small in amount and reduced to a relatively small
volume. * Such a process never occurs in the male. Here karyoki-
netic processes keep the upper hand (not necessarily katabolic ones, or
those leading to destructive metabolism), and the result is that the male
element tends to be reduced in dimensions with no katabolically simpli-
fied contents, such as are met with in many eggs, but, on the contrary, con-
sisting mainly of plasma in a highly anabolic condition as chromatin.

How these differences on the sexual elements are produced is not known,
but it is certain that they must be produced by the action of the physio-

*This is so clearly in its general features a katabolic process, that it is impossible to
see how Geddes and Thomson can reconcile this with their hypothesis that the egg is
anabolic, while the male element is essentially katabolic vsee their work, "The Evolu-
tion of Sex," New York, lS'JO.)

1890.] 1-1 [Ryder.

logical activities of the parent organism modified or swayed toward male-
ness or femaleness, through some series of correlated influences which are
self-regulated in some way through nutrition, in the struggle of the parts
of the parent organism with each other for their allotment of nutriment.

So far, the evidence tends to indicate that the egg is a repressed condi-
tion of maleness. That is, the high anaholic condition of the male ele-
ment is the consequence of unimpeded growth resulting in rapid segmen-
tation, while the female element is in some respects katabolic with an
unimpeded growth of its cytoplasmic constituents accompanied by a
repression of the capacity for segmentation.

The peculiar conditions of growth of the egg, and its usual trait of
great size, constitute probably the real essence of the meaning of sex. as
a means of favoring, in an increased ratio, the survival of offspring.

The preponderance in the actual volume of the chromatin of the egg,
over that of the spermatozoon, expresses a physiological differentiation
not reached by the latter so much more quickly matured. This might be
due to the fact that the cytoplasm in the male element is smaller in amount
than that of the egg, and may be coordinated or physiologically con-
trolled by less chromatin. On such a basis the hypothesis of Minot and
Balfour might be rehabilitated in part, but not on the erroneous basis of
sexuality as they supposed, but upon the far more significant one of physio-
logical differentiation or division of labor.

Maleness is characterized, in the male element, by the absence of a
cytoplasmic field in which nuclear motion or karyokinesis can occur.
With this in the male element goes an inability, after sexuality is fully
established, to maintain further nutrition and growth without the help of
the female element.

Femaleness, on the other hand, is characterized by the presence of an
enormous cytoplasmic field in the midst of which there is placed a large
nuclear body containing proportionally to its envelope of cytoplasm a very
small amount of chromatin. Such a germ is incapable, except under the
antecedent stimulus of exceedingly vigorous processes of growth, as in
the case of parthenogenesis, of spontaneously beginning and maintaining
an orderly process of karyokinetic movement leading to further metabol-
ism growth and development, unless " fertilized " or fused with the male
element.

The tendency in the male cell is towards a preponderance of chromatin,
in the female cell towards a preponderance of cytoplasm. The elabora-
tion of the chromatin in the male clearly takes place in some cases at the
expense of cytoplasm ; the elaboration of cytoplasm in the female is pos-
sibly at the expense of chromatin, and certainly at the expense of the pro-
longed exercise of the function of the latter as an essential part of the egg
nucleus.

These processes in the two sexes admit of further contrasts. The cyto-
plasm is mobile and amoeboid and the immediate instrument of intussus-
ception of new material. The chromatin, on the other hand, while

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 132. P. PRINTED MAY 24, 1890.

Ryder.] \2i2i [May 16,

appearing to centrally control this process, is never immediately, but only
mediately involved in its execution. No cases are recorded where the
chromatin shares directly or immediately in the process of digestion or in-
tussusception of new matter, except possibly the Bacteria or Schizomy-
cetes.

The female cell previous to final maturity has been involved in the ac-
cumulation of the cytoplasm ; in this process its chromatin has been indi-
rectly involved and has increased in volume proportionally. This same
fact is illustrated in the increased dimensions and complexity of the nu-
cleus as growth in cytoplasmic dimensions increases in even such simple
forms as Amoeba, as may be clearly seen in Leidy's monograph upon the
Rhizopods of North America, where the changes in the relative proportions
and arrangement of these substances are fully illustrated in the progress
from the young to the adolescent stages.

There is therefore ground for the belief that there is a certain minimal
proportion of chromatin necessary for every cell which is necessary to
maintain its physiological integrity. In the egg cell the chromatin must
share in the constructive metabolism involved in the prolonged growth
necessary to mature the ovum. It is not improbable that this function of
sharing in constructive metabolism and not in that of karyokinesis has
rendered the egg incapable of spontaneous segmentation, unless it be the
product of a tremendous energy of growtli and conditions of assimilation,
as in the case of parthenogenetic ova.

Not only the chromatin, but also the whole of the rest of the nucleo-
plasm of the egg, is probably, like that of any other physiological differ-
entiated cell of the parent body thus rendered in most cases incapable of
undergoing immediately the spontaneous changes necessary to cause the
beginning of development.

The equilibration of forces leading to the growth of male and female
elements, respectively, in the parent organism is in some way self-ad-
justed or self- regulated. It is probably true that in many cases there is
good reason to assume that the eggs are more favorably situated in refer-
ence to supplies of nutriment than the spermatogonia, or conditions sub-
sist which tend to repress spermatogonial segmentation.

Such a view may be fortified with a great host of facts drawn from the
relations of the male and female reproductive organs, in many forms, to
the sources of nutriment. In many cases the ovaries are clearly in a more
direct and favorable relation to the sources of supply of nutriment than
the testes, as in many Bryozoa, for example. Or the source of supply of
nutriment for the reproductive organs is more remote for the testes than
it is for the ovaries, as is actually the case in many forms, notably a large
proportion of mammals where a descensus testiculorum supervenes. Or,
in other cases, the surplus nutritive matters are competed for within the
organism by structures which are usually described as belonging to the
category of the secondary sexual characters. Or, in another very large
class of data, we have evidence tending to show that the ovum is placed

1890.] 1^ {Ryder.

under conditions of growth, or is encapsuled within a porous basement
membrane — the zona radiata — so as to favor from every point on its sur-
face its cumulative growth in bulk, rather than its cleavage or segmenta-
. tion within the parent, which would end in its breaking up into male ele-
ments. The male elements, on the other hand, are not encapsuled, at
least in a very large proportion of cases, and are free to grow in another
way without an intracapsular repression of karyokinetic processes. It
would be an easy matter to cite multitudes of facts in support of the argu-
ment here offered, though I am aware that strong counter-arguments
might be produced, yet I do not believe that they are anything like as
weighty as the affirmative evidence.

Again, all the facts tend to prove that the recurrence of male forms in
parthenogenetic types is associated with a decrease of the supply of nutri-
ment and a slight lowering of temperature.

How do these facts comport with the data in our possession respecting
the manner of development of the characteristic male plasma or chro-
matin '? We find that after a certain limit of size has been attained by the
egg or spermatogonium in Ostrea edulis that the evolution of chromatin
begins and with this process the production and freeing of spermatozoa.
It looks as if the chromatin or characteristically male plasma required a
longer time for its elaboration than the cytoplasm, which is in consonance
with fact. In other words chromatin can be formed only from previously
elaborated cytoplasm, and the latter when its sources of nutriment are
cut off or diminished tends, in virtue of its freedom from any functional
dutjr in the parent body to be built up into a still more complex molecu-
lar form, as chromatin. Or the struggle of cells in the gonads for nutri-
ment may tend towards the male condition- provided all take part, and
spermatozoa result ; if only a few take part in the struggle, under encap-
suled or other conditions unfavorable to the elaboration of chromatin and
knryokinesis, the female or large celled type of germ is formed.

That something of this nature must occur is evident if we contemplate
the problem from the purely morphological side, but with the physiologi-
cal aspect of the matter still in view. The chromatin is primitively the
most central element of the plasmic contents of the cell. It is the most
homogeneous of all cell contents ; it is least like an emulsion of any of
the cellular constituents. In that it is the most distantly removed from the
periphery of all the cell-contents and the latest to appear when developed
in great quantity from the nuclei of egg-like spermatogonia, it is the
highest and latest product of cellular metabolism. It is therefore clear
that the element of time is to be considered, and that chromatin or the
most characteristic plasmic basis of the male element is the end-product
of the untrammeled exhibition of the energies of functionless or sexual
protoplasm. It is upon this ground that it is safe to assume that the male
element is the primary one and that the female element is secondary and
has arisen through a repression of the processes which lead to the meta-
morphosis of cytoplasm into chromatin. The male state is therefore the

Ryder.] \2A. ^May 16>

oldest ; the female the youngest. The male state also as represented in
the spermatic body tends to revert to the most ancient form of all free
mobile organisms, namely, the flagellate Schizomycetes. The tendency
towards maleness is therefore also to be identified with a universal ten-
dency of all organisms to recapitulate the most ancient and primitive of
living conditions when organisms existed only in watery or fluid media.
The further generalizations that all organisms tend to recapitulate the
primaeval monadiform condition is also fully justified, and that the really
primordial type of the germs of all living forms is a flagellate cell and
not an ovum. This will become clearer, as it will be later shown that the
ovum is secondary and is really a germ which has been arrested in its
attempt to reach the flagellate condition, and that the polar bodies are
merely the expression of an expiring tendency in the egg to revert to the
male or primaeval flagellate condition.

The genesis of sexuality itself is merely incidental to the continuous
processes of growth manifested by all living forms. It is an outgrowth ot
self-regulated processes of nutrition and of the repulsion of accumulations
of surplus nutriment to parts of the organization of multicellular forms
where it is not in the way of the other physiological activities. This is
the real significance and origin of the process of the isolation of germinal
matter. It is not a "device" or an " expedient " specially contrived for
the preservation of the immortality of "germ-plasma," which was not
first "set aside " in Metazoa, as held by Weismann, but which began to
be pushed aside and out of the way in Protozoa, as many facts show even
as low down in the scale as Amoeba, thus placing Lendl's criticisms of
Weismann upon the basis of fact.*

We have seen that the female and male germs can- be actually con-
trasted only on the ground that they are constituted of two kinds of plas-
ma in different proportions. We have also seen that the chromatin pre-
sumably preponderates in the lowest living forms, which are also univer-
sally asexual but capable of the most prodigious rates of multiplication
owing to rapid growth of their substance (mainly chromatiu-like) under
favorable conditions. These lowest forms are also flagellate, probably
universally so under certain conditions. In the next stage of evolution
the tendency is for certain cells to grow to a large size and then break
down into flagellate spores which are alike and constitute the germs of
the species. The next stage is where certain of these enlarged cells break
down into flagellate spores of unequal size, the larger become female and
the smaller male and incipient sexuality is developed. The process may
even begin with the conjugation of similar binucleated individual cells, as
in ciliate Protozoa, but there again the production of the spermatic plasma

* In this connection see Brass, "Die Zelle das Element der Organischen Welt," pp.
63-65. Leipzig, 1889. Also Lendl, " Hypothese iiber die Entstehung von Soma- und Propa-
gations-Zellen." Berlin, 1889. Also Lillie E. Holman, "Observation on Multiplication
in Amoebae." Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad., pp. 34&-34S, 1886. Leidy's "Rhizopods N.
America," where the chromatin balls of the nuclei are figured as being expelled from
the nucleus and the animal presumably as germs.

1890.] xJib . [Ryder.

or chromatin proceeds in a way which may be compared to an endogenous
or intraplasmic fragmentation of the chromatin substance, part of which
is probably not functional as the nucleus, so that even here the germinal
matter is " set aside " contrary to the assumption of Weismann, who only
finds such a process taking place in Metazoa. These binucleated forms
have one macronucleus functional and another sexual micronucleus
which is not functional in the ordinary life processes of the species. It is
this latter which multiplies and grows at the expense of the cytoplasm of
the parent cell, so as to form not only the material for the new micronu-
cleus but also that of the new macronucleus, the old macronucleus when
exhausted being disintegrated and absorbed by the cytoplasm. In this case
the process of conjugation signified a reconstitution of the exhausted
macronucleus, a process which always occurs in some forms only when
the cytoplasm of the parent is free from unelaborated and non-assimilated
constituents. An excess of chromatin and nucleoplasm is produced, part
of which becomes the functional nucleus and part is thrust aside as a qui-
escent functionless body, the micronucleus. When conjugation occurs it
acts as a stimulus, causing the rapid growth and division of the micronu-
cleus at the expense of the cytoplasm of both individuals which are not
feeding during this process. The reconstitution of the nucleus is there-
fore to be interpreted in terms of continuous growth and as a physiologi-
cal process which is directly adaptive under the conditions of morphologi-
cal differentiation attained by these organisms. The reciprocal fusion of
one of the nuclear bodies produced by a subdivision of the micronucleus
is to be understood in the way which will be indicated later.

The death and loss of the power of coordination of movement shown
by the cytoplasm of lower unicellular forms, when the nucleus with its
chromatin is removed, simply demonstrates the transcendent physiologi-
cal importance of the nucleus as a directive centre. This view is also
sustained by the fact that ultimate nerve terminations in the Metazoa are
lost in some cases within the nucleus. The effects produced by the arti-
ficial removal of the nucleus in impairing the power of growth and repro-
duction are due to the destruction of the physiological equilibrium between
the chromatin and cytoplasm as well as the morphological integrity of
the individual. It does not necessarily mean that the nucleus is the repro-
ductive agent, but rather tbat this highest end-product of protoplasmic
metabolism is the central object for which the investing cytoplasm labors.
Neither can, probably, become the centre of reproductive energy or the
energy of growth in absolute independence of the other, notwithstanding
the fact that there is an apparent absence of the nucleus in Monera, while
the cytoplasm is reduced to a minimum in Schizomycetes.

The conjugation of ciliated Infusoria therefore becomes plainly a pro-
cess wherein the nucleus has the usual reproductive function through
division of labor coupled with an adaptive arrangement by which a physi-
ological substitution of an old for a new nucleus is effected, while the act
of conjugation is merely the stimulus through which the active functions

Ryder.] lZo [May 16,

are diverted into another channel ending in the metabolism of both indi-
viduals manifesting itself in the production of a larger amount of fresh
chromatin, capable of taking upon itself the work of the former nucleus,
a part being pushed or "set aside " as a functionless surplus ready to be
stimulated to growth through conjugation. Maupas' theory of senescence
may therefore be regarded as in the highest degree probable, in that in
those cases where conjugation has long been in abeyance the stimulus of
growth leading to the production of an abundance of chromatin has been
absent. From this point of view the Infusoria present a most specialized
type of reproductive activity in which the cytoplasm and chromatin have
never been freed or separated from each other as marking independent
sexual states in which these two cellular constituents have preponderated,
as the female and male respectively. In other words, the Infusoria are
practically oosperms which are reciprocally stimulated to reproductive
activity through the act of conjugation.

The ovum of the Metazoa is in the same case with the Infusoria, but
behaves differently because it is purely an ovum. Here the polar bodies
are to be regarded as exhausted chromatin or nucleoplasm with a decidedly
male tendency in that the cytoplasm investing them is usually small in
amount. The polar bodies are to be regarded as representing not only the
disintegrated macronucleus but also the disintegrated fragments of the
first or preparatory stages of division of the micronucleus. While the
products of the fusion of the pronuclei of Infusoria again contrast with
the fusion products of the pronuclei of Metazoa, in that they are at once
divided into a functional or physiological and a functionless or reproduc-
tive nucleus. In the Metazoa the separation of reproductive functions
from the other physiological ones is effected through cell-division and
does not coexist in two nuclei lying side by side in the cytoplasm of the
same cell.

Nevertheless, there is reason to believe that the chromatin of the egg
is partly exhausted, as it is in the Infusoria, and must be got rid of in part
in order to regenerate the remaining chromatin through a process of
growth accompanied by active karyokineses. This exhaustion supervenes
upon the prolonged exercise of its physiological function in building up a
large amount of investing cytoplasm under conditions which have inter-
fered with the normal segmentation of the whole into cells no larger than
those of the rest of the body. The characteristic overgrowth of the ovum
beyond the size of its companions in the body of a Metazoan, is the real
ground of the specialization of the egg through which it may be supposed
that part of its nuclear matter has been exhausted through prolonged ex-
ercise of the physiological functions of the nucleus. It will be seen that
this view is similar to that of Weismaun, but it is more specific. Accord-
ingly the degree of specialization of an ovum must influence the extent
to which its nucleus is exhausted. Parthenogenetic ova are for obvious
reasons to be regarded as less specialized than those which are not par-
thenogenetic. This hypothesis therefore fits in well with the fact of the

1890.] I-1* [Ryder.

decrease of the number of polar bodies in Uie eggs of many partheno-
geuetic forms, in which the period of growth of the eggs is often short-
ened, and where the physiological function of the chromatin in the con-
structive metabolism of the egg is exerted over a less prolonged period.
The result is that the exhausted chromatin or nucleoplasm which is to be
expelled from some partheuogenetic ova is just half that of the other
type requiring fertilization. Such a separation and regeneration leave
enough chromatin or nucleoplasm behind to initiate development by
beginning a spontaneous and continuous fission of the egg without the
access of the male element. This I believe, however, to be only a partial
explanation of the causes leading to the expulsion of the polar bodies,
since the genesis of the ovum itself remains unexplained. The specializa-
tion of the ovum and its hypertrophy as a cell is connected in another
way with the operation of the processes of continuous growth, and with
the evolution of the primaeval form of germs which were unquestionably
flagellate. That the ovum is the most specialized cell of the two kinds of
sexual cellular types found in Metazoa there can be no doubt.

If it is true that the only thing that stands in the way of the develop-
ment of any cell of the body into a germ is its physiological and morpho-
logical specialization, then the egg with its mass of cytoplasm in excess of
that of any cell in the body is certainly 8 morphologically and physiologic-
ally specialized cell-unit. The expulsion of the polar bodies brings it back to
an unspecialized condition, in which its nucleus (the female pronucleus)
no longer bears any imprint of its former physiological specialization
which it had acquired during the elaboration of its bulky mass of cyto-
plasm.

The history of the spermatic body, or cell, is exactly the reverse of the
preceding. If protandrously developed, karyokinetic or fissive processes
go on more rapidly from the start than processes of growth through con-
structive metabolism and spermatozoa result. If the spermatic body is
produced through a protogynous process and from large cells simulating
ova, the fissive tendency again finally obtains the upper hand, but only
after a certain maximum size of the female cells is reached, when they
may be recognized as ova. The tendency towards maleness is thus con-
stantly against any persistence of a condition favoring constructive meta-
bolism in the direction of the elaboration of cytoplasm. In fact, so rap-
idly does the fissive process go on, that the nuclei of the spermatic or male
cells have no opportunity to acquire any physiological function, such as
that enjoyed by the nucleus of the egg. The tendency in the male cells
is rather to intensify the tendencies of metabolism towards the elaboration
of chromatin only, carrying the latter process so far that little or no field
of cytoplasm finally remains in which fission or nuclear movement can
occur ; nay, many instances are known where even the remaining remnant
of the cytoplasm is cast off from the spermatozoon previous to maturity,
this being in exact contrast again with the extrusion of a part of the egg's
chromatin as polar bodies. The rapidity of the successive processes of

Ryder.] l-O [May 16.

fission in the course of the development of the male cell is such as to give
its quiescent nucleus, in its restricted cytoplasmic field, a karyokinetic
momentum, so to speak, which will be expressed as segmentation as soon
as it is fused with the female pronucleus in a large cytoplasmic field, in
the egg, where karyokinesis or nuclear motion again becomes possible.

In the same way the tendency towards developing a karyokinetic mo-
mentum must occur in the egg, owing to the limited number of rapidly
successive karyokineses in the expulsion of the physiologically differenti-
ated chromatin in the form of the polar bodies, which may themselves
manifest subsequent spontaneous segmentation, or even make abortive
unions with spermatozoa, which are abortive only, probably, because of
the small size of the cytoplasmic field. If the results of Hertwig and
Boveri in fertilizing non-nucleated fragments of the cytoplasm of the eggs
of Echinoderms are correctly reported, it is certain that the spermatozoon
is in a condition of karyokinetic tension, which lacks only a cytoplasmic
field in which to find expression as segmentation.

The views here developed also harmonize with what is known of the
behavior of the nuclei of conjugating Infusoria. It is only the micro-
nuclei or paranuclei which enter into the reciprocal conjugation. The
macronuclei or functional centres of control of the physiological energies
of these animals never enter into the process, but are disintegrated and
lost in the cytoplasm, while some of the new micronuclei now formed be-
come, after conjugation and reciprocal fertilization, the new functional or
physiological nucleus, and one or two remain, for the time being, at least,
as passive, and probably functionless, micronuclei.*

It may be supposed by some that the foregoing account is merely a
recapitulation of Weismann's hypothesis respecting the significance of the
polar bodies. Not so ; Weismann's very elaborate and artificial methods
have no charm for me. He is continually trammeled by his own cumber-
some hypothesis of a germ-plasma. But he is probably right as far as
assuming that the first polar body represents chromatin of a " histoge-
netic" character, but I should say in a totally different sense from that
which he implies. I should also agree with him that it is expelled in
order that the egg may revert to its unspecialized condition, but again in
a widely different sense from that which he holds.

Unfortunately for Weismann, he renders his hypothesis utterly improb-
able from the necessity of working out a second hypothesis to account for
the expulsion of the second polar body, in order to save his first unfounded
assumption respecting the immortality of the germ-plasma. That doc-
trine, driven to its logical conclusion, leads ultimately to the molecular
disintegration of the vast series of ancestral plasmas, finally present in
the egg in the course of a vast series of generations. Accordingly the
only way to save his hypothesis was, as soon as certain parthenogenetic

*In this I follow the recent researches of Maupas : " La Rajeunissement Karyogam-
ique chez les Cilies." Arch. Zool. Exper. et Generale. 2e Ser., Tome vii, Nos. 1 and 2,
1839. Pp. 149-320 el seq.

1890.| i-2iJ [Ryder.

eggs were discovered by him, to expel only one polar body ; to make use
of tins new fact in such a way as to make the expulsion of the second polar
body in perfectly sexual forms, remove a certain proportion of the ances-
tral germ-plasma, else, in time, the subdivisions of the ancestral plasmas
would ultimately be so great in number as to destroy, by repeated division,
the molecular integrity of the molecules representing such ancestral
plasmas. Unfortunately for such an hypothesis, Nature does not work
through foresight and does not anticipate such difficulties, and he is
unable to produce the slightest evidence that she does. Organisms do
not possess the power to foresee the remote consequences of their pro-
cesses ; they respond directly to conditions, or not at all.

The logic of this argument of Weismann is exactly similar to that used
by Balfour in reference to the polar bodies in his "Comparative Embry-
ology " (i, p. 63), when- he says "that the function of forming the polar
cells has been acquired by the ovum for the express purpose of preventing
parthenogenesis." This implies that the egg possesses foresight of harm
coming to it through falling into a parthenogenetic habit ! And when
"Weismann proceeds to elaborate his necessary hypothesis of a reduction
of ancestral germ-plasmas, and says "this must be so," he seems to for-
get altogether about the probably self-regulating physiological factors
controlling the dimensions of cells and their proportions of chromatin and
cytoplasm.

The same difficulty was perceived in a somewhat different form and
very pointedly alluded to as fatal to the hypothesis of pangenesis, as early
as 1878, by Prof. J. Clerk-Maxwell, in his article, "Atom," in the third
volume of the "Encyclopaedia Britannica, " p. 42.

Lately, hoAvever, Platner's discovery that in Liparis clispar partheno-
genesis occurs with the extrusion of two polar globules, is sufficient to
render Weismann's hypothesis as to the significance of the second polar
body thoroughly untenable.

There is clearly nothing left but to suppose that the polar bodies are an
expedient through which the egg returns to a condition of equilibrium
different from what it possessed prior to their expulsion. We have no
warrant whatever for assuming that this return is other than automatic
or comes from other than self-regulated impulses arising within the ovum.
Such impulses are very probably merely a manifestation of the attempt to
recur to and maintain a continuous process of growth, in the course of
which the production of polar bodies is only an incident.

The physiological impulse from within which effects this equilibration
works, if my hypothesis has any value, as if certain parts of the egg
were to be excreted. In fact, if the hypothesis that the huge mass of
cytoplasm represented by an egg is a highly differentiated cell-product,
resulting from a very prolonged activity extending sometimes over many
months, or even years, of the nucleus and its chromatin, while the sper-
matic body is produced in a much shorter period, it must necessarily fol-
low that the controlling central nuclear body of the egg would undergo a

PROC. AMER. FHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 132. Q. PRINTED MAY 27, 1890.

Ryder.] 1"" [May 16,

corresponding greater specialization and differentiation than that of the
spermatozoon .

This view then satisfactorily accounts for the expulsion of the polar
bodies and also gives some indication of the significance of the reduction
of the cytoplasm of the spermatozoon or its complete loss, if we regard
the egg and spermatozoon as antipodal expressions of a physiological pro-
cess of evolution, which has resulted in forming bodies which are comple-
mentary to each other in every physiological trait which they present.

Since spermatozoa, also, are very often produced from what are mani-
festly ova, by the breaking down of the latter and the augmentation of
their chromatin, it is clear that the spermatic body is a product derived
from the egg by carrying its cleavage farther either by means of the
direct or indirect method, but while still attached to the parent or nour-
ished by it. From this consideration it follows that the egg and spermatic
body are not homologues before the final maturation of the former. It
is, therefore, useless to expect to find any structures thrown off by
spermatozoa which are complementary, in the sense implied by Minot
and others, to the polar bodies of the egg.

As I have been led to the views expressed above by following a totally
different path from Weismann, and as I reject his hypothesis of the phj'si-
ological isolation of the germ-plasm on the basis of fact, as shown else-
where,* as incapable alike of proof or of serving a better purpose than a
much simpler hypothesis, it seemed best to continue the argument upon
the lines begun in earlier papers.

It may, however, be well to point out here that what Weismann means
by his " histogenetic " or "ovogenetic/' nucleoplasm, I distinctly limit
to the genesis of the huge cytoplasmic field or cytoplasm and yolk of the
ovum. The egg membranes are basement membranes and it is difficult to
say what share the egg had in their formation except in lower forms, so
that they are of far less consequence in this discussion than Weismann
supposes.

Another point is that parthenogenetic ova are certainly smaller than the
fertilized ova of the same species, in some forms, though this is not
always the case. This fact, however, is in accord with the hypothesis of
the polar bodies set forth above. The mode of feeding the queen bee \
shows, also, that parthenogenetic eggs, or those capable of developing in that
way, are probably produced through the expenditure of less energy in the
parent organism than those which develop only in the sexual way in
strictly sexual forms. The connection of these facts with the explanation
offered of the expulsion of the polar bodies is so obvious that it hardly
needs to be indicated.

It has been made clear that the overgrowth of the egg has resulted in its
specialization, but the question still remains, What led to such an over-

*"A Physiological Hypothesis of Heredity and Variation." American Naturalist, pp.
85-92, xxiv, 1890.
t Cheshire, " Bees and Bee Keeping," Vol. i, pp. 82-85.

1890.] 1^1 [Ryder.

growth of the ovum? This, I believe, may be answered on the supposi-
tion already to some extent elaborated that the egg is an abortive attempt
at the production of an overgrown spermatogonium which is set free
before it has been fully matured, as a result of the precocious determina-
tion of superabundance of surplus nutriment to it.

This has been due to forces operating within the parent organism ;
how, we are still unable to clearly state. If this is so, then the speciali-
zation of the egg is accounted for and the expulsion of the polar bodies
may be approached from another point of view, namely, that of their
morphological equivalence to spermatozoa, since they represent largely
the characteristically male plasma in their chromatin. The egg is, there-
fore, specialized in so far as it is an abortive spermatogonium, and the num-
ber of polar bodies, produced as abortive spermatic elements, represent its
degree of specialization. The consequent reduction of the chromatin in
the egg nucleus may then also be compared with the processes of spermato-
genesis in which a certain minimal size of the chromatin mass of the egg
is reached, which now makes the ovum the exact homologue of the
spermatozoon, but with an enormous cytoplasmic body fitted for the exhi-
bition of active karyokinetic movements and an elaborate series of suc-
cessive and finally simultaneous karyokinesae.

In this way it may be supposed that the peculiar advantages offered for
the survival of a species through sexual processes may be realized.* But
such advantages were developed not as the result of any foresight, but as
a consequence of the action of the principle of overnutrition ending in
the production of spermatogonia which failed to segment or break down
into male elements before they were freed from the parent. In this way
it may be supposed that the ovum itself arose, but that it was a later phase
of development than that of the flagellate male germs, which type still
prevails in asexual or very primitive forms. This gives us the real
grounds for the evolution of the ovum ; accounts for its specialization, for
the reduction in volume of its chromatin to that of the male element
through the expulsion of the polar bodies, through which it also again
becomes the immobile overgrown, but exact morphological homologue of
the spermatazoon. The specialization which the ovarian egg has attained
as an overgrown spermatogonium also makes it certain that the cells ex-
pelled as polar bodies represent the energy in part which has been
expended, and which is signified by the great size of the ovarian egg.
These products of specialized development must be got rid of so that this
part of my hypothesis respecting the polar bodies is a necessary corollary
of the first part developed in the earlier portion of this paper.

The impulse towards the expulsion of the polar bodies comes from with-
in, upon the advent of an adequate stimulus, and the tendency is to run
down towards the male condition from the egg, but such a result is pre
vented from proceeding far by the small original amount of chromatin in
the egg which prevents the formation of more than two cleavages, on the

* "Origin and Meaning of Sex." Am. Xaturalist, June, 1889, pp. 501-508.

Ryder.] \d& [May 16,

average, when the chromatin is reduced to a volume equivalent to that of
the chromatin in a single spermatozoon of the same species. The tendency
towards the expulsion of polar bodies is therefore probably self-regulative
as soon as a certain minimum in the size of the chromatin masses is
attained. The impulse leading to such a result arises from the presence
of a large cytoplasmic field sensitive to external stimuli, but, in that such a
field is cut off from further possibility of growth by detachment from the
parent organism and incapable of further growth except through the
stimulus of its chromatin, and in that no more of the latter is for the time
being elaborated after detachment, it is clear that the cleavages which
give rise to the polar bodies are self-limited in number by conditions aris-
ing within the egg, and as a consequence of the specialization of the latter
as a cell, and in the sense that it differs from primitive types of cells as a
consequence of its method of protected growth within the parent.

Why, however, should the polar bodies be so small ? Why does not the
egg divide equally ? This may be answered on the ground already as-
sumed that the chromatin is yet neither male nor female, but tends univer-
sally to be reduced to male dimensions even in the egg. The cytoplasm
being the most abundant in the egg and the chromatin in the spermato-
zoon, it is clear that totally ^different physiological characters must be
offered by the two elements. This, in fact, is the essence of the meaning
of the term specialization as applied to them, and involves the conception
of wide differences in the modes in which physiological energy has worked
to produce them, respectively. If the yolk is abundant, the cytoplasm,
at one pole of the egg where nuclear cleavage occurs most readily to
form the polar bodies, is reduced to a thin layer or disk. This, in many
cases, is the condition under which polar bodies are produced so that a
great inequality in the size of the cleavage products must result. Later,
when the egg nucleus is reduced and can return to a deeper position in the
egg, it can gain control of a still larger cytoplasmic field, which is still
further enlarged by the advent of a fresh male chromatin and cytoplasmic
element. When the male and female elements finally unite there is a com-
plete readjustment of the equilibrium between the cytoplasm and chroma-
tin centres, because the introduced male is capable of taking control of a
still larger cytoplasmic field and may even at times overtop the female, as
in the case of Rhynchelmis described by Vejdowsky. The two together
now regain control of the cytoplasmic field of the egg, but cut off from
direct dependence upon the parent, so that a new cycle of changes can go
on in a new way, and instead of running down towards the male condi-
tion, normal segmentation goes on which ends in the formation of a
new being under the impulse of the tendencies towards continuous growth
under new conditions. The cases of egg and spermatozoon are clearly
merely specialized states of chromatin and cytoplasm and their separated
and united conditions are merely phases of a continuous process of growth
under widely differing conditions which are ushered in as the results, first,
of an incipient and complete exclusion from the parent (formation of polar

1890.] 133 [Ryder.

bodies and spermatogenesis), and, secondly, as the results of their union
as complementary bodies through which a new development is initiated.
Their reciprocal saturation of each other also prevents polyspermy and is
self-regulative, just as all of the processes of development will ultimately
be found to be, and as we have seen good reason for believing must be the
case in respect to the polar bodies.

Finally, on our hypothesis it may be said that the chromatin and cyto-
plasm in the egg bear a certain proportion to each other, regulated in the
ovary. The effort to adjust this relation further after the ovum is free
(usually) ends in the expulsion of the polar bodies, which represents an
effort at the production of male cells, since the egg as a protovum is
invariably the prelude to the production of spermatozoa. The ovum pre-
cedes the spermatozoon in the order of time, and the latter must be pro-
duced from the former. Protogyny is, in the widest sense, therefore
universal, since it is only ova like bodies which can break down into
spermatozoa in which chromatin preponderates. But this may be further
qualified by the statement that protogynous tendencies greatly developed
must finally themselves lead to the development of an ovum with a large
cytoplasmic field. Or, in other words, a condition is reached in which
great cytoplasmic specialization is attained, so that the expulsion of the
polar bodies may be regarded as the expiring effort of protogyny to pro-
duce spermatozoa.

If this is so, why do not all ova develop parthenogenetically ? Simply
because these spermatic elements — polar bodies — are not completely ma-
tured or developed, and while the transmitted energy of growth is insuffi-
cient. The remaining body with its reduced chromatin is now, however,
the equivalent of a spermatozoon but with an enormous cytoplasmic body,
It is complementarjr to the male element in that it is physiologically recep-
tive, and food through karyokinesis for further processes of segmentation.
But how about parthenogenetic ova ? Why do these develop and why do
some of these develop two polar bodies? Here we often, if not always,
have, as already supposed, a greater momentum of growth, with frequently
a smaller mass, protogyny is not so markedly developed, and the tendency
towards maleness and cleavage, is therefore inherently greater. If now
new relations or rather want of former modes of nutrition of the cyto-
plasm supervenes after oviposition, the momentum of growth tending to
segmentation, received from the parent even after the expulsion of the
polar bodies, is still sufficient, so that the so-called female pronucleus is
able to proceed under these new conditions to take possession of the cyto-
plasmic field and initiate normal development under new and independent
conditions, through segmentation, leading to the formation of an embryo.
If these views are correct, parthenogenesis is the vanishing point of male-
ness and femaleness, yet, in some cases, its energy is so great that it
sometimes, even then, ends in maleness as seen in the development of
drones amongst bees, thus illustrating still further the tendency in some
cases to run down to the male condition.

Kyder.] 164- [May 16j

If tliese conclusions will hold universally, there is good ground for
believing that in the gradual' evolution of protogyny the cytoplasmic field,
in which rapjdly successive segmentations were possible, was also evolved.
If this is true, then sexuality itself arose as the consequence of protogyny
starting in parthenogenesis. The primary and secondary sexual charac-
ters of multicellular forms were also probably the outgrowth of Secondary
and adaptive processes consequent upon the effects wrought as here sup-
posed through protogyny and the evolution of a large cytoplasmic field.
The origin of sex at any rate hinges upon the decision of how the dispro-
portion between the chromatin and cytoplasm arose in the sexual pro-
ducts of the two sexes respectively. Upon its last analysis this problem
must resolve itself into purely ph}'siological factors.

These views are in accord with the first part of this paper , though it may
at first seem that the theory that the egg expels polar bodies because of its
specialized nature is not well founded. What there is in favor of such a
view is, that it harmonizes with the morphological and physiological data
of ovogenesis, and the conjugation of Infusoria. In any event, it is cer-
tain that if ova represent an incompleted effort to produce spermatozoa, if
is very certain that they are specialized in so far as this effort has been
realized as supposed, in the formation of polar bodies and a large volume
of cytoplasm.

Consequently ova may be regarded as incompletely differentiated sper-
matogonia. The undoing of this specialization whereby the egg becomes
the morphological equivalent of spermatozoon so far as its chromatin is
concerned brings us back to essentially the same basis as was followed in
the first part of this paper.

Experimental evidence shows that the process of fertilization is self-
regulative and restricted to a single spermatozoon. Indeed, one might
infer from the evidence of the phenomena of fertilization that such must
be the case, and that the ingress of the spermatic element, in sexual forms,
is a consequence of the exhaustion of the power of continuous growth, as
shown in the abortive effort at spermatogenesis in the extrusion of the
polar bodies. A consequence, however, following because of the appe-
tency of the spermatozoon to set up a segmentation in the cytoplasm
which should end in a continuation of the process of spermatogenesis set
agoing by the expulsion of the polar bodies. Yet, this does not occur,
and, as we have seen, a good reason can be assigned why spermatogenesis
does not go on indefinitely after being initiated by the extrusion of the
polar bodies. Equally good reasons can be assigned why the method of
nuclear movement is changed after the entrance of the spermatozoon.
On my view this is wholly due to the sudden advent of wholly new con-
ditions, since about the time of the ingress of the spermatozoon the egg is
not only cut off from its supply of nutriment and is now an isolated being
the whole of the cytoplasmic field of which is at the mercy of the com-
bined action of the pronuclei, while the preparatory equilibrium resulting
from the extrusion of the polar bodies has been attained beforehand.

1390.] 1^5 [Ryder.

The new external conditions constitute a continuously acting series of
stimuli provoking the action and reaction of the chromatin, achromatin,
and cytoplasm upon each other, as has heen rendered probable by the
studies of Boveri and Watase. The isolation of the egg makes it inde-
pendent ; its cleavage products now cohere and the whole plan of its
fragmentation depends upon its using every particle of its cytoplasm as
reciprocally nutritive material for the maintenance of the integrity of the
whole.

Maturation is truly the proper name for the process of the extrusion of
polar bodies, and it maybe that in some cases the polar bodies may be
large enough to merit the name of protova, especially the first one, and
that a large enough cytoplasmic field may exist around its nucleus to
attract spermatozoa. Yet the polar bodies are nevertheless to be regarded
as abortive attempts at the production of spermatozoa.

It may also be that the male condition characterized by the assumption
by the elements of that sex of a monad-like flagellate form, is really an
attempt at the recapitulation of the most ancient ancestral monad iform
condition. In the female we have seen that the attainment of such a
condition is abortive, but enough is left in the disguise of the polar bodies
to represent a reminiscence of the lowest phase of organic evolution.

We have now recapitulated all the important and difficult queries that
have arisen in regard to the meaning of the polar bodies, which we also
now see probably have a phylogenetic significance.

The evolution of complicated apparatus and processes for the emission
of the sexual products, when mature, is only an accessory and a secondary
consequence of the continuous series of processes described above, and
which has also proceeded pari passu with the divergence in the morpho-
logical and physiological characters of the products of the two sexes.
The primary sexual characters and probably also the secondary ones have
been evolved in response to the all-important requirement of most
efficiently disposing of the sexual products. The habit of copulation
itself must have so arisan, and the stimulus effecting the discharge of the
sexual products finally acts through the sensorium and through the recip-
rocal contact of the nerve terminations in special dermal tracts concerned
in copulation in the two sexes.

In this way it must be supposed that eventually the sexual passion
became intensified as the provisions for effecting the union of the sexual
cells became more elaborate, and as the parent-body became more and
more differentiated and specialized to take a more and more important
share in this process. The presence of the germ cells has undoubtedly
reacted upon the soma or parent body so as to intensify the tendency
towards a greater differentiation of the primary sexual organs, and this
through the sensorium and its sensory terminals.

It is interesting to reflect that the tendency to a repression of the male
traits in the ovum has been manifested in the adult organization of the
two sexes in Metazoa. The assertion of some writers to the effect that

Ryder.] lOO [May 16,

the female is merely a retarded stage of the development of the male may-
be correlated with the singular and suggestive contrasts between the egg
and spermatozoon.

The evolution of sex and the evolution of sexual love or passion are
inextricably intertwined. The history of the one is the history of the
other. There are many reasons leading to the conclusion that the earliest
and lower forms of sexuality were never in the past and are not now
impelled to conjugate by anything akin to the gratification of passion
such as is met with amongst the higher series of animal forms. Sexual
passion is the outgrowth of a gradually developed and increased capacity
for experiencing pleasurable sensations by the parent body or soma which
is the producer or bearer of the sexual products. The high specialization
of the sexual processes in higher forms has also unfortunately led to the
possibility of their perversion. No sexual perversion is possible amongst
lower forms where the essence of sexuality is the mere concrescence or
conjugation of sexual cells. Courtship, violence towards and pursuit
of the female, sexual love, etc., are the consequences of the evolution of
a soma or parent body, which is the mere carrier of germ-cells, but which
is capable of experiencing exquisite pleasure in the consummation of the
sexual act.

The intromission of an erectile organ covered with highly sensitive ner-
vous end-organs into the genital passages of the female is the appetency
for the sexual elements to conjugate reflected upon the soma. Copulation
and the development of erectile or other sensitive intromittent and recip-
rocally coadapted primary sexual organs must have been due to the effect
of use, since disuse, as in castration, affects the development of the
parts, while abnormal activity, under favorable conditions, is said to
increase their development. This view is sustained by the evidence in both
plants and animals ; in both the devices for effecting conjugation of the
sexual elements and developed in the most gradual manner, until, in
plants, the pollen-grains, with the help of various secondary adaptations,
such as their morphological development, insect agency, the wind, etc.,
are evolved into true intromittent organs answering to the function of a
penis in the form of a growing pollen-tube, stimulated to growth by nutri-
ment supplied by the stigma and carrying the very minute, elongate, male
chromatin element in its very narrow passage to the ovicell of the ovary. In
the same way the male intromittent organs of animals have been developed
from a mere cloacal papilla, or a low-grooved fleshy erectile process to a
highly differentiated and excessively complex penis with, in some cases, an
elaborate series of rosettes and flanges covered with a thin integument with
highly sensitive terminal sensory nerves, that are in reflex connection
with the higher parts of the sensorium and through the lumbar region
of the spinal cord with the testes, spermatic vesicles and accelerator
udnse and other muscles which they may throw into spasmodic contrac-
tions in order to compress the vesicular and cause the emission of the male
elements in the act of coition. Similar actions result in the female which

1890.] xdi [Ryder.

affect the peristaltic contraction of the oviducts, the enclosure of the
ovary hy the fimbria? leading to conditions favorable to the emission of the
egg at the time of coitus.

In animals, the provisions for rendering the male elements more effi-
cient are thus rendered more perfect. There is not wanting evidence that
the glans penis mav serve as a sort of piston, fitting closely against the
sides of the vaginal passages so as to prevent the regurgitation and loss
of the semen. In mice I have observed that in those which have recently
been in coitus, the uterus is actually distended with semen. These con-
trivances, many of which are of the most singular conformation, as that
of the pig, for example, probably serve the purpose of more efficiently
carrying the seminal matter into the genital passages of the female where
the}' are to subserve the essential purposes of reproduction. At any rate,
the wonderful contrivances in the higher plants serving the purpose of
efficient fertilization are no more remarkable than those in the higher
animals, the study of which has been singularly neglected by physiolo-
gists.

In the lowest types of living forms there is nothing which suggests in
any way the gratification of passion. The mere tendency towards conju-
gation of animals and plants without nerves cannot be identified with an
appetency arising from ati3'' pleasure experienced in such conjugation.
There are at first no provisions made for conjugation except such as the
accident of contiguity of the conjugating elements as the germinating
spores of Myxomycetes, the intracellular spores of Hydrodictyon, etc.
When the process is so primitive as this, there is no evidence to show that
it is anything more than the expression of the cessation of one order of
tilings at the termination of one set of external conditions giving place to
a new order of things under the stimulus of a new set of outward condi-
tions more favorable to growth. Under this view of the case the incipi-
eucy of conjugative phenomena is simply the1 expression of a readjust-
ment of the processes of growth under the influence of more or less
favorable conditions of life. The physiological traits of that life are ex-
pressed in the mode of molecular aggregation and constitution of the cel-
lular unit or units composing the individual. Its tendencies are to
increase the mass of the individual by processes of integration of new
matter in the course of which such new matter becomes molecularly iden-
tical with that of the organism engaged in such integration, a process
commonly expressed by the term assimilation.

The consequence of such newer integrations are that still other inte-
grations are possible, under favorable conditions, on a much larger scale
than the first ones. The increased power to make continuously more and
more extensive and rapid integrations of identical molecules is possibly in
some way due to the increase of mass and surface and the consequently
increased capacity to liberate energy, or to perform work in a still more
active integration and assimilation of molecules.

The Malthusian principle therefore rests, in its last analysis, upon a

FROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 132. R. PRINTED JIAY 27, 1890.

Ryder.] loo [May 16,

chemico-physical basis. It is probably, therefore, not an unjustified as-
sumption to state that the acquisition of an increased mass in organic
bodies leads to an increased capacity to integrate and assimilate still further
additions to the original organized mass, and that if this process could go
on indefinitely without the intervention of death and a necessity for oxy-
gen, the earth might be gradually transformed, in so far as its available
materials held out for such a purpose, into a few organized individuals.
Such a supposition is, however, absurd, since such masses, even were their
growth possible, would finally become helplessly immobile from theirown
weight ; such a process would be self-destructive and incapable of indefi-
nite maintenance.

If, however, the principle that successive increments in the mass of or-
ganized bodies, carries with it the implication that such increments imply
their capacity to increase more and more rapidly, under favorable condi-
tions, or as it may otherwise be expressed, are thus enabled to grow, in
virtue of such an inherent property, far beyond the bulk of their original
germinal mass, then this deduction must form the basis upon which the
phenomena of growth, reproduction and sex must finally be interpreted.
This principle affords also the physico-chemical or physiological reason for
the foundation of the Malthusian principle that the production of organ-
isms would if unchecked outrun the available food production for a cer-
tain section of such organisms, as an aggregate — namely, the animal
world.

The foundation of the principle of Malthus and of the Darwinian prin-
ciple founded upon it, therefore lies within the domain of ultimate biologi-
cal physics or the molecular dynamics of organized bodies. The main-
spring of the principle of natural selection, upon final analysis is not
itself a choice between two things but an inevitable consequence of the
innate molecular habit of liying matter, if I may so express myself. It is
physical in that the chemical and physiological laws under which growth
or molecular integration can take place are themselves resolvable into
physical laws which can be coordinated under the principle of the conser-
vation of energy.

This physical principle of continuous and continuously augmented inte-
gration and the consequent increase of the mass of living bodies is the
primary conditioning factor of growth by intussusception of similar mole-
cules. It initiates the struggle for existence, as the struggle due to motion
and the attraction of stellar bodies, maintains the latter in their harmo-
nious relations in space.

This principle must, however, be further qualified in that the properties
of the molecular integrating factors of living organisms differ very widely.
Some forms (vegetal) under one set of conditions can integrate new and
more complex assimilable molecules by recomhining binary compounds j
other forms — animals — can assimilate only such new ternary molecules or
such as are very nearly similar to their own, while a third form, the sex-
ual, is probably the highest expression of this integration of similar mole-

1890.] IvJ | Ryder.

cules in that here the molecular differences are zero or nearly so, and at
most goes no further than molecular differences, having their origin in
the individual traits of either of the two parents. The last or sexual
form of integration or intussusception also occurs, en masse, and without
any reciprocal sacrifice of molecular identity. This last form of organic
molecular integration is therefore effected with the least expenditure of
energy on the part of the sexual elements themselves which are involved.
Sexuality according to this view as expressed primarily in conjugation is
a sort of refined hunger, in which neither the "eating " nor the " eaten "
expends but a minimum of energy in a process of reciprocal assimilation.
It is a hunger in which the sense of "taste" in the vulgar, anthropo-
morphic sense is unknown ; it is an affinity developed possibly through
the attraction of identical molecular aggregates for each other.

The principle of cumulative molecular integration is similar in some
respects to the cumulative principle operative in organic structural evolu-
tion, through which a superposition of adaptations results, not necessarily
as the consequence of selection but as the result of the morphological and
physiological necessity of conforming in the next step of morphological
and physiological complication to that which had preceded it. Many in-
stances in illustration might be cited, such as the annular placenta of the
ovum necessarily conforming to the easiest possibility of internal contact
with a tubular uterine canal. This principle has been responsible for
much that has happened in organic evolution, but it is again dependent
in curious, circuitous ways upon the still more primary principle of cumu-
lative integration, overgrowth of organisms, or their capacity to grow be-
yond their own bulk at certain points, as implied by Haeckel.

The highest form of cumulative integration ending in an overgrown and
abortive spermatogonium, which is the equivalent of the egg, together
with its further expression in the production of spermatozoa which have
had their cytoplasmic field reduced, leads to a condition where the one
becomes helpless without the other. It also presumably leads to the evo-
lution of an appetency or affinity of the male for the female element in
that the one possesses what the other does not, and in that they are pro-
duced in similar organisms or those of the same species their idioplasmic
constitution must be very nearly the same, except for the morphological
differences which characterize them. These differences are again the pre-
ponderance of nucleoplasm in the one or the element immediately con-
cerned in growth and the physiological integrity of the living cell, and
the preponderance of cytoplasm in the other, which is the medium in
which free nuclear motion, karyokinesis, and consequent growth is possi-
ble. The affinity so developed through cumulative integration by the
divergent processes of ovogenesis and spermatogenesis ends in what I
shall term reciprocal integration without loss of molecular identity, or in
what is usually termed " fertilization."

The advantages offered by such a process is that it provides for the de-
velopment of metazoan or multicellular embryo, which is without the

Ryder J 14U [May 16,

need of immediately feeding, but which is enabled to reach a certain self-
helpful morphological complication before it begins the struggle for exist-
ence for itself. It provides a large cytoplasmic field in which rapidly re-
current successive and simultaneous karyokineses can take place under
the guidance of the inherited tendencies resident in the nucleoplasm and
cytoplasm of the combined germs. The one sex appears to supply the
field for segmentational activity, the other the segmentational impulse
itself. In other words, sexuality is the expression of the action of the
principle of the physiological division of labor, extended so as to involve
two kinds of individuals of the same species, or two different functionless
parts of the same individual, as in hermaphrodites.

There is no convincing evidence that the male induces variability. The
argument from hybrids is of little value. The tendency to an equilibrium
as the consequence of close interbreeding or of continued promiscuous
interbreeding is the same, and is to be interpreted as the result of the
constancy of the mode of growth of the average individual which must
finally result, following from the average of hereditary characters which
are finally thus transmissible. As soon as slightly differing forms are
crossed the karyokinetic equilibrium is disturbed and variability ought on
a priori grounds to ensue. To saddle the induction of variability upon
the male does not seem to be demonstrated, as the factors involved are too
numerous to enable us to decide what ones are important and what are
unimportant.

A view which has far more in its favor is that a large oosperm, inter-
preted as above, with a large cytoplasmic field, is inherently more liable
to vary its karyokinetic processes through very slight variations in the ex-
ternal influences than a small or a parthenogenetic one. That sexuality,
taken in the widest sense, is responsible for variability is probably nearer
the truth. That the oosperm, with its large cytoplasmic field, is the real
arena in which variability disports itself, may be taken for granted. It is
aiso very evident that the evidence derived from the development of
monsters is clearly in favor of such a view. Monsters are developed only
when the early stages of development are karyokinetically disturbed, as
is well known. Moreover, there is no hard and fast line between mon-
strosities and variations of a less and less monstrous character until those
of an almost imperceptible and unimportant character are encountered.
That the tendency towards variability is more marked in the young than
in the adult stages of fixed and slightly variable types of Metazoa may be
regarded as a truism, and must be considered the foundation of these
views.

In that temperature affects the rate of karyokinetic processes, it is clear
that inequalities of temperature simultaneously affecting different points
on the surface of an egg would affect the rate of segmentation of the
cells of such different points and thus induce variability. A single karyo-
kinesis disturbed or impeded on one side of an embryo must disturb all
subsequent ones. A mechanism so delicate as this of karyokinesis may

1890.] -"-I- [Ryder.

also be interfered with in other ways. It seems almost self-evident that
where karyokineses become simultaneous and rapidly successive there
must be a greater inherent probability that variations should be induced
through disturbances of the karyokinetic processes.

Latterly much discussion has taken place regarding rejuvenescence and
the relation of the process of fertilization to a supposed renewal of the
youth of the sexual cells. It may be suggested that the sexual cells prob-
ably never grow old from the causes which act upon the other cells of the
body to render them senile, and it may be that the real ground for a theory
of rejuvenescence lies not in fertilization itself but in the fact that the
sexual cells are functionless and have not been belabored with physiologi-
cal duties in the parent body. Where they are produced annually, as in
many animals and in all plants, they are also the youngest cells of the
parent body, while the spermatozoa, produced in some animals at hourly
intervals, are still younger, or more youtbful. The male cell is therefore
the most youthful, the least functional and the one most disposed to ex-
hibit its activities of growth under favorable conditions with the greatest
energy, though not necessarily in the sense that such a display of greater
energy would be favorable towards provoking variability, except as pro-
vided for by the cytoplasmic field of the ovum or female element.

It has also been pointed out that the first cleavage of the oosperm cor-
responds to the future median plane of the embryo or to the line dividing
the future hypoblast from the epiblast. But there are still other relations
which connect these phenomena with the fore and aft disposition of the
body of the parent. It is a matter of common knowledge that the Infu-
soria when undergoing division divide either lengthwise or crosswise. In
fixed forms — Vorticella — the division occurs lengthwise of the parent and
in conformity to the mode in which the future individual is related to the
colony by its base. In many free forms the division is crosswise, and it is
a singular fact that the end of the hinder individual next to the posterior
end of the anterior one becomes the future anterior end of the hindmost
one. These two forms of division have been developed adaptively and in
conformity with very different conditions in the two cases. Why should
the end of the young Paramoecium next the foremost or parent individual
become its anterior extremity preferably to the other one? Does this not
indicate that use and habit may have had an influence in giving the plas
ma of both a bias which extended to the sflrna of the posterior bud and
which expresses itself in this peculiar polar conformity to that of the an-
terior parent individual, which is more somatic in its character ?

Numerous other forms, such as Volvox, illustrate the same tendency of
the axis of the young to conform to the axis of the parent. In Fishes the
embryos of BatracJms tau, which are attached to a fixed substratum after
the rupture of the egg-membrane, by the adhesion of the yolk sack to the
latter, show that, at the time of deposit, the future axis of the whole brood
of embryos was predetermined in the body of the parent. That this must
be so may be concluded from the astonishing fact that the heads and tails

Ryder.] 14 J [May 16)

of a whole brood conform in direction, within a degree or two, to a com-
mon axial plane. How was such an astonishing conformity to a common
axis brought about, if it was not developed in the ovary of the parent be-
fore oviposition ? If this is true then the axis of the parent and the
polarity of her body, as expressed in its fore and aft extension, exerted
such an influence upon the brood as to impress such a polar tendency, and
transmit it directly to every egg matured in her body. If this is true,
then the parent body does transmit characters directly to its offspring,
Weismann, Lankester and other deluded skeptics to the contrary not-
withstanding. Here is a whole brood of youug fishes, fixed to the surface
upon which they were hatched, every one of which conforms, to within
a degree or two, to lines running parallel to each other in a common
direction. Does or does not either parent transmit this ; since one or the
other must do so, how is it done, and why is this not proof that the soma
of the parent transmits certain polarities, and those of the most important
character, directly to the germ-plasma from which the embryos are devel-
oped? The case here is just as clear as in the case of Vorticella or Para-
na cecium ; they are in exact conformity, so that we have here once more
direct evidence of the untenability and absolute falsity of some of Weis-
mann's deductions as to the non-transmissibility of acquired characters.

In a similar way, how is the polar conformity of the chick in the egg to
the axis of the parent bird to be accounted for ? Though in this case the axis
of the embryo lies constantly at right angles to that of the parent as the
ovum descends through the oviduct. Equally striking are the constant
relations of the embryo Rabbit, in the uterus up to the tenth or twelfth
day, at right angles to the axis of the parent body. The same is true of
the Cat, Dog, Mouse, Rat, and other forms. The same principle also holds
in Arthropods, where egg- tubes are formed and where there are also con-
stant anterior and posterior poles of the eggs developed, which bear a
constant relation to those of the parent. Here are bodily habits directly
transmitted which involve nothing like a change of structure ; does the
germ-plasma accomplish this, or does the direct influence of the mother's
organism accomplish this remarkable result? For me the latter alterna-
tive seems to be the only explanation.

Similarly the phenomena of budding in Salpa, as worked out by Brooks
and Seeliger, tend to establish the same conclusion, namely, that the
polarities of the immediate pasent influence those of the offspring directly.
It looks as if the bodily functions of the parent either impressed them-
selves as if from a distance, or through the pole of the germ most directly
in a nutritive relation to the parent upon the still unconscious germinal
matter giving it these tendencies to conform in these curious ways to the
polarities of the parent organism. It is also tolerably clear that the so-
called " promorphology " of the egg is preceded by a still earlier morpho-
logical history, which has been scarcely more than touched by students of
the Metazoa. The direct influence of the source of the nutriment sup-
plied to the growing embryos is probably indicated in these singular

1890.] 14o [Ryder.

examples, no less than in the fact that the polarity of young, viviparously
developed aphides corresponds to the fore and aft polarities of the parents.
Or, as in the case of the ovarian leaflets of the ovary of the lamprey, the
micropyles are found to be invariably turned towards the vascular core
of the leaflets, and consequently towards the sources of nutriment and
oxygen. In this last case also, these factors have determined the position
of the future germinal or animal pole, and consequently the point on the
egg where development shall begin.

The points which have thus far been elaborated tend, in a general way,
to support the conclusion that, in the production of ova and spermatozoa,
both have arisen from a common basis. The lowest forms, we certainly
know, tend to multiply without attendant karyokinetic processes, prob-
ably, as suggested, because a cytoplasmic field or arena in which nuclear
movement is possible, is wanting. In the lowest Monads sporulation re-
sults in the breaking up of the parent body into infinitesimally minute
germs, which are, presumably, composed in the main of chromatin or
nucleoplasm, a conclusion which comports with the fact now ascertained,
that the chromatin or nucleoplasm of lower forms, if deprived of its
envelope of cytoplasm, may regenerate it. Overgrowth of mass, so as to
form a large cell-body composed of cytoplasm, is unknown amongst the
very lowest forms, which are also flagellate. In the next step (Nostoc),
the overgrowth of certain cells means that they are incapable of develop-
ment. In the next step, the conjugation of overgrown cells, with those
in which nucleoplasm preponderates, restores the power of growth or the
power to integrate cytoplasm anew, or, as in Infusoria, conjugation stim-
ulates the production of nucleoplasm through the constructive metabolism
of the investing cytoplasm.

All of this evidence tends to prove that maleness, or the condition of
the flagellate spore, is the primitive one as already stated. Since the very
lowest animal forms are likely to preserve some reminiscence of the primi-
tive processes leading up to animal sexuality in its most generalized form,
it will be desirable to appeal to the evidence offered by such forms. The
Ainceba is undoubtedly animal in nature, but notwithstanding the persist-
ence and frequency with which it has been studied, much still remains to
be learned of its life history.

Leidy has shown that, in certain forms of Amoeba, the nuclei tend to
multiply after reaching a certain size, and through a tripartite division
without karyokinesis. One of these nuclei is then transported to near
the surface, where it bursts and allows the balls of chromatin adherent to
its walls to escape into the surrounding water, presumably as germs, but
he did not trace their history. If this should prove to be a true case of
sporulation, it would prove that in the Amoeba there are conditions which
favor the production of chromatin, and that the germinal matter or nucleo-
plasm is "set aside " in the nucleus from which it is expelled.

Mrs. Lillie Holman's observations (I. c. supra) also tend to show that a
conjugation may occur where one Amoeba swallows another and then

Ryder.] \-W± [May 16,

disgorges it. The disgorged one then comes to rest and becomes encysted ;
it then discharges upwards of two hundred spores, since the further
results of the development of the latter were observed the next day in
the same "life-slide" as very minute young Amoebse.

Brass* has given a more circumstantial account. According to him the
body of the Amoeba after encystment undergoes at least superficial sub-
division into cells. The cyst then bursts or opens at one point and these
superficial cells escape from the cyst as minute flagellate monads, which
soon lose their flagella, becoming at the same time again amoeboid and settle
upon objects over which they creep about as did their parent, of which
they are a fragment. They now also feed very actively, grow rapidly and
soon become the counterparts of the parental organism, which gave rise
to them by fragmentation. A somewhat similar history has been worked
out by Haeckel for Protomyxa, and Weldon has reported the detachment
or escape of small germs from the body of Pelomyxa.

We have the spermatogonium typified in tbis peculiar method of frag-
mentation of the Amoeba, especially as described by Brass. It is an over-
grown cell breaking down in part, but first elaborating more chromatin,
just as a spermatogonium does. The overgrowth in mass of the parent
cell is due to cumulative integration. The flagellate offspring represents
the spermatozoa produced by a spermatogonium in a multicellular form, but
with this difference that a spermatozoon cannot withdraw its flagellum
and begin to feed. Such a flagellate germ of a higher multicellular form
must then perish if it is not nourished in some other way. The only way
in which it can be nourished is to blend with the cytoplasmic body of an-
other abortive but hypertrophied spermatozoon — the ovum, as supposed
above. In other cases, mammals and birds, it is known that the sperma-
tozoa or flagellate germs of the male die if not kept at the same tempera-
ture as the parent body. They are not adapted to continue to live in the
cold medium in which the flagellate germs of an Amoeba would at once
begin to feed and grow.

The. flagellate or wandering germs of the Amoeba are wandering iu
habit, probably because they inherit an organization favorable to vagrancy
from still lower monad-like creatures. And this wandering habit is doubt-
less advantageous to the young Amoeba, as they are thereby scattered so
as to be placed where food is more plentiful, at any rate, the offspring of
one parent Amoeba do not, as a consequence, fall into a heap at one place
so as to come into such close competition with one another for food.

Such vagrant habits would be of advantage to the germs of almost any
species and they are certainly of use in many cases in that they favor tbe
distribution of a species. In the case of the male germs of higher, in
fact, of all forms, this vagrant habit becomes useful in effecting their dis-
tribution, and at last of aiding them to find the egg and the micropyle, if
such is developed, through which they enter the ovum. So that here again
we find that a habit which has at first thought apparently no preeminent

* " Die Zelle, das Element der Organisch«i Welt," pp. 63-65, Tkieme, Leipzig, 1SS9.

1890.] 14:0 [Ryder.

value or importance in the very highest forms, but which has such an
importance in lower ones, may serve a very different purpose in higher
types, that is, to find the female element so as to combine with it, which,
of course, would be an advantage to the species. In this example, we
find an illustration of change of function, or rather the use of an old
function in a new way, illustrating also the principle that, any further
advantageous step in evolution avails itself of the service of the next pre-
ceding one in the order of time, or rather, the latter is apt to thus become
a stepping stone to farther progress, as is shown in this instance.

The parallelism of the Amceba before breaking up into flagellate germs,
with a spermatogonium in a higher form is, however, complete, and it is
from this basis that further criticisms and suggestions may now proceed.

Geddes and Thomson, in their suggestive work on sex,* have attempted
to identify the evolution of the female germ or ovum with a tendency to
develop a leaning towards constructive metabolism or anabolism, while the
male germ exhibits the reverse tendency or towards destructive metabolism
or katabolism. So far as the directly palpable facts are concerned which
lie upon the surface, these conclusions of Geddes and Thomson would
seem to be justified. There is apparently nothing in them which con-
flicts, at first thought, with the facts of morphology and physiology. Yet,
I believe that the prime conclusion of these authors is capable of further
analysis, and consequently that it is not as important as it appears to
them, nor is it strictly and entirely true in a physiological sense.

The growth of an egg we will admit requires constructive metabolism
to extend over a longer period than if the germ were male. While it is
true that growth represents the expenditure of a certain amount of energy
in the form of metabolism, it is by no means clear that the energy of
growth required to produce a number of male elements equal in volume
to an egg is any greater in the one case than in the other. It may be
said that there must necessarily be more cell divisions or karyokineses in
the case of a given volume of male elements than in the female, but this
goes for nothing in that it cannot be shown that the metabolism or energy
expended in building up and segmenting the one is any greater
reckoning the additional and usual formation of an egg membrane in the
egg (which is wanting in the other element), than in building up the large
mass of plasma in the ovum. But in some eggs there is no egg membrane.
Even then the process of spermatogenesis is not strictly to be compared
with a disruptive metabolism or katabolism ; on the contrary, as an end pro-
duct of cytoplasmic activity, the male cell is in the main the highest
achievement of constructive metabolism as represented in its preponderant
nucleoplasm. The lowest forms of life have apparently a greater capacity
for the development of nucleoplasm or chromatin- like substance, than the
cells of higher animals, but even there, as in higher forms, there is the
best evidence that the cytoplasm is the real agent in the production of the
nucleoplasm ; the latter growTs, as we know, at the expense of the former.

* " The Evolution of Sex," New York, 1890.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 132. S. PRINTED MAY 28, 1890.

Ryder.] -1-4:0 [May 16,

The processes of metabolism, it is true, are carried a stage further in the
production of flagellate germs and male elements than in the female, but
it is not towards a lower plane of molecular structure, but towards a
higher one than in the female germ. It may be said that metabolism is
controlled by the nucleoplasm or chromatin, in that the volume of the one
increases with the volume of the other as in a growing Amoeba. An in-
sufficiency of nucleoplasm would render a cell inert and incapable of
coordinating its large cytoplasmic field, as experiment seems to demon-
strate. The continuous processes of growth therefore ending in the ex-
pulsion of the polar bodies bring about such a stage of cytoplasmic inertia,
in which the process of fertilization and the concomitant access of a highly
complex and anabolic male element would restore the balance between
the cytoplasm and the nucleoplasm. The " katabolic tendency" of the
male element is more apparent than real ; it has a greater capacity for
katabolic change than the female as measured by the relative volume of
its nucleoplasm, but absolutely it has far less because of its small size as
compared with the whole ovum. The question of the genesis of sex is
not to be disposed of in quite so simple a way as is done by Geddes and
Thomson, or in a sentence. These authors have missed the essence of the
matter in that they have not noted the essential distinction which exists
between the egg and the spermatazoou, nor the transcendant importance
of the process of cumulative integration. The cytoplasm preponderates
in the one, while the nucleoplasm preponderates in the other. No reason
for this has been assigned by these authors. Is not the evolution of a
larger amount of nucleoplasm than is contained in the egg, as must hap-
pen were it to break up into spermatozoa expressive rather of preponder-
ant anabolism than of preponderant katabolism ? Is also the greater
mobility of the male element an expression of a specially katabolic ten-
dency ? Is not its mobility due to an inherited tendency in part, derived
from its most remote flagellate ancestor, and partly to its small size, form,
mode of genesis and molecular structure ?

The contrast between the modes of production of the male and female
elements in Ostrea edulis is typical. The difference appears to lie solely
in the fact that, in the case of the egg, the whole of the overgrown sper-
matogonium is expelled, but is not a mature ovum until after the expul-
sion of the polar bodies ; in the expulsion of the male elements only
a •part of the spermatogonium is expelled, this process being accompanied
beforehand by the elaboration of an excessive amount of chromatin by
the mother nucleus of the spermatogonium, this chromatin serving to form,
in the main, the nuclei of the multitudes of spermatozoa so set free. In
that the chromatin used in the development of spermatozoa is formed at
the expense of the cell body of the spermatogonium, there is an almost
exact equivalence in the plasma that remains as the cell body of the
ovum, so far as the metabolism expended in its production is concerned.
The essential difference seems to me to lie not so much in any supposed
diatheses which are more or less anabolic as in a difference in the func-

1890.] 147 [Ryder.

tional properties of the plasma of egg and sperm, developed as a conse-
quence of the physiological division of labor in the cell between cytoplasm
and chromatin. The former is the immediate agent of intussusception,
the latter controls and coordinates the processes of the former. The one
is produced in a confined place tending to repress segmentational activity
or nearer abundant supplies of nutriment. The other is produced in open
cavities which admit of the free escape of sex products, or in regions, or
at times when the determination of pabulum is less abundant than in the
case of ova. Looking over the arrangement of the reproductive organs
and their relation and proximity to the nutritive system, in many forms
these views will be found to have much evidence in their favor. Never-
theless there is no evidence in favor of the one process being more kata-
bolic than the other. They are equivalent, only that in the ovum there is
a repressed segmentational tendency, in the spermatogonium an unre-
pressed one. The tendencies are towards the male or primitive monadi-
form condition in both, only that secondary physiological influences are
repressive in the female and irrepressive in the case of the male element.
Segmentation into spermatozoa is hindered in the egg, favored in the case
of the spermatogonium. Yet despite this there is not the slightest evi-
dence that the results in the two cases are not equivalent so far as the
expenditure of energy is concerned.

The real difference in the result lies in this, that in the female element
there is an enormous cytoplasmic field in which simultaneous and succes-
sive nuclear movement can take place leading to the realization of a cohe-
rent process of development instead of an incoherent one such as occurs
in the breaking down of the spermatogonium into spermatozoa. The
process in the one case is cohesive, in the other disruptive and self-de-
structive. The tendency then in the female is towards morphological in-
tegration, in the male towards morphological disintegration, but upon the
common basis of the spermatogonium.

The real gain of this is not in the absolute bulk of the embryo simply,
but in that such an embryo may become self-mobile and self-helpful in
spite of its size. Herein lies the true significance of sex and of the cumu-
lative process initiated through the repression of the primitive segmenta-
tional tendency of the spermatogonium. An embryo thus developed can
go through an entire and elaborate cycle of embryonic development with-
out requiring to take food at all and attain to a self-helpful, self-mobile
condition.

It is therefore obvious that in such a process of repression of segmenta-
tion of the spermatogonium there has been a distinct advantage gained in
the struggle for existence, in that such a spermatogonium could directly
become the means by which a rapid or saltatory process of evolution
could be accomplished, resulting in the evolution of larval forms. From
such a stepping-stone the hypertrophied spermatogonium — ovum — other
advances were possible, especially in the direction of variation, since such
rapid simultaneous and successive segmentations would provide the most

Ryder.] -"O [May 16,

extensive possibilities for variation. This must be true upon the simple
ground of the theory of permutations, since every cell added to the aggre-
gate of a segmenting germ must increase its capacity to vary. This gives
not simply a capacity to vary as if variation were fortuitous, but as a con-
sequence a capacity of adaptation which is proportionately and demon-
strably greater during their earlier stages, a circumstance again in con-
formity with the fact that all living metazoan types have diverged directly
from the ovum, as is proved by their ontogeny.

The reproductive cells, as stated in a previous paper by the writer,* are
functionless, so far as being of any service to the parent body producing
them is concerned. The only function they have in relation to the parent
body, is to lead a pseudo-parasitic existence at the expense of the surplus
nutriment elaborated by the parent organism ; but these pseudo-parasitic
generative cells are themselves the products of the continuation of the
processes of cellular growth and fission of the parent plasma.

Being functionless, the reproductive cells of both sexes also tend to
revert to the most primitive form of reproduction, namely, to break down
into spores, as illustrated by the bodily fragmentation of the majority of
lower forms into spores, or the multiplication of the nuclei of some of
these forms at the expense of their cytoplasm.

In the male this reversion and breaking down into spores is most com-
plete in the evolution of a spermatogonium, in the female it is incomplete
in that the reproductive cells are in some way prevented from breaking
down either by excess of nutriment or proximity to nutriment under en-
closed or encysted conditions, which tends to be overcome at about the
time the eggs are set free or after that time, as expressed in the expulsion
of the polar bodies. The female individual may therefore be regarded in
the light of a male organism in which the excessive tendency to sporu-
lation has been repressed or retarded. The female state of all higher
forms may be regarded as. a suppressed or retarded male condition.

This repression of the male condition within the parent body leads how-
ever to a process of cumulative growth in the ovary or female gonad
which expresses itself as the continued increase of the volume of the sper-
matogonium, leading to the evolution of a large amount of cytoplasm.
After detachment of the hypertrophied spermatogonium, as an ovum, the
source of supply in the form of nutriment is cut off, and whatever karyo-
kinesis now goes on must proceed at the cost of a small amount of nucle-
oplasm, which soon exhausts itself so far as any exhibition of the energy
of growth is concerned in the production of the polar bodies. After the
expulsion of the polar bodies the egg is probably able merely to so adjust
its internal forces so as to prevent the ovum from disintegrating.

In this condition the egg is incapable of further growth and in that the
spermatic body from a fully developed spermatogonium, developed in the
male is alone capable of reinforcing the exhausted female nucleus, so as
to let loose the potential energy, for the time being, stably locked up in

" Origin and Meauing of Sex," Amcr. Nat., 1SS9, pp. 501-50S.

1S90.] J-4J [Ryder.

the cytoplasm or cytoplasm and yolk of the hypertrophied female sper-
matogonium or ovum, it must have access to the latter.

The egg before the expulsion of the polar bodies is a spermatogonium,
after that and exclusive of the polar bodies it is the exact homologue of
the spermatozoon in that its nucleoplasm is now reduced to the volume of
the nucleoplasm of the male element of the same species.

The male spore is however so specialized as an organism in nearly all
forms that it is incapable of nourishing itself. Clearly, the only way it can
do so is to find lodgment in a body whose molecular constitution is as
nearly as possible similar to itself, otherwise its identity must perish in
that it would either be digested or in some way absorbed, neither of which
fates befall it in the egg, as we know from observation. That body in
which it can find lodgment is the female spore or germ of its own species,
in which it is not only not digested but is taken in as a partner literally,
since it completely fuses with the female centre of control hitherto coor-
dinating and maintaining the integrity of the cytoplasm.

But as soon as this fusion of the starved spore — male element — and the
overgrown female element happens, the further changes which now take
place must proceed in the presence of the stimulus of abundant nutriment
(represented by the cytoplasm of the egg) for the male ; but this is not
all, the egg is now detached and cannot be nourished for a time, and its
career of development is now also profoundly influenced by such all im-
portant new conditions as the surrounding oxygen affords for renewed
metabolism, under the new free condition, all of which taken together
makes for a tendency towards a new mode segmentation which tends to
recapitulate the growth of the parent form.

The process of fertilization is probably more like one in which there is
a reciprocal blending of two living bodies in which there is no loss of
identity of either in that their essential molecular constitution is exceed-
ingly similar. Reciprocal digestion does not occur since the organization
of both germs would be sacrificed if such a process were to occur. So far
from that the organization of both germs is in a sense maintained, and we
have in the blending of male and female elements the paradox of two
cells becoming one without the sacrifice of organization in either during
the process of fusion. It is therefore manifest that the application of the
term mutual or reciprocal digestion as attempted by Rolph and maintained
by Geddes is wide of the mark and not descriptive of the process at all.
"Fertilization " is really the highest and most specialized form of molecular
integration, and is itself the highest phase, and a consequence of the uni-
versal principle of cumulative integration, which underlies all continuous
growth which in turn must end. on account of the requirements demanded
by the surroundings, in discontinuous growth, the production of unlike
germs by the same species, and consequently in sexuality.*

* The theory of the polar bodies developed in this paper remains to be put to the test.
I find that the nuclei of the spermatozoa of Ostrea edulis take up the methyl green while
the nuclei of the spermatogonia take up the saffranin from a solution of those two dyes

Ryder.] LOO [May 16,

The causes of the "setting aside" of the " germ -plasma have acted
directly and in an adaptive manner." "Nature is no spendthrift but takes
the shortest way to her ends." Weismann assumes that the reproductive
cells are "set aside" as the consequence of the action of the principle of
the physiological division of labor. The cause of the physiological divi-
sion of labor he attributes to the " action" of "natural selection." Is
this true ?

Taking one of the lowest forms of reproductive activity as illustrated in
Volvox we rind that the germ-cells are not yet constantly or definitely
localized except that we may say that they arise in the posterior hemi-
sphere of the colony. Examining Volvox from the standpoint which recent
knowledge has afforded, it is clear that the anterior pole is differentiated
to a degree not attained by the posterior pole. This differentiation clearly
stands in a definite relation to the greater action of the light on the anterior
pole from the germinal condition onwards through life. It also stands in
a definite relation to the differentiation of the anterior pole as the directive
and phototaxic one in the course of the execution of the motions of the
whole organism rotating on a definite axis.

Furthermore, the organism when at rest, as it frequently is at the sur-
face of the water, has the upper pole turned towards the light, and under
these circumstances is it not to be supposed that the lower pole, which is
the heavier on account of the presence of the large germs, would gravi-
tate into its inferior position ? I do not see how such an admission is to be
avoided. If this is so the tendency once begun would tend to be intensi-
fied, since those peripheral cells which began to be receptive to the surplus
nutriment elaborated by the whole organism would tend to maintain that
tendency and the heavier they grew the more constantly they would tend
to turn the anterior pole, where the largest " eye spots " are found upward
towrards the light. This would give the light an opportunity to maintain
the specialization of the anterior pole as the photophilous one, and thus
intensify its phototaxic tendencies.

The anterior pole would then be most active in its reactions to light, the
posterior one least so as is actually the case. The evolution of the physio-
logical differentiation of Volvox can therefore be directly traced to the
action of the principle of overgrowth or overnutrition reacting under the
influence of gravity upon the equilibrium of the colony so to adjust it that
the colony will be uniformly acted upon generation after generation in the
same way upon the upper pole. This would be an all-sufficient cause of
the physiological differentiation or the real cause of the physiological

mixed together. Balbiani has obtained somewhat similar results with the testes of
Elasmobranchs and Mammals, using picrocarmine and methyl green. If the polar cells
are abortive male elements they should have a greater affinity for methyl green than the
female pronucleus. If such results were secured my hypothesis would obtain micro-
chemical verification. Indeed, I am inclined to think that the fact which I have
observed, that the one pole of tin; dumb-bell-shaped chromatin mass in the nucleus of
the immature egg of Ostrea stains with methyl given, while the other pole stains with
saffranin is distinctly in favor of my interpretation.

1890.1 151 [Ryder.

division of labor observed. This process of morphological specialization
in Volvo.v is therefore not necessarily due to natural selection alone.

There are still other reasons why the physiological specializations in
Vblvox have proceeded along the lines they have. It may be asked why
the germ-eells tend to bulge inwards as they enlarge into the jelly which
fills the cavity of the colonial sphere. Why do they not bulge outwards ?

To this it may be replied that light, oxygen and food react from the ex-
terior of the colony. The mobile protoplasm through which supplies of
nutriment come, must be most exterior. The katabolic running down of
the accumulated nutriment matters into less mobile coarse granules which
need and consume less oxygen, requires that these materials shall be
pushed inwards where they will not obstruct respiration.

In this way, upon the ground of physiological anatomy and the reaction
of the incident surrounding forces, the process of the "setting aside of
the germ-plasma" in Volcox can be fully accounted for without appealing
for an instant to natural selection. There is clearly nothing further
needed.

It might be said that " natural selection " would favor only those indi-
viduals which did not have the germ-cells bulging outwards, because they
could not so conveniently rotate or move forwards. Yes, but Volvox does
not, in the first place, continuously rotate. In the next place, even if
"natural selection " did work the wonders claimed for it, it is clear that
the explanation here suggested is one which involves no waste of the
forces of growth or of individuals, but is operative in virtue of the con-
tinuity of the processes of growth, besides it meets the requirements
equally well with the hypothesis of natural selection.

The natural selectionist will next appeal to the morphology of VoUoxin.
some other direction and ask, How was the hollow sphere evolved? This,
in its turn, is clearly and purely adaptive. The growth of the original
colonies, which were doubtless evolved from such as broke down into
planogametes, grew directly into larger multicellular aggregates which
would directly arrange their cells so as to derive the greatest advantage
from the surroundings and in attaining that adjustment, the globular form
was assumed, in that it offered the maximum opportunity for oxygen,
food, etc., in the form of a hollow sphere with the gametes joined by pro-
toplasmic bonds. The selection of the pattern of the form of the whole
organism is thus traced to internal forces acting in direct response to outer
conditions and not as the result of a murderous process of "selection"
and " survival of the fittest." *

But this is not all, if the argument applied to the driving inward of the

*The method of segmentation itself must be regarded as a necessary adjustment of
the cleavage planes in such wise, as to divide the large globular ovi-cells into approxi-
mately equal parts continuously. An adjustment of this sort effects the equal reduction
of all the cells resulting from segmentation, and keeps them below a dimension or mass
which outruns the surface to an extreme degree, since according to the Leuckart-Spencer
principle beyond a dimension of six, mass begins to rapidly exceed surface and bring
about conditions unfavorable for respiration and metabolism.

Ryder.] LoZ [May 16>

accumulated products of assimilation in order to avoid the peripheral ob-
struction of respiration the same argument can be applied to the localiza-
tion of the germinal matter at the posterior pole. Suppose an ancestral
Volvocine form still in a condition when it had not yet began to perma-
nently cohere into a spherical colony. Suppose further, that when its
maximum dimensions of growth had been nearly attained all its cells were
so nearly alike that the differences would be extremely slight between
them. But suppose them to be even very slightly different enough in size
to respond to an equilibration of the colony by gravity at the surface of a
still pool on a quiet sunny day. The upper cells would undoubtedly be
stimulated into a slightly greater assimilative activity than the lower ones
away from the light and shaded by the upper ones. The assimilated ma-
terials would not only be repelled towards the lower pole by this
activity of the protoplasm of the upper pole, but would actually gravitate
towards that pole. We thus see that, analyze the physiological data in
whatever manner we please, there finally remains no warrant for the hypo-
thesis that the germ-plasma is set aside in special cells for the express ob-
ject of maintaining the continuity of the processes of reproduction. This
apparent setting aside of germinal matter is itself the consequence of the
necessary mode of the correlated action of physical agencies, ending in
cumulative integration through continuous growth, and is clearly not the
result of any elaborate selective process.

The running down katabolically of some of the assimilated or stored
germinal matter is proof of its loss of function and uselessness to the par-
ent organism except in so far as such cells are a repository for such ma-
terials. There is therefore no conclusion open to us but that one which
assumes that the motive force of all these elaborate correlations in such a
simple multicellular organism * are the results of the indirect action under
cosmical conditions, of the principle that living matter tends to increase
in bulk beyond the actual physiological requirements of its secular exis-
tence.

Summary of Conclusions.

1. Cumulative integration or assimilation beyond the current needs of
the parent organism seems to have arisen as a consequence of the physical
properties of "living" matter, as manifested in metabolism or the char-
acteristic continuous disintegration and integration of such matter. It is
a property of "living" matter which is a consequence of its molecular
constitution; if so, "living" and the continuity of molecular change
through metabolism is a physical process, differing only from ordinary
chemical processes in its complexity, continuity and capability of self-
maintenance under certain conditions ; its most important consequence is
continuous growth.

*The researches of Overton and myself have proved beyond doubt that Vol vox is not
a protozoon or protophyte as erroneously supposed by Lankester and Btltschli.

1890.] 10€» [Ryder.

2. The law pointed out by Leuckart and Spencer that beyond the sixth
dimension above unity mass outruns surface, may be regarded as in some
way operative in hindering the growth of cells, through cumulative inte-
gration, beyond certain dimensions, in order that they may carry on res-
piration, nutrition, in a word, metabolism, most efficiently, under ordi-
nary cosmical conditions. The average of cellular dimensions varies in
different forms. So does the molecular constitution of living matter, giv-
ing rise to idioplasms.

3. The continuity of growth is maintained through cumulative integra-
tion, the continuous reduction in mass of "living" matter is effected
through segmentation in some self-regulated way, presumably according
to the Leuckart-Spencer principle.

4. The growth of the lowest forms of living beings is effected in the main
or ends principally in the production of a single kind of living matter.
In higher forms, in which the cells are also generally much larger, two
kinds of living matter are developed in very unequal proportions. In the
first case when division occurs, due to growth, there is little or no reaction
between the two kinds of living cellular substance and division is direct
or without karyokinesis. In the second case there is a reaction between
the two kinds of living matter which is expressed most strongly as kary-
okinesis, or nuclear motion on the one hand and the development of
fibres on the other radiating from or converging upon the nucleus.

5. The effect of cumulative growth of the cell-mass has been to finally
produce a preponderating quantity of plasma which invests the primitive
nuclear plasma or chromatin with a thick envelope ; this envelope is
known as the cell-body or cytoplasm, and also provides afield or space in
which the action and reaction of the two kinds of living matter found in
the cells of higher forms may display itself as karyokinesis. The plasmic
space in which this occurs may be called a cytoplasmic field.

6. The action and reaction between the two kinds of plasma controls
the order and direction in which the phenomena of growth take place,
but in conformity to certain dimensions and earlier relations of the cyto-
plasmic field to its sources of nourishment.

7. The effect of the forces at work in cumulative integration is to aug-
ment mass, the effect of the action of segmentation so as to effect a read-
justment according to the Leuckart-Spencer principle, is to bring about
discontinuity of growth or reproduction through fission.

8. The asexual method of reproduction seems to have been purely a
consequence of the operation of forces under the laws of cumulative inte-
gration and the law of Leuckart and Spencer, under varying conditions,
and to have led to a continuously repeated division of living matter, as
fast as it was formed into small masses, through direct processes of fission,
composed at first almost wholly of nucleoplasm or chromatin.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 132. T. PRINTED MAY 28, 1890.

•Ryder.] 154 [May 16,

9. As cytoplasm began to be developed more abundantly there seems
to have been developed a tendency for the products of segmentation
to cohere. We may therefore distinguish very sharply these two
kinds of segmentation as disruptive and coherent. But the greater
development of cytoplasm was itself a consequence of cumulative inte-
gration, which proceeded so fast that its products could not be converted
into nucleoplasm or chromatin with sufficient rapidity so as to be in a con-
dition to fall apart as small cells as a consequence of the action of the
direct process of fission. The evidence for this is the fact that the nucleo-
plasm or chromatin, in higher forms, is derived by constructive metabol-
ism from cytoplasm and is the end-product of the latter.

10. The secondary evolution of a cytoplasmic field led to a process of
divergent evolution or in the production of two kinds of cells, the most
primitive or ancestral of which was poorly provided with cytoplasm,
while the secondary form was provided with a thick cytoplasmic en-
velope.

11. The primitive minute form of cell is to be identified as the asexual
one, which afterwards became "male," while the large overgrown type of
cell, loaded with cytoplasm and its secondary products, is to be identified
as " female" or as a cell on the way towards disruption into male cells,
which tendency it still betrays in the process of extrusion of polar bodies.
The arrest of this process of fragmentation in the case of such large cells
loaded with cytoplasm, led to the evolutiou of the ovum from the sper-
matogonium or such a cell as was primarily destined to produce male cells
as a result of its further fission.

12. The male state is therefore the primitive one, and in the prodigious
fertility of the male represents the primordial, asexual, flagellate types.
The female cell is a secondary and derived form developed after a cyto-
plasmic field has been evolved and after cell-aggregates began to become
coherent.

13. This differentiation was primarily due to cumulative integration, or
assimilation beyond the current needs of the organism ; the female cells
to which this overgrowth was diverted have tended to grow far beyond
the average dimensions of the other cells of the body of the parent, and
this excessive size is proof that they have in some way lost the power to
undergo spontaneous segmentation, except in the case of parthenogenesis.
Cumulative integration is consequently responsible for the evolution of
the asexual, sexual and parthenogeuetic modes of reproduction.

14. Ovarian egg and spermatozoon are not homologous ; ova after ex-
trusion of polar bodies are the homologues of spermatozoa. Ovarian ova
and spermatogonia are, in many cases, exactly homologous.

15. The expulsion of the polar bodies and detachment of the egg from
the parent exhaust its power of continued spontaneous growth except in
case of parthenogenesis.

1890.] 155 [Ryder.

16. The male cell as a consequence of the reduction of its cytoplasmic
field at last hecame incapable of further independent development.

17. The male and female elements became reciprocally attractive to one
another (sometimes through the production of certain chemical substances
in the vicinity, Pfeffer), and in that their idioplasm is less different from
one another than that of other cells there is no bar to their fusion, which
is also favored by the fact that in the male cell with its preponderant
chromatin there is now an attraction or need developed for more cyto-
plasm similar to its own diminished quantity, while conversely there is a
similar need or attraction developed in the egg for additional chromatin in
consequence of its preponderating cytoplasm. This leads to the highest
form of cumulative integration through direct fusion of the male and
female elements, or what I shall call reciprocal integration without loss of
molecular identity, or as it is commonly called, to "fertilization." "Fer-
tilization" is a reciprocal restoration of the equilibrium between the
chromatin or nucleoplasm and the cytoplasm of both ovum and spermato-
zoon, this takes place not with accompanying molecular disintegration
but by the actual fusion of both elements without the sacrifice of the
molecular identity of either. Mutual digestion is not possible, for both
elements are already composed of similar molecules. This molecular
similarity constitutes the means through which the hereditary traits and
tendencies of the male and female are transmitted.

18. The accumulation of cytoplasm in the egg through cumulative in-
tegral ion has enlarged its cytoplasmic field beyond that of any cell of the
parent body. The result is that when "fertilization" occurs or fusion
with the male cell, a series of segmentations are set up in this mass which
are independent, and under the influence of new conditions, lead to the
continuation of growth as the development of an embryo. This develop-
ment is rendered directly possible only in virtue of the fact that there is a
large cytoplasmic field in which nuclear motion and growth can take
place in three dimensions temporarily without access of nutriment, while
the resulting segmentations are coherent and tend to take place in such
order and relation as to produce a being similar to the parent. The aggre-
gation of large masses of segmentable plasma through the operation of
cumulative and reciprocal integration has enabled the products of such
simultaneous and successive segmentations to cohere and remain a multi-
cellular aggregate, and to lay the foundation and become the direct cause
of all metazoan and metaphytic organization.

19. The augmentation of the mass of the egg through cumulative inte-
gration and the development of the oosperm through reciprocal integra-
tion, has rendered possible the development of embryos without need of
other nutriment during the preliminary or larval stages of ontogeny, thus
leading also to the evolution of all larval forms, through processes of
direct adaptation.

20. The achievement of the multicellular condition is probably to be

Ryder.] J-5u [May 16,

traced to the secondary evolution of a cytoplasmic field, sexuality also
having so arisen at about the same time. The multicellular or coherent
condition produced new and more complex morphological relations lead-
ing to the manifold differentiation of physiological functions in relation
to diversification of surroundings, thus introducing a new and powerful
cause or capacity for variations and adaptations under such diverse condi-
tions. It is in the highest degree probable that the evolution of a cyto-
plasmic field and of sexuality, which depends upon the former, first ren-
dered variability possible.

21. Cumulative integration in the vegetable led to the process of cumu-
lative integration in the animal world and to the overproduction of germs
or young in both of these kingdoms of life. The rate of increase thus
became augmented in a geometrical ratio, as supposed upon the Darwinian
hypothesis, which on the basis of the theory of the struggle for existence
and the process of natural selection so evoked, accounts for the preserva-
tion through survival and inheritance of valuable or advantageous varia-
tions which first arose as supposed above. Cumulative integration is
regarded as the primary cause of morphological differentiation under the
stress of diverse conditions, as well as of the geometrical ratio of increase
of individuals and consequently of the struggle for existence. The effects
of the struggle for existence have however been modified through the
already attained morphological differentiation of many forms in that the
nature of further possible modifications have been in some cases very
clearly determined by the character of those which have immediately
preceded the last modification. This principle of cumulative adjustment
through which superposition of adaptations occurs, is the law of cumula-
tive morphological differentiation.

22. The only cells in multicellular forms which are absolutely otherwise
functionless are the germ cells. They alone, therefore, can become the
vehicles for the transmission of all the traits of the parent in higher forms.
They are the only cells of the body which, by any stretch of the imagina-
tion, can be supposed to possess the recapitulative power manifested in
ontogeny.

23. In that the germinal cells are never belabored with any physiologi-
cal function in the parent body, except cumulative integration, they are
also the only ones which lead the charmed life of a perpetual youth.
Upon this peculiarity of germ-cells depends rejuvenescence through re-
production, and the maintenance of the maximum vigor of the species.

24. In that maximum vigor of growth concentrated upon apical or
nearly acropetal cells in plants determines their sex, and in that this seems
to hold in great measure in Algre and Fungi, and in that the gradually
deeper inclusion of germ-cells and germ-tracts in animals is clearly a con-
sequence partly of further morphological development, as well as of the
effect of the repulsion of the functionless germ-cells into positions where

1890.] 157 [Ryder.

they are out of the way of interference with the exercise of the functions
of the rest of the cells of the body, we have some clews to the reason whv
germ-cells are "set aside," not as the consequence of a foreseen (by the
organism or natural selection) necessity for their isolation, a la Weismann,
but as a consequence of the continuous action of cumulative integration
ending in continuous growth, sexuality, morphological and physiological
differentiation under the stress of surrounding conditions to which adap-
tive responses must as continuously be made.

25. With the evolution of the multicellular condition and sexuality,
through cumulative integration, sexual correlations and interdependences
between plants, insects and air-currents were evolved, as supposed in the
text, while in animals sexual passion was evolved in the progress of sex-
ual evolution. These factors became the motive forces which sustained
the process of reciprocal integration or fertilization at its maximum of
efficiency, and thus provided for the continuous rejuvenescence of living
forms.

26. "Maternal " and " paternal " are relative terms. There was a time
when asexual reproduction, through fission without karyokinesis, was
effected by forms which were morphologically male. When individuals
became developed in which the physiological functions of the individual
were so adjusted automatically through a correlation of those functions
as to impede the production of chromatin or nucleoplasm, presumably
through the too rapid action of cumulative integration, cytoplasm was
produced in a preponderating measure, the spermatogonia were hyper-
trophied and discharged before complete maturation as ova. In this way
femaleness arose, and as " sex " thus became reflected in the physiological
tendencies of the individuals of a species, some became male and others
female. This carried the principle of the physiological division of labor
beyond organs and extended it to individuals of the same species. The
female, let me repeat, is a repressed male state.

27. In the production of female germs (ova, oospheres) there occurs a
prolonged process of integration of plasma so as to increase the volume
of the cell-body, under conditions different from those obtaining in the
production of male elements. In the production of male elements (sper-
matozoa, antherozoids), on the contrary, an actual process of elimination
of cytoplasm often occurs, so as to reduce the latter to a minimum, and
leave little remaining except the nucleus and its chromatin. The modes
of production of the male and female elements, therefore, stand in the
most extreme contrast to each other. The male state, on account of its
prodigious fertility and the flagellate type of its products, is to be regarded
as a reversion to the asexual method of reproduction as respects the phy-
siological methods involved and the morphological character of the ele-
ments produced.

28. Reciprocal integration or sexual conjugation, otherwise " fertiliza-

Kyder.] -l5o [May 16,

tion," is an asexual method of reproduction superimposed or blended with
another in which the last evolved sexual element has been hypertrophied
as an ovum. The exhaustion of the central controlling mass of nucleo-
plasm or chromatin after expulsion of the polar bodies, together with the
great size of the egg, has rendered it passive. The recurrence of the
minute flagellate condition as "male" has rendered the male element
active.

29. Male and female "sexual " products were at first and still continue
to be dehisced as useless products of overassimilation or as a consequence
of the cumulative action of integration, after further recapitulative
growth in the form of new axes or individuals, growing in organic union,
as in colonial organisms, became impossible, due to crowding, the culmi-
nation of seasonal growth or the morphological specialization leadiug to
definite or constant formal individuality.

30. The "setting aside" of germ plasma must therefore be attributed
to the direct action of cumulative integration, and cannot logically be
considered as a "device " through which the immortality-isolation of ger-
minal matter was to be achieved as a purpose or end.

31. Continuity of growth as continuously maintained through the phys-
ical capacity for living matter to increase its mass, was the primary factor
in divergent evolution. The first step which it effected in adaptation was
the necessity for segmentation either with or without karyokinesis, accord-
ing to the law of Leuckart and Spencer. As soon as coherent, successive
segmentations became possible, the first stage of which is seen in Volvox,
the first step of morphological differentiation also conformed directly to
the requirements of external conditions in that a blastula form was
assumed which gave the maximum of surface in combination with the
simplest form of coherence which could be developed through successive
and simultaneous coherent processes of cleavage.

32. Sexuality, parthenogenesis, the extrusion of the polar bodies, larval
development and the direct divergence of all higher types from the
oosperm, are some of the effects of continuous growth as caused by con-
tinuous cumulative integration working under diverse conditions and the
capacity to make direct adaptive responses.

33. The available evidence tends to show that sex is not predetermined
in the egg, but is dependent upon internal conditions and correlations of
metabolic activity within an embryo, so that sex may very often be influ-
enced directly by the regulation of the food-supply long after develop-
ment has begun.

34. The polar bodies are a phylogenetic reminiscence of the asexual or
male flagellate state. There is not the slightest evidence to show that
they are other than one of the manifold effects of continuous growth im-
pelled to proceed as supposed above. They can certainly not be identified

1890.] l^J [Ryder.

as a "device " intended to prevent parthenogenesis, as supposed by Bal-
four, nor is it established that one of them is extruded "ovogenetic"
plasma, while the other is conveniently extruded to save Weismann's an-
cestral germ plasma from molecular disintegration !

35. The divergence of type from the oosperm was determined by varia-
tions in the surrounding conditions, the effects of which could not be
reflected upon the germinal matter set aside through the continuous action
of cumulative integration, resulting in continuous growth, except through
the action of the concurrent metabolism so affected. Metabolism under
diverse conditions was therefore the only source through which the idio-
plasms of species could be developed, through which the continuity of
the phenomena of inheritance is maintained.

36. The principle of continuous growth through cumulative integration,
its rhythmical interruption through the "setting aside " and dehiscence of
the useless sexual elements, the evolution of a cytoplasmic field, the direct
adaptation to their surroundings of colonial aggregates of cells resulting
from the coherent segmentation of masses of plasma resulting from recip-
rocal integration, the necessarily cumulative superimposition of adapta-
tions upon one another, have been, in the main, the materials upon which
natural selection was dependent in order to become operative in biological
evolution.

37. The view that the female is preponderatingly "anabolic" and the
male " katabolic," as held by Geddes and Thomson, cannot be sustained on
the basis fact, since it is readily demonstrated that the male element rep-
resents a higher product of constructive metabolism than the female.

38. The most important result of the evolution of sexuality is the phy-
siological process of nuclear substitution through reciprocal integration or
" fertilization," thus blending and superposing matter and energy from
two sources and causing the latter to be potentially stored. Hunger has
brought about the material overflow, the divergence of the sexual ele-
ments from a common basis has ended in the production of countless
adaptive modifications and the evolution of "species," while the accessory
devices favorable to conjugation which have been slowly and adaptively
evolved have led to a gradually intensified expression of passion and love,
which have become important motive forces in the drama of evolution at
large.

}roceefa Amer. Philos. Sue.

Vol. XXVIII. No. 133.

'«***

nrzo

PHOTO-COLLOTYPE, HOPE M'F'G CO.

Founded May 25, 1743

Incorporated March 15, 1780

First Occupation of Hall November 21, 1789

Proceedings

COMMEMORATIVE OF THE

J

ENTENNIAL ANNIVERSARY

Death of Benjamin Franklin

APRIL 17, 1890

Committee of Arrangements

Charles A Oliver Chairman

Henry Phillips Jr William John Potts

Arthur Biddle William H Greene

161

PROCE EDINGS

OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY,
HELD AT PHILADELPHIA, FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XXVIII. April 17, 1890. No. 133.

In Commemoration of the One Hundredth Anni-
versary of the Decease of Benjamin Franklin.

April iy, 1890.

At a stated meeting of the Society, held January
17, 1890, Dr. Oliver offered the following preamble
and resolution :

Whereas, It is both honorable and just that we, the present representatives of
the American Philosophical Society, should show our affection and regard for
our illustrious founder and first President, Dr. Benjamin Franklin, who died on
the 17th day of April, 1790, be it,

Resolved, That we commemorate his life, his wisdom, his labors, and his
achievements by proper and fitting ceremonies becoming such an occasion, on
the 17th day of April, 1890; the form of the commemoration to be referred to
a Special Committee of five members, to be appointed by the President, who
shall be empowered to take all necessary action.

Which, after discussion, was adopted.

The President subsequently appointed as such
Committee, Messrs. Charles A. Oliver, Henry Phillips,
Jr., Arthur Biddle, William John Potts and William
H. Greene.

At a stated meeting of the Society, held on February

PROC. AMKR. PHIL08. S0C. XXVIII. 133. TJ. PRINTED MAY 31, 1890.

162

7, 1890, Dr. Oliver reported the following preamble
and resolutions, which were adopted, and the same
committee continued and requested to make all the
arrangements necessary to carry out the same :

The Committee to which was referred the following preamble and resolution :
" Deeming it both honorable and just that we, the present representatives of the
American Philosophical Society, should show our affection and regard for our
illustrious Founder and First President, Dr. Benjamin Franklin, who died on the
17th day of April, 1790, be it resolved that we commemorate his life, his wisdom,
his labors and his achievements by proper and fitting ceremonies becoming such
an occasion, on the 17th day of April, 1890; the form of the commemoration to
be referred to a special committee of five members, who shall be empowered to
take all necessary action," presented by Dr. Oliver at the meeting of the Society
on the 17th of January, 1890, begs respectfully to submit the following report :

Resolved, That we commemorate in a becoming manner the approaching Cen-
tennial Anniversary of the death of Benjamin Franklin.

Resolved, That a series of short addresses upon his life, character and work be
delivered before the Society upon this occasion.

On the 1 7th day of April, 1890, at 8 p.m., the Society
and its invited guests assembled at Association Hall,
in the city of Philadelphia, and Mr. Talcott Williams,
introducing the speakers, made the following remarks :

Mr. President and Associates of the American
Philosophical Society, Ladies and Gentlemen, and last,
but most honored of all on this occasion, the descen-
dants of Dr. Franklin : Few words of mine are needed
to explain the occasion of our meeting or to refer to
the men who are to address you. None are neces-
sary to recall him or the memory of his death. We
assemble not to widen his fame — an impossible task
— but to deepen and display our loyalty to our founder
and first head. This anniversary itself falls in a week

163

thick sown with memory. It was but two days since
that there was commemorated in this city, the anni-
versary which rounded out twenty-five years since the
death of the first American of this century.* To-night
we meet in recognition of one hundred years which
have elapsed since the death of the first American of
any century.

For us all the death of Lincoln still brings senses of
loss for a leader taken away with his work unfulfilled,
his mission unaccomplished. For none in the genera-
tion which stood by the open grave in which were
buried the hopes of one section and the sorrow of both,
can "the lilacs bloom with blossom of mastering odor"
without thought that " the sweetest, wisest soul of all
our days and lands " passed away when the task of
retribution was over, and before the office of reconcilia-
tion began. To-night, as a century ago, the death of
Franklin can only remind men that he left no task unac-
complished and no aim unfulfilled. In the supreme
prosperity of his life nothing became him like its leav-
ing. Felix opportitnitate mortis, not like the Roman of
old, in death escaping evil to come, but leaving count-
less and completed good behind. Death, for other men,
lays the corner-stone of that fabric of appreciation and
honor which posterity erects. For Franklin the hands
of death set in place the cap-stone of the great struc-
ture which noble deeds had raised in honor, whose
fame we cherish and whose shadow the descending
years of a century still lengthen and prolong.

It is not our task to-night to magnify his deeds or
add to his praises. In the presence of a career like
his, eulogy is an impertinence and praise presumption.

* The Twenty-fifth Anniversary of Abraham Lincoln's death was celebrated in Phila-
delphia by the delivery by Walt Whitman of his address on the subject, April 15, 1890.

164

We assemble but to ratify and record the final judg-
ment of a century. One hundred years ago, when
this Society called upon one of its members to com-
memorate his life among them and his labors for man,
it was possible to ask of a single speaker* to express
the world's estimate of Benjamin Franklin. To-night
that great monument of his achievements which death
completed when no man's effort could add aught to it,
has cast so broad a shadow across one hundred years,
that no one, however able, can compass its breadth,
within the circumference of his intellectual horizon.
Along whichever of the many paths that Franklin
traveled to greatness, lesser men may wearily plod
to-day, each is still aware, however high he may
ascend, that his experience is too narrow and his vision
too short to know and survey all the field of Frank-
lin's achievements in the past or their fruits in the
present. One hundred years ago, we heard one
speaker ; to-night we listen to five. For this occasion
this Society has summoned here the biographer of
Franklin ; it has called upon the historian of the land
in which he served his country abroad ; upon the man
of science ; upon one both the man of science and let-
ters, and lastly, to represent the civic and associated
acclivities in which Franklin was engaged, upon the
President of this Society. From this jury, thus con-
stituted, presenting the garner of all the manifold
fields which Franklin sowed to rich fame for himself
and richer harvest for others, we hear -summed up
to-night the verdict of the century. This finding,
which but ratifies the earlier presentment made by
that greater jury which includes the civilized world,

♦After the death of Franklin, Dr. William Smith was appointed by the American
Philosophical Society to pronounce a eulogy upon the founder.

165

will have its full and ultimate record in the volume
which this Society will transmit to learned societies
through the world. It will give the acts and the char-
acter which have placed Franklin alone in all history
as the one man who inspired the enthusiasm of France
and satisfied the sober judgment of the English-speak-
ing race — the solitary and unique figure in our history
or in any history whose work and fame and name is
alike honored, cherished and loved by the two
opposing streams whose conflict is the history of twenty
human centuries — the Latin and the Teuton.

Many biographers have emulated the record in which
Franklin, all too briefly, told the story of his early life.
We have to-night with us the only one of these biog-
raphers who has set in life and light those dreary past
Revolutionary years, when as in those now passing
and passed the high tide of war had ebbed and uncov-
ered endless corruption when, as to-day, the State must
be served and saved, if served and saved at all, while
the clash of party and the din of faction drowned the
nobler voice of principle. In describing that period
when the hands of Franklin Guided to its last, its final, ifs
eternal abiding place the corner-stone of constitutional
liberty, and all the morning stars of heaven sang to-
gether with joy as the pillars of organic law arose
above the foundations of freedom, our historian has
described the character and achievements of Franklin
in a passage which will be cherished and remembered
with the like utterances of Jeffrey and of Mackintosh ; of
Brougham and of Brancroft. He resumes to-night the
task which he there began. I need not introduce, I
need only present to you, the youngest and most widely
read of American historians, John Bach McMaster, who
will give you

166

A Short Biography of Benjamin Franklin.

Benjamin Franklin began his career, at Boston, as the
youngest son in a family of seventeen children. The day
of his birth was January 6, 1706. But, long before he
died, the Gregorian calendar came into use in the English colo-
nies and changed the date of his birth to January 17. As the
boy grew up his parents attempted to determine his career.
His mother was anxious to see him a minister. The boy was
resolved to go to sea. The father tried hard to make him a trades-
man, took him round among the carpenters and bricklayers, the
joiners and the tanners to see which trade he liked the best
and ended by binding him over to an elder brother to learn the
trade of a printer. The apprenticeship did not long endure.
The two made up an ill-mated pair. From disagreements they
passed to insults. Insults led to quarrels. Quarrels to blows,
and with blows they parted. The one to drag out an humble
existence. The other to become the most illustrious American
of his day.

Unable to find any work in Boston, Benjamin took packet
for New York. Faring no better there, he crossed the bay to
Perth Amboy, made the journey from Amboy to Burlington
on foot, and, early one Sunday morning in October, 1723,
reached this city. Here he found work and, in time, fell in
with William Keith who governed Pennsylvania for the
children of Penn.

Keith sent him to Boston to urge his father to buy him a
press and some type. The father refused, and Keith sent him
on a yet more foolish errand to London. When he set sail he
believed he was to have letters of introduction and letters of
credit, that he was to buy types, paper and a press and come
back to America a master printer. When he reached London
he found Keith a knave and himself a dupe.

167

His life at London forms the crisis of his career. None of
the wise maxims of " Poor Richard," none of the prudence
displayed in his " Advice to a Young Tradesman," none of
the just principles set forth in after years in his moral
essays then served to guide him. He wasted his sub-
stance. He kept bad company. He misused money
entrusted to his care. He wandered from printing house
to printing house, thought for one while of setting up a
swimming school and for another while of wandering oyer
Europe on foot. From this life he was turned by a merchant
whose acquaintance he made on the long voyage to London,
and who now gave him not advice but a situation. With
him Franklin returned to Philadelphia, and at twenty began
to keep books, sell goods and learn the secrets of mercantile
affairs. He was indeed fast becoming a merchant when his
employer died and he once more went back to the trade of
printer.

For a time he was foreman in the shop of Samuel Keimer.
But the two soon quarreled and Franklin with the aid of a
friend established the " New Printing Office in High Street
near the Market." From that hour prosperity never deserted
him. At twenty-six he had bought out his partner, paid his
debts, married a wife, and opened a shop that defies descrip-
tion. There were to be had imported books and legal blanks,
paper and parchment, Dutch quills and Alleppo ink, perfumed
soap, Ehode Island cheese, live geese feathers, Pahia tea, cof-
fee, very good stock, and cash for old rags. Before he was
forty-two he had founded one of the best newspapers, pub-
lished the most famous almanac, and owned the best paying
printing house in the thirteen colonies, was postmaster-general
and had written pieces which it is safe to say are the only
pieces written by Americans in that age and read in ours.

168

And now this Yankee tallow-chandler's son, having raised
himself, by a strict adherence to the maxims of u Poor Richard,"
from poverty to wealth, from obscurity to power, proceeded
to violate one of the most often inculcated. " Shoemaker,'' says
" Poor Eichard," "stick to your last." " A rolling stone gathers
no moss." " Keep thy shop and thy shop will keep thee." But
Franklin now sold his shop, his newspaper, his almanac, and
gave his time to the study of science. So well was the time
spent that, before he was fifty, he had made discoveries and
written papers that made him world-famous, secured for him
membership in the Royal Society of London and won for him
the Copley medal.

While the whole scientific world were thus doing him honor,
he suddenly abandoned his studies, went back to politics and
was once more loaded with public duties. His townsmen
elected him Assemblyman. The home government appointed
him Postmaster-General of the colonies. The Assembly sent
him with its Speaker to hold a conference with the Indians at
Carlisle; then to the Albany conference where he presented
his famous Plan of Union ; and then to represent the pro-
vince in England.

The five years he now passed in England were the closing
years of what is commonly known as the French and Indian
War, but what might with more fitness be called the struggle for
expansion. On his return to Philadelphia, in 1761, he seems
for a time to have thought of quitting politics, living at his ease,
building a fine house, studying electricity and writing a book
on the " Art of Virtue." But the conspiracy of Pontiac, the
massacre of the Conestoga Indians by the men of Donegal and
Paxtang, and the bitter pamphlet war that followed drew him
again into politics. Once more he entered the Assembly, be-
came the leader of the Antiproprietary party, and, having

169

lost his seat in the bitter contest that followed, was a second
time sent to represent the colony at London. His business
was to present a petition to the king asking that Pennsylvania
be taken from the Penns and made a royal colony. But he
had not been there many weeks when the Stamp Act passed,
the contest for independence began, and, in the exciting times
that followed, the petition went unheeded.

Having little to do, Franklin now passed his time in writing
pieces on American affairs for the English newspapers, and in
defending in many ways the cause of the colonies. It was
during these years that he republished a London edition of the
"Farmer's Letters," that he brought out "The Votes and Pro-
ceedings of the Freeholders and other Inhabitants of Boston,"
that he sent over the "Hutchinson Letters," and underwent
the memorable examination before the Privy Council'.

For the part he took in the Hutchinson affair he was
deprived of his place in the post-office and was soundly abused
by the English press. In the midst of this abuse parliament
passed the Boston Port Bill, the Massachusetts Bill, the Trans-
portation Bill and the Quebec Act ; the first Continental
Congress met and the revolution began in earnest. As the
news of each act of resistance came over, the position of Frank-
lin became daily more dangerous and unpleasant. For a time
his work seemed ended. He shunned the court, went no longer
to the houses of the ministers and kept away from the office
of Lord Dartmouth. Indeed, he was about to come home
when news that Congress was to meet detained him. From
that Congress came the Declaration of Rights, and, having
presented this to Lord Dartmouth, Franklin set sail for Phila-
delphia, March 21, 1775, and landed on the 5th of May at
home.

He had been abroad ten years and six months. During

PROC. AMEK. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 133. V. PRINTED MAY 31, 1890.

170

these ten years many and great changes had taken place. Old
friends were gone. New faces met him on every street. The
growth of the city, the spirit, the prosperity of the people
amazed him. But the. greatest of all changes were in his own
family. His wife was dead. His daughter was married. His
son, a strong loyalist, was estranged by politics. Happily, no
time was given him to feel these changes, for he was instantly
involved in public affairs.

The day after he landed he was chosen a member of the
Continental Congress, took his seat four days later and served
for fourteen months, was on eleven committees, was made
Postmaster-General, was sent on one mission to Washington at
Cambridge and on another to Arnold at Quebec ; was dis-
patched, after the disastrous battle of Long Island, to confer
with Lord Howe ; and, in September, 1776, was sent out to
join Arthur Lee and Silas Deane in France.

There he was received as no other man has ever been
received. He became the sensation of the hour. Everything
that he said, everything that he did, everything that he wrote
was quoted and read all over France. His bust was set up in
the royal library. Medallions of him appeared in the palace
of the king. His face was to be seen on rings, on bracelets,
on the covers of snuff boxes, hats, coats, canes were all " a la
Franklin." Nor was his diplomatic success less noticeable.
He concluded the treaty of alliance with France, the treaty of
amity and commerce, negotiated loans for great sums of
money, and, in 1783, signed the treaty of peace with Great
Britain. In 1785, old and loaded with honors, he came back'
to Philadelphia. Yet his career was far from ended. The
people made him a member of council and the council and
assembly made him President of the State, and while Presi-
dent, the people sent him to the convention that framed the

171

Constitution of the United States. He was now in his eighty-
second year and at the height of his fame. Every ship brought
him letters from the most renowned men Europe could pro-
duce. Not a traveler came to America but he turned aside to
see Dr. Franklin. Pamphleteers did him honor in fullsome dedi-
cations. Towns were proud to bear his name. No newspapers
ever mentioned him without some grateful remark. He
was the venerable Dr. Franklin, " our illustrious countryman
and friend of man," " the Father of American independence."
To his house came regularly the Philosophical Society, the
Abolition Society, the Society for Political Education.

Thus surrounded by friends and admirers, the closing years
of his life passed quietly away. He died on the 17th of April,
1790. To say that his life is the most interesting, the most
uniformly successful yet lived by any American is bold. Yet
it is strictly true. Our country has, indeed, produced many
men who have gathered greater fortunes ; who have been
more successful as philanthropists ; who have made greater
discoveries in physics. But it has produced none who have
acquired greatness in so many ways, or have made so lasting
an impression on the mass of his countrymen. His face is
known all over the world. His writings are to be read in
every tongue. His maxims arein every man's mouth. His name
is all over the United States bestowed on counties, on towns, on
streets, on societies, on corporations. The lightning rod and
the papers on electricity give him no mean place among men
of science. The Autobiography, " The Way to Wealth," the
Bagatelles entitle him to a place among our men of letters.
But his success was greatest as a statesman and his name is
bound up with many of the most famous documents of our
Revolutionary history. Indeed, it is the only one which appears
alike at the foot of the Declaration of Independence, at the

172

foot of the treaty of alliance with France, at the foot of the
treaty of peace with England and at the foot of the Consti-
tution under which we now live.

In introducing Mr. Frederick Fraley, the President
of the American Philosophical Society, Mr. Williams
said:

In all the long list of achievements which make the
biography of Franklin read like the history of his
country, nothing has proved more useful or lasting
than the societies and associations which he estab-
lished. Born in a land whose countrymen have a
genius for organization, he had himself supreme apti-
tude for this work and was equally at home in drafting
the Constitution of a fire company or of a Nation.
Transmitted to his descendants in one generation after
another, the exercise of a like power has given this
city institutions of the highest value, the last of which,
of the utmost importance to a manufacturing city, owes
its origin and success to one of his descendants, whom
sex and sex alone debars from membership in our
Society.* Of all the societies which Franklin organ-
ized, the American Philosophical Society has proved
the most conspicuous, the best known in the field of
science and, we may modestly believe, the most useful
in the service of his and our country. I have the high
honor of introducing its President, who will address
you upon

* Among other institutions in Philadelphia, the Philadelphia City High School was
established, in 1831, by A. D. Bache, LL.D., a grandson of Dr. Franklin, and the Penn-
sylvania Museum and School of Industrial Art owed its foundation iu 1876 and its
growth afterwards, principally to the efforts of Mrs. E. D. Gillespie, a great-grand-
daughter of the philosopher.

173

Benjamin Franklin's Association with the Society.

It is difficult for me to realize that I stand here to-night as
the representative of the American Philosophical Society
briefly to present to you Dr. Franklin as the founder of that
Society, as the spirit which influenced its life, as the one who
crowned its career with the scientific honors of the day in
which he lived ; the Society that has endeavored to perpetu-
ate his memory by an adherence to the principles which he
incorporated in its origin and which have been faithfully,
I think, preserved by his successors.

The origin of the American Philosophical Society may be
traced to that junto which Franklin established in the city of
Philadelphia when he was about twenty-two or twenty-three
years of age, for the promotion of useful knowledge. His
associates, with himself, prosecuted their studies and their delib-
erations with such success that it influenced, no doubt, all of
their careers, but especially the career of Benjamin Franklin.
He never forgot his early introduction to the kingdom of knowl-
edge and he went on year by year with the great idea in his
mind and memory that a part of his life-work was to be found
in the establishment of a great Society having for its object
the promoting of useful knowledge. In the year 1740 he
issued his proposals for the formation of such a Society and
labored sedulously for its accomplishment, sketching out the
objects that it should pursue, the duties that its members
should perform, their applications to science and to each other,
and, aware that there must be a pilot to steer the ship and a
man to keep the log, was not ambitious to be president of the
Society, but took upon himself the humble office of its secre-
tary. He performed the duties appertaining to that office with
such fidelity and success that it reached a considerable point of

174

influence in its existence. Then the jealousy of the times and
the jealousy of Franklin led to the establishment of another
Society claiming part of the title of the American Philosophi-
cal institution established by Franklin and the attempt to carry
on an opposition society to his, with great damage to both, and
with the result that about the year 1768, the gentlemen com-
posing those institutions, finding that both could not survive,
that there was not room enough in the city of Philadelphia
for two institutions of the sort — happily coalesced, and on
January 2, 1768, Benjamin Franklin was elected President
of the associated institutions and continued to be reelected for
twenty-one years, from 1769 to 1790, without any opposition
on the part of any member of the institution.

Our friend, Prof. McMaster, has given you a brief but admi-
rable biography of Franklin's life, telling the story of his birth,
of his early education, of his trials, and of his triumphs. In his
connection with the American Philosophical Society you will
recognize all the traits we have seen so skillfully delineated and
which have marked the institution that bears the stamp of his
creative genius, which has been influenced throughout its
existence by his spirit, and which to-day, as our friend, Mr.
McMaster, has told you, has its correspondents throughout
the whole of the world of science, has upon its list of mem-
bers distinguished scientific men of every country, representa-
tives of all the departments of science in cities of the United
States, and is preparing still to go on, carrying forward the
good work that Franklin founded, that has been so successful
in the hands of his successors, and we are hoping that Frank-
lin's shadow will always be within view to guide the destinies
of the Society to new honors and to new triumphs.

The minutes of that early Society that he founded in 1742
are still in existence in the beautiful handwriting of the philoso-

175

pher, and its pages are turned over year by year by visitors to
the halls of the Society; who tracing in the lines which
lie there wrote, realize to a certain extent the character of
the man, the carefulness with which he did everything, and
whether he turned his attention to the curing of smoky chim-
neys, or to the invention of an improved fire-place, or to draw-
ing the lightning from the heavens and demonstrating its
identity with electricity, or in proposing new theories of light
and heat, or in encouraging the manufacture of large sheets of
paper, or in his correspondence with the distinguished mem-
bers of the Society — in all these things his connection with
the American Philosophical Society illustrates the character
of the man and the institutions which he founded in Philadel-
phia, cognating their purposes for the promotion of useful
knowledge and which still remain and nourish among us in
the types of the library company of Philadelphia, the old
University of Pennsylvania, the Philadelphia Contribution-
ship for the insurance of houses against loss by fire, the
establishment of the first fire engine company of Philadelphia.
"Whether we look for him in the fields of philosophy or
in the walks of business, or in works such as the framing of
declarations of independence, constitutions or treaties, the
admirable character of Benjamin Franklin is impressed upon
every one of these things to which I have referred. And espe-
cially has his character been impressed upon the foundations,
the traditions, the applications of the American Philosophical
Society. That Society honors him as its founder and partici-
pates in honoring him in all those illustrations of human
character to which our historian, Mr. McMaster, has referred
and which have crowned our country with so much honor,
with so many blessings and with such useful instruction to
rising generations.

176

In introducing Mr. G. Brown Goode, Mr. Williams
said :

American science owed its foundation and its first
great discovery to a master of English style. The
example of Franklin has never been forgotten by the
scientific men of America. The record of their work
has often become a part of the literature of their land.
The clarity of their style has matched the brilliancy of
their discoveries. It has been especially true of the
Smithsonian Institution, which owes its endowment to
the liberality of a private citizen, a liberality whose
infectious example ought to attract new additions to
his useful gift, that it has maintained in its registers of
advancing knowledge, the dignity as well as the accu-
racy of science. A Henry and a Langley both remind
us that the ability to make great discoveries may well
be joined with the capacity to give them adequate
expression. Representing a scientific institution with
these traditions, Mr. Goode has come to be naturally
selected to speak of the attainments of a man of
science in the field of letters. With much of Mr.
Goode's labors we are all familiar. The literature of
our woods will never be complete without including
the pages of Audubon, and the full record of our seas
begins with the work of Goode. To this research,
whose fruits are known to many, he has added labors
in the field of early American literature whose results
we hear to-night. As representing .at once, organized
science and literary research, I have the honor to
introduce to you, Mr. G. Brown Goode, of the Smith-
sonian Institution, who will speak upon

177

The Literary Labors of Benjamin Franklin".

When the New World sent Franklin to Europe, England
and France received him, without question, as the equal of
their own greatest men. Lavoisier, Turgot and Raynal, Buffon,
Rousseau and Condorcet were his admirers, Gibbon, Hume,
and Adam Smith, Karnes, Robertson, Bentham and Priestly,
his friends, while to the poet Cowper praise by him atoned for
all the carpings of the critics.

When he first met Voltaire, in the hall of the French
Academy of Sciences, the two old men saluted affectionately,
amid the tears and the applause of the spectators, and it was
proclaimed through Europe that Sophocles and Solon had
embraced.

His colleague, John Adams, by no means the most ardent
of his admirers, said of him :

" His reputation was more universal than that of Leibnitz
or Newton, Frederick the Great or Yoltaire, and his character
more beloved and esteemed than any or all of them. Newton
had astonished, perhaps, forty or fifty men in Europe ; for
not more than that number, probably, at any one time had
read him and understood him, and these being held in admi-
ration in their respective countries, at the head of the philos-
ophers, had spread among scientific people a mysterious won-
der at the genius of this, perhaps the greatest man that ever
lived. But his fame was confined to men of letters. The
common people cared nothing about such a recluse philosopher.
Leibnitz's name was still more confined. Frederick was hated
by one-half Europeans much as Napoleon is. Yoltaire was
considered as a vain and profligate wit, and not esteemed by
anybody, though admired by all who knew his works. But
Franklin's fame was universal. His name was familiar to

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 133. W. PRINTED JUNE 2, 1890.

178

government and people ; to kings, courtiers, nobility, clergy,
and philosophers, as well as to plebeians, to such a degree that
there was scarcely a peasant or a citizen, coachman or footman,
a lady's chambermaid or a scullion in the kitchen who was not
familiar with his name, and who did not consider him as a
friend of human kind. When they spoke of him, they seemed
to think he was to restore the golden age."

In a nation of three millions, he was first in every field of
action, as printer, publisher, editor, and humorist — in political
economy, administration and statesmanship, in science, philoso-
phy, diplomacy, and in literature. He stands to-day a colossal
figure in the world's memory, his popularity in no wise les-
sened by lapse of time, and Americans still wonder at his
stature, seemingly unable to measure the extent of his great-
ness. In Europe he is still thought the first of Americans, the
most perfect embodiment of the spirit and genius of his coun-
try, and its one great writer who lived before the days of
Irving.

His easy-going freedom of speech, his liberal views on theo-
logical questions and his irreverence, coupled with a certain
coarseness, almost Eabelaisian, in his early writings, have
lessened his popularity among educated Americans. Then, too,
the subjects of which he wrote — the current political issues,
the manners and morals of every-day people, common abuses
and how to do away with them, passing events and their
lessons, household economies, and the like — although they gave
him a great popular audience, were not of the kind best fitted
to call forth the admiration of his literary contemporaries.

His choice of subjects was, nevertheless, the best evidence
of his preeminence. " Great men are more distinguished by
range and extent than by originality. A great man does not
wake up on some fine morning and say, ' I am full of life, I

179

will go to sea, and find an Antarctic continent ; to-day I will
square the circle ; I will ransack botany, and find a new food
for man ; I have a new architecture in my mind ; I foresee a
new mechanic power.' No ; but he finds himself in the river
of thoughts and events, forced onward by the ideas and neces-
sities of his contemporaries. He stands where all the eyes of
man look one way, and their hands all point in the direction
in which he should go. The church has reared him amidst
rites and pomps, and he carries out the advice which her music
gave him, and builds a cathedral needed by her chants
and processions. He finds a war raging ; it educates him by
trumpet, in barracks, and he betters the instruction. He finds
two counties groping to bring coal, or flour, or fish, from the
place of production to the place of consumption, and he hits
on a railroad. Every master has found his materials collected,
and his power lay in his sympathy with his people, and in his
love of the materials he wrought in." *

The spirit of the hour was Franklin's constant inspiration,
and his writings were a legitimate result, the natural outgrowth
of his activity in all matters of public concern. Admirable
in themselves, their chief interest is nevertheless due to the
fact that they form so complete a record of the deeds and the
personal character of their author.

" Though he was a voluminous writer and one of the
great masters of English expression, Franklin wrote habitu-
ally with a single eye to immediate practical results. He
never posed for posterity. Of all the writings to which he
mainly owes his present fame, it would be difficult to name
one which he gave to the press himself or of which he saw the
proof. Yet he never wrote a dull line nor many which the
century of time has robbed of their interest or value. What-

* Emerson.

180

ever he wrote seems to have been conceived upon a scale which
embraced the whole human race, as well as the individual or
class to whom it was specifically addressed, the one evidence of
true greatness which never deceives nor misleads. If he wrote
to his wife, it was, more or less, a letter from every husband to
his wife ; if to his daughter, it was a letter that any daughter
would be pleased to receive from her father ; if to a philoso-
pher or statesman, there was always that in the manner or
matter of it which time cannot stale, and which will be read
by every statesman and philosopher with the sort of interest
they would have felt had it been addressed personally to
them." *

The gathering of "Frankliniana" has become of late years
a favorite pursuit of book lovers, and there are many excellent
private collections besides the magnificent assemblages of his
printed books, manuscripts and imprints in the public libraries
of Boston, New York, Philadelphia, and Washington. The
pioneer in this movement was Prof. Justin Winsor, who, in
1869, established a Franklin Alcove in the Boston Public
Library, for the reason, as he said at the time, " that Franklin
is to Boston what Shakespeare is to England."

A complete library of Frankliniana, including not only the
books by him and about him, but also the products of his
press, would embrace nearly two thousand separate units. Such
a collection would possess a very great value in money, f

Several bibliographies of Franklin have been printed. One

* Bigelow's Preface to Franklin's Works.

tOne of his imprints, the translation of Cicero's " Cato Major," in good condition, has
sold for $200. A complete series of " Poor Richard " would he almost priceless. Of the
ty-six numbers, the Pennsylvania Historical Society had, when Ford's hook was
printed, only sixteen ; the Lenox Library, seventeen ; the Library Company of Philadel-
phia, twenty-one; the Congressional Library, thirteen ; and the American Philosophical
• one, which, however, is the first. Of the issues of 1734 and 1735 none are in the
possession of any of these libraries.

181

of the most serviceable is that of Sparks in the latter part of his
tenth volume. Another is the admirable one of Lindsay Swift,
printed seven years ago by the Boston Public Library. The
latest and fullest is the " Franklin Bibliography," of Paul Lei-
cester Ford, a very stout octavo volume of nearly five hundred
pages, which is intended mainly for the collector and is a
minute and exhaustive catalogue of the variations of every
possible bibliographical unit.

In this are cited nine hundred and ninety-seven titles, ar-
ranged as follows :

I. Books and pamphlets wholly or partly written by Franklin. 1-600
II. Periodicals and serials containing writings of Franklin 601-618

III. State Papers and Treaties, in forming which Franklin aided. 619-633

IV. Works containing letters of Franklin 639-709

V. Pseudonyms used by Franklin 710-784

Works relating to, written to, or dedicated to Franklin 790-1002

In addition to these there are named in the accompanying
Reference List other publications, relating in part to Frank-
lin, to the number of. 508

Of the six hundred titles given by Ford in his list of books
wholly or partly written by Franklin, there are only about
ninety which represent distinct efforts of authorship, even
though prefaces, notes in books written by others, and broad-
sides be counted. The remaining titles relate to reprints,
advertisements, and hypothetical publications of which no
copies are known to exist.

Franklin's literary remains may be classified as follows :

1. The Autobiography— from 1706 to 1757.

2. Poor Richard's Almanac, in twenty-six annual issues, 1732-58, culmi-

nating in " Father Abraham's Speech at the Auction."

3. Essays upon Manners, Morals and the Science of Life, including the

so-called Bagatelles, in all sixty titles or more.

4. Tracts and Papers upon Political Economy, Finance, and the Science

of Government ; in all about forty titles.

182

5. Essays and Tracts, Historical and Political, concerning the American

Revolution and the events which immediately preceded and fol-
lowed—1747-1790 .

6. Scientific Papers— from 1737-1790; in all 221 titles and nearly 900

pages, octavo.

7. Correspondence, Diplomatic, Domestic and Literary — 1724-90 ; in all,

some twelve hundred letters, while many still remain unpublished.

THE AUTOBIOGRAPHY.

The autobiography, prepared between the ages of sixty- five
and eighty -three, is one of the most remarkable books ever
written. It was intended for his son, and certain intimate
friends, and was not published until after the death of its
author, and was never printed as it had been written until a
few years ago, when, in 1874, Mr. John Bigelow issued a cor-
rect version from the original manuscript, which by marvelous
good fortune had fallen into his hands, while Minister at the
Court of France.

The autobiography has passed through at least one hundred
and seventy editions, and has been translated into German,
French, Danish, and Spanish.

To understand it properly, the reader should use Bigelow's
edition and none other — for its editor, with admirable skill,
has supplemented Franklin's own narrative, complete in itself
up to 1757, by a series of extracts from his letters and other
writings, so that it is told in the philosopher's own words, and
is complete almost to the day of his death.

During the twenty-eight years of his residence abroad, from
1758 to 1785, he was in constant correspondence with the
governments he represented, and with his friends, who were
numerous and to whom he wrote at length and with great
freedom.

" To his protracted expatriation," writes Bigelow, " we owe

183

this fact, that there is scarcely an important incident in Frank-
lin's life which is not described by himself in his memoirs, or
in his correspondence ; and it is to this vast treasury of ster-
ling English, which seems to have been almost miraculously
preserved from incalculable perils by sea and by land, that the
legion of his biographers have been indebted for what has
most contributed to render their writing attractive.

" I am not aware that any other eminent man has left so
complete a record of his own life. The part of which, from
the nature of things, could not be preserved in correspondence
— his youth and early manhood ; his years of discipline and
preparation — has been made as familiar as household words to
at least three generations, in those imperishable pages which,
in the full maturity of his faculties and experiences he pre-
pared at the special in-tance of his friends, Le Veillard, Roche-
foucault, and Vaughan. From the period when that fragment
closes until his death, we have a continuous, I might almost
say, a daily record of his life, his labors, his anxieties, and his
triumphs, from his own pen, and written when all the incidents
and emotions they awakened were most fresh and distinct in
his mind.*

THE ALMANAC.

Franklin's Almanac is interesting in itself, but far more so
in its effects on the history of American letters and American
life. It was the beginning of our American periodical litera-
ture, the first successful serial, the pioneer of the great army
of magazines and reviews which, even now, stand in the place
of public libraries to the great majority of our people.

Franklin's was not a monthly, or even a quarterly ; it was
an annual magazine of instructive and entertaining literature.

•"Life," p. 6.

184

He was the most experienced of American journalists, the
editor and principal contributor of the New England ,Courant,
when, in 1723, it threw Boston into tumult, and, in 1729,
founder of the Pennsylvania Gazette, for more than half a
century the leading newspaper in the New World. He fully
appreciated the possibilities of periodical literature in America
and established, in 1711, a monthly called " The General
Magazine and Historical Chronicle for all the British Prov-
inces in America," * an effort which failed because the country
was not yet ready.

The Almanac was to the people of that day, what the week-
lies and monthlies have become to their great-grandchildren.
Franklin began to print it in 1782, and it soon became a neces-
sity in every household from New England to the Carolinas,
and made the name of " Poor Eichard " famous all over the
world. Within twenty-five years, at least a quarter of a mil-
lion copies of this treasury of homely wisdom had been dis-
tributed throughout the colonies.

Franklin wished that his Almanac should be a vehicle for
conveying instruction among the common people, who bought
scarcely any other books. He, therefore, filled all the little
spaces between the remarkable days in the calendar with prov-
erbial sentences, chiefly such as inculcated industry and frugal-
ity as the means of procuring wealth and thereby securing
virtue; "it being," as he said, " more difficult for a man in
want to act always honestly than it is hard for an empty sack
to stand upright." Finally he brought together in a connected
fabric, all the best of the sayings of Poor Eichard for twenty-
five years, in the form of the harangue of a wise old man to
the people attending an auction. " Father Abraham's Speech,"
" The Way to Wealth," or u La Science du Bonhomme

* Six numbers of this periodical were printed.

185

Richard," as this composition was variously called, touched by
its simple wisdom, responsive chords in the hearts of all
simple-minded people.

Its influence was amazingly great. No one was better able
than Franklin to judge of its extent, no one less likely to
exaggerate it.

Writing about it, in 1788, he said :

" The piece, being universally approved, was copied in all
the newspapers of the continent ; reprinted in Britain on
broadsides, to be stuck up in houses ; two translations were
made of it in French, and great numbers bought by the clergy
and gentry to distribute gratis among their poor parishioners
and tenants. In Pennsylvania, as it discouraged useless
expense in foreign superfluities, some thought it had its share
in producing that growing plenty of money which was observ-
able for several years after its publication." *

Ford's bibliography shows that since it was written, one
hundred and twenty-three years ago, "Father Abraham's
Speech " has been reprinted about three times for each year.
Seventy or more separate editions in English have appeared,
fifty-six in French, eleven in German, and some in Italian. It
was printed in Danish at Copenhagen (1801, 1820) ; in Catalan
at Montroulez (1820) and Morlais (1882); in Greek in Paris
(1823) ; in Dutch at The Hague (1828) ; in Portuguese in Paris
(1828) ; in Bohemian at Teshen (1838) ; in Welsh in London
(1839) ; in Spanish at Caracas in Venezuela (1858) ; in Rus-
sian at St. Petersburg (1809), and in Chinese at Peking (in
1884), as well as in Polish and the phonetic characters.

Ford is quite justified in saying that it has been oftener printed
and translated than any other book from an American pen.

* Autobiography, Bigelow edition, i, 250.

PROC. AMEK. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 133. X. PRINTED JUNE 2, 1890.

186

THE ESSAYS.

Franklin's essays represented his most finished work. Among
them indeed are the only compositions written with a dis-
tinctly artistic purpose. Many years after his death a small,
thin portfolio was found among his papers. On its cover was
written " BAGATELLES," and within were fifteen or more
of his own favorite essays. These were prepared for the enter-
tainment of that brilliant circle of friends in Paris, in whose
meetings the venerable author took so much delight. Anions;
them were many of his most graceful and witty productions
— such as " The Morals of Chess," " The Dialogue between
Franklin and the Gout " and " The Ephemera."

The Bagatelles were written when he was over seventy. In
some of his satires, half a century earlier in date, as for instance
"The Speech of Mistress Polly Baker," he exhibited equal
force and skill, though a wit less mellow and refined and a
style less polished through familiarity with French literature.

His essay writing began when he contributed to his brother's
newspaper in Boston a series of satirical letters signed " Silence
Dogood" — which are highly praised by those who have read
them. " So well," says McMaster, " did the lad catch the spirit,
the peculiar diction, the humor of his model, the Spectator, that
he seems to have written with a copy of Addison open before
him."

Seven years later he prepared for a Philadelphia newspaper,
The Mercury, a series of essays under the title of " The Busy
Body." This was his first effort in a strictly literary direction.
Some admirer has described them as being written " after the
manner of the Spectator, but more readable."

Although the critic of to-day may not fully agree with this
judgment, he cannot fail to be pleased with the graceful, easy

187

flow of the words, and at the same time, interested in the evi-
dences of the young printer's extensive and intelligent ac-
quaintance with the best of English books.

After he became owner of the Pennsylvania Gazette he
wrote for it essays in the same vein, many of which have been
reprinted in recent editions of his writings.

Some of the essays were humorous or satirical, others re-
lated to religious and moral subjects and the economy of life,
others still to the current events of the day. Among them was
an admirable exposition of what was then known about earth-
quakes ; and this, published in 1737, was his first contribution
to scientific literature.

When he was living in England he constantly wrote for the
press, and among his productions at this time were a number
of papers, which although an essential part of his political
writings, should also be included in that carefully-edited col-
lection of Franklin's essays for which the world has been
expectantly waiting for a hundred years. Among the best are
the " Eeceipt for Diminishing a Great Empire," and the
" Remarks Concerning the Savages of North America," writ-
ten in Paris a few years later, which rank among the most
brilliant of political satires.

HIS DOMESTIC AND LITERARY CORRESPONDENCE.

Franklin was the brightest and most charming of corre-
spondents, and there is not one of his letters which is in the
least degree dull or formal.

Over 1200 are printed by Bigelow, and they make up at
least nine-tenths of the bulk of his literary remains. Many
of them are little essays, and should be included in every
edition of his short papers. In no connection are they more

188

readable than as arranged by Mr. Bigelow* to form a part of
the autobiography. " To be fully understood and appreciated,"
writes Bigelow, " they (as well as all the rest of his writings)
should be read in chronological order and by the light of cur-
rent events, for every one of them was as much the product
of its time and circumstances as the fruits and flowers of a
garden are of their respective seasons."

Though the signature is always " B. Franklin," the writer
is sometimes the statesman, sometimes the shrewd, practical
tradesman, sometimes the philosopher, sometimes the inventor
concerned with mechanical details — now the philanthropist,
now the wily diplomat, again the loving husband and parent,
interested above all things in the affairs of his own little fam-
ily, again the brilliant man of the world, gossiping with
Madame Helvetius or the Abbe Morellet.

" His letters," said John Foster, " abound in tokens of benev-
olence, sparkling not unfrequently with satiric pleasantry, but
of a bland, good-natured kind, arising in the most easy, natu-
ral manner, and thrown off with admirable simplicity and
brevity of expression. There are short discussions relating to
various arts and conveniences of life, plain instructions for
persons deficient in cultivation, and the means for it ; condo-
lences on the death of friends, and frequent references, in an
advanced stage of the correspondence, to his old age and
approaching death. Moral principles and questions are some-
times considered and simplified ; and American affairs are
often brought in view, though not set forth in the diplomatic
style."

It would seem impossible that the man who wrote at times
so seriously and devoutly could have been also the author of
the so-called " Suppressed Letters." Between the ages of fifteen

*Bigelow's " Franklin," i, p. 21.

189

and eighty-five, however, a human character has time for
many transformations.

TREATISES UPOX POLITICAL ECONOMY.

At the age of twenty -three, in 1729, Franklin published his
" Modest Enquiry into the Nature and Necessity of Paper
Money " — perhaps the earliest treatise on finance and currency
written in America.

This pamphlet was written at a time of public crisis, and for
a definite purpose, which was successful. It was the first of a
series of political essays, published from time to time in the
sixty-two years of life which remained to its author — each
with some useful end in view, and each without exception
productive of some definite result.

Edmond Burke was wont to say that when Franklin ap-
peared before the British Parliament, he was like " a master
examined before a parcel of school-boys," and Charles Fox
declared that the ministry on that occasion " were mere dwarfs
in the hand of a master."

Persuasive and convincing as were his spoken words, the
power of the man was even more evident when he took up his
pen to write upon topics of public interest. His political
papers, however, have little meaning at the present time
except to students familiar with the history of the days to
which they belong, though read in connection with the story of
his life they have a very great interest of their own.

In 1751 appeared "Observations Concerning the Increase of
Mankind and the Peopling of Countries" — to which it would
appear that Adam Smith in later years was indebted for sug-
gestions, and which led Malthus to write his great " Essay on
Population."

Franklin wrote other useful treatises, " On the Laboring

190

Poor," on " The Principles of Trade," on " Luxury, Idleness
and Industry," on war, privateering and the Court of the Peers,
and many kindred topics. None of his economical treatises
were so original or so influential as the two which were
first written. The last in the list, however, " On the Slave
Trade," although finished only twenty-four days before his
death and at the age of eighty-five, is as full of vigor and fire
as his best efforts of a quarter of a century previous. It con-
tains the speech of Mehemet Ibrahim in the Divan of Algiers,
which Lord Jeffrey declared was not surpassed by any of the
pleasantries of A_rbuthnot or Swift.

POLITICAL WRITINGS.

Franklin's first political treatise was written in 1747.

The war between Great Britain and France, which was at
that time in progress, was thought to have brought the Amer-
ican colonies into great danger, and the governor of Pennsyl-
vania anxiously labored to prevail upon the Quaker Assembly
to pass a militia law and to make other provisions for the
security of the province. To further this project, Franklin
wrote and published a pamphlet, entitled "Plain Truth," which
had a sudden and surprising effect, and resulted in a few weeks
in the organization of a colonial militia of over ten thousand
men. This was the beginning of the conversion of the inhabi-
tants of Pennsylvania from the Quaker doctrine of submission
to that of defensive warfare, and had a most important influ-
ence upon the future of America.*

*Bigelow says of this pamphlet :

" Substituting the words ' United States ' for Pennsylvania, it is as timely to-day as
when it was written. Though we are at peace with all nations, we have many times as
many lives and many times as much property exposed, while our defenses are relatively
inferior to those which Franklin denounced nearly a century and a half ago as unpar-
donably deficient" (Bigelow's "Franklin," Vol. ii, p. 39).

191

" Plain Truth " was followed by several other tracts in re-
lation to the struggle between Pennsylvania and the Propri-
etary Government in the hands of the Penn family. The most
influential was that called " Cool Thoughts on the Present
Situation of our Public Affairs," printed in 1764, which was a
masterly argument in favor of a change from Proprietary to a
Royal Government.

During his residence in England before the Revolution, and
in France during its continuance and afterwards, Franklin
wrote much. One of the most important of his early papers
was that printed in London in 1760, entitled " The Interest of
Great Britain in Regard to Her Colonies," a protest against the
proposal that Great Britain should give up Canada to the
French, and receive instead the Island of Guadaloupe in the
West Indies.

So strong a paper was this that Burke, in replying to it, said
of its author : " He is clearly the ablest, the most ingenuous,
and the most dexterous of those who have written upon the
question, and we may therefore conclude that he has said
everything in the best manner that the case would bear."

These, however, together with his more extensive treatises
upon the condition of affairs in the new Republic, belong to
the statesman Franklin, rather than to Franklin the man of
letters. Together with his diplomatic correspondence they
make up fully half of his published works.

SCIENTIFIC WRITINGS.

Franklin's scientific writings were voluminous. Sparks re-
printed 63 papers on electricity, filling 802 pages, and 157 on
philosophical subjects, making 578 pages — in all 220 letters
and 880 pages — which is a remarkable showing for a man so
constantly occupied with private and public business.

192

His scientific papers are written in a style peculiar to their
author — lucid, convincing, never wearisome. "A singular feli-
city of induction guided all his researches, and by very small
means he established very grand truths. The style and manner
of his publications on electricity are almost as worthy of admi-
ration as the doctrine they contain. He has endeavored to re-
move all mystery and obscurity from the subject. He has
written equally for the uninitiated and for the philosopher ; and
be has rendered his details amusing and perspicuous, elegant as
well as simple. Science appears, in his language, in a dress
wonderfully decorous, best adapted to display her native love-
liness. He has in no instance exhibited that false dignity by
which philosophy is kept aloof from common applications;
and he has sought rather to make her a useful inmate and ser-
vant in the common habitations of man, than to preserve her
merely as an object of admiration in temples and palaces." *

Perhaps the most judicious estimate of Franklin's qualities
as a man of letters is that by John Foster in the Eclectic
Review for 1818.

" It is unnecessary to remark," he writes, " that Franklin
was not so much a man of books as of affairs ; but he was not
the less for that a speculative man. Every concern became an
intellectual subject to a mind so acutely and perpetually atten-
tive to the relation of cause and effect. For enlargement of
his sphere of speculation, his deficiency of literature, in the
usual sense of the term, was excellently compensated by so
wide an acquaintance with the world and with distinguished
individuals of all ranks, professions and attainments. It
may be, however, that a more bookish and contemplative
employment of some portion of his life would have left one
deficiency of his mental character less palpable. There appears

* Sir Humphrey Davy.

193

to have been but little in that character of the element of sub-
limity. We do not meet with many bright elevations of
thought, or powerful, enchanting impulses of sentiment, or
brilliant, transient glimpses of ideal worlds. Strong, indepen-
dent, comprehensive, never remitting intelligence, proceeding
on the plain ground of things, and acting in a manner always
equal to, and never appearing at moments to surpass itself,
constituted his mental power. In its operation it has no ris-
ings and fallings, no disturbance into eloquence or poetry, no
cloudiness of smoke indeed, but no darting flames. A conse-
quence of this perfect uniformity is, that all subjects treated
appear to be on a level, the loftiest and most insignificant
being commented on in the same unalterable strain of calm,
plain sense, which brings all things to its own standard, inso-
much that a great subject shall sometimes seem to become less
while it is elucidated and less commanding while it is
enforced. In discoursing of serious subjects, Franklin imposes
gravity on the reader, but does not excite solemnity, and
on grand ones he never displays or inspires enthusiasm."

Although his works fill ten stately volumes, Franklin never
wrote a book for publication.

The "Autobiography " was intended solely for the pleasure
of his intimate friends. The savings of Poor Eichard were
prepared for his yearly Almanac, with purely utilitarian ends
in view. His scientific discoveries were announced, with few
exceptions, in letters to his friends, who printed them without
his knowledge or consent.

His political papers appeared in the newspapers and reviews,
in letters, or prefaces, and in occasional pamphlets. Some of
his brightest and most finished essays were set up and printed
by his own hand, as broadsides, on a little printing-press which
he had in his apartments while Minister to France.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 133. Y. PRINTED JUNE 2, 1890.

194

The matter-of-fact character of his early writings was
largely due to his surroundings and to the people for whom he
wrote. When at leisure in the society of cultivated people
he soon yielded to their influence. His famous essay on the
" Way to Wealth," for example, was written soon after his
visit to Virginia and. a somewhat intimate association with
General Braddock and his staff. The first, and incomparably
the best, part of his "Autobiography " was written at the
time of his most intimate connection with English literary
society and while visiting at the country home of the Bishop
of St. Asaph. The witty Bagatelles were produced in the
midst of a brilliant Parisian circle.

His contributions to science were the result of a period of
voluntary seclusion and temporary respite from business cares
which he had learned by his frugality and industry while
printer and publisher.

After he had acquired literary fame, he made use of it to
promote the welfare of his country. A French writer, de-
scribing, in 1872, the events of nearly a century before, said :

" The coining of the famous American to Paris caused a
profound sensation. Everybody wanted to see the author of
the ' Almanach du Bonhomme Kichard;' his mind was com-
pared to that of Cato, and his character to that of Socrates.
Franklin knew full well how to take advantage of the impres-
sion which he had produced upon a nation so impressionable
as were the FVench, always ready to place their lives and their
wealth at the service of a noble principle, and, following the
example of Lacretelle, he decided to serve as ambassador not
to a court but to a free and generous people."

He was by instinct a scholar and by inclination an author.
He loved books for themselves. He became a vegetarian at
the age of sixteen that he might buy them.

195

Some one has called attention to his " remarkable affinity
for superior people." His affinity for the best of books was
also remarkable, and no one was ever more sensitive to their
influence. In the " Autobiography " he mentions the books
which, as a boy, he liked to read, and it is easy to trace the
effects of each upon his subsequent life.

His literary style, though founded principally upon a tho-
rough study of the Spectator, gave evidence at a very early
day, of intimate acquaintance with Bunyan, Defoe, Plutarch,
Rabelais and Xenophon. His philanthropic tendencies were
shaped and strengthened by Cotton Mather's " Essays to do
Good," and his administrative faculties by Defoe's " Essay
upon Projects." Shaftesbury and Collins strongly influenced
his theological opinions. Locke's " Essay on the Human Un-
derstanding" moulded his habits of thought, as did also the
" Memorabilia " of Xenophon.

Franklin has been called the founder of modern utilitarian-
ism, but it is unjust and ungenerous to place this estimate
upon his character. He knew the world in which he lived,
and the people for whom he wrote. His aim was to produce
immediate and practical results. His precepts were written
for the unthinking, the inexperienced and the selfish. Poor
Richard was a kindergarten teacher.

In his advice in regard to the treatment of the aged, for
example, he reminded his readers that they would themselves
in their own last years need care "and indulgence, but he also
first appealed to motives the loftiest and tenderest. "Whoever
studies Franklin in a generous spirit, will find n,o lack of gen-
erous thought and principle.

Like Socrates, Franklin estimated the value of every action
by its utility. Moral utility was to him, however, the high-
est test of value. He believed that the promotion of universal

196

happiness, by the prevention or mitigation of evil, was man's
highest function. " He seems," says Weems, " to have been
all eye, all ear, all touch, to every thing that affected human
happiness," and he died with his eyes fixed upon "the picture
of Him who came into the world to teach men to love one
another. On his' death-bed he often returned thanks to God
for having so kindly cast his lot of life in the very time of all
others when he would have chosen to live for the great pur-
poses of usefulness and pleasure."

Is there in history a more touching memory than that of
Franklin awaiting the coming of death, the venerable sage,
the pride and glory of his own land, the admiration of Eu-
rope, making excuses for the moanings which were occasion-
ally forced from him by the severity of his pains — afraid that
he did not bear them as he ought, while he observed his
grateful sense of the many blessings he had received from the
Supreme Being, who had raised him from small and low
beginnings to such high rank and consideration among men.

I have already said that nothing was further from his
thoughts than to obtain for himself literary fame. He took no
care of his own writings, and made no effort to secure the pub-
lication of them. And still, a century after his death, he stands
prominently forth as the only great literary man of America
in colonial days and in the first fifty years of the Republic.

No one who has held in his hand a copy of Franklin's edi-
tion of Cicero's " Cato Major " can doubt that the man who
made it had the soul of an artist. No one who has read his
tender and exquisitely graceful preface to this beautiful edi-
tion can question that he had the heart of a poet, and the
touch of a master of letters.

When twenty-five he founded a great public library, the
earliest in America, that others as well as he might enjoy the
companionship of books.

197

Books were always in his mind and by his side. He com-
pared his own life to a book. At the age of eighty-three he
wrote :

" Hitherto this long life has been tolerably happy ; so that,
if I were allowed to live it over again, I should make no ob-
jection, only wishing for leave to do, what others do in a sec-
ond edition of their works — correct some of my errata."

His " Autobiography," written in the same spirit, noted the
" errata " in its author's career with true printer's interest, as if
he were scanning a bundle of proof sheets. He did not con-
ceal them, but marked them so that all could see, frankly con-
fessed his errors, and did what he could in atonement.

Jefferson desired that his monument should declare that he
was the author of the Declaration of Independence and the
founder of a great university. Franklin, in his will, sought
no higher title than that of printer. A maker of books he
had been for three-quarters of a ceutury, and a friend and
lover of literature even longer. The epitaph, written by his
own hand for his tomb, which can never become trite by repe-
tition, is full of the spirit of the great printer.

"THE BODY

OP

BENJAMIN FRANKLIN,

PRINTER,

(LIKE THE COVER OP AN OLD BOOK,

ITS CONTENT8 TORN OUT,

AND STRIPT OP ITS LETTERING AND GILDING,)

LIES HERE FOOD FOR "WORMS,

YET THE "WORK ITSELF SHALL NOT BE LOST,

FOR IT WILL, AS HE BELIEVED, APPEAR ONCE MOKE,

IN A NEW

AND MORE BEAUTIFUL EDITION,

CORRECTED AND AMENDED

BY

THE AUTHOR."

198

In introducing Dr. J. W. Holland, Mr. Williams
said :

It is sometimes forgotten in Philadelphia, and it is
never remembered in Boston, that while Franklin
became a Bostonian without being consulted, he
employed the first exercise of his mature judgment to
become a Philadelphian, and remained so to the end of
his days. It is a happy coincidence that in commem-
orating the scientific labors of the man who, like
another Prometheus, stole from heaven the vital spark
which has given light to man and life to modern
science, this Society has selected one of the many
representatives of science in this city which it owes to
the attractions it offers for a career rather than to the
opportunities it furnishes as a birthplace. Dr. J. W.
Holland represents an institution which has given to
him, as it had before to a distinguished predecessor,
the field for displaying in the East a learning and skill
attained and acquired in the West. Like Dr. Gross,
he has added one more to those men of mark in medi-
cine whose work began in Kentucky, but the knowledge
of whose labors is bounded by no one State. In deal-
ing with the scientific work of Franklin, the physician
is as much at home as the electrician. His great dis-
covery in the field of the latter was more conspicuous,
illuminating the ignorance of ages by a single flash of
lightning. His discoveries in hygiene were numerous,
useful and remain to-day serviceable. I take pleasure
in introducing to you Dr. J. W. Holland, of Jefferson
Medical College, who speaks upon

199

The Scientific Work of Benjamin Franklin.

The scientific labors of Franklin were not limited to any-
particular period nor any special field. Various branches of
natural philosophy, in almost every year of his middle life,
■were illuminated by his discoveries, inventions and specula-
tions. As an editor and man of business, science occupied
part of his leisure, and in later life, when engrossed with public
affairs, he sighed for opportunity to follow these favorite
pursuits.

In presenting a sketch of these varied and fruitful labors,
chronological arrangement will not serve so well as one based
upon their general character. Looked at in this way his prin-
cipal works are seen to fall into a few groups such as labors in
sanitary science, in the art of navigation, in meteorology, and
in electricity. It will be readily conceded that in the limits
allotted this subject, it would be vain to attempt an extended
analysis of all the philosophical productions of his fertile genius.
It is possible, however, to give some impression of their variety
and utility.

The science of maintaining health is rightly regarded as of
very modern growth and even now its importance though
constantly insisted on by its votaries is far from being generally
recognized. The sound judgment of Franklin led him to con-
sider it as a weighty matter whether it involved smoky chim-
neys or the water supply of a great city. His sanitary labors
pertain to the person, to the house, and to the city. About
that very common disturbance of health usually called "catch-
ing a cold," many fallacies still linger though Franklin did
some forcible writing to remove the popular errors. He per-
ceived what doctors nowadays all recognize that while among
the causes of acute catarrh, exposure to cold was one, the most

200

important was a predisposition due to impaired strength from
any cause whatever. Too little exposure to fresh air inducing
depressed vitality might thus figure as a cause. His essay on
this topic with some alterations would make a good sanitary
tract, even after the lapse of more than a century.

It was his constant habit to try to see all things little and
great just as they are, and when he spoke of them to give a
truthful report. When the time came for him to resort to
spectacles to correct old sight, he found that the glass which
served for society would not answer for reading. Naught that
interested him was he content to look upon as if in a fog. But
many things must be outlined dimly unless he carried two
pairs of spectacles and changed them as the occasion demanded.
To obviate this difficulty, he invented what is known as the
bifocal or Franklin lens, the upper half of which was adjusted
to distant objects and the lower for near view, as in reading.
By changing the direction of vision through this one pair of
glasses an elderly artist can see equally well the landscape one
moment and his canvas the next. Franklin asserted that he
understood French better by their help as they enabled him,
while at table to see distinctly what he had on his plate and
at the same, time to note the expressive facial movements of
persons who sat opposite. In the hundred years no change
was made from the original form until recently. Now, instead
of dividing the lens in equal halves by a horizontal line, two
perfectly centred lenses of different sizes are cemented together.
The larger, having two-thirds the size of the entire glass, is
devoted to objects beyond arm's reach, and the smaller at the
bottom suffices for reading. This invention must be considered
as something better than a convenience ; it takes rank with
devices for maintaining health. When the imperfect eye
makes frequent effort to see things without properly adjusted

201

glasses, in sensitive persons eye-fatigue may induce various
reflex nervous symptoms.

To those allied departments of domestic hygiene, ventilation
and warming, he was the first one to give anything like ade-
quate heed. On many occasions he urged the need for ven-
tilation to prevent that personal vitiation of air indoors which
depresses the energies and causes stupor and dull headache.
Mr. Small, a London surgeon, credits him with being the first
who observed that respiration communicated to the air a
quality resembling the mephitic gases of caves, and further,
that a noxious character was imparted by the volatile effluvia
of persons enclosed in rooms. Franklin attached considerable
importance to the use of open chimneys for the extraction of
the vitiated air by the upward draught. While in London
he was consulted on the ventilation of the House of Commons
and recommended that the personal atmosphere surrounding
the members might be carried off direct by having outlets in
a part of the benches on which they sat connected with ex-
haust flues. The merit of the suggestion is shown by the fact
that a similar provision has been introduced into the new
Johns Hopkins Hospital which embodies the most approved
methods of sanitary construction. Connected with the benches
in the waiting; rooms, and beneath each bed in the wards are
grates through which the personal atmosphere passes out to
the draught of a chimney.

Inseparable from the requirement of ventilation and sub-
servient to it is that of the heating arrangements. In this
matter he made a great stride by the invention of the stove
that bears his name. This stove was invented to economize
fuel by regulating the air supply to it and by providing large
metallic surfaces for warming the air of the room. In a hun-
dred years, from Franklin's idea many shapes have been evolved,

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 133. Z. PRINTED JUNE 2, 1890.

202

all traceable to the original. His name is usually given the
variety provided with open grates, but there can be no doubt
that the original embodied also the principles of the now
widely used " air-tight" stoves to which his directions are per-
fectly applicable. One of the advantages claimed for the stove
was that it was a refuge from the nuisance of smoky chimneys.
At that time the true principles of chimney construction had not
been worked out so that a perfect chimney was the exception
and open fire-places not an unmixed luxury. To beguile the
tedium and discomfort of a seven weeks' voyage across the
Atlantic, Franklin set down his observations and recommenda-
tions and gave them to a suffering world as his famous pam-
phlet on the " Causes and Cure of Smoky Chimneys." Having
applied his accurate eye and judgment to these common-place
things and having made scientific publications of mark con-
cerning them, he had the satisfaction of knowing that by his
plans for perfecting chimneys, for getting the most heat from
fuel and for securing wholesome currents of air in close apart-
ments, he had dispelled much ignorance and enhanced the sum
of human comfort.

That Franklin was foremost in all public measures, for found-
ing a hospital, advancing popular education, lighting and
paving streets, and organizing fire companies, is generally appre-
ciated, but it is not so widely known that he took steps in his
will to improve the water supply of this city. Haying noticed
the tendency of well water in old cities to grow gradually un-
fit for use, he foresaw that in time a change to a better pro-
tected source would be necessary to the public health. In his
last will he provided that at the end of a hundred years, if not
done before, the corporation of this city should employ a
bequest in bringing by pipes the water of Wissakickon creek
to the town. After a hundred years, his beloved city is con-

203

fronted with the same difficulty in another shape. The wells
having fulfilled his prophecy have been abolished and the
waters of the Wissahickon many years ago brought into ser-
vice have in turn come under suspicion. What an imperial
gift, if some millionaire, emulous of Franklin's example, with
far greater means, should see fit to dedicate his money to pro-
vide for the people a purer drinking water, when the unfitness
of the present source shall be duly recognized !

Having made eight voyages across the Atlantic at a time
when it took at least a month, he had opportunities for studying
the art of navigation. What he saw joined to what he learned
from experienced seamen and his own wide reading lead him
to inferences that have helped to master the difficulties and
perils of the sea. Although early Spanish navigators were
aware of the existence of the Gulf stream, so little detailed
knowledge was available that up to Franklin's time the cur-
rents of the Atlantic were looked upon as hindrances rather
than helps to transatlantic commerce. Franklin noticed the
higher temperature marking out the Gulf stream, took many
thermometric observations, and made a chart of it with a view
to guide navigators in the route between England and America.
He first advised that systematic use be made of the trade-
winds and the ocean currents, and showed how it could be
done. From the Chinese he got an idea which he was the first
to urge upon the western ship-owners. He worked out the
crude hint to its best form — that of dividing a ship into sepa-
rate chambers by water-tight partitions so that a leak in one
would not affect the others. It was not until quite recent
years that this device has been put in practice with the de-
sired results. A demonstration of its utility was seen, lately
in the accident that happened to the steamer City of Paris.
Even when two of her compartments were flooded, she bore

204

up for four days and a half, bringing her ship's company of
more than a thousand souls safely into port.

The recorded experiences of ships during the last few years
have fully established the efficacy of another notion of
Franklin's. Thanks to his emphatic endorsement the previ-
ously known power of oil to still troubled waters is now gene-
rally employed to smooth the breaking waves when they
threaten the safety of a vessel.

The occurrence of a north-east storm of unusual violence
provoked those inquiries which led to his discovery of the
backward course of storms and to a theory which had a
marked influence on the development of meteorology. His
explanation of the Aurora Borealis as a phenomenon of atmos-
pheric electricity was at once accepted as adequate, though in
its details it has since been modified to meet the demands of
advancing knowledge.

In one of his charming letters to a lady correspondent he
first made note of the remarkable variation in the absorptive
power for the sun's heat shown by cloths of different colors.
According to his suggestions, the principle has been applied to
agriculture and to the clothing; of armies. Under the foster-
ing hand of the national government during this century there
has been developed from his initial inquiry in navigation the
admirable work of the hydrographic office. Its pilot charts
are the lineal descendants of the one Franklin drew. It is not
claiming too much to say that his observations on the north-
east storm were the first noteworthy contribution to the science
upon which is based the predictions of the weather bureau.

The present time has been called " the Age of Electricity."
To estimate fairly the significance of Franklin's electrical
researches in this day of the telephone, the dynamo-engines,
the electric light, and the electric railway, it must be remem-

205

bered that one hundred and fifty years ago not only was there
no telegraph, but the magnetic, chemical and motor powers of
electricity were not even dreamt of. It was fifty years before
Galvani published his account of the convulsions produced in a
frog's leg by the contact of dissimilar metals. Volta was just
five years old. To what is now an open book full of wonders
which every school-boy can read without obscurity or hesita-
tion, naught but the preface had appeared. That preface dates
from three centuries before Christ, when Thales of Miletus
drew attention to the curious property of attraction developed
on rubbing amber. The Greeks explained this by the theory
that friction evoked the animating soul of the amber which
seized upon light particles near it. For nearly two thousand
years there was no substantial addition to knowledge until
Gilbert discovered that glass, sealing wax, sulphur, and other
substances could also be electrified. Then fifty years elapsed
before a rude machine was made from which vivid sparks
could be drawn. After another fifty years the resemblance
between these zigzag sparks and the lightning flash was com-
mented on. The first chapter was fairly opened when the
discovery of the Leyden jar enabled the experimenter to im-
prison the fiery spirit and perform many remarkable tricks
with it. At this time Franklin had reached middle life a' id
retired from business with an independent fortune. He gave
his scientific enthusiasm a free rein with the Leyden jar and
the frictional machine. With the aid of his Philadelphia col-
laborators many ingenious experiments were devised. Their
joint study proved so fruitful that in the course of six years
they advanced the science of frictional electricity more than
the rest of the world had done in two thousand.

It was this chapter which, according to Goethe, had been
handled better than any other in modern times. For illustra-

206

tion of an admirable scientific method, let us glance at the
steps of Franklin's research. First, his attention was taken
with the marvels of the rubbed glass tube. These were en-
hanced by the storage properties of the Leyden jar. With
three friends who had the same infection, he formed a coterie
for mutual suggestions and encouragement. They constructed
their own machines and with them made new demonstrations
of attraction and repulsion, and of the power of electricity to
produce light, heat, mechanical violence, nervous shock, and
even death. The brilliancy of these experiments depended
mainly on Franklin's discovery that the electricity of the Ley-
den jar was stored up on the glass, and that by increasing the
extent of excited surface the energy was proportionately mul-
tiplied. The power thus obtained made it appear highly
probable that the difference between the spark and the light-
ning flash was one of degree. Having discovered the property
of pointed conductors to cause a silent and harmless discharge
he next charged an artificial thunder-cloud made of Leyden
jars, and with a small pointed rod conducted away its energy
without noise or violence. From the truth thus established,
he deduced the conjecture that sharp metallic rods fixed at the
highest point of buildings would draw away quietly the charge
of an approaching thunder-storm. A similar contrivance
brought the atmospheric electricity within the reach of his
experiments, and its identity with frictional electricity was
fully demonstrated. His conjectures put to the test gave to
the service of humanity the lightning-rod, accounted the most
brilliant application of science that had been known up to
that time.

In a hundred years, but little has been added to what
Franklin revealed concerning the electricity of friction.
Volta's electrophorus with his condenser and Holtz' induction

207

machine are the only important additions to electrostatics
that have since been made. The marvelous progress of this
century in the adaptation of electricity as a useful agent are
developments of chemical and magnetic electricity forms un-
known until after Franklin's death. His apt and simple
theory of an electric fluid, the excess or lack of which caused
positive and negative action, held sway for so many years that
to this day its nomenclature is retained in spite of defects re-
vealed by recent advances in knowledge. The splendid re-
sults of investigations made in our time call for a broader
conception which shall include Franklinism, Galvanism, and
Faradism, with those manifestations of energy at a distance
which seem to place electro-magnetic induction in the same
category with light and other radiant forces.

But Franklin's fame as a philosopher who worked for the
improvement of man's estate shall remain amid all the theo-
retical changes of the future. It shall remain because it rests
upon the enduring truths he first laid bare ; because it was
builded with sound inductive methods; because it is guarded
b}T the grateful memories of mankind. Cheerfully then let us
commemorate the day of his death. It was the day when his
intelligence should at last be released from " its muddy vest-
ure," when, as he expressed it, he should be free to roam
through some of the systems Herschel has explored, free to
satisfy his curiosity concerning worlds he did not know.

In introducing Dr. Henry M. Baird, Mr. Williams
said :

The connection of Franklin with France lay deeper
than the accident of events or the needs of his native
land. Of all our greater men in the last century or in

208

this, the expression and cast of his genius alone was
Gallic. He shared with Voltaire the capacity for using
the highest literary form to enlighten the humblest
reader or confute the keenest partisan. In his jour-
nalism, heprefigured the homely familiarity and the fami-
liar humor which is alike the might and the weakness,
the strong tower and the open pitfall of the American
newspaper in this century. But in all he wrote and in
much that he did, he foreshadowed that apprehension
and appreciation of form for wit's sake which yearly
draws us as a nation nearer to the critical standards of
France in art and in letters. The historian of France
therefore approaches the diplomatic career of Frank-
lin acquainted not only with the environment in which
he discharged his great services, but aware of the men
and the models, the method and habit of thought
which profoundly influenced the conscious and uncon-
scious development of Franklin from the man of busi-
ness into the man of science, and from the man of science
into the man of affairs. To the historian of the Hugue-
nots, the chronicler of the great Cardinals, the deep
and unsparing student of the causes which prepared
in France the field in which Franklin won his last and
closing triumphs, these triumphs have a meaning and
interpretation lost on other men. I need not remind
you that our next speaker ascends this platform with
this special equipment for his work in treating of the
diplomatic services of Franklin, and I feel equal honor
and good fortune in introducing to you, as the last
speaker of the evening, Dr. Henry M. Baird, of the
University of the City of New York, who will speak
upon

209

The Diplomatic Services of Benjamin Franklin.

I have been asked to address you on the subject of Dr.
Franklin's diplomatic services — a department of activity in
which our great compatriot, and the founder of this Society,
conferred upon his country and upon humanity benefits not
inferior to those by which, as a scientific discoverer, he brought
the whole world into his debt.

In the address of welcome made to Benjamin Franklin,
upon his return from his last mission to Europe, the Assembly
of this Commonwealth, by the mouth of its Speaker, the
Hon. John Bayard, greeted him with these words: " We are
confident, sir, that we speak the sentiments of this whole
country, when we say that your services in the public councils
and negotiations have not only merited the thanks of the
present generation, but will be recorded in the pages of history
to your immortal honor." *

We are here, Mr. President, to set the seal of the conclud-
ing years of this nineteenth century to the fulfillment of the
prophecy made over one hundred years ago, by the enthusi-
astic voice of Franklin's contemporaries.

The diplomatic services of Benjamin Franklin are naturally
to be referred to two periods ; and the dividing line is the out-
break of the American Kevolution. In the first period, his
efforts were directed towards England, and his aim was to ob-
tain for his countrymen, as citizens of the great British empire,
the acknowledgment of rights inalienably theirs by reason of
their birth.

In the second period, the claims of the colonists of North
America having been practically denied, the energies of his

* " The Complete Works of Benjamin Franklin." Edited by John Bigelow (New York,
1887). ix, 248.

PROC. AMER. PRTLOS. SOC. XXVIII. 133. 2A. PRINTED JUNE 3, 1890.

210

mind were turned in the direction of France, and his heroic
and persistent exertions were put forth to secure, first, the
recognition and help of that land, and then, with that help,
the complete independence of the United States and their ad-
mission into the sisterhood of nations. Both departments of his
activity, both fields of labor, elicited strenuous, concentrated,
conscientious exercise of all his prodigious intellectual powers,
and both were worthy of them. Yet viewing his diplomatic ser-
vices as a whole, the latter part stands out prominent, as indeed
the consummation of a life of singular utility to the public.

The English mission laid the foundation, broad and firm, of
Franklin's fame as an able negotiator ; his mission to the Con-
tinent reared on this abiding substructure a stately edifice
adorned with imposing columns and entablature — in which, if
I may be permitted to carry out the same figure, the aged phil-
osopher's warm and enthusiastic attempt, in the name of
humanity, to mitigate the horrors of all future wars, consti-
tuted the graceful cornice — -a supreme and enduring tribute to
the kindly instincts of his nature, of which it may truthfully
be said : " Fi?iis coronat opus"

The richest and best fruits of man's intellectual and moral
growth are found in the autumn of life, when the warm and
mellowing rays of the sun have done their work, and nature
gathers to itself the combined results of the entire year. Frank-
lin's noble achievements as a diplomatist were accomplished
in his later manhood and in his old age. He was past his fifty-
first birthday when he sailed for England upon his first mis-
sion ; he lacked less than six months of being four-score years
old when he returned from his mission to France. The inter-
vening twenty-eight years had been spent abroad in the service
of his country, with the exception of two short intervals, the
one of less than two years, the other of about eighteen months.

211

And what had he accomplished, when, with hair blanched
by age, he at last returned to his native land and to the city of
his choice, after so long an expatriation ?

It is not with diplomacy, especially with services of the
kind that Dr. Franklin rendered, as it is with the career of the
military hero. If the great negotiator also has his triumphs,
it is not always easy to lay the finger upon all the particular
movements by means of which his bloodless victories are won.
None the less do all his carefully laid but unobtrusive plans
tend unerringly to the great result.

The first mission to England, though extending over not less
than five years, is of subordinate interest to us now ; because
of the complete change that has since obliterated the political
issues then regarded as momentous.

As agent for the colony of Pennsylvania, Dr. Franklin was
sent to endeavor to obtain redress of wrongs sustained at the
hands of the proprietaries. Subsequently appointed agent by
other colonies— Massachusetts, Maryland, Georgia— his duty
included vigilance respecting their interests also. The negoti-
ation was long, tedious, dreary. We cannot tell how an°ob-
scure and unknown American, acting as a commissioner of
distant provinces, would have fared at London in those times.
Even Dr. Franklin, with all the great prestige of his scientific
renown, did not find his position a bed of roses. The British
government had evidently no very exalted opinion of the
importance, present or prospective, of his gracious majesty's
transatlantic plantations. Procrastination, proverbial vice of
courts, had full sway. The months that Franklin was kept
waiting for an answer to his petitions, were, doubtless, not alto-
gether wasted by one who had mastered the rare art of putting
the fragments, the very crumbs of time, to profitable use in
the study of nature's hidden mysteries ; and an abode in the

212

midst of the most learned and appreciative scholars England
could boast, was not altogether destitute of attractions. Yet
the diplomatic gain — the admission in particular of the right
of the colonists to tax the lands of the proprietaries, soon to
be proprietaries no more — seems trifling in view of the great
events shortly to happen. And still the shrewd negotiator
had gained something valuable. He had gained an insight
into the cardinal doctrine of the current creed of the court.
For had he not heard a minister of state, Lord Granville,
propound the tenet that the king's instructions to his
governors in America were the law of the land, and that
the king himself must be regarded as " the legislator of the
colonies?" This was a strange view to Dr. Franklin, who
had always supposed that the right tc make the laws was
vested in the provincial assemblies, with the king's approval.
And he significantly tells us : " His lordship's conversation
having a little alarmed me as to what might be the sentiments
of the court concerning us, I wrote it down as soon as I re-
turned to my lodgings."*

It was not many years before it was the turn of others to
take alarm at the practical assertion of the same dangerous
heresy.

Eespecting Franklin's second period of residence in London
as a negotiator, it is not too much to say, that it brings into
the clearest relief the rare capacity of the great American
statesman. True, he did not attain the goal of his hopes. He
was not successful in bringing the crown and people of Great
Britain to a better mind, in settling the relations of the colonies
to the mother country upon a lasting basis of justice and
equality ; in obviating the necessity of that sundering of ties
which Dr. Franklin himself was reluctant to admit to be

* Autobiography (continuation) in Works, i, 296.

213

unavoidable, and in averting the dreadful resort to war between
men of the same blood. But he did succeed in the next best
thing, for he brought into the clear light of God's sunshine the
righteousness of the struggle that was forced upon the colonies,
by demonstrating the impossibility of obtaining redress for
their wrongs from an obstinate king, from an unreasonable
and prejudiced parliament, from a people that because they
inhabited the mother country had fallen into the strange mis-
take of imagining themselves to be not subjects but govern-
ors* For, as Dr. Franklin wrote to Lord Kames, " every man
in England seems to consider himself as a "piece of a sovereign
over America ; seems to jostle himself into the throne with
the king and talks of our subjects in the colonies" f

Two scenes of dramatic interest illustrate this mission —
both almost too familiar to students of history to need more
than a passing notice, both, however, too characteristic and
too essential to a clear understanding of the marked personal-
ity of the man who was their feero, to be left altogether with-
out mention. The first of these is that remarkable examina-
tion before the House of Commons, so often described, so often
the subject of unconcealed wonder on the part of historical
writers, when for hours Dr. Franklin answered the various
questions addressed to him both by friends and by political
opponents, with a readiness, a calmness, an aptness, that have
rarely been equaled, perhaps never excelled. While it seems
too much to say that his replies to the interrogatories of his
friends were altogether unpremeditated, the admirable prompt-
ness and skill with which he met the inquiries sprung upon
him by adversaries, afford conclusive evidence of the breadth
of his information upon American topics, and, not less, of the

* Works, iii, 486, 487.
t lb., iv, 2, 3.

214

singular equipoise of a mind so nicely balanced as to respond
instantly to the demands of the moment, yet so firmly settled
as to be proof against every attempt to disturb or disconcert.

If this famous episode was well calculated to exalt Dr.
Franklin to the highest pinnacle of political reputation as yet
attained by any American subject of the king of England, it
scarcely surpassed in interest another occasion of the same
eventful period.

It was in February, 1766, that Dr. Franklin appeared before
the Commons to submit to the long but respectful examination
of which I have just spoken. It was nearly eight years later
(in January, 1774) that the venerable sage, the man whom the
world of letters and the world of science delighted to honor,
was subjected, in the presence of the Privy Council, to an
attack as scurrilous as it was indecent. There is no need that
I rehearse the familiar tale of the Hutchinson Letters and the
storm their publication aroused. That Dr. Franklin's part in
the transaction was fully justifiable, can scarcely fail, I think,
to be the unanimous verdict of impartial men. But the fury
of the party whose secrets were unmasked so unexpectedly,
can scarcely be imagined. Of that fury the scandalous occur-
rence in the Cockpit of Westminster (on the 29th of January,
1774) was the direct and disgraceful consequence. The gov-
ernment's very purpose in summoning Dr. Franklin was to
insult him ; and had it been in the power of malice to affix
ignominy to a great and virtuous man, the vituperative address
of the solicitor-general, Mr. Wedderburn, might have com-
passed that end. As it was, during the whole time that this
unseemly flood of abuse was poured upon his devoted head,
Dr. Franklin, to use the account of an eye-witness (Dr. Ban-
croft), "stood conspicuously erect, without the smallest move-
ment of any part of his body. The muscles of his face had

215

been previously composed, so as to afford a placid, tran-
quil expression of countenance, and lie did not suffer the
slightest alteration of it to appear during the continuance of
the speech, in which he was so harshly and improperly
treated." *

A man conscious of the integrity of his purpose and the
innocence of his actions can well afford to wait for vindication.
And Dr. Franklin had not very long to wait. Not quite a
year had elapsed — it was Wednesday, the 1st of February,
1775 — when Lord Sandwich, in opposing in the Upper House
the conciliatory measure introduced by the Earl of Chatham,
seeing Dr. Franklin a few feet distant leaning upon the bar,
went out of his way to express his belief that the plan under
consideration was not that of any British peer, but of a person
whom he saw before him, one of the bitterest and most mis-
chievous enemies the country had ever had. In reply to whom
Lord Chatham, not content with accepting the sole respon-
sibility for the authorship of the project, proceeded to eulogize
the great philosopher in these memorable words : " I make no
scruple to declare that, were I the first minister of this coun-
try, and had I the care of settling this momentous business, I
should not be ashamed of publicly calling to my assistance a
person so perfectly acquainted with the whole of American
affairs as the gentleman alluded to, and so injuriously reflected
on ; one whom all Europe holds in high estimation for his
knowledge and wisdom, and ranks with our Boyles and New-
tons ; who is an honor, not to the English nation only, but to
human nature !"

" I found, it harder," modestly remarks Dr. Franklin in re-
porting the incident, " I found it harder to stand this extravagant
compliment than the preceding equally extravagant abuse, but

* Works, v, 311.

216

kept as well as I could an unconcerned countenance, as not con-
ceiving it to relate to me." *

And what shall I say of the importance of the services of
Benjamin Franklin at the court of Versailles ?

His good American friends had contented themselves with
a brief enjoyment of his society at home. Little more than a
year after his return from London, they voted, in Congress
assembled, his dispatch to Europe, this time to France, show-
ing scant consideration for his three-score years and ten, or for
any natural desire he might have for a longer furlough from the
diplomatic service. Barely had he, as a representative of
Pennsylvania, affixed his name to the Declaration of Independ-
ence, before he was chosen to discharge his new and responsi-
ble functions. He reached Nantes early in December, 1776.
Before Christmas he was in Paris.

He came at a critical moment. It cannot be affirmed that,
without the help of France, the thirteen American colonies
would not ultimately have achieved their great purpose. There
is much in a courage that will admit into its vocabulary no such
word as failure. Stout hearts convinced of the righteousness
of the cause for which they battle, possess a great reserve of
power. Unflinching resolve has learned the secret of enlist-
ing time and opportunity as allies, and when most prostrate
rises, with Heaven's help, to renew a strife which in the end
must be crowned with victory.

But the American contest would have been longer, more
painful, more enduring in the injuries inflicted, had it not been
for the kindly intervention of France. And that intervention
Benjamin Franklin secured. Humanly speaking, there
was no one else that could have secured it. He was the
foremost American of his time ; in fact, he was the only

* Works, v, 498.

217

American that could claim a world-wide reputation. Even
Washington was little known in Europe. Younger than
Franklin by twenty-six years, he had as yet accomplished little
to bring to the notice of foreigners those transcendant qualities,
that commanding personal character, which years of arduous
war amid trials, discouragement, and even occasional defeat,
were to put to the proof. But Franklin, the man of science,
the brilliant discoverer in a new and attractive realm of inves-
tigation, was knowu by all. His name was upon all lips. The
very fact that he had come to France to advocate the cause of
the new American republic conciliated for that cause the favor
of great and small. And with the favor came a conviction
that the side Franklin espoused would be certain to win. For,
changing somewhat Turgot's celebrated line, was it not self-
evident that the hand that " snatched the thunderbolt from
heaven " would prove competent to wrest " the sceptre from
tyrants?" Thus it came to pass that soon, according to M.
Lacretelle, " no one any longer conceived it possible to refuse
fleets and an army to the countrymen of Franklin."* Or, as
M. Mignet, most terse and philosophical of modern French
historians, has put it, " The sight of Franklin, the severe sim-
plicity of his dress, the refined kindliness of his manners, the
alluring spell of his wit, his venerable appearance, his modest
assurance, and his resplendent fame, brought the American
cause altogether into fashion."f

But it was not solely, nor chiefly, the reputation already
gained by Dr. Franklin, that made his mission to France so
productive of good to his native land. There was a wide field
for the exercise of his ingenuity, for the display of his shrewd

* " Histoire de la France pendant le dix-huitieme siecle," v, 86.

t " Vie de Franklin, Memoires de l'Academie des Sciences Morales et Politiques de l'ln-
stitut de France," vii (1850), 396.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 133. 2b. PRINTED JUNE 3, 1890.

218

common sense, and of both dexterity and tact, in those dark
days when nothing reached Europe but reports of losses, re-
treats, disasters to the patriots. Money was to be obtained,
and that from the coffers of a monarch himself well-nigh
bankrupt. A great state must be induced to enter the strife
upon the seas with the most formidable of maritime powers.
A friendly shelter must be found in hospitable ports for Ameri-
can vessels that scoured the shores of Great Britain and brought
in the prizes taken to be condemned and sold.

With the joyful news of the surrender of General Burgoyne
came the first rays of sunshine, presage of the complete dis-
persion of the thick clouds hitherto enveloping the political
skies. Then it was that the king of France definitely consented
to enter upon a treaty of alliance with the United States.
That was indeed, as M. Guizot justly styles it, "a triumph of
Franklin's diplomatic ability."* Henceforth, if the great
American envoy's labors did not diminish, if instead they
rather increased as the slow years of the contest dragged along,
at least the firm conviction of approaching triumph made
tolerable even that enormous load of responsibility which
rested upon his shoulders. Others, it is true, were associated
with him, at the Plague, in Madrid, and elsewhere — John
Adams, John Jay, and others, whose services are deserving of
everlasting remembrance. They, too, displayed true patriot-
ism, whole-souled devotion to the cause of liberty, and rare
skill in negotiation. They might not have enjoyed the oppor-
tunities for training in the school of diplomacy which had fallen
to the lot of the British envoys with whom they were called
upon to deal, but they proved themselves adepts in the science
of persuasion and generally discomfited their rivals. As Dr.
Franklin somewhat quaintly states it, not without a tinge of

* " Histoire de France," v, 316.

219

raillery, when writing to his English correspondent, William
Strahan, once more his friend, after the conclusion of the war :
" Your contempt of our understandings, in comparison with
your own, appeared to be not much better founded than that
of our courage, if we may judge by this circumstance, that, in
whatever court of Europe, a Yankee negotiator appeared, the
wise British minister was routed, put in a passion, picked a
quarrel with your friends, and was sent home with a flea in
his ear."* And if good Jonathan Shipley, Bishop of St. Asaph,
had primary reference to the ability of Franklin himself in
dealing with the French and English ministers, the remark
held good also of his worthy associates : " The event has shown
that, in their own arts, you were not inferior to the ablest of
them."f

Yet, while others were associated with him in the honor-
able work, and right nobly discharged their part, it was after
all, Dr. Franklin that was chiefly looked to to represent the
United States in Europe entire, as it was he alone that could
sustain the credit of the country when Congress in its despera-
tion was issuing drafts which it provided the envoys with no
means of honoring, and when the advances* of money im-
peratively needed for the maintenance of the American cause
must be wrung by judicious insistance from a government, not
so much reluctant, as unable to meet all the demands upon its
purse made by its impecunious ally.

At last perseverance met with its reward. The king of
England was compelled to acknowledge the autonomy of his
revolted colonies, and, on the 30th of November, 1782, in con-
junction with John Adams, John Jay, and Henry Laurens, Dr.
Franklin signed the provisional articles. Ten months later, he

* Letter from Passy, 19 August, 1784, .Vorks, ix, 53.

t Letter from Twyford, 27 November, 17S4, Works, ix, 280.

220

was associated with Adams and Jay in concluding the defini-
tive treaty.

To the consummation of the hopes of all patriotic Americans,
the wise efforts of Franklin and his fellow-diplomatists had
contributed as truly, perhaps as substantially, as had the mar-
tial exploits of Washington and his companions in arms. And
it is as honorable to the wisdom as it is to the reverent spirit
of those great men, that both Franklin and Washington
ascribed their success to the favor of God who is the friend
and avenger of the oppressed. I quoted, a moment ago, the
somewhat boastful terms in which Dr. Franklin was pleased to
describe to William Strahan the triumphs of American diplo-
macy at European courts. I must be permitted here to repro-
duce these sentences by which he next proceeds to qualify
what might well otherwise be viewed as too arrogant a claim.
" But, after all, my dear friend," he says, " do not imagine that
I am vain enough to ascribe our success to any superiority in
any of those points. I am too well acquainted with all the
springs and levers of our machine, not to see that our human
means were unequal to our undertaking, and that, if it had not
been for the justice of our cause and the consequent interposi-
tion of Providence, in which we had faith, we must have been
ruined. If I had ever before been an atheist, I should now
have been convinced of the being and government of a Deity !
It is He who abases the proud and favors the humble. May
we never forget His goodness to us, and may our future con-
duct manifest our gratitude." *

It cannot but be regarded as an interesting circumstance,
that Dr. Franklin's last diplomatic service should have been
rendered in the interest of our common humanity ; that in the
treaty with Prussia, which it was his last official duty to sign

* Works, ix, 53.

221

on the eve of his departure from Paris, were embodied those
philanthropic provisions that are destined, we hope, to mark
. the era of a higher and purer civilization.

Much as Dr. Franklin had had to do with the prosecution
of war, forced thereto by the circumstances of the hour, he
was preeminently a man of peace. " I am of opinion," he
once wrote to the banker, Le Grand, " I am of opinion that
there never was a bad peace, nor a good war." * He hoped
great things from the spread of intelligence and especially of
mutual forbearance. Hence he rejoiced when Louis XVI, by
his edict of toleration (1787), took the first step toward undo-
ing the mischief wrought by Louis XIVs gigantic blunder in
revoking the Edict of Nantes. " The arret in favor of the
non catholiques" he wrote from Philadelphia, " gives great
pleasure here, not only from its present advantages, but as it
is a good step towards general toleration, and to the abolish-
ing, in time, all party spirit among Christians, and the mis-
chiefs that have so long attended it. Thank God, the world
is growing wiser and wiser, and as by degrees men are con-
vinced of the folly of wars for religion, for dominion or for
commerce, they will be happier and happier." f

Meanwhile, as the prospect of the entire abolition of war
was yet very dim and shadowy, Dr. Franklin regarded it an
end well worth laboring for to reduce as much as possible the
attendant horrors. Two of these — privateering and the cruel
treatment of prisoners of war — he set himself to remove.

He had written frequently and decidedly in condemnation
of privateering, which he stigmatized as a remnant of the
ancient piracy, and argued that though accidentally beneficial
to particular persons, it was far from profitable to the nation

* Works, ix, 298.
Letter to M. Le Veillard, Philadelphia, 8 June, 1788. Works, ix, 481.

222

that authorized it. It was a lottery in which some might
draw prizes, but the whole expense exceeded by much the
aggregate of individual gains. Besides, in addition to the
national loss of so many men during the time they have been
engaged in robbing, the agents in the nefarious work become
unfit for any sober business after a peace, and " serve only to
increase the number of highwaymen and housebreakers."
The financial disaster that sooner or later overtakes even the
most prosperous of those taking part in it, Franklin regarded
as " a just punishment for their having wantonly and unfeelingly
ruined many honest, innocent traders and their families, whose
subsistence was employed in serving the common interests of
mankind."*

In accordance with these humane views, Dr. Franklin de-
sired to insert in the treaty of peace with Great Britain an
article abolishing privateering in all future wars. To this end he
drew up a proposal, which he enclosed to his old friend, Rich-
ard Oswald, the British commissioner, shortly after they had
signed the " provisional articles." In the accompanying letter
he wrote: "I send you also another paper which I once read
to you separately. It contains a proposition for improving the
law of nations, by prohibiting the plundering of unarmed and
usefully employed people. I rather wish than expect that it
will be adopted. But I think it may be offered with a better
grace by a country that is likely to suffer least and gain
most by continuing the ancient practice, which is our case, as
the American ships, laden only with the gross productions of
the earth, cannot be so valuable as yours, filled with sugars
or manufactures. It has not yet been considered by my col-
leagues, but if you should think or find that it might be

♦Propositions relative to privateering communicated to Mr. Oswald, Passy, 14 January,
1783, Works, viii, 246. See also, ib., ix, 88, 89.

223

acceptable on your side, I would try to get it inserted in the
general treaty. / think it will do honor to the nations that
establish it.11 *

Dr. Franklin was right, but, finding no favor with the gov-
ernment of Great Britain, the proposal was declined. Its
author, however, did not despair. A few years later he had
the satisfaction of being able to write to M. Leroy : " I rejoice
to hear that the difference between the emperor and your
country [France] is accommodated, for I love peace. You will
see in the treaty we have made with Prussia some marks of
my endeavors to lessen the calamities of future wars." Accord-
ingly we find near the close of that document, signed as I have
said by Dr. Franklin, as one of the three commissioners
appointed by Congress, just before his return, an article — it is
the twenty -third — almost identical in its phraseology with
that which he had, two years before, offered to Mr. Oswald
for consideration. In it occur these memorable words : "And
all merchant and trading vessels employed in exchanging the
products of different places and thereby rendering the neces-
saries, conveniences and comforts of human life more easy to
be obtained and more general, shall be allowed to pass free
and unmolested ; and neither of the contracting powers shall
grant or issue any commissions to any private armed vessels,
empowering them to take or destroy such trading vessels or
interrupt such commerce." f

Not only so, but, in a succeeding article, the attempt is made
further to mitigate the sufferings entailed by war by provisions
of the most kindly character, stipulating in great detail what
shall be the treatment of prisoners. They shall not be sent

* Works, viii, 245.

f Text in " Treaties and Conventions concluded between the United States of America
and other powers since July 4, 1776 " (Washington, 1889), 905, 906.

224

to distant and inclement countries, to the East Indies or to
any other parts of Asia or Africa, nor confined in dangerous
prison-ships or prisons, nor put into irons, nor bound, nor
otherwise restrained in the use of their limbs. Both officers
and common soldiers shall be furnished with daily rations
equal in quality and quantity to the rations given to
soldiers and officers of the same rank in the army of the cap-
tors ; and their quarters and barracks shall be not less roomy
and comfortable than those enjoyed by the troops of the party
in whose power they are.

Still further to invest these new improvements in interna-
tional jurisprudence with all possible sanctity, the following
clear statement is made, every line of which bears the marks
of Dr. Franklin's clear and judicious pen : " And it is declared,
that neither the pretense that war dissolves all treaties, nor
any other whatever, shall be considered as annulling or sus-
pending this and the next preceding article ; but, on the con-
trary, that the state of war is precisely that for which they are
provided, and during which they are to be as sacredly observed
as the most acknowledged articles in the law of nature or
nations."*

This was an appropriate ending of Dr. Franklin's diplomatic
services, a real gain for humanity achieved by a philosopher
in whose eyes no acquisition, either of his own or of others,
was so precious as that by means of which the common store
of comfort and happiness was enhanced. Again it had been
the great fame of the founder of this Society that insured him
success in the field of international negotiation. For with
such a man the States and monarchs of the Old World deemed
it an honor to treat. The ambassador of Gustavus III, of
Sweden, was not only directed to make advances for a treaty

* Treaties and Conventions, 906.

225

with the United States — Sweden being the first power in
Europe which voluntarily offered its friendship without being
solicited — but was charged to tell Dr. Franklin that the king
had so great esteem for him that it would be a particular satis-
faction to his majesty to have such a transaction with him.
Dr. Franklin is himself our informant, nor does he conceal the
pardonable gratification which he felt at hearing the flattering
assurance, adding: " I have perhaps some vanity in repeating
this ; but I think, too, that it is right that Congress should know
it, and judge if any use may be made of the reputation of a
citizen for the public service." *

The diplomatic career of Dr. Franklin closes with the year
1785, when he went home not indeed to enjoy restj as he had
fondly hoped, but to a change of scene and of employment.
And here, in the city of his adoption, death overtook him
rich in years, in honors, and, what he prized more, in the
memory of valuable benefits conferred upon his country and
upon mankind. Such men are few in any age ; their number
is not great in all the combined centuries that together make
up the short life of our race upon this planet.

It is only meet that we should cherish their names with
respect, and gratefully hand down to posterity the story of
their honorable and meritorious deeds.

Upon the close of the last speech, Mr. Williams
said :

I am instructed by the Committee, which I represent
in closing this commemoration, publicly to express the
appreciation of the Society for the attendance of its

* Franklin to Secretary Livingston, Passy, 25 June, 1782, Works, viii, 109.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 133. 2c. PRINTED JUNE 3, 1890

226

quests and for the words of its invited speakers. A
hundred years ago, the honor and commemoration of
Franklin at the end of a century was confidently
expected by our predecessors, whose example we fol-
low to-night with this tribute in memory of his death.
With increasing confidence, with enlarging hope for
the future, in abiding certainty that whatever another
century may bring it can add only increasing fame to
his memory, we commit our discharge of this duty to
our successors a century hence, in the complete and
comfortable assurance, that their commemoration, like
our own, will find assembled again the descendants of
Franklin, this Society, its members, its invited guests,
and eloquent voices to commemorate his memory and
again record his fame.

Nov. 7. 1890.] "-1* [Merrick.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY,

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA, FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XXVIII. July to December, 1890. No. 134.

Obituary Notice of Daniel Raynes Goodwin,- D.D., LL.D.

By J. Vaughan Merrick.

{Read before the American Philosopliical Society, November 7, 1S90.)

It is impossible within the limited compass of a memoir like this, to pre-
sent a complete picture of the life and character of a man so pure, so
strong, so gifted, so impressive in his influence upon the world in which
he lived, as those of the subject of this sketch.

Many of the circumstances which moulded his earlier years have sunk
into oblivion, and through the passing away of his contemporaries cannot
be revived. We must be content therefore to gather up the fragments
which remain, and to fill out the outlines with the more abundant records
of later years.

Daniel Raynes Goodwin was born, April 12, 1811, in North Berwick,
Maine. His father, Samuel Goodwin, was a farmer who also owned and
worked two mills at the Falls of Negutaquis, on the outskirts of the town .
He was a sensible and good man, who, after rearing a family of nine chil-
dren, died in 1855 at the age of ninety-two. His mother was Anna Gerrish,
who survived her husband about one year. On both sides Mr. Goodwin
inherited sterling qualities ; on the father's side had been men of mark for
integrity, courage and patriotism, and on the maternal side, college-bred
men for generations. The homestead was so situated as to present meagre
advantages for school education. The nearest neighbor lived nearly a
mile distant, and the nearest school-house, which was opened only about
ten weeks each year, was still farther off. In those days, in New Eng-
land, sparsely settled and poor, except in the cities and towns, school ad-
vantages were few, and were pursued under many drawbacks and hard-
ships. Wherever possible they were supplemented by home teaching.
Fortunately in this case, the eldest sister performed this office during the
winter evenings. When fifteen years of age, he was sent to the Academy
at South Berwick, and later on to Limerick Academy. In 1828, then

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 134. 2D. PRINTED JAN. 12, 1891.

Merrick.] Zlo ' [Nov. 7,

seventeen years old, lie entered Bowdoin College, at Brunswick, Me., and
notwithstanding his limited preparation, he speedily took and maintained
throughout his college course, the first place for scholarship, as well as for
natural powers. It is stated by Rev. Dr. John Lord, one of his schoolmates
at Berwick Academy, that his class were all older, than himself, yet that
he at once took the lead, and being ahead of his teacher in classics, really
taught himself Greek and Latin. He adds that he (Mr. G.) had great pre-
cocity of talent in every study to which his attention was turned, and was
regarded as a sort of intellectual prodigy by teachers and scholars alike.
He graduated at the head of his class at Bowdoin, in 1832, and was ap-
pointed master of the Academy at Hallowell, Me.; soon after which, in

1834, he became a member of the Theological Seminary at Andover. In

1835, he was called from Andover to Bowdoin, his Alma Mater, as tutor
under the late Henry W. Longfellow, professor of modern languages.
Soon after assuming the duties of this position he was elected to succeed
that eminent man, who had resigned the chair. Some faint conception of
his abilities and attainments can be drawn from the fact, that such a choice
should have fallen upon a man of only twenty-four years of age. Diffident of
his own powers, however, and resolved to fit himself more thoroughly for
his post, he at once proceeded to Europe and spent nearly two years, study-
ing the structure of the language and the literature of Spain, France, Italy
and Germany, and maturing his knowledge of philology, which then
and always was with him a favorite study, and one in which his intel-
lectual powers were strengthened and polished. In 1837, he returned and
became an active member of the Faculty of Bowdoin. It is the testimony
of Mr. Nehemiah Cleaveland, in his history of that institution, that "Asa
teacher and governor, he was assiduous, fearless and most efficient, incul-
cating by example as well as precept a liberal culture. Possessing a mind
singularly active, clear and comprehensive, with great acumen and power
of analysis, it is not strange that metaphysical and moral science largely
attracted his regard." Nor were his sympathies and abilities confined in
their exercise to his merely professional affairs. It is the remark of Prof.
Egbert C. Smyth, the son of a brother professor, who lived near and was
a boyish admirer of Prof. Goodwin, that the two colleagues were asso-
ciated in many objects of public concern outside of college duties ; and
the same authority mentions his admirable conversational powers, the
memory so unfailing and inexhaustible in its resources, the crystal clear-
ness of his thought, the aptness of his words, h's cheerful and spirited
manner. He speaks also of the engaging gifts of his wife (Mary Ran-
dall, daughter of Samuel and Hannah Merrick) to whom he had been mar-
ried in January, 1838. With her, his delightful home had been established ;
and from it the two professors would "habitually walk together to their
eleven o'clock recitations; or from time to time plant together elms and
maples which with their own hands had been dug up in the forests." In
this charming home, a perpetual fountain of knowledge and life, Prof, and
Mrs. Goodwin lived for many years, subsequently iransferring it to

1890.] ^^ [Merrick.

another house in Brunswick ; rearing there a family of children, the oldest
of whom, Anna Harriet, now the wife of Benjamin Yaughan, of Cam-
bridge, was born in November, 1838. Subsequently were born three
daughters: Julia, and Lucy, who died in infancy, and Mary, now the
widow of the late Dr. William Canfleld Spencer, U. S. A. (grandson of
the late Chief Justice Spencer, of New York), and two sous: Henry, who
died in 1861, and Harold, at present an attorney-at-law, residing in Phila-
delphia.

Another witness of this home life at Bowdoin describes it as "simple,
unconventional, orderly, refined, and Christian."

Mr. Goodwin, besides his professorship at Bowdoin, held, for fifteen
years, the post of Librarian to the College ; doubtless a most congenial
office, bringing him into close companionship with the books he loved so
well ; and to the College students, who profited by his learning, and by his
enlightened power of guidance in their reading and research, offering a
priceless boon. Nor were the students the only ones who benefited by
his presence in this capacity. He was making at this time a strong mark
in literature by contributions to various reviews, articles upon subjects
germane to his chair, or upon the results of his studies in philology and
history. That these labors were not exhausting, was due to his power of
intense and active exercise of mind without special effort. To his trained
powers such writings were recreation.

The play of his fancy, the lucidity of his style, and the fullness of his
knowledge, which were displayed in these and subsequent papers (a list
of which is appended), make one regret that, from the pressure of other
avocations, he could not contribute to literature more extensive works.
One of his contemporaries in Berwick Academy, who followed his subse-
quent career with the deepest interest, and is well qualified to express an
opinion on such a subject, says that if he had devoted his attention to
philosophical and metaphysical inquiries he would probably have at-
tained a lame unexcelled, perhaps unequaled, by any living scholar.

The services he rendered in Brunswick to the public schools were con-
spicuous. Before the introduction of the graded system in the town, he
was a member of the School Board ; and by his efforts the strong opposition
to the change from the old methods, involving legal embarrassments, as
well as a modification of public opinion, was in great measure overcome.
The contest was carried to the Supreme Court, and proving successful
there, the issue resulted in great advantage to public education in the
State. One who is familiar with this period of his life speaks in terms of
hearty admiration of "his generous and self-sacrificing labors in this
cause."

During his residence at Brunswick, it was the custom of the members
of the Faculty to sally out wdien a disturbance among the students oc-
curred, and personally to arrest offenders. On one of these occasions,
Prof. Goodwin was severely injured by a student who threw oil of
vitriol into his face, occasioning great suffering, and marking him for life ;

Merrick.] ^V [Nov. 7,

although, happily, he escaped without permanent injury to his sight.
This was not the result of any special animosity against him, but the deal-
ing of a blow to the Faculty as a body, against whom the resentment of
the attacked students was aimed. The result of this untoward event was
an abandonment of the old, undignified method of quelling disturbances,
as well as a widespread sympathy for the sufferer, and indignation against
the offender.

His connection with the Protestant Episcopal Church, of which he after-
wards became so distinguished a member, began during this period of his
life. He was confirmed in 1842, at Gardiner, Me. ; and this circumstance,
coupled with his prominent position in the college at Brunswick, was
probably one of the considerations wdiich induced Bishop Henshaw, at
that time acting Bishop of Maine, to send there, in 1843, a missionary to
establish a church. Mr. Goodwin at once took up the duty assigned him
of aiding this missionary in forming a nucleus for a parish ; although, in
so doing, he placed himself in apparent antagonism to other religious in-
fluences then prominent in the college, and ran counter to the traditions
of the place, as well as to correspondingly strong convictions of at least
some of his colleagues. They feared the effect upon the college, of intro-
ducing the services of a communion, which was at that time the object of
considerable prejudice in the State, and, indeed, in New England. Mr.
Goodwin's character and influence, however, made his advocacy of the
new enterprise a tower of strength ; for he was universally loved and
respected by Faculty and students. No event of his life displays more
clearly the fortitude, the calm and steady principle with which he gave
himself to the support of an unpopular movement, and of what seemed at
the time a forlorn hope ; and these characteristics are visible throughout
his life. In 1847, he was ordained Deacon, and in the following year u
Priest of the Church.

At length his career at Bowdoin closed, when, in 1853, he was called
to become President of Trinity College, at Hartford ; acting, also, as one
of the Professors, at first, that of Modern Languages, and, subsequently,
of Moral and Intellectual Philosophy.

His presidency occurred during a difficult crisis in the affairs of the col-
lege, the history of which will, perhaps, be hereafter produced. It may,
however, be said, that his influence was successfully exerted to raise the
standard of its requirements and of its discipline, and to promote clear
and honest work among its students.

One who was under him in those days (Bishop Niles), referring to the
singular majesty of his character and his power of interesting his pupils,
says that "he has known bright but indolent men look forward with
eagerness to the President's recitation hour, in Butler's Analogy and
Whately's Logic ; from which far more was learned than by the study of
formal logic under any other man." There wao, however, as we are told
by the same authority, another side of his character, not less strongly
marked, which gave a brilliant lustre to his memory; that "mirthfulness

1890.] ^L [Merrick.

and general enjoyment of what was really bright and clever in literature,
in persons, in social and domestic life," which made him, in his own home,
the centre of a group of young people, delighting himself and them with
witty things of all kinds.

With such characteristics, it is easy to believe, that when called to a
more prominent position, he carried with him the general and earnest re-
grets of Faculty and students at the severance of the tie. While still at
Hartford, he was in 1855 honored by his Alma Mater with the degree
of D.D.

In 1860, he was elected by the Trustees of the University of Pennsyl-
vania to be Provost of that Institution, and immediately moved to Phila-
delphia, in which city, in West Philadelphia, he resided till his death.
The University was at that time housed at Ninth and Chestnut streets, now
the site of the post-office, and although venerable in age, was but the germ
of its present self. As yet it had only the Collegiate, Medical and Law
Department and a very limited staff of professors. Here also his duties
were of a mixed character, including besides the government of the Col-
lege, a professorship (Intellectual and Moral Philosophy) which brought
him into close contact with the students.

Immediately prior to his election, the University had been for some
months subsequent to the resignation of Provost Vethake, in temporary
charge of the Vice-Provost, the late Prof. John F. Frazer.

It had, however, been among the traditions of the University until Pro-
vost Vethake's incumbency, that it should be in charge of a clergyman,
and the Trustees, in pursuance of this policy, selected Dr. Goodwin as his
successor.

His inaugural address marked a new era in the history of the University,
and he at once assumed a commanding position in the Faculty and among
the undergraduates. The favorable impression then produced, was con-
firmed and strengthened, as the daily intercourse of College life showed
him to be at once rigorous in the performance of his duty and in exacting
the same qualities from the young men under his charge, while they
found him kind and genial upon personal contact within and without the
College walls.

When, in the judgment of the Trustees, it became expedient to enlarge
the scope of instruction, by adding to the liberal and classical courses, a
scientific department, Dr. Goodwin feared that the change would not
prove successful under the conditions then existing ; and this feeling, it is
supposed, influenced him in retiring from his office in 1368, when called
upon to become Dean of the Philadelphia Divinity School.

It is the testimony of all who were conversant with the history of the
Institution during his eight years' incumbency, that he produced a lasting
and most valuable impression upon the characters of the students, leading
them to habits of concentration of mind and of exactness of expression, the
influence of which has been of the highest value in their subsequent career.

Upon his retirement the University testified its sense of his abilities and
learning, by conferring the honorary degree of LL.D.

Merrick.] ZO-j [Xov. 7,

In 1862, Doctor Goodwill became Professor of Apologetics in the
Philadelphia Divinity School, which was organized that year. The title of
this chair was changed to Systematic Divinity, in 18(55, and so remained,
he holding the office till his death. In 1868, upon leaving the University
of Pennsylvania, he was made Dean of the Divinity trchool and retained
that position till 1883, when advancing years and somewhat impaired
health, coupled with the removal of the Institution to a distance from his
home, compelled his withdrawal. For these duties he wras preeminently
fitted.

A record of the events of his life would be most incomplete, -without
particular mention of his labors in the Church of his love, rendered es-
pecially in her councils, both Diocesan and General. Except in one in-
stance, St. Gabriel's, Windsor, Ct., where he remained some three or four
years, lie never assumed a permanent Rectorship, but was, at intervals,
temporarily (sometimes for months together; in charge of parishes. This
fact, and his long connection with educational interests, together with his
great ecclesiastical learning and power as a debater, were undoubtedly
prime factors in making him, for so long a period, a leader in the govern-
ing bodies of the Church. As early as 1853, he was sent by the Diocese of
IWaine to the Triennial General Convention meeting that year. From
Pennsylvania he was sent in 1862, to the first Convention held after his
removal to that Diocese, and continuously thereafter until that of 1889,
the last one previous to his decease ; thus being a member of that august
assembly for ten successive sessions. At the same time he was a member
of every Annual Diocesan Convention for thirty years. He promptly
attained and kept throughout this period in both, a commanding position
and leadership in that school of Churchnianship to which his sympathies
tended (the Low Church or Evangelical party). And apart from this, his
manifest qualifications for the post, caused his election or appointment in
both bodies on the "Committee on Canons," and for many years past, to
Ihe chairmanship thereof. As this Committee shapes all legislation, and
suppresses a multitude of proposals for revision or change, its chairman-
ship demands not only great learning and clearness of conception, with
aptitude in debate, but also great conservatism. All these qualifications
found their realization in Dr. Goodwin. Independently of the duties
arising out of these positions, it is prohable that few, if any, important
measures brought forward in either House, failed to receive his close
attention and criticism. Indeed, he suffered no resolution presented to
the House to pass, without a close analysis of its phraseology and of its
possible results. His support or opposition was always of weight, and in
the Convention of the Diocese it was apt to be decisive.

His influence in the Diocese was further conspicuously shown by his
long service as Chairman of the Standing Committee, a body which acts
as constitutional advisor of the Bishop, and, in his absence, as a substitute,
so far as concerns his administrative powers.

To attempt an analysis of the character of so remarkable a man, is a

1890.] ZOO [Merrick.

task peculiarly difficult ; his qualities were of so varied a nature, and pre-
sented strength in such apparently opposite directions. Irradiating his
whole life, was the power of Christian faith. This was, undoubtedly, its
dominating influence, the keynote of his nature. Gentle and courteous
to a high degree, sympathizing and consolatory to those who were suffer-
ing from trial and loss, a lover of children, his heart was womanly in its
tenderness. But in the defense of right, in the attack upon vice, in the
public debate upon policy, in the attempt to redress evil, whether in
Church or State, he was strong and uncompromising. When measures
involving ecclesiastical opinion were under discussion, he was thoroughly
alert, quick to point out what he conceived to be weak points in the
armor of his opponents, sharp and decisive in piercing them, unwilling
to surrender the slightest advantage or to adopt any compromise.

In debate "he thought upon his feet," and it was wonderful to hear him
touch upon some point in a speech or a resolution, to which his attention
had just been directed, dilate upon it, unfold all its possibilities, pursue
its results to their legitimate end (and sometimes, perhaps, beyond it),
until nothing was left of his antagonist or of the obnoxious measure. All
this time there would be no hesitation ; every word would be the exact
expression of his thought ; the logical process was perfect, the effect over-
whelming. Such self-command is rarely seen combined with such learn-
ing and logical power. Familiar with many languages, ancient and mod-
ern, a close student of their structure and the derivation of their words,
these words were his weapons ; the exact scope and weight of each being
carefully appraised, their relation to each other as carefully measured.
He used them with telling effect, and was quick to point out where others
foiled to appreciate their true intent. In conversation, this power of his
was displayed in quite a different way. A keen humorist, he delighted
in word-play, and heartily enjoyed the sallies which resulted from an en-
couuter of wits.

But a perfect knowledge of the qualities of different weapons would be
worse than useless, were it not for an enlightened power of selecting and
employing them. So the philologist is not necessarily a wise reasoner.
Herein, then, lay Dr. Goodwin's great power in moulding legislation,
that possessing such knowledge, his clear and highly trained reasoning
powers made him a logician of the highest order. In his speeches there
was a singular freedom from an attempt at eloquence or at display. He
was not intent on moving the imagination of his hearers, or persuading
them to his side ; rather to drag them with him by the irresistible force
of his reasoning.

As an educator, which, after all, was the vocation in which most of his
life was passed, one of his former pupils — himself now well advanced in
years, and qualified by his own well- earned standing to judge fairly —
Rev. C. C. Everett, says that he possessed in those days two distinctions
which contributed to his success. One was that "he taught; that was
something more rare in those days, in all colleges, than now. His hour

Merrick.] AOQl [Nov. 7,

was crammed full of information. This was chiefly in regard to the deri-
vation and affinity of words ; though the beauties and the meaning of the
work studied had their place." The other distinction was "his habit of
inviting the students to his house to tea." By this means, adopted in ad-
vance of his times, but now happily imitated, he became familiarly known
to those committed to his charge, and gave them the advantage of social
intercourse.

Apropos of this latter custom, it is related of him that, shortly after
reaching Hartford, a friend visiting at their house witnessed the following
characteristic scene. The door-bell rang about tea-time, and some half-
dozen college students arrived. Doctor Goodwin and his wife welcomed
them without any sign of surprise. After some delay a hospitable meal
appeared and was discussed, followed by a pleasant evening ; both host
.and hostess exerting themselves to entertain their uninvited visitors.
After their departure each looked at the other, but neither was able to
explain the visit. The next day the mystery was solved by a call from a
delegation of students, who found they had been hoaxed by some of their
fellows, and who desired to apologize for the intrusion. Needless to say,
the young men were ever after strong friends of the president and his wife.
The next invitation given to a set of students, however, was not accepted,
they fearing the repetition of the joke upon themselves.

In personal appearance, Dr. Goodwin was tall and dignified, with fiuely-
cut features and piercing eyes. The musical tones of his voice linger in
one's memory. In late years, when time had crowned him with silver
locks, and the deliberate step of age characterized his movements, his
figure was one to command, as it received, the highest reverence. But
he never lost a certain vivacity, which awakened at the meeting with his
friends.

It has been said that Christian faith was the dominating keynote of his
nature. None who knew him could fail to recognize the truth of this
statement. He was a man of strong piety, in the noblest meaning of that
word. Always grave and matured beyond his years, his religious life
awakened during the later years of his college days, and steadily ex-
panded during all the remaining years of his life, coloring and subduing
all of his faculties, consecrating all his attainments to the service of his
^ divine Master. His light shone more brightly as the darkness of waning
years gathered around his earthly path. And his memory must remain,
like a beacon, to those who knew him, an evidence of the profound truth
and power of Christianity.

An examination of the list of his writings, to which allusion has been
made, will show the versatility of his attainments, as well as the active
interest he always took in those questions of the day, which, in his view,
would affect injuriously the cause of Christian truth. This list covers
only those speeches which were reprinted separately. To appreciate his
activity in this respect, one must look through the journals of the Eccle-
siastical Conventions of which he was a member, the pages of which are

1890.] ^5 [Merrick.

crowded with evidences of his incessant participation in dehate. Other
articles and works are upon questions of ethics, religion, history, ethnol-
ogy* philology, politics, science, statesmanship, etc., hesides numerous
addresses before Church congresses, college alumni, and discussions of
questions relating to the polity and services of the Church, and, in addi-
tion to all these, a great body of sermons.

Dr. Goodwin suffered greatly at times, during the latter part of his life,
from insomnia. From this, however, he measurably recovered, and his
death, after a brief attack of partial paralysis, came most unexpectedly.
On the fifteenth day of March, 1890, he passed away, leaving a gap
which, in society and in the Church, cannot soon be filled, and an
enduring and grateful memory in the community, for his eminent services
in the cause of religion, and good learning. His epitaph may fitly be
written in words of his own choice :

"A servant of Jesus Christ, and for Him a teacher of men."

He was laid to rest in Woodlands Cemetery by the side of his beloved
wife, whose death a few years earlier had closed upon earth a companion-
ship which had endured for forty-six years ; and was followed to the
grave by the Bishop of the Diocese and a large body of his fellow-clergy,
as well as by a multitude of friends and others distinguished in every
walk in life. The resolutions of affectionate regard which were adopted
by the former, are appended, together with those of the Standing Commit-
tee of Pennsylvania. ,

Besides his membership in the American Philosophical Society, to
which he was elected early in 1861, he was a member of the Historical
Societies of Maine and Pennsylvania, the American Academy of Arts and
Sciences, and the American Oriental Society ; and the first President of
the Society of Biblical Literature and Exegesis.

Appendix A.

BIBLIOGRAPHY OP THE REV. D. R. GOODWIN, D.D., LL.D.

1. "On the Nature and Effects of Emulation;" Am. Quart. Register,

Aug., 1832 (see bound vols, of Register); pp. 7.

2. "On the Worth and Care of the Soul ;" Abbott's Rel. Magazine, Dec,

1833 ; pp. 4. '

3. "Review of Upham on the Will;" Biblical Repository, April, 1836;

pp. 33.

4. "On Radical Opinions;" Literary and Theol. Review, June, 1836

(3 and 4 bound in a volume of pamphlets labelled "Theol. Review,
Vol. I").

5. "On Religious Ultraism ;" Literary and Theol. Review, March, 1836;

pp. 10.

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 134. 2E. PRINTED JAN. 12, 1891.

Merrick.] &6\i r^c-v. 7)

6. "On the Philosophy of History ;" Methodist Quarterly Review, July,

1842 ; pp. 38.

7. "The Times, Character and Political System of Machiavelli ;" Bibli-

oth. Sac, Feb., 1846 ; pp. 44.

8. "Civilization, American and European;" Am. Whig Review, June

and July, 1846 ; (in columns) pp. 60.

9. "On Capital Punishment;" Bibliotheca Sacra, May and Aug., 1847;

pp. 90.

10. "Fowler's Grammar;" N. Am. Review, Oct., 1851 ; pp. 37.

11. "Unity of Language and of Man ;" N. Am. Review, July, 1851, pp. 28.

12. "Harrison's English Language ;" Bib. Sac, Oct., 1851; pp. 22.

13. "Resurrection of the Body ;" Bib. Sac, J 1852; pp. 26.

14. "Latham's English Language;" N. Am. Review, Jan., 1352; pp. 23.

15. "Mackay's Progress of the Intellect;" N. Am. Review, July, 1852;

pp. 48.

16. "Ethnology and the Scriptures;" Prot. Epis. Quarterly, July and

Oct., 1855; pp. 58.

17. "Nott and Gliddon, Types of Mankind;" Church Review, Jan. and

April, 1855; pp. 60.

18. "Sawyer's New Testament;" Am. Theol. Review, May, 1859; pp. 9.

19. "Sawyer's New Testament;" Church Review, April, 1859; pp. 28.

20. "Cabell's Unity of Mankind;" Am. Theol. Review, May, 1859;

pp. 10.

21. "Grant's Ethics of Aristotle;" Am. Theol. Review, Feb., 1860 (for

copy, see Series of the Review).

22. Address at the Dedication of the Free Academy at Norwich, Conn.,

1856 ; np. 6.

23. Sermon at New Haven : "Christianity neither Ascetic nor Fanatic ;"

1858; pp. 15.

24. Sermon at Middletown: "The Christian Ministry," and an extract from

the same ; Ma}', 1860 ; pp. 21.

25. "Darwin on Species;" Am. Theol. Review, May, 1860; pp. 18.

26. Inaugural Address as Provost of the University of Pennsylvania ; Sept.,

1860; pp. 22.

27. "Powell on the Evidences;" Am. Theol. Review, July, 1861 ; pp. 19.

28. Memoir of John Merrick, Esq.; for the Maine Hist. Soc, with Appen-

dix, Jan., 1862 ; pp. 40.

29. "Religious Education in Colleges;" Am. Theol. Review, April, 1862;

pp. 10.

30. Speech in the Prot. Epis. General Convention, in reply to Dr. Hawks,

Dr. Mahan and others, Oct. 14, 18G2 ; pp. 35.

]8<i0.] ~^4 [Merrick.

31. "Review of Bp. Colenso's Part I on the Pentateuch, and of Dr.

Mahan's Answer ;" Am. Presh. Tlieol. Review, April, 1803 ; pp. 36.

32. "Review of Bp. Colenso's Part II;" Am. Presh. Theol. Review,

July, 18G3; pp. 15.

33. "The Antiquity of Man. Reviewof Lyell's Geol. Evidences of, etc. ;"

Am. Presb. Theol. Review, April, 1864; pp. 26.

34. Obituary Notice of Pres't Hitchcock for Am. Phil. Soc, Nov., 1864 ;

pp. 7.

35. "Southern Slavery in its Present Aspects :" containing a Reply to a

late work of the Bishop of Vermont on Slavery ; Oct., 1864 ; Lip-
pincott and Co., 12mo, pp. 343.

36. Discourse Commemorative of Rev. Dr. John A. Vaughan, Oct., 1865;

pp. 38.

37. "Hints on Historical Reading;" N. Y. Ledger, June 8, 1867; pp. 5.

38. Sermon on "Perpetuity of the Sabbath," 1867 ; pp. 64.

39. Sermon on Ritualism : "Shall we Return to Rome?" 1867 ; pp. 33.

40. Tract on "The Division of Dioceses, by a Presbyter," 1868 ; pp. 16.

41. Article on "Spiritualism vs. Christianity;" Penn Monthly, March,

1870; pp.7.

42. Article on "The Supreme Court of the United States;" Penn

Monthly, May, 1870 ; pp. 12.

43. Article on "Resurrection," in Smith's Bib. Dictionary, Am. Ed., 1867-

70 (written in 1869); 23 cols.

44. "Memoir of S. V. Merrick," read before the Am. Phil. Soc, Dec. 16,

1870 ; pp. 13.

45. Letter on "Italian Unity," read at the New York Meeting, Jan. 12,

1871 (see Vol. Report); pp. 6.

46. "Huxley's Writings" (Lay Sermons, etc.); Am. Presb. and Theol. Re-

view, April, 1871 ; pp. 32.

47. An Anonymous Article, Dec, 1871 ; pp. 26.

48. "Archbishop Laud," "Leo the Isaurian " and "Lactantius," in Mc-

Clintock and Strong's Cyclopedia of Theol. and Eccles. Lit., 1872 ;
20 cols.

49. An Anonymous Article, Dec, 1872 ; pp. 69.

50. "The Cosmical Effects of Adam's Fall;" Penn Monthly for March,

1873 ; pp. 13.

51. Address before the Alumni of Bowdoin College, July 8, 1873 ; pp. 26.

52. An Anonymous Article, Sept., 1873 ; pp. 13.

53. Deposition in the Calkins vs. Cheney Case, Oct., 1873 ; pp. 75.

54. Paper presented to the Evangelical Alliance, New York, Oct., 1873 ;

10 cols.

Merrick.] ^*>" [Nov. 7j

55. An Anonymous Article, Nov., 1873; pp. 103.

56. Articles in Eoening Bulletin, on "The New Constitution of Pennsyl-

vania," Dec, 1873; pp. 10.

57. Another Anonymous Article, Jan. 24, 1874 ; pp. 9.

58. Another Anonymous Article, 1874.

59. (Printed, not published) "Apologetics or Evidences of Christianity,"

a Syllabus of Lectures, May, 1874; pp. 56.

60. (Printed, not published) "Canon, Inspiration and Sufficiency of Holy

Scriptures,'' a syllabus, May, 1874; pp. 43.

61. (Printed, not published) Syllabus of Lectures on "Systematic Divin-

ity," Feb., 1S75; pp. 190.

62. Speech before the Second Church Congress, Nov., 1875 ; pp. 5.

63. "Reciprocal Influence of Christianity and Liberty'" (No. 54 com-

pleted). Ch. Rev., July, 1876; pp. 16.

64. Prepared Anonymously, a volume of Essays, May, 1877 ; pp. 448.

65. "The Church and Common Schools," (a tract) Nov., 1877 ; pp. 4.

66. Speech before the Fifth Church Congress, Oct., 1878 ; 2 cols.

67. Paper read before Fifth Church Congress, Oct., 1878 ; 20 cols.

68. "Dogmatic Standards," article in Ch. Rev., Oct., 1878; pp. 20.

69. Review of Dr. Shield's "Final Philosophy" in The Churchman, Jan.

12, 1878 ; 6 cols.

70. "The New Ritualistic Divinity neither the Religion of the Bible and

Prayer Book nor of the Holy Catholic Church ; being a Defense of
the Protestant Episcopal Church in Pennsylvania against the attack
of Henry Flanders, Esq., of the Philadelphia Bar," Jan. 6, 1879;
pp. 101 ; ditto Second Edition, April 25, 1879, with an Appendix of
35 pp.

71. "The Presbyter's Reply to the Priest's Letter," Feb. 14, 1879 ; pp. 10.

72. Notes of the Investigation by the Bishop and Standing Committee in

reference to certain practices at St. Clement's Church, May, 1880;
pp. 47.

73. Address at Seventh Church Congress on "The New Revision of the

New Testament," Oct., 1881 ; pp. 4.

74. Address at Seventh Church Congress on "The Relation of Parishes

to the Diocese and of the Dioceses to the General Convention,"
etc., Oct., 1881; pp. 3.

75. "The Ministry We Need," An Address, etc., Nov., 1881 ; pp. 11.

76. "On the use of 2] and napdi'a and of i/'uyrj and xvlufia and connected

words, in the Sacred Writings;" Journal of Soc. of Bib. Lit. and
Exegesis, June and Dec, 1831 ; pp. 20.

77. "Memorial Discourse on Henry W. Longfellow before the Alumni of

Bowdoin College," July 12, 1882; pp. 30.

1890.] -"'J J [Merrick.

78. "In Memoriam, John Cotton Smith;" Bowdoin Orient, May, 1882;

3 cols.

79. "Notes on the Late Revision of the New Testament Version ;" Whit-

taker, N. Y., Sept., 1883; 8vo, pp. 212.

80. "Reminiscences of Longfellow ;" Bowdoin Orient, Feb. 27, 1885 ; p. 1.

81. "Christian Eschatology " Phila., Easter-tide, 1885; pp. 79.

82. Two Articles in The Church, in defense of do., April, 1885 ; 8 cols.

83. Letter to Washington Bowdoin Alumni ; Bowdoin Orient, March,

1886 ; 2 cols.

84. Eight Articles in The Church on "The Atonement," Nov. 29, 1885, to

Jan. 16, 1886.
"Some Thoughts on the "Atonement," Pamphlet Pub. by Ev. Ed.
Soc. Phila., 1887 (A second edition and enlargement of the ''Eight
Articles" above); pp. 59.

85. "A Lenten Meditation," in the Church Magazine, April, 1886.

86. "Note on the use of u-ip in the New Testament ;" Exeg. Soc. Journal,

1885 ; pp. 2.

87. " Note on the use of nai in Heb. x. 38 ;" Exeg. Soc. Journal, 1885; pp. 2.

88. Notes on eav p.yj Gal. ii. 16 ; zpoizrfi aJk-oGKiaapa Jas. i. 17; and Qzoo

uloq Matt, xxvii. 54 and Mark xv. 39 ; Journal Exeg. Soc, June,

1886 ; pp. 8.

89. "Notes on the Revised Translation of Matt. xvii. 9, compared with

Mark ix. 9 ; Luke ii. 2 ; xix. 14 ; John xii, 4 ; Acts i. 25 ; ii. 2 ; ii.
47 ;" Journal Exeg. Soc, June, 1887 ; pp. 2.

90. "Note on the Polarity of Prepositions;" Journal of the Exegetical

Society, Dec, 1887; pp. 3.

91. "Note on ndvizs 6u and ijiiliq in I Cor. xv. 51 and 52 ;" Journal Exe-

getical Society, 1888.

92. "On 'Again' in the Apostles' Creed ;" in The Church, March 26, 1887 ;

3 cols.

93. Article on "Separate Missionary Jurisdictions for Colored People in.

Certain Dioceses," in Southern Churchman, Sept. 20, 1888; 2^ cols.

94. Article on "This Church" and "other Denominations" in the

Canons ; Standard of the Cross and the Church, Jan. 5, 1889; 15 col.

95. Four articles On the "Change of Name" of our Church in The Stand-

ard and The Church, Jan. 19, Feb. 2, 9, 16, 1889.
Ditto, in a Pamphlet entitled "Shall the Protestant Episcopal Church
in the United States of America cease to exist?" published by the
Evangelical Ed. Society, 5000 copies, May, 1889 ; pp. 36.

96. Speech in the General Convention, Oct., 1889, on "Proportional Rep-

resentation in the House of Deputies," with a note appended, in
The Standard of the Cross and the Church, Nov. 16, 1889 ; 4 cols.,
= 12 pp.

Merrick.] Z4.KJ [Nov. 7,

Appendix B.

MEMORIAL ADOPTED BY THE CLERGY.

The Clergy of the Protestant Episcopal Church in the Diocese of Penn-
sylvania, called tagether by the recent death of the Reverend Doctor
Daniel R. Goodwin, desire to place on record the following minute con-
cerning their departed brother :

Dr. Goodwin's long and faithful service here made him, perhaps, the
most conspicuous figure among us. His great ability, his ripe scholarship,
the wide extent, indeed, and the minute accuracy of his knowledge, his
quick perception, his readiness in debate, the power of his reasoning, and
his unflinching courage in the maintenance of his own conscientious con-
victions were readily recognized by all who knew him. There were, how-
ever, other traits of his character which, possibly, more than his vigorous
intellect, his rare learning, and his logical power, endeared him to his
friends. For, in union with these qualities, there was in him a wonderful
degree of gentleness and tenderness. No one had a keener sympathy
with those in sorrow ; no one a more wonderful power of adapting him-
self to their spiritual needs.. His words to the sick and suffering, always
happily chosen, were full of grace and consolation. They who were
recipients of his ministry of mercy can never forget it. His rare judgment
was never better tested than when he came into the seclusion of the sick-
room to bring the comforts of religion. His fine mental powers, cultivated
by long years of faithful and earnest study, shone at their brightest where
the world is too apt least to esteem them.

They whose privilege it is to have known him in his home life — to have
witnessed his affection for his friends, his gentle kindliness to little chil-
dren, his fine courtesy, his deep love for those bound to him by tenderest
ties, and his genuine humility — well know how large an element in his
true greatness was found there. As his days drew towards their close
(and, thank God, with unabated intellectual power on his part), it may
without exaggeration be said of him that his spiritual nature seemed to be
ripening more and more for the peaceful rest of the blessed.

True to his friends, true to his country — grandly so in her years of peril
— valiant for the truth as it presented itself to his mind and his heart,
long must his memory be cherished by all who have learned from him to
prize what is best and noblest in the pursuits of life.

Appendix C.

MEMORIAL ADOPTED BY THE STANDING COMMITTEE OP PENNSYLVANIA.

At a meeting of the Standing Committee, held April 1, 1890, the follow-
ing minute was adopted :
In the death of the Rev. Dr. Goodwin the Church has lost one of her

1890.] *A\. [Merrick.

brightest ornaments, Theological Learning one of its most efficient up-
holders, and Religion one of its ablest defenders. Were this the opportu-
nity, we might expatiate on each of these relations in which our departed
friend and brother held so conspicuous a place. It will fall to the lot of
others to do him justice in these particulars. It is ours rather to speak
of him in connection with his membership for so many years in this body,
and for most of the time its presiding officer. .To say that he presided
with uniform courtesy and intelligence would be saying but little. He
was our authority in all matters pertaining to ecclesiastical law, and Lis
was the acute mind which was ever ready to untie knotty questions. The
adequacy of his learning was but rarely, if ever, at fault, and the lucki-
ness and cogency of his reasonings in almost all instances, if not in all,
admitted as conclusive. We shall greatly miss him here, as elsewhere in
the Church. He was always, in her deliberative assemblies, a master of
sentences, a mine of learning, a logical force that elicited the admiration
of all. Long will he be remembered for all these high qualities by those
who, in such assemblies, listened to his voice, the voice that, alas, for us,
is now hushed in death.

We, too, will remember him for all that ; and not less, for hisdevoutness
in worship, his genialness in social converse, his consistency of Christian
living, his honor for his high calling, and his untiring industry and inex-
haustible patience in the discharge of every duty devolving on him in the
various departments of effort in which he was called to exercise his emi-
nent abilities. We thank God for all that He made him to be, and for all
that, being what he was, he did for the cause of religion in the Church,
and of good learning and right thinking and acting in the world. He will
take his place assuredly for long continuance in the memory of the Church,
and especially the Church in this Diocese, of which he was so able and
devoted a minister.

Brinton.] Z4:Jt [Nov. 21,

Note on the Puquina Language of Peru.

By Daniel G. Brinton, M.D.

{Read before the American Philosophical Society, November 21, rSpo.)

When the monarchy of ancient Peru, extending nearly two
thousand miles along the Pacific coast, succumbed to the Spanish
soldiery, it was found to be peopled by diverse tribes, speaking
many dialects. These, however, belonged to but a few linguistic
stocks, and both the missionaries and civil functionaries soon came
to recognize three or four tongues, as "general languages," lenguas
generales, throughout this wide area. In an official report dated in
1582, these were spoken of as three in number, the Kechua, the
Aymara, and the Puquina* The learned missionary, Father Gero-
nimo de Ore, writing a few years later, makes the number four,
adding the Yunca to the three already given.

We have a very fair knowledge, by means of grammars and vo-
cabularies, of the Kechua, the Aymara, and the Yunca ; but up to
the present time have had practically no information about the Pu-
quina. The only specimen of it in modern treatises is the Lord's
Prayer, printed by Hervas, in his Saggio Pratico, and copied by
Adelung in the Afilhridales.f On this specimen Hervas based the
opinion that the Puquina was radically different from any other
known American tongue. Mr. Clement L. Markham, on the other
hand, denied this, and pronounced the Puquina " a very rude dia-
lect of the Lupaca," and a member of the same linguistic stock as
the Kechua. J The editors of the Mithridates seemed to incline to
this view, as they laid stress on some similarities, to the Aymara dia-
lects (of which the Lupaca is one). Von Tschudi also adopts it in
his learned work on the Kechua. §

None of these authorities had any other material to go upon than
the Pater Noster referred to. They speak of it as the only known
specimen of the tongue. Hervas credits it to a work of Geronimo
de Ore, the missionary already mentioned, which it is evident that
neither he nor any other of the writers named had ever seen. This
work is the Rituale seu Manuale Peruanum, published at Naples in

* Relaciones Geograflcas de Indiae, Peru. Tome 1, p. 82 (Madrid, 1881).

t Mithridates, Theil iii, Abtli. ii, s. 548-550.

J Markham, in Journal of the Royal Geographical Society, 1871, p. 805.

I J. J. von Tschudi, Organismus der Kttscltua Sprache, s. 70 (Leipzig, 1884),

1890.] ^*0 [Brinton.

1607. It is indeed rare, but there is a copy in the Bibliotheque
Nationale at Paris, which I recently consulted. It contains not
only the Pater Noster, but thirty odd pages in the Puquina tongue,
and presents a veritable mine of texts for any one to work out a
satisfactory presentation of the idiom. That is not my intention,
but merely to call attention to this valuable source of knowledge in
the hope that some of the many able French students of linguistics
will give us such an analysis of these texts as, for instance, M. Raoul
de la Grasserie has accomplished for the Timucua.

The source of De Ore's information appears to be the remarkable
work of Father Alonso de Barcena, Lexica et precepta grammatica
in quinque Indorum Unguis quarum usus per Americam australem,
said to have been printed at Lima in 1590, but of which not a sin-
gle copy is known as extant. Ore expressly states that the Puquina
version of the Doctrina Chi istiana which he publishes is according
to the translation of "P. Alonso de Barzana, jesuita. " In addition
to the Doctrina, he inserts a Puquina translation of the Sacraments
of Baptism, the Eucharist, the Creed, various exhortations, etc.
These are accompanied by renderings in Spanish or Latin, and also
into the Kechua and Aymara, so that the similarities and differences
of the three tongues are clearly shown.

At the time of Barcena's mission, the Puquina was spoken on
various islands in Lake Titicaca, in. the neighborhood of Pucarani
and in several villages of the diocese of Lima. Bastian quotes
Oliva as averring that it was also current on the Pacific coast, in the
extreme north-west of Peru, near Lambayeque ; but I should hesi-
tate to credit this without better evidence. The Titicacan tribe who
made use of it was called Uros or Ochozomas. According to the
authorities they were extremely low in culture, shy and dull. Acosta
says of them that they were so brutish that they did not even claim
to be men, but only animals.* Garcilasso de la Vega calls them
rude and stupid. f Alcedo, writing in the latter half of the last
century, calls, them Hunos, and adds that formerly they lived in
great misery and degradation on the islands in the lake, but had
against their will been removed to the mainland, where they dwelt

* "Son estos Uros tan brutales que ellos mismos no se tienen por hombres. Cuentase
dellos que preguntadolos que gente eran, respondieron que ellos no eran hombres sino
Uros, como si fuera otro genero de animates " (Acosta, Hist, de las Indias, p. 62).

f'Los Indios Puquinas * * * que son rudos y torpes" (Comentarios Rcales de los
lncas, Lib. vii, cap. iv).

PROC. AMER. PHIL08. S0C. XXVIII. 134. 2f. PRINTED JAN. 14, 1891.

Brinton ]

244

[Nov. 21,

in dark cave? and holes in the ground, covered with reeds, and gain-
ing a subsistence by fishing.*

They are described as very jealous about their language and un-
willing that any foreigner should learn it. As they all spoke more
or less Kechua, their religious exercises and necessary communica-
tions with the authorities were carried on in that tongue — which
will explain the presence of a number of words appropriate to such
relations in their own idiom.

The entire dissimilarity of the Puquina to both Kechua and
Aymara is forcibly shown by a comparison of the numerals.

Kechua.

Aymara.

Puquina.

I.

hue

mayni

pesc

2.

iscay

pani

so

3-

quimsa

quimsa

capa

4-

tahua

pusi

sper

5-

pichka

pisca

tacpa

6.

soccta

chocta

chichun

7-

canchis

pa-callco

stu

8.

pusacc

quimsa-callco

quina

9-

iscon

llalla-tunca

checa

IO.

chunca

tunca

scata

In these lists, three of the Aymara numerals, i, 2, and 4, are in-
dependent ; four of them, 3, 5, 6, and 10, are taken from the Ke-
chua ; and the remaining three are compounds, pa-callco being
2 -r- 5 ; quimsa calico, 3 + 5, and llalla-tunca meaning "next to
ten" or "less than ten." Calico is derived from the word for
" foot," the counting being with the toes. On the other hand,
there is not a single numeral of the Puquina which can be taken
from either Kechua or Aymara, and, what is more singular, there is
apparently not one which is compounded.

To illustrate the general appearance of the language, I shall give
some extracts from De Ore's work, presenting the versions in the
other lenguas generates for the sake of comparison.

The Sacrament of Baptism.

P. Quid fertes ad ecclesiam, virum aut mulierem ?
R. Virum.

P. Quid petit ab Ecclesia Dei ?
* Alcedo, Diccionario Geografico-Historko de las Indicts, s. v. Chucuito.

1890.] J-^° [Brinton.

R. Fidem.

P. Fides quid ei praestabit ?

R. Vitam aeternam.

Aymara :

P. Cuna huahuapi yglesiaro apanita ; yocallati, ymillacha ?

R. Yocallahua.

P. Diosna yglesiapata cunapi maysi ?

R. Fe Diossaro yassafiassa.

P. Fe Diossaro yassanassa cunapi churani ?

R. Vifiaya hacanahua.

Puqitina :

P. Qui ft toopi, raago ayay, ynque atagoy ayay ?

R. Raago.

P. Quift hatai Diosn Yglesia huananac?

R. Fe Dioshua cu hanchauo.

P. Fe Dioshua cuhans anosc, quift hi yegue ?

R. Vifiaya cumano (p. 63).

\Vita eterna is given in Quichua as Vinay caufaytam, so the
Vifiaya of the Aymara and Puquina is probably Kechua.]

In Puquina :

Quid petit? — quifi hatai?
Quid petunt ? — quifi hatanuy ?

From the Sacrament of the Eucharist.
In Puquina :

Span. Jesu Cristo, hijo de Dios.

Puq. Jesu Cristo, Dios chuscu.

Sp. Quien es Jesu Christo ?

Puq. Nuy Iesu Christox?

Sp. Es verdadero Dios y verdadero hombre. (?)

Puq. Iesu Christo, checa Dios, checa min.

{Kech. Iesu Christo, checan Dios, checan runam.)

Puq. uses the expression Capac Iesu Cristo = Kechua, Capac,
sefior.

P. Porque no reciben este Sacramento todos los Indios ?
R. Porque muchos dellos, auque estan ya Baptizados, adoran
las huacas, y Idolos, como en tiempo de su gentilidad ; y

Brinton.] Z4b j-Nov 2i,

no queriendo saber la ley de Dios, viven como gentiles, y be-
viendo con destemplanza, se emleriagan muchas vezes, y
tienen enemistad los unos con los otros, y no estan en paz,
usurpan la hazienda agena, sin quererla restituir, y por
otros muchosvicios que tienen, les prohiben que no comul-
guen, y assi no reciben la Communion.

Kechua :

R. Huaquin cunaca, naupahinatac (na baptizasca caspapas) hu-
accancunacta, inti, quillacta, coyllorcunacta, orcocunac-
tapas muchascanmanta : Diospa simintapas, mana cnay
cama yachayta munaspa, pampa caucascan mantahuan, hu-
achuc cascanmanta, runa macintin checninacuc, mana allipi
purictac ; hucpa yma haycanta harcapuc, hiticapuc, mana
copuyta munaspa ; yma haycca huchactapas hue hallicus-
canmanta, ama comulgancachu, niscam, mana chazquin-
cuchu.

Aymara :

R. Yacapanacaca, baptizata cancassinsa, huaccanaca, inti, pacsi,
huara huara, collonacasa, nayra hama hampathiri cancata-
pata ; Diosna aropasa hani uca cama yatina munasina, pam-
• pa hacata pampi, huatuca cancatapata, haque macipampi
checnissiri, yancana cariri. maynina cunacauquisa harquiri,
huaccaychasiri, hani ucaniro cutiyana munasina ; cuna cau-
qui huchampisa huchallissitapata, hani comulganiti, satapi,
hani catupisquiti.

Puqtiina :

R. Huaquin a mins ehe peogunha baptizaso samp, chu una co
acoa, inti, uque, chinacuna, chatallata hamp upallisoch,
Dios hors hamp,- apa cogama siscano hatarahua, pampaca
quichcasochin, chu un atago roguesach ; chu un mih mati-
pura checniscanunch, entot quichgueno ; min quiil harqueno
vatiqueno ; apaeheguina, eno hatarava ; quifi hinanti hu-
challicuscaso hamp, ama comulgascaquinch, a sos apa
ytinunch.
Spanish :

Creeis en Dios Padre, todo poderoso, creador del cielo, y de la

tierra, de las cosas visibles y invisibles ?
R. Yo creo.

1890.] *-±* [Brinton.

Kechua :

P. Y, nin quichu Dios yaya, llapa atipacman, hanac pachap, cay

pachap, ricuricpa, mana ricuricpa, ruraquenman ?
R. Y fiinim.

Ay mar a :

P. Ya, stati, mayni capaqui Dios Auqui, taque atipiriro, harac
pachana, aca pachana, unatanacana, hani unatanacansa lu-
ririparo?
R. Yasatapi.

Pitqitina :

P. Cuhanapi Dios yqui vin atipeno guttac, hanigo pacas, hopa-

cas, co hanquench, appa cohanquench, callaquenoguta ?
R. Cuhafiequench!

Spanish :

As adorado huacas, villcas, cerros, rios, el Sol, y otra cora?
Kechua :

Huacacta, villcacta, orcocunacta, mayucta, ymaymana cunacta
huampas muchacchu canqui ?

A) mar a :

Huaccanaca, villcanaca, collonaca, hauirinaca, inti, pacsi, yac-
capa cuna cauquiba hampa thiritati ?

Puquina :

Vpallinoui chatallata, coa, chacar, cachia, paragara, pachamama,
inti, vin quineno hamp ?

1 add the Pater Noster, as the copies in Hervas and the Mithri-
dates are defective in accurracy of proof-reading.

Pater Noster in Puquina.

Sen yqui, hanigo pacas cunana ascheno, po mana vpallisuhanta ;
po capaca aschano sen guta huachunta, po hatano callacaso
hanta, quiguri hanigopa casna ehe cahu cohuacasna hamp ;
Kaa gamenque ehehesuma. Sen guta camen sen tanta, sen
hochaghe, pampaehe sumao, quiguri sen, sen guta hucha-
chasqueno gata pampachanganch cagu. Ama ehe acro-
suraa huchaguta sen hotonsua enahata entonana quespina
sumau. Amen.

■^4:0 [NoT. 7f

It is obvious on a superficial examination that there are a number
of verbal analogies, probably loan-words, to both Aymara and
Kechua. Such are inti, sun ; mocna, pi., moccon, hand, allied to
Kechua maqui, etc.

The negative is attia, as:

Thou shalt not kill; ama hallanaquenanch. Thou shalt not
commit adultery ; ama suaguepanch.

This is also a negative adverb in Kechua.

The plural is formed by various changes of the termination, as :

Man {Jiomo), min, pi., mins; as "many men," lioaquina mins ;
"all men," hi 'n a n tin mins; "your mother," poini ; " your moth-
ers," pomig.

There seems a greater tendency to monosyllabism in the Pu-
quina than in either of the other two tongues. Such words as
raago, man (w'r.); atago, woman; seem to be built up from the
roots ra and at.

But as the object of this note is merely to call attention to the
material for the study of this language, I shall not pursue these re-
flections.

Note. — About the beginning of June, the Society tempora-
rily removed, and stored its collections, library, etc., etc., and
vacated its building to enable alterations to be made that
would render the same more commodious and fire-proof. The
interior was remodeled, the two (southern) meeting rooms
thrown into one, as also were the two northern rooms, and a
new third story, to contain the books and MSS. of the Society,
was added. No meeting was held until

November 7, IS 90.

The Society came together in the new meeting room.

Present, 31 members.

President, Mr. Fualey, in the Chair.

Mr. Robert Patterson Field, a newly elected member, was
presented to the Chair, and took his seat.

1890.] ^4 J

Correspondence was submitted as follows:

Letters accepting membership in the Society from Messrs.
George S. Fallerton, Robert P. Field, Heman L. Way land,
Philadelphia; Charles G. Leland, London, Eng.

A circular from Mr. A. Strauch, announcing his successor-
ship to Mr. C. Vessilosski, as Secretary of the Academie Im-
periale des Sciences, St. Petersburg.

Circulars from the K. Zoologisch Genootschap Natura Artis
Magistra. Amsterdam, announcing- the death of Dr. G. F. Wes-
terman, and the election of Dr. C. Kerbert as his successor.

A circular from the K. Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften,
Guttingen, requesting Transactions, xiii, 3.

A circular from the Societe Botanique Bavaroise, Munich,
requesting exchanges.

A circular from M. Miguel Perez, announcing his successor-
ship to Prof. Mariano Barcena, as Directeur of the Observa-
torio Meteorolugico Magnetico Central, Mexico.

Letters from societies responding to the request of the
American Philosophical Society for exchanges, were as fol-
lows :

The Royal Asiatic Society (Straits Branch), Singapore ; K.
Danske Geografiske Selskab, Copenhagen; Observatorium der
K. K. Nautischen Akademie, Triest ; K. K. Militiir-Geo-
graphische Institut, Wien ; Geodiitische Institut, Hydrograph-
ische Amt des Reichs-Marine-Amt, Berlin; Verein fur Erd-
kunde, Cassel ; K. Sachs. Meteorologische Institut, Chemnitz ;
Siebenbergische Verein fur Naturwissenschaften, Hermann-
stadt ; NaturwisseDschaftliche Verein, Osnabriick; Wiirtem-
bergisehe Verein fur Handelsgeographie, Stuttgart ; Etat In-
dependant du Congo, Bruxelles ; Societe Neuchateloise de
Geographie, Neuchatel ; Union Geographique du Nord de la
France, Douai ; Societe de Geographie, Lille; Ministero di
Agr. e Commercio Direzione Generale della Statistica, Rome ;
Manchester Geographical Society; Belfast Natural History
and Philosophical Society ; Instituto Meteorologico Nacional
de Costa Rica; Direccion General de Estadistica, La Plata.

Letters of envoy were received from the Secretary of Mines,

-50 . [Nov. 7)

Melbourne, Australia ; Royal Asiatic Society (Straits Branch),
Singapore; Societe de Geographie de Finlande, Helsingfors;
Universite Eoyale, Lund; Fondation de P. Teyler van der
Hulst, Harlem ; Osservatorio Marittimo dell' i. k. Accadernia
di Nautica, Trieste ; K. Geologische Landesanstalt und Berg-
akademie, Prof. F. Reuleaux, Berlin ; Wurtembergische Vier-
teljabrshefte fiir Landesgescbichte, Stuttgart ; Societe de Geog-
raphie de Lille ; Royal Statistical Society, Meteorological Office,
London ; Mr. W. Sinclair, Glasgow; Boston Society of Nat-
ural History ; Department of State, United States Geological
Survey, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D. C. ; Public
Ledger Family, Philadelphia ; Observatorio National, Oficina
Meteorologica Argentina, Cordoba, S. A.

Letters of acknowledgment (Transactions, xvi, 3) were re-
ceived from the Societe Royale de Zoologie, Amsterdam ;
Foudation de P. Teyler van der Hulst, Harlem ; Bataafsch
Genootschap der Proefondervendelijke Wijsbegeerte, Rotter-
dam ; R. Accadernia dei Lincei, Rome ; K. Bibliothek, Berlin ;
Philosophical Society, Cambridge ; Royal Society, Royal In-
stitution, Royal Astronomical Society, Society of Antiquaries,
London ; Radcliffe Observatory, Oxford ; Royal Society of
Edinburgh ; Boston Society of Natural History.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from Dr. Julius
Platzmann, Leipzig (127); R. Academia de la Historia, Mad-
rid (128, 129, 180): University Library, Cambridge. Eug.
(133); Radcliffe Observatory, Oxford, Eng. (127-133) ; Uni-
versity of Toronto, Canada (99-133, Catalogue, Pts. i-iv, etc.) ;
Dr. John M. Maisch, Mrs. Helen Abbott Michael, Philadel-
phia (128, 129, etc.); University of Iowa, Iowa City (125,
128, 129) ; Messrs. Lyman B. Hall (133), John A. Ryder, Ben-
jamin Sharp, Philadelphia (128, 129, 132, 133).

Acknowledgments (129) were received from Mr. Samuel
Davenport, Adelaide, S. Australia; Imperial Academy of Sci-
ence, St. Petersburg ; Prof. Paul Hunfalvy, Buda-Pesth, Hun-
gary ; Universite Royale, Lund ; South African Philosophi-
cal Society, Cape Town ; Centralblatt fiir Physiologie, Berlin ;
Dr. Otto Bohttingk, Leipzig ; Academie Royale des Sciences,
Lisbon, Portugal.

18'JO.J

251

Acknowledgments (130) were received from the Geological
Survey of India, Calcutta; Tokyo Library, Tokyo, Japan;
Royal Society of New South Wales, Sydney ; Imperial Acad-
emy of Science, St. Petersburg ; Universitd Eoyale, Lund ;
Fondation de P. Teyler van der Hulst, Harlem, Netherlands ;
Societe Entomologique de Belgique, Bruxelles; Profs. Mat-
thaeus Much, Josef Szombathy, Vienna, Austria ; Deutsche
Geologische Gesellschaft, K. Preuss. Akademie der Wissen-
schaften, Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde, Physiologische Gesell-
schaft, Berlin; Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, Bremen ; Ver-
ein fiir Thiiringische Geschichte und Altertumskunde, Jena ;
Dr. Otto Bohtlingk, Leipzig; K. Sternwarte, Miinchen; Verein
fiir Naturkunde, Offenbach a. Main ; Dr. C. A.Dohrn, Stettin ;
Marquis Antonio DeGregorio, Palermo, Sicily ; R. Accademia
di Scienze, Lettere ed Arti, Padova ; R. Accademia dei Lincei,
R. Comitato Geologico d'ltalia, Prof. Giuseppe Sergi, Rome,
R. Osservatorio, Turin ; Prof. Claudio Jannet, Prof. Lucien
Adam, Rennes, France ; Royal Society, Royal Observatory,
Mr. James Geikie, Edinburgh, Scotland ; Prof. J. P. Postgate,
Cambridge, Eng. ; Society of Arts, Juhlin Dannfelt, London ;
Natural History Society, Newcastle-upon-Tyne; Boston So-
ciety of Natural History; Messrs. H. D. Gregory, Inman
Horner. Philadelphia; Mr. Everard F. im Thurn, British
Guiana; South African Philosophical Society, Cape Town.

Letters of acknowledgment (131, 132, 133) were received
from the Musee Royale d'Histoire Natureile de Belgique,
Bruxelles ; K. K. Central-Anstalt fiir Meteorolocne und Erd-
magnetismus, Drs. Aristides Brezina, Friedrich S. Krauss,
Wien ; Naturforschende Gesellschaft des Osterlandes, Alten-
burg ; Gesellschaft fiir Erdkunde, K. Geol. Landesanst. u. Berg-
akademie, Berlin; Verein fiir Erdkunde, Dresden; K. Sachs-
Gesellschaft der Wissenschaften, Dr. Julius Platzmann, Leip-
zig; Verein fiir Geographie und Statistik, Frankfurt a. M. ;
Verein fiir Naturkunde, Offenbach a. M. ; Socictd d'Anthro-
pologie, Musee Guimet, Messrs. A. Del Cloizeaux, Abel Ho-
velacque, Claudio Jannet, E. Levasseur, Paris ; Prof. Lucien
Adam, Rennes, France ; Philosophical Society, Prof. J. P. Post-

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 134. 2G. PRINTED JAN. 14, 1891.

^°2 [Nov 7>

gate, Cambridge, Eng. ; Mr. Samuel Timmins, Coventry, Eng. ;
Yorkshire Geological and Paleeontological Society, Halifax,
Eng. ; Society of Antiquaries, Rojal Society, Royal Astro-
nomical, Statistical, Linnean, Geographical Societies, Royal
Institution, Local Government Board, Dr. J. D. Ilooker, Lon-
don ; Natural History Society of Northumberland, etc., New-
castle-upon-Tyne ; Royal Society. Royal Observatory, Prof. J.
Geikie, Edinburgh ; Royal Dublin Society ; Nova Scotia In-
stitute of Natural Science, Halifax, N. S. ; Natural History
Society, Montreal, Canada ; Mr. Horatio Hale, Clinton, Onta-
rio ; Geological and Natural History Survey, Ottawa, Canada ;
Hon. J. M. Le Moine, Quebec ; Canadian Institute, University
of Toronto, Sir Daniel Wilson, Toronto, Canada ; Maine His-
torical Society, Portland Society of Natural Histor}^ Portland,
Me.; New Hampshire Historical Society, Concord; Prof. C.
H. Hitchcock, Hanover, N. H. ; Amherst College Library,
Amherst, Mass.; American Statistical Association, Boston
Athenasum, Massachusetts Historical Society, Public Library,
Boston Society of Natural History, State Library of Massa-
chusetts, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Dr. Oliver
Wendell Holmes, Hon. Robert C. Winthrop, Boston ; Museum
of Comparative Zoology, Harvard College Library, Messrs
Robert N. Toppan, Joseph Lovering, J. D. Whitney, Cam
bridge ; Mr. James B. Francis, Lowell, Mass. ; Dr. Pliny Earle
Northampton, Mass. ; Rev. Edward E. Hale, Roxbury, Mass.
Essex Institute, Salem ; American Antiquarian Society, Wor
cester, Mass. ; Rhode Island Historical Society, Providence
Franklin Society, Providence, R. I. ; Connecticut Historical
Society, Hartford ; New Haven Colony Historical Society
New York State Library, Mr. James Hall, Albany ; Prof.
Walter Le Conte Stevens, Brooklyn; Buffalo Library ; Prof.
C. II. F. Peters, Clinton, N. Y. ; Profs. J. M. Hart, T. F. Crane
B. G. Wilder, Ithaca, N. Y. ; Astor Library, Columbia College
University of the City of N"ew York, New York Hospital,
New York Historical Society, Editors of " The Critic," Messrs.
II. L. Abbot, Joel A. Allen, Daniel Draper, James Douglas,
J. S. Newberry, J. J. Stevenson, New York ; Oneida Histori-

1890.]

253

cal Society, Utica ; Vassar Brothers Institute, Poughkeepsie ;
United States Military Academy, West Point ; Prof. Henry
M. Baird, Yonkers, N. Y. ; Messrs. J. F. Garrison, I. C. Mar-
tindale, Camden, N. J. ; New Jersey Historical Society, New-
ark ; Profs. C. F. Brackett, C. A. Young, Princeton, N. J. ;
Dr. Charles B. Dudley, Altoona, Pa.; Mr. M. II. Boyc, Coop-
ersburg ; Mr. Kckley B. Coxe, Drifton ; Drs. Traill Green,
J. M. Moore, Thomas C. Porter, Easton ; State Library of
Pennsylvania, Mr. Andrew S. McCreath, Ilarrisburg ; Prof.
Lyman B. Hall, Haverford ; Mr. Jolin Fulton, Johnstown;
Linnean Society, Lancaster; Mr. P. F. Rothermel, Linfield ;
Franklin Institute, College of Physicians, Pennsylvania Hos-
pital, Wagner Free Institute of Science, Messrs. John Ash-
hurst, Jr., W. S. Baker, Cadwalader Biddle, Andrew A. Blair, D.
G\ Brinton, J. II. Brinton, C. H. Clark, Thomas M. Cleemann,
J. Solis Cohen, E. D. Cope, C. S. Dolle}^, Patterson Du Bois,
Robert Patterson Field, Frederick Fraley, J. C. Fraley, Per-
sifor Frazer, George Friebis, Philip C. Garrett, F. A. Genth,

F. A. Genth, Jr., J. S. Harris, Lewis M. Haupt, H. V. Hil-
precht, William A. Ingham, Francis Jordan, Jr., G. de B.
Keim, J. P. Lesley, A. S. Letchworth, John M. Maisch, John
Marshall, James T. Mitchell, George E. Morehouse, Isaac
Norris, Jr., Charles A. Oliver, C. Stuart Patterson, Kobert Pat-
terson, John S. Packard, C. N. Peirce, William Pepper, Henry
Phillips, Jr., Franklin Piatt, F. Prime, Theo. D. Band, T. B.
Reed, Robert W. Rogers, W. S. W. Ruschenberger, John A.
Ryder, L. A. Scott, Aubrey II. Smith, Albert II. Smyth,
George Stuart, W. P. Tatham, H. Clay Trumbull, D. K. Tuttle,
William H. Wahl, II. L. Wayland, Talcott Williams, Theo.

G. Wormley, Ellis Yarnall, Mrs. Helen Abbott Michael, Phila-
delphia; Mr.JohnF.Carll, Pleasantville; Messrs. P. W. Sheafer,
Heber S. Thompson, Pottsville ; Rev. F. A. Muhlenberg,
Reading ; Mr. M. Fisher Longstreth, Sharon Hill ; Philosophi-
cal Society, Messrs. Philip Sharpies, Washington Townsend,
West Chester, Pa. ; United States Naval Institute, Annapolis,
Md. ; Maryland Historical Society, Peabody Institute, Mary-
land Institute for the Promotion of the Mechanic Arts, Prof.

*-*)'± [Nov. 7,

William Osier, Baltimore, Md. ; Smithsonian Institution, Sur-
geon-General's Office, United States Geological Survey, United
States Naval Observatory, Anthropological Society, Messrs.
Alexander Graham Bell, A. S. Gatschet, W. J. Hoffman,
Thomas Jefferson Lee, Garrick Mallery, M. C. Meigs, C. V. Riley,
Charles A. Schott, William B. Taylor, Lester F. Ward, Wash-
ington, D. C. ; West Virginia University, Morgantown, W.
Va.; Virginia Historical Society, Richmond ; Prof. John W.
Mallet, University of Virginia ; Dr. Robert Peter, Lexington,
Ky. ; Georgia Historical Society, Savannah ; Prof. Alexander
Winchell, Ann Arbor, Mich.; Prof. E. W. Claypole, Akron,
O. ; Society of Natural History, Cincinnati Observatory, Cin-
cinnati, O. ; Rev. H. Stafford Osborn, Oxford, O. ; Prof. John
L. Campbell, Crawfordsville, Ind. ; Chicago Historical Society,
Chicago, 111. ; State Historical Society of Wisconsin, Madison,
Wis.; University of Iowa, Iowa City; Academy of' Natural
Sciences, Davenport, Iowa ; Kansas Academy of Science, Wash-
burn College, Kansas Historical Society, Topeka ; Colorado
Scientific Society, Denver; University of California, Profs.
John Le Conte, Joseph Le Conte, Berkeley ; Mr. George R.
Babcock, Oakland, Cal. ; Prof. Daniel Kirkwood, Riverside,
Cal. ; Free Public Library, Mr. George Dadidson, San Fran-
cisco, Cal. ; Sociedad Cientifica " Antonio Alzate," Mexico ;
Observatorio Astronomico Nacional Mexicano, Tacubaya ;
Museo Michoacamo, Morelia, Mexico ; Bishop Crescendo Car-
rillo, Merida, Yucatan ; Mr. E. F. im Thurn, British Guiana.

Accessions to the Library were received from the Straits
Branch of the Royal Asiatic Society, Singapore ; Royal So-
ciety of South Australia, Adelaide ; Royal Geographical Society
of Australasia, Secretary of Mines, Melbourne ; New Zealand
Institute, Wellington ; Royal Society of New South Wales
Technical Museum, Sydney; Royal Society of Tasmania; In
stitut Egyptien, Cairo ; Societc lmperiale de Geographie, St
Petersburg; Academi des Sciences, Cracow, Austria ; K. Nau
tische Akademie, Triest, Austria ; K. K. Geographische Ge
sellschaft, Vienna; Geographische-Commercielle Gesellschaft
Aarau, Switzerland; Geographische Gesellschaft, Naturfor

1890.] ^U,J

schende Gesellschaft, Bern; K. Universitetet, Lund; Physio-
logisclie Gesellschaft, Prof. F. Reuleaux, Berlin ; K. Sachs. Al-
terthums-Yerein, Dresden ; Mr. Eraile Schwoorer, Colmar,
Alsace; Geographische Gesellschaft, Hamburg; Geograph-
ische Gesellschaft, Hanover; Deutsche Gesellschaft fur An-
thropologic, etc., Mr. J. E. Weiss, Munich ; Mr. W. Grosseteste,
Mulhausen, Alsace ; Naturwissenschaftlicher Verein, Osna-
bruck ; Wiirtembergische Vierteljahrsheft fur Landesge-
schichte, Stuttgart; Societe de Geographie, Neuchatel ; So-
cieta Africana d'ltalia, Naples; Ministero di Agricoltura, In-
dustria e Commercio, Eome ; Mr. L. M. Billia, Turin; Union
Geographique du Norcl de la France, Douay, France ; Society
de Geographie, Lille ; Societe Languedocienne de Geographie,
Montpellier; Societe d'Emulation des Cotes-du-Nord, St.
Brieuc; Instituto y Observatorio de Marina de San Fernando;
Royal Geological Society of Cornwall, Eng. ; Meteorological
Council and Office, Royal Society, Editors of " Nature,"
London; University College, Nottingham, Eng.; Penzance
Natural History and Antiquarian Society, Boston Society of
Natural History, Massachusetts Historical Society, Boston ;
Rhode Island Historical Society, Providence ; "Wesley an Uni-
versity, Middletown, Conn.; American Chemical Societ}^
New York; New Jersey Historical Society, Newark ; Alumni
Association of the College of Pharmacy, Publishers of " The
Medical News," Franklin Institute, Library Company of Phila-
delphia, Dr. Charles W. Dulles, Philadelphia; War Depart-
ment, United States Naval Observatory, Department of Agri-
culture, Washington, D. C. ; Denison University, Granville,
O. ; Washington University, St. Louis; Kansas State Libra-
rian, Kansas State Historical Society, Topeka; Colorado Col-
lege Scientific Society, Colorado Springs; Historical Society
of Southern California, Los Angelos; California Academy of
Sciences, San Francisco ; Bishop Crescendo Carrillo, Merida,
Yucatan.

An obituary notice of Rev. Daniel R. Goodwin, D.D., was
read by J. Yaughan Merrick.

The death of Dr. Richard J. Levis, November 11, 1890, vet.
63, was announced.

256

[Nov.

The following papers were presented : " Notes and Descrip-
tions of Palaeozoic Fishes," by Dr. E. D. Cope; "On Extinct
Genera of Testudinata," by Dr. George Baur; "On the Mam-
malian Genus Palseosyops," by Charles Earle.

Prof. Harrison Allen made an oral communication on the
subject of the affinity of the teeth of rats with those of Eocene
mammals.

Dr. J. Cheston Morris referred to a late publication by Dr.
McLaughlin, of Texas, regarding, immunity from disease by
carrying out the law of interference, and dilated upon the
great prospective and revolutionary value of the so-claimed
discovery, if the same should be verified.

New nominations, Nos. 1213, 1214, and 1215, were read.

Mr. J. Sergeant Price presented the following report from
the Committee on the Michaux Legacy, with accompanying
resolution, which was unanimously adopted :

To the American Philosophical Society :

The Michaux Committee respectfully reports that at a meeting of the
Committee, held on October 28, a note was received from Prof. Heilprin,
towards whose expedition to Mexico and Yucatan the Society last Jan-
uary appropriated from the Michaux Fund the sum of $200, stating that
the officers of the expedition had not been as yet able to complete their
report, but it was in progress, and as soon as they had fully determined
the names of the trees and plants from the regions visited by them, and
never before reported upon by botanist, a complete report would be made
to the Society. A letter was also received from Prof. Rothrock, stating
that, owing to the fact that he was about to take a party of scientists to
the West Indies in his yacht and spend the winter there, and in the lands
to the westward, in making scientific collections, it would be impossible
for him to deliver his usual course of lectures under the auspices of the
Society, but suggested that it should appropriate to him out of the Michaux
Fund the sum of $300 (the amount given to him each season for said lec-
tures) for the purpose of obtaining fresh forestry data and new knowl-
edge of forest products and lantern illustrations for future lectures. The
Committee fully approved of the suggestion of Prof. Rothrock, and its
Chairman, Mr. Meehan, in written endorsement of the application, stated
that it is only by the accumulation of facts of a general character bearing
on special subjects, that the special subjects themselves can be well un-
derstood. That at present we are very much in the dark on the arboreal
features and peculiarities of the portions of the Western Continent, outside
of the United States, and that he was sure that Prof. Rothrock's labors

lS'JO.

257

would greatly enlighten us on the subject, and he was confirmed in his
opinion by a letter just received by him from Prof. Krug, of Berlin, call-
ing attention to the desirability of more knowledge of West India forestry
and vegetation. Announcement was also made to us that Prof. Rothrock
bad been awarded a medal by the Paris Exhibition for his exhibits of pho-
tographs of American forestry, he having been enabled to make a portion
of said exhibit by the appropriation of our Society, and in sending them
copies of our photographic lantern slides.

The Committee submits the following resolution, which it desires shall
be passed by the Society :

Resolved, That the sum of $300 be appropriated to Prof. Rothrock out
of the Michaux fund for the purpose of obtaining fresh forestry data and
new photographic lantern slides in his expedition to the "West Indies for
the use in future lectures under the auspices of the Society.
By order of the Committee,

J. Sergeant Price, Secretary.

Mr. Price, having read to the Society a letter* from Prof.

* Paris, 11 Rue Las Casks, 16th October, 1890.
To the President op the American Philosophical Society of Philadelphia :

Mr. President:—! sent to your address about two mouths ago, through the Smithsonian
Institution, a copy of the last work of our regretted colleague, the late Mr. Auguste ear-
lier, entitled "The American Republic," in four volumes in octavo, to be offered to
the American Philosophical Society.

I shall be very much obliged to you if, when this work reaches you, you will acknowl-
edge its receipt.

I send you, enclosed in this letter, a photograph of Mr. Carlier, in case you do not
possess it in your collection.

I take advantage of this occasion to send you mine also. I have had the negligence
not to send it at the time when the Secretary requested this of the members ; but it is
time enough to repair that error and also to testify to you the high value I attach to the
honor done me by the American Philosophical Society in admitting me in its midst ou
the presentation of the excellent Mr. Moncure Robinson.

You have already been notified by Mr. P. Massion, notary, in Paris, 58 Boulevard
Haussmaun, and testamentary executor of the late Mr. Carlier, that our regretted friend
had left a legacy of twenty thousand francs to the American Philosophical Society. The
legacy was entrusted to me, for he named me as his universal legatee, and it should be
paid one year after his death by the terms of his will, that is, on the 16th of March, 1891,
without interest until then.

All the rights of succession payable to the French Treasury are to my expense. The
American Philosophical Society, then, will not have to pay any expenses but those of
the power of attorney, that it should give to the person whom it will charge to receive
this sum iu Paris. This power of attorney, made before a notary public in Philadelphia,
should lie legalized by the French Consul in Philadelphia, and the signature of the said
Consul will be in turu certified by the Ministry of Foreign Affairs in Paris.

So far as concerns me, I see no other legal steps to ask of the Society. (Of course, it is
understood that the first document to produce is a resolution of the Society, at a regular
meeting held in conformity with its rules, by which it shall expressly accept the legacy
of .Mi-. Carlier, and give a power of attorney to some one to accept the same in its name
iu Paris, and at the same time to receive for it this sum.) But as Mr. P. Massion, the
testamentary executor, who does not know, as I do, American legislation, mighj

258

[Nov. 7,

Claudio Jannet to the President of the American Philosophical
Society, stating that our late fellow-member, Auguste Carlier,
of Paris, had, by his last will and testament, of which he was
the universal legatee, bequeathed to the Society the sum of
twenty thousand francs, submitted the following resolutions,
which were unanimously adopted :

Resolved, That the American Philosophical Society hereby accepts the
legacy of twenty thousand francs given to it by the last will and testa-
ment of Mr. Auguste Carlier, late of Paris, France.

Resolved, That a power of attorney be executed by the President, under
the corporate seal of the Society, attested by the Secretary, appointing
, of Paris, as its attorney in fact, and authorizing and empower-
ing him, in its name, in Paris, to accept for it the legacy of twenty thou-
sand francs given to it by the last will and testament of Auguste Carlier,
of Paris, and to give to P. Massion, notary in Paris, 58 Boulevard Hauss-
mann, his testamentary executor, or to any one else authorized to pay
said legacy, a full and complete receipt and discharge therefor as fully as
if given by the Society itself.

The President called to the attention of the Society the pro-
visions of the will of the late Col. F. M. Etting, under which
the Society has certain interests, and stated that during its
recess he had requested Mr. Price, a member of the Philadel-
phia bar, to represent the Society in the matter.

Mr. Price explained the legal status of the case, and stated
no bond was necessary to indemnify the executors ; that an
issue was now pending to determine the validity of the will,
and that the Society had no real concern with the same.

Mr. Tatham moved that the action of the Treasurer, in de-
clining to give any security to indemnify the executors, be
approved.

Dr. Morris offered as an amendment that "the action of the
President in employing Mr. Price as counsel for the Society be

have some difficulty, I advise you to put in relation with him the person you will charge
with receiving this sum about a couple of.months before the 15th of March, 1891, so that.
if it became necessary, Mr. Massion would lie able to correspond with you, ami you
could furnish him with such document as ho would judge useful. So that the execution
of i he legacy that Mr. ( larlier has made you. will not be retarded.
In waiting for another occasion to correspond with you, believe me, Mr. President,

Your very devoted,

Clatjdio Jannet,

Professor of Political Economy at the Catholic Univi rsity of I'aris.

1890.] 259

TZty^ ^^ ^ ^ PeqUeSted t0C^« represent

The amendment was carried, and the question being put on
the motion as amended, was carried.

And the Society was adjourned by the President

Stated Meeting, November 21, 1890.

Present, 18 members.

President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

Hon. James T. Mitchell, a lately elected member, was pre-
sented to the Chair, and took his seat P

The resignations of Eev. George Dana Boardman and Mr
George B. Boberts were accepted.

Dr. Daniel G. Brinton presented "Notes on the Puquina
Language of Peru." ^ a

mHttd minUteS °f thG B°ard °f °ffiCerS aDd CoUncil were s^-
Pending nominations, Nos. 1213, 1214, and 1215 and new
nomination, No. 1216, were read. '

progress001111111'166 ^ ^^ Accomm°datiohs reported
And the Society was adjourned by the President.

Stated Meeting, December 5, 1890.

Present, 14 members.

President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

Correspondence was submitted as follows •
Letters of acknowledgment (131, 132, 133) were received
from the Imperial Academy of Science, Imperial Bussian Geo-

PROC. AHER. PHILOS. 80C. XXYIH. 134. 2H. PRINTED jan.14> mi

260

[D

graphical Society, Comite Geologique de la Russie, Prof. Serge
Nikitin, St. Petersburg ; K. Zoologisch Genootscbap, Natura
Artis Magistra, Amsterdam ; K. Zoologisch-Botaniscli Ge-
nootschap, The Hague, Holland ; Fondation de P. Teyler van
der Hulst, Harlem ; Prof. C. Leemans, Leiden, Holland ; Dr.
Friederich Krauss, Vienna ; Naturforschende Gesellschaft, Frei-
burg, i. B. (131, 133) ; Verein fur Thiiringische Geschichte und
Alterthumskunde, Jena; "Le Cosmos," Marquis de Nadaillac,
Paris ; Mr. Hamilton A. Hill, Boston, Mass. ; Mr. G. F. Dun-
ning, Farmington, Conn. ; Dr. H. C. Chapman, Philadelphia ;
Museo Nacional, Buenos Aires (130).

Societe Royale de Geographie d'Anvers, Antwerp, Belgium,
was placed on the Society's exchange list to receive Proceed-
ings.

A circular was received from the American Chemical So-
ciety, New York, announcing the holding of their Second
General Meeting, December 30 and 31, 1890.

A communication was received from George Reiter, Cincin-
nati, O., announcing a supposed new discovery that water can
be raised by suction or atmospheric pressure higher than
thirty-four feet, which the Secretaries were instructed to an-
swer.

A letter from Mr. Robert Patterson, in reference to the
Peale collection of stone implements, was referred to the
Curators.

Accessions to the Library were reported from the Depart-
ment of Mines, etc., Wellington, NewZealand; Geographical So-
ciety, Tokio ; Deutsche Seewarte, Hamburg ; Verein fiir Kunst
und Alterthum in Oberschwaben, Ulm ; Geographische Ge-
sellschaft, Miinchen ; Societe Royale de Geographie d'Anvers ;
Academie Royale de Belgique, Bruxelles ; Prof. L. Riitimeyer,
Basel, Switzerland ; Ostschweizerische Geogr.-Commerc. Ge-
sellschaft, St. Gall ; Direzione Generale della Statistica, Rome ;
Societe de Geographie de Lisboa; University of the State of
New York, Albany ; Bureau of Statistics of New Jersey ; Prof.
Robert W. Rogers, Carlisle, Pa. ; Franklin Institute, Dr. Per-
sifor Frazer, Mr. Henry Phillips, Jr., Philadelphia ; Depart-

1890.] ^61

ment of State, Washington, D. C. ; Acadenry of Science of St.
Louis, Mo. ; Colorado Scientific Society, Denver ; Sociedad
Cientifica " Antonio Alzate," Observatorio Astronomico Na-
cional de Tacubaya, Mexico.

The report of the Treasurer was presented.

Pending nominations, Nos. 1213, 1214, 1215, and 1216, were
read.

Prof. Cope offered the following resolution :

Resolved, That the resolution of the Society which requires that papers
presented for publication by the Society shall be completed for publica-
tion, shall not be construed to require completed drawings for the illustra-
tion of such papers.

A vote being taken, the resolution was not agreed to.
And the Society was adjourned by the President.

Stated Meeting, December 19, 1890.

Present, 19 members.

President, Mr. Fraley, in the Chair.

A letter was received from the Eochester Academy of
Science requesting exchanges, which was granted.

A letter of resignation was received from Mr. Herbert
Welsh, Philadelphia, dated December 17, 1890, and the resig-
nation accepted.

A plaster bust-portrait of Jefferson, for the Society's Cab-
inet, was received from Miss Emily Phillips, Philadelphia.

Photographs of the old Bartram Place (mansion, garden,
etc.) were received from Dr. J. F. Holt, Philadelphia.

Letters of envoy were received from the Deutsche Seewarte,
Hamburg; Bureau of Statistics of Labor and Industries,
Trenton, N. J. ; Eochester Academy of Science, Eochester,
N. Y.

Letters of acknowledgment were received from the Eoyal

^"2 [Dec. 19i

Society of Yictoria, Melbourne (128, 130); Institut Egyptien,
Cairo (131, 132, 133) ; Societas pro Fauna et Flora, Fennica,
Helsingfors (131, 132, 133) ; Prof. Peter E. v. Tunner, Leoben,
Styria (131, 132, 133) ; Profs. Friedrich Miiller, Dionys Stur,
Edward Suess, Vienna (130, 131, 132, 133); Deutsche Geolo-
gische Gesellschaft, Berlin (131, 132, 133); Geographische
Gesellschaft, Hannover, Prussia (131, 132, 133); Prof. Dr.
Diimischen, Strassburg, Alsace (130, 131, 132, 133) ; Prof. Dr.
C. L. Eiitimeyer, Basle, Switzerland (131, 132, 133); Schweiz.
Naturforsch. Gesellschaft, Bern, Switzerland (131, 132, 133);
Prof. Carl Yogt, Geneva, Switzerland (131, 132, 133) ; Uni-
versity of Tennessee, Knoxville (131, 132, 133).

Accessions to the Library were received from M. Theodor
Gottleib, Leipzig ; P. Universita, Turin ; Eoyal Society, Edin-
burgh ; Geological Society, Manchester ; Prof. George M.
Dawson, Montreal ; Astronomical Observatory of Harvard
College, Cambridge ; Academy of Science, Eochester, N. Y.;
Henry Phillips, Jr., Philadelphia ; Bureau of Education, Dr.
Walter J. Hoffman, "Washington, D. C. ; University of Cali-
fornia.

A letter was read from the Eittenhouse Memorial Associa-
tion, requesting the Society to join in a petition to the Legis-
lature, requesting the erection of a suitable monument to com-
memorate the services of David Eittenhouse to the State and
the county.

After discussion and debate, the Society, on motion of Mr.
Prime,

Resolved, That while the members of the American Philosophical So-
ciety individually sympathize with the proposed memorial requesting the
Legislature to erect a monument to David Rittenhouse ; yet, as a society ;
they consider it inexpedient to join in a petition so to do.

Pending nominations Nos. 1213, 1214, 1215, and 1216 were
read, spoken to and balloted for.

The Committee on Finance presented its recommendations
for appropriation for the ensuing year.

Mr. Prime moved to reduce the salary of the Librarian by
$250.

1890.] 263

Dr. Greeue moved to raise the same to $1000.
The motion and amendment were subsequently withdrawn,
and the appropriations passed, as reported.
Dr. Cope offered the following resolution :

Resolved, That a Committee, consisting of five members, be appointed
by the President of the Society to consider and propose to a future meet-
ing such measures as they may deem necessary for the well being and
improvement of the Proceedings.

The resolution was adopted. The President subsequently-
appointed as such Committee, Dr. Cope, George F. Barker,
Admiral Macauley, Dr. Jayne and Dr. Brinton.

Mr. Arthur Biddle moved that a Committee of five be ap-
pointed by the President at his leisure to consult with the His-
torical Society regarding the desirability of accepting the
Etting bequest, and to report at the next meeting.

Dr. Morris moved to lay on the table, and a tie vote result-
ing on the motion, it was withdrawn, and the original motion
being voted upon was carried.

The President subsequently appointed as such Committee,
Mr. Arthur Biddle, Dr. Euschenberger, Messrs. Wood, Price
and Joseph C. Fraley.

Dr. Horn, from the Committee to obtain for the Society the
Portrait of S. F. Baird, by Ulke, reported that it had been
purchased and was now on the walls of the meeting room, and
read a list of the donors for its purchase.

On motion, the thanks of the Society were tendered to the
Committee for its services, and the Committee was discharged.

The ballots being counted, the following were reported duly
elected members of the Society :

2183. Theodore Turrettini, Geneva.

2184. E. Mascart, Paris.

2185. William C. Unwin, London.

2186. Louis Vossion, Philadelphia.

And the Society was adjourned by the President.

NDEX TO VOL. XXVIII.

Meetings Held.

Page.

1890, January 3 26

January 17 28

February 7 32

February 21 88

March 7 90

March 21 92

April 17 97

April 18 97

Page.

1890, April 25 102

May 2 103

May 16 105

November 7 248

November 21 259

December 5 259

December 19 261

New Members Elected.
February 21, 1890.

No. 2178. Henry Willis Philadelphia.

2177. Robert W. Rogers Haverford, Pa.

2176. Samuel Timmins Arley, near Coventry, England.

2175. James T. Mitchell Philadelphia.

May 16, 1890.

No. 2182. Charles Godfrey Leland London.

2181. Heman L. Wayland Philadelphia.

2180. Robert Patterson Field Philadelphia.

2179. GeorgeS. Fullerton Philadelphia.

December 19, 1890.

No. 2186. Louis Vossion Philadelphia.

2185. William C. Unwin London.

2184. E. Mascart Paris.

2183. Theodore Turrettini Geneva.

Decease of Members.

Martin B. Anderson 91

Charles A. Ashburner 27

George H. Boker . 27

Louis A. C. Carlier 100

J. H. C. Coffin 29

Daniel R. Goodwin 95

Frederick Graft 100

Gustav Adolph Hirn 36

James H. Hutchinson 27

William D. Kelley 29

Richard J. Levis 255

James McClune 101

Gustav Weil 95

Besignations of Members.

George Dana Boardman 259

George B. Roberts 259

Herbert Welsh 261

266

Oral Communications. page.

Dr. Harrison Allen.

On the Affinity of the Teeth of Rats with those of Eocene Mammals 256

On the Variations of the Forms of Human Teeth 30

Prof. Barker.

Exhibits four Stellar Photographs taken by Prof. Pickering 91

Prof. E. D. Cope.

On the Gigantic Chinchilla of North America 89

On the Dinosauria of the Laramie Formation 106

Dr. J. Cheston Morris.

On a late Publication by Dr. McLaughlin, of Texas, regarding Immunity from
Disease by carrying out the Law of Interference . . . . • 256

Written Communications.
Allen, Harrison.

Description of a New Species of Pteropus 70, 95

Description of a New Species of Macrotus 72, 95

Description of a New Species of Caroilia, and Remarks on Carollia brevicauda. 19

Baird, Henry M.

Address by 209

Brinton, Daniel G.

On Etruscan and Libyan Names : A Comparative Study 36, 39

Note on the Puquina Language of Peru 2-12

Cope, Dr. E. D.

Notes and Descriptions of Palseozoic Fishes 256

Fraley, Frederick.

Address by 173

Gatschet, Albert S.

The Beothuk Indians. Article Third 1, 28

Goode, G. Brown.

Address by 177

Holland, J. W.

Address by 199

Houston, Edwin J.

On Muscular Contractions following Death by Electricity 36, 37

McMaster, John Bach.

Address by 166

Ryder, John A.

The Origin of Sex through Cumulative Integration, and the Relation of Sexu-
ality to the Genesis of Species 106, 109

The Eye, Ocular Muscles, and Lachrymal Glands of the Shrew Mole (Blarina
lalpoides Gray) 16, 28

Stokes, Alfred C.

Notices of New Fresh-water Infusoria (with a plate) 74,100

Wake, C. Staniland.

The Asiatic Affinities of the Malay Language 81,100

Williams, Talcott.

Remarks by 162, 172, 176, 198, 207, 225

267

Obituary Notices. page.

Charles Albert Ashburner.

By J. P. Lesley 53

Henry Simmons Frieze.

By James B. Angell 59

Daniel Raynes Goodwin.

By J. Vaughan Merrick 227

Franklin B. Gowen.

By Richard Vaux 61

Frederick Graff.

By William P. Tatham 104

Leo Lesqueretjx.

By J. P. Lesley 65

Letters Accepting Membership.

C. C. Abbott Trenton, N. J 26

A. Sydney Biddle . .' Philadelphia 26

Fernando Cruz Washington, D. C 27

Robert P. Field Philadelphia 219

George Friebis . Philadelphia 26

George S. Fullerton Philadelphia ... 249

John J. Keane Washington, D. C 27

Friederich S. Krauss Vienna 32

Charles G. Leland London, Eng 249

J. M. Le Moine Quebec, Canada 27

James T. Mitchell 92

Robert W. Rogers Philadelphia 90

George G. Stokes London 32

Samuel Timmins 92

Heman L. Wayland Philadelphia 249

Henry Willis Philadelphia 90

Miscellaneous.

American Chemical Society, circular in reference to the holding of its Second

Annual Meeting 260

" Antananarivo Annual," prospectus of the 93

Baird, Prof. S. F., portrait presented 92, 95, 104

Building Fund, annual report 89

Carlier, Auguste, legacy of 257

Carson, E. Frank, letter from, requesting loan of Society's Hall for reunion of the

Rittenhouse family 90

Request not granted 96

Columbia College, New York City, N. Y., invites Society to be present at the inaugu-
ration of Seth Low, as President 32

Committees, Standing :

Finance 29, 37, 262

Hall 30

Henry M. Phillips' Prize Essay Fund 30

Library 30

Michaux Legacy 30, 31, 36, 256

Publication 30

Committees, Special :

Baird Portrait 92, 95, 104, 108, 263

PROC. AMER. PHILOS. SOC. XXVIII. 134. 2l. PRINTED JAN. 14, 1891.

268

Committees, Special : Page.

Extended Accommodations 31,89,101,102,106,107.

Franklin Celebration 31,36,91,95,96,97,108,161,162

-Cope, Dr., resolution respecting the improvement of the Proceedings 263

Resolution adopted and Committee appointed 263

Cornelian formerly worn by Dr. Benjamin Franklin, presented by Miss Jane Rit-

tenhouse Wilson 100

Election, Annual, of Officers, etc. 27,28

Etting, Colonel F. M., will of 258

Etting bequest, motion of Arthur Biddle in regard to 258, 263

Exchanges ordered :

Museo Michoacano, Morelia, Mexico ; San Francisco Public Library ; Soci6t6
Royale de G6ographie d'Anvers, Antwerp, Belgium ; Tokyo Anthropologi-
cal Society ; Rochester Academy of Science ; The Royal Asiatic Society
(Straits Branch), Singapore; K. Danske Geografiske Selskab, Copenhagen;
Observatorium der K. K. Nautischen Akademie, Triest ; K. K. Militar-
Geographische Institut, Wieu ; Geodatische Institut, Hydrographische Amt
des Reichs-Marine-Amt, Berlin ; Verein fiir Erdkunde, Cassel ; K. Sachs.
Meteorologische Institut, Chemnitz ; Siebenbergische Verein fiir Natur-
wissenchaften, Hermaimstadt ; Naturwissenschaftliche Verein, Osnabriick ;
Wiirtembergische Verein fiir Handelsgeographie, Stuttgart ; Etat Indepen-
dant du Congo, Bruxelles ; Societe Neuchateloise de G£ographie, Neu-
chatel ; Union Gebgraphique du Nord de la France, Douai ; SociSte' do
Geographie, Lille ; Ministero di Agr. e Commercio Direzione Generate della
Statistica, Rome ; Manchester Geographical Society ; Belfast Natural History
and Philosophical Society ; Instituto Meteorologico Nacional de Costa Rica ;
Direccion General de Estadistica, La Plata.

Field, Robert Patterson, a lately elected member, presented to the Chair 248

Franklin, letter from Daniel F. Wolf, suggesting the Tombstone of, should be relet-

tered, etc 98

Franklin celebration 161-226

Friebis, Dr. George, a lately elected member, presented to the Chair 28

Januet, Claudio, letter from 257

Jefferson, plaster portrait medallion of, presented . 261

Legacy from Auguste Carlier 257

Librarian nominated 28

Librarian reelected 29

Massion, P., letter from 98, 99

Mitchell, James T., a lately elected member, presented to the Chair 259

Muhlenberg, Rev. F. A., letter from, accompanying his donation of the Botanical

Books of his grandfather, Rev. Henry E. Muhlenberg 94, 95

Naturforschende Gesellschaft in Emden, letter from, thanking Society for its letter of
congratulation ou the late celebration of the Seventy-fifth Anniversary of

its Foundation 92

Norris, William J., mortgage ordered to be satisfied 101

Officers and Council, Proceedings submitted 89, 100

Patterson, Robert, letter from, in reference to Peale Collection of Stone Imple-
ments 260

Peale Collection of Stone Implements, letter from Mr. Robert Patterson in refer-
ence to 260

Phillips, Emily, letter from, offering the portrait of Henry M. Phillips 103

Phillips, Henry M., portrait presented 103

Accepted 104

Photographs received :

Dr. R. H. Alison, Ardmore, Pa 29

II Marchese de Gregorio, Palermo 29

Runic characters on Mananas island presented by Prof. J. F. Rothrock 93

Dr. John A. Kyder, Philadelphia 89

2G9

Photographs received : Page.
Photographs of the oldBartram Place (mansion, garden, etc.), from Dr. J. F. Holt,
Philadelphia 261

Physikalisch-CEkonomische Gesellschaft zu Konigsberg in Preussen announces the

approaching Centennial Anniversary of its Formation 32

. Portraits presented :

Prof. S. F. Baird 92, 95, 101, 263

Henry M. Phillips 103

Accepted 101

R. Academia Nederlandica, annual program, 1891 102

Reports :

Committee on the Michaux Legacy 256

Treasurer's 261

Resolutions :

In reference to legacy of Auguste Carlier 253

In reference to " Separata" 108

Of Mr. Prime, in reference to Rittenhouse Monument 262

Dr. Cope, respecting the improvement of the Proceedings 263

Rittenhouse Memorial Association, letter from 262

Rogers, Robert W., presented to Chair and takes his seat ... 92

"Separata," resolution in reference to 108

Socit;t6 Botanique Bavaroise, Munich, circular from, requesting exchanges 249

Society, temporarily removed 248

Comes together again 248

Mr. Henry Phillips, Jr., presents some statistics relating to 31

Resolves to celebrate the One Hundredth Anniversary of Franklin's Death. . . . 31

Subscribes to "American Notes and Queries" 36

Resolution of, in regard to Rittenhouse Memorial 262

Supposed New Discovery, communication from George Reiter, Cincinnati, in re-
gard to 260

Treasurer :

Report of 261

Authorized and empowered to satisfy Mortgage of William J. Norris 101

University of Toronto, circular from, requesting donations to replace those destroyed

by fire 92

Request granted . 92

Williams, Talcott, presented to Chair 92

LIST OF SURVIVING MEMBERS

erican Philosophical Society,

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA

PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Corrected to January 2, 1891,

BY

HE1TE,Y PHILLIPS, J":r.-

A Secretary of the Society.

List of surviving Members of the American Philosophical Society
held at Philadelphia for Promoting Useful Knowledge.

The addresses here given so far as known are at the present time. Cor-
rections of this list are respectfully solicited.

A name printed in italics indicates that the Society is uncertain as to
whether such member is still living and desires information on the subject.

The Society will be happy to receive photographs of such of its members
as have not already sent.

.A.

Name. Date of Election.

16S7. Abbe, Cleveland July 21, 1871,

2170. Abbott, Charles C Dec. 20, 1889,

1463. Abbott, Henr / L April 18, 1862,

1809. Ackerman, Richard July 21, 1876,

1713. Acland, Henry W Jan'y 17, 1873,

2128. Adam, Lucien Dec 17, 18S6,

l^OSl. Adams, H. B May 21, 1886,

1238. Adams, John Couch Jan'y 21, 1848,

1381. Adamson, Rev. John C. July 13. 1856.

1779. Agassiz, Alexander April 16, 1875,

1642. Agassiz, Elizabeth Oct. 15, 1869,

1701. Agnew, D. Hayes April 19. 1872,

1886. Airy, George Biddle, Sir . . . July 18, 1879,

2091. Albrecht, Paul May 21, 1886,

1812. Alcantara, Dom Pedro d' . . . Oct. 20, 1876,

1860. Alison, Robert H May 3, 1878,

1869. Allen, Joel Asaph Sept. 20, 1878,

1571. Allen, Harrison Jan'y IS, 1867,

1776. Allison, Joseph April 16, 1875,

1927. Ames, Charles G Jan'y 21, 1881,

2064. Anderson, George B Feb'y 19, 1886,

1655. Anderson. Grorge W Oct. 15, 1869,

1576. Anderson, M. B Jan'y 18, 1867,

2164. Angell. James B Oct. 18, 1889,

1122. Angelis, Prdro de Jan'y 17, 1840,

2102. Argyll, Duke of May 21, 1886,

1761. Armstrong, Wm. George .... July 17, 1874,

1996. Ashhurst, John Jan'y 18, 1884,

2012. Ashhurst, Richard L April 18, 1884,

Present Address.
Army Weather Bureau,

Washington, D. O
Trenton, N. J.
New York City, N. Y.

Stockholm, Sweden.
Oxford, England.
Rennes, France.
Baltimore, Md.
Cambridge, England.

Cambridge, Mass.

Philadelphia.
Greenwich, England.
Hamburg, Germany.
Paris, France.
Ardmore, Pa.
New York, N. Y.
Philadelphia.

Boston, Mass.

West Point, N. Y.

Rosemont, Pa.

Rochester, N. Y.

Ann Arbor, Mich.

Buenos Ayres.

London, England.

Newcastle-on-Tyne, England.

Philadelphia.

Name. Date of Election. Present Address

1995. Bache, Richard Meade .... Jan'y 18, 1884, Philadelphia.

1832. Bache, Thomas Hewson .... Feb'y 2, 1877, "

1630. Baird, Henry Carey Jan'y 15, 1869, "

1991. Baird, Henry M Jan'y 18, 1S84, New York, N. Y.

2015. Baker, John R April 18, 18S4, Philadelphia.

2075. Baker, William S May 21, 1886,

1157. Bancroft, George July 16, 1811, Washington, D. C.

1936. Barber, Edwin Atlee April 15, 1881, West Chester, Pa.

1818. Barcena, Mariano Feb'y 2, 1877, Mexico.

1741. Barker, George F April 18, 1873, Philadelphia.

2011. Barker, Wharton April 18, 1884,

2144. Barnard, William T May 20, 18S7, Baltimore, Md.

1902. Bartholow, Roberts April 16, 1880, Philadelphia.

1133. Bartlett, W. H. C April 17, 1840, Yonkers, N. Y.

2119. Bastian, Adolph Dec. 17, 1886, Berlin, Germany.

1934. Beaulieu, Paul Leroy April 15, 1881, Paris, France.

1968. Bell, Alexander Graham. . . July 21, 1882, Washington.

1966. Bell, Joseph Snowden July 21, 1882, Philadelphia.

1802. Bell, Lowthian April 21, 1876, Newcastle-on-Tyne, England

2149. Biddle, Alexander Feb'y 17, 1888, Philadelphia.

2154. Biddle, Arthur Dec. 21, 1888, "

2L73. Biddle, A. Sydney Dec. 20,1889, "

1920. Biddle, Cadwalader Oct. 15, 1S80, "

1831. Biddle, Craig Feb'y 2, IS77, "

2134. Billings, John S Feb'y 18, 1887, Washington, D. C.

2157. Blair, Andrew A May 17, 1889, Philadelphia.

1554. Blair, Thomas S. Jan'y 19, 1866, Pittsburgh, Pa.

1669. Blake, William Phipps .... Oct. 21, 1870, New Haven, Conn.

1790. Blasius, William Oct. 15, 1875, Philadelphia.

1700. Blodget, Lorin April 19, 1872, "

1444. Bohtlingk, Otto Jan'y 17, 1S62, Leipzig, Germany.

2047. Bonwill, W J. A Oct. 16, 1885, Philadelphia.

1852. Borgnis, J. A Oct. 20, 1820, Pan's, France. (?)

1126. Boye, Martin H Jan'y 17, 1840, Coopersburg, Pa.

1826. Brackett, Cyrus Fogg Feb'y 2, 1877, Princeton, N.J.

2083. Branner, John C May 21, 1886, Little Rock, Ark.

2195. Brezina, Aristides May 21, 1886, Vienna, Austria.

1636. Brinton, Daniel G April 16, 1869, Philadelphia.

2069. Brinton, John H Feb'y 19, 1886, "

1745. Britton, J. Blodgett Oct. 17, 1873, "

2080. Brooks, William Keith .... May 21, 1886, Baltimore, Md.

1881. Brown, Arthur Erwin .... April 18, 1879, Philadelphia.

1333. Brown-Sequard, E Jan'y 20, 1854, Paris, France.

1614. Brugsh, Henri Jan'y 15, 1869. Berlin, Prussia.

1547. Brush, George J Jan'y 20, 1865, New Haven. Conn.

1653. Bullock, Charles Oct. 15, 1869, Philadelphia.

1452. Bunsen, Robert W Jan'y 17, 1862, Heidelberg, Germany.

2008. Burk, Isaac Jan'y 18, 1884, Philadelphia.

2007. Burk, Jesse Y Jan'y 18, 1884,

1378. Burmeister, Hermann April 18, 1856, Buenos Ayres, S. A.

1938. Butler, William April 15, 1881, West Chester, Pa.

G

1788. Campbell, John Lyle July 16, 1875, Crawfordsville, Ind.

1606. Canby, William Marriatt . . . Oct. 16, 1868, Wilmington, Del.

A 1 ime. Date of Election.

2051. Cannizzaro, Tommaso Oct. 16, 1885,

1731. Capellini, Giovanni April 18, 1873,

1796. Carll, J. B. F Oct. 15, 1875,

2130. Cakkillo, Ckescencio Dec. 17, 1886,

1911. Carson, Hampton L April 16, 1880,

1707. Cassatt, Alexander Johnson . Oct. 18, 1872,

2117. Castner, Samuel, Jr Dec. 16, 1887,

2152. Cattell, J. McKeen May 18, 1888,

1675. Cattell, William C Jan'y 20, 1871,

1908. Chance, Henry Martyn . . . April 16, 1880,

1783. Chandler, C. F April 16, 1875,

1778. Chapman, Henry C April 16, 1875,

2132. Charency, Hyacinth de . . . Dec. 17, 1886,

1522. Chase, Thomas Jan'y 15, 1864,

2111. Childs, George W. Dec. 17, 1886,

2158. Clark, Clarence H May 17, 1889,

1717. Clarke, Thomas C Jan'y 17, 1873,

1983. Claypole, E. W Jan'y 19, 1883,

2048. Cleemann. T. M Oct. 16, 1885,

1999. Cohen, J. Solis Jan'y 18, 1884,

2005. Coleridge, Lord Jan'y 18, 1884,

1555. Cope, Edward D Jan'y 19, 1866,

1367. Coppee, Henry Jan'y 18, 1856,

2129. Cora, Guido Dec. 17, 1886,

1474. Cornelius, Robert Oct. ;i7, 1862,

1867. Cotjes, Elliott Sept. 20, 1878,

1662. Cox, J. D Vpril 15, 1870,

1672. COXE, ECKLEY B Oct. 21, 1870,

1836. Crane, Thomas F Feb'y 2, 1877,

1393. Cresson, Charles M April 17, 1857,

2100. Crookes, William May 21, 1886,

2172. Cruz, Fernando (of Guatemala) Dec. 20, 1889,

1439. Curwen, John April 18, 1861,

ID

1567. Da Costa, J. M Oct. 19, 1866,

1354. Dana, James D July 21, 1854,

1806. Dannefeld, C. Juhlin April 21, 1876,

1516. Daubree, A July 17, 1863,

1811. Davenport, Samuel Oct. 20, 1876,

1557. Davidson, George Jan'y 19, 1866,

1980. Davis, William M Jan'y 19, 1883,

1923. Dawkins, William B Oct. 15, 1880,

1468. Dawson, John W . . April 18, 1862,

2131. Delgada, Juan de Dias de la

Rada y Dec. 17, 1886,

991. Del Rio, Andres Oct. 15, 1830,

854. De Montf/ery Oct. 20, 1820.

1964. De Rosny, Leon July 21, 1882,

1876. Des Cloizeaux, A Oct. 18, 1879,

2045. De Vere, M. Schele Oct. 16, 1885,

2013. Dickson, Samuel April 18, 1884,

1341. Dohrn, C. A Jan'y 20, 1854,

2108. Dolley, Charles S Dec. 17, 18S6,

Present Address
Messina, Italy.
Bologna, Italy.
Pleasantville, Pa.
Merida, Yucatan.
Philadelphia.

Media, Pa.
Philadelphia.
New York, N. Y.

Philadelphia.

St. Maurice les Charency

France.
Providence, R. I.
Philadelphia.

New York, N. Y.
Akron, Ohio.
Philadelphia.

London, England.
Philadelphia.
Bethlehem, Pa.
Turin, Italy.
Philadelphia.
Washington, D. C.
Toledo, O.
Drifton, Pa.
Ithaca, N. Y.
Philadelphia.
London, England.
Washington, D. C.
Warren, Pa.

Philadelphia.
New Haven, Conn.
Stockholm, Sweden.
Paris, France.
Adelaide, S. Australia.
San Francisco, Cal.
Philadelphia.
Manchester, England.
Montreal, Canada.

Madrid, Spain.
Mexico.

Paris, France.

University of Virginia.
Philadelphia.
Stettin, Prussia.
Philadelphia.

yayne.

Date of Election.

2089.
1946.
1S39.
1924.

17S7.
1918.
1878.
1921.
1615.
2063.
1573.
1727.
2086.
1679.

Donner, Otto May 21. 1886,

Doolittle, C. L Oct. 21, 1881,

Douglass, James, Jr April 20, 1877,

Draper/Daniel Oct. 15, 1880,

Drown, Thomas M July 16, 1875,

Du Bois, Patterson ...... Oct. 15, 1SS0,

Dudley, Charles Benjamin . . Jan'y 17, 1879,

Dudley, Thomas H Oct. 15, 1880,

DOmichen, Johannes.

Jan'y 15, 1869,

Duncan, Louis Feb'y 19, 1886,

Dunning, George F Jan'y 18, 1867,

Dupont, Edouard April 18, 1873,

Duruy, Victor May 21, 1886,

Dutton, Clarence E Jan'y 20, 1871,

IE

1560. Earle, Pliny. . .
2105. Easton, Morton W,

1917. ECKFELDT, JACOB B

1825. Eddy, Henry T. .
1686. Eliot, Charles W.
1981. Emmons, S. F. . . .
1405. Evans, Edmund C.
1943. Evans, John . . .

Oct.

Feb'y

April 20, 1866,
Dec. 17, 1886,
15, 1880,
2, 1877,
April 21, 1871,
Jan'y 19, 1883,
Jan'y 21, 1859.
Oct. 21, 1881,

IF1

1273. Farnum, Joseph W. Jan'y

2180. Field, Kobert Patterson . . . May

1901. Flint, Austin, Jr April

1621. Flower, Wm. Henry Jan'y

1875. Foggo, Edward A Oct.

1170. Fraley, Frederick July

1912. Fraley, Joseph C April

1551. Francis, James B April

1695.' Frazer, Persifor Jan'y

2171. Friebis, George Dec.

1459. Froude, J. A Jan'y

2179. Fullerton, George S May

1739. Fulton, John April

1914. Furness. Horace Howard . . . April

1130. Furness, William H April

G-

1063. Galvez, Mariano Oct.

1988. Garrett, Philip C April

2014. Garrison, Joseph F April

2079. Gates, M. E May

1025. Gatschet, Albert S Oct.

1897. Geikie, Archibald Jan'y

1803. Geieje, James April

1339. Genth, Fred. Augustus Jan'y

2067. Genth, F. A., Jr Feb'y

1355. Gibbs, Oliver Wolcott July

1587. Gill, Theodore Nicholas . . . July

1800. Gilman, Daniel C April

1910. Giraldes, J. P. C. Cassado de. . . July

17, 1851,

16, 1890,
16, 1880,
15, 1869,

18, 1879,

15, 1842,

16, 1S80,
21, 1865,

19, 1872,

20, 1889,

17, 1862,
16, 1890,

18, 1873,

16, 1880,

17, 1840,

21, 1836,

20, 1883,

18, 1884,

21, 1886,
17, 1884,
16, 18S0,

21, 1876,

20, 1854,

19, 1886,

21, 1854,

19, 1867,
21, 1876,

20, 1827.

Present Address.
Helsingfors, Finland.
Bethlehem, Pa.
Spuytenduyvil, N. Y.
New York, N. Y.
Boston, Mass.
Philadelphia.
Altoona, Pa.
Camden, N. J.
Strasburg, Germany.
U. S. Navy.
Farmington, Conn.
Brussels, Belgium.
Paris, France.
Washington, D. C.

Northampton, Mass.
Philadelphia.

Cincinnati, O.
Cambridge, Mass.
Washington, D. C.

Hemel Hempstead, Eng

Camden, N. J.
Philadelphia.
New York, N. Y.
London, England.
Philadelphia.

Lowell, Mass.
Philadelphia.

London, England.
Philadelphia.
Johnstown, Pa.
Philadelphia.

Guatemala, C. A.
Philadelphia.
Camden, N. J.
Amherst, Mass.
AVashington.D. C.
London, England.
Edinburgh, Scotland.
Philadelphia.

Cambridge, Mass.
Washington, D. C.
Baltimore, Md.

6

1950.
2162.
1 835.
1680.
1271.
1851.
1605.
1504.
1880.
2155.

2159.
1229.
1939.
1815.
2090.
143S.

2054.
2066.
1658.
1709.
1853.
1795.
1356.
2027.
1412.
1337.
2136.
1827.
1510.
1764.
1681.
1862.
2082.
2071.
2165.
1985.
1734.
1497.
1963.
1501.
2110.
1768.
1663.
2040.
2160.
1153.
2068.
1898.
1624.
1652.
1607.
2070.
1257.

Name. Date of Election. Present Address.

Gladstone, Wm. Ewart .... Oct. 21,1881, London, England.

G< e, G. Brown Oct. 18,1889, Washington, D. C.

Goodell, William Feb'y 2, 1877, Philadelphia.

Goodff.i.i.ow, Edward Jan'y 20, 1871, Washington, D. C.

Gould, Ben. Apthorpe Jan'y 17, 1851, Cambridge, Mass.

Gray, Elisha Jan'y 18, 1878, Chicago, 111.

Green. Traill Oct. 16, 1868, Easton, Pa.

Green, William Henry .... April 17, 1863, Princeton, N. J.

Greene, William H April 18, 1879, Philadelphia.

Gregorio, II Marchese Antonio

de Dec. 21, 1838, Palermo, Italy.

Gregory, Henry D May 17, 1889, Philadelphia.

Grimaldi, Ceva Oct. 16, 1846, Naples, Italy.

Griscom, Wm. Woodnutt . . . April 15, 1881, Haverford, Pa.

Grote, Augustus Radcliffe . . Oct. 20, 1876.

Gubernatis, Angelo de . . . . May 21, 1886, Florence, Italy.

Guyangos, Pascual de April 19, 1861, Madrid, Spain.

Haeckel, Ernest Oct. 16, 1885, Jena, Prussia.

Hagan, H. A Feb'y 19, 1886, Cambridge, Mass.

Hale, Edw. Everett Jan'y 21, 1870, Roxbury, Mass.

Hale, Horatio Oct. 18, 1872, Clinton, Canada.

Hall, Asaph Jan'y 18, 1878, Washington, D. C.

Hall, Charles Edward .... Oct. 15, 1875, Westport, N. Y.

Hall, James July 21, 1854, Albany, N. Y.

Hall, Lyman B Jan'y 16, 1885, Haverford, Pa.

Hammond, William A Oct. 21, 1859, New York, N. V.

Harding, George Jan'y 20, 1851, Philadelphia.

Harris, Joseph S May 20, 1887, "

Hart, James Morgan Feb'y 2, 1877, Cincinnati, O.

Hartshorne, Henry July 17, 1863, Philadelphia.

Hauer, Franz Ritter von. . . Oct. 16, 1871, Vienna, Austria.

Hatjpt, Hermann April 21, 1871, Washington, D. C.

Haupt, Lewis M May 3, 1878, Philadelphia.

Hayes, R. Somers May 21, 1886, New York, N. Y.

Hays, J. Minis Feb'y 19, 1886, Philadelphia.

Hazlehurst, Henry Oct. 18, 1889,

Heilprin, Angelo April 20, 1883, "

IIelmholtz, Heinrich April 18,1873, Berlin, Prussia.

Hilgard, J. E April 17, 1S63, Washington, D. C.

Hill, Hamilton Andrews . . . April 21, 1882, Boston, Mass.

Hill, Thomas April 17, 1863, Portland, Me.

Hilprecht, Hermann V Dec. 17, 1886, Philadelphia.

Himes, Charles Francis . . . Oct. 16, 1874, Carlisle, Pa.

Hitchcock, Charles Henry . . April 15, 1S70, Hanover, N. II.

Hockley, Thomas Jan'y 16, 1885, Philadelphia.

Hoffman, Walter J Oct. 18, 1889, Washington. D. C.

Hofmann, August William. . . Jan'y 17, 1862, Berlin, Prussia.

Holland, James W Feb'y 19, 1886, Philadelphia.

Holmes, Oliver Wendell . . . Jan'y 16, 1880, Boston, Mass.

Hooker, Joseph D Jan'y 15, 1869, London, England.

Hopper, Edward Oct. 15, 1869, Philadelphia.

Horn, George Henry Oct. 16, 1868, "

Horner, Inman Feb'y 19, 1886, . "

Horsford, Eben Norton .... Jan'y 19, 1849, Cambridge, Mass.

Name. Date of Election. Present Address.

1941. IToTcniuss, Jedediah Oct. 21, 1881, Staunton, Va.

1696. Hough, George W Jan'y 19, 1872, Chicago, 111.

1698. Houston, Edwin J Jan'y 19, 1872, Philadelphia.

2143. Houston, Henry H May 20, 1887, "

20S4. Hovelacque, Abel May 21, 1886, Paris, France.

1843. Humphrey, H. C July 20, 1877.

2116. Hunfalvy, Paul Dec. 17, 1886, Buda-Pesth, Hungary.

1441. Hunt, Thomas Sterry April 19, 1861, New York, N. Y.

1623. Huxley, Thomas Henry . . . . Jau'y 15, 1869, London, England.

1426. Hyrtle, Joseph July 20, 1860, Vienna, Austria.

I

2052. Im Thurn, Everard F Oct. 16, 1885, Georgetown, British Guiana

1773. Ingham, Wm. Armstrong. . . . April 16, 1875, Philadelphia.

J"

2010. James, Edmund J April 18, 1884, Philadelphia.

1933. Jannet, Claudio April 15, 1881, Paris, France.

2049. Jayne, Horace Oct. 16, 1885, Philadelphia.

1954. Jefferis, William W Jan'y 20,1882,

1942. Jones, Charles C, Jr Oct. 21, 1881, Augusta, Ga.

2017. Jordan, Francis, Jr April 18, 1884, Philadelphia.

1989. Kane, Elisha Kent April 20, 1883, Kane, Pa.

2169. Keane, John J Dec. 20, 1889, Washington, D. C.

1348. Keating, William V April 21, 1854, Philadelphia.

2021. Keen, William W July 18, 1884, "

1962. Keim, Geo. de Benneville. . . . April 21, 1882, "

2118. Keipert, Henri Dec. 17, 1886, Berlin, Prussia.

1161. Kendall, E. Otis Jan'y 21, 1842, Philadelphia.

1708. King, Clarence Oct. 18, 1872, New York, N. Y.

1537. Kirk, John Foster July 15, 1864, Philadelphia.

1284. Kirkwood, Daniel April 18, 1851, Riverside, Cal.

1767. Konig, George A Oct. 16, 1874, Philadelphia.

1971. Kopp, Hermann Oct. 20, 1882, Heidelberg, Germany.

2167. Krauss, Friederich S Dec. 20, 1889, Vienna, Austria.

Xj

1026. Labouderie, J. April 19, 1833, Paris, France.

1694. Lambert, Guillaume Jan'y 19, 1872, Lauvain, Belgium.

1858. Landreth, Burnet Jan'y 18. 1878, Bristol, Pa.

1781. Langley, Samuel P April 16, 1775, Washington, D. C.

1721. La Roche, C. Percy Jan'y 17, 1873, Rome, Italy.

1334. Latrobe, John H. B Jan'y 20, 1854, Baltimore, Md.

1711. Lauth, Franz Joseph Oct. 18,1872, Munich, Bavaria.

1974. Lawes, John Bennett, Sir . . . Jau'y 19, 18S3, Rothamstead, Herts, Eng.

1595. Lea., Henry Charles Oct. 18, 1867, Philadelphia.

1738. LeConte, John April 18, 1873, Berkeley, Cal.

1737. Le Conte, Joseph April 18, 1873, "

1477. Lee, Thomas Jefferson .... Oct. 17, 1862, Washington. D. C.

2125. Leemans, Conrad Dec. 17, 18S8, Leyden, Holland.

1986. Lehman, Ambrose E April 20, 18S3, Philadelphia.

1263. Leidy, Joseph Oct. 19, 1819,

2182. Leland, Charles G May 16. 1890, London, Eng.

2174. Le Moine, J. M Dec. 20, 1889, Quebec, Canada.

1382. Lesley, J. Peter July 13, 1856, Philadelphia.

1376. Letchworth, Albert S Jan'y 18, 1856,

8

20S5.
1415.
1953.
1383.
1756.
1728.
1255.
1872.
1015.
1926.
1977.
2019.
2003.
1629.

1058.
1994.
1970.
2012.
1847.
1857.
1861.
1604.
2078.
1922.
1018.
1885.
21S4.
1572.
1929.
1654.
2107.
1928.
1685.
1838.
1821.
2004.
1677.
1335.
1903.
1947.
1744.
2142.
2175.
1461.
1735.
2114.
1791.
2029.
1841.
1054.
1976.
1577.
2121.
1866.
2120.

Name. Date of Election.

Levasseur, Emu May 21, 1886.

Lewis, Francis W Jan'y 20, I860,

Lewis, Samuel Savage Jan'y 20, 1882,

Leyburn, John July 13, 1856,

Lockyer, Joseph Norman. . . . April 17, 1874,

LONGCHAMPS, SELYS DE April 18, 1873,

LONGSTRETH, MlERS FISHER . . April 21, 1848,

Longstreth, Morris Sept. 20, 1878,

Loriii, Theodore April 20, 1832,

Lovering, Joseph Jan'y 21, 1881,

Lowell, James Russell .... Jan'y 19, 1883,

Lubbock, John July 18, 1884,

Ludlow. William Jan'y 18, 1884,

Lyman, Benjamin Smith .... Jan'y 15, 1869,

Bfacedo, J. L. DaCosta April 15, 1836,

Maisch, John M Jan'y 18, 1884,

Mallery, Garrick, Jr Oct. 20, 1882,

Mallet, John Wm Jan'y 16, 1885,

Mansfield, Ira Franklin . . . Jan'y 18, 1878,

March, Francis Andrew . . . Jan'y 18, 1878,

Marks, William D May 3, 1878,

Marsh, Othniel C Oct. 16, 1868.

Marshall, John May 21, 1886,

Martindale, Isaac C Oct. 15, 1880,

Martinez, Juan Jost . . ... April 20, 1832,

Martins,. Charles July 18, 1879,

Mascart, E Dec. 19, 1890,

Mason, Andrew Jan'y 18, 1867,

May, Addison.* Jan'y 21, 1881,

Mayer, Alfred M Oct. 15, 1869,

McAlister, James Dec. 17, 1886,

McCauley, Edward Y Jan'y 21, 1881,

McCosh, James April 21, 1871,

McCreath, Andrew S. ..... . July 18, 1879.

McKean, William V Feb'y 2, 1877,

McMaster, John Bach Jan y 18,1884,

Meehan, Thumas Jan'y 20, 1871,

Meigs, Montgomery C Jan'y 20, 1854,

Merrick, John Vaugh an . . . April 10, 1880,

Merriman, Mansfield Oct. 21, 1881,

Messchert, Mathew Huizinga. Oct. 17, 1873,

Michael, Helen Abbott. . . . May 20, 1887,

Mitchell, James T Feb. 21,1890,

Mitchell, S. Weir Jan'y 17, 1862,

Mommsen, Theodore April 18, 1873,

MonierAVilliams, Monier . . . Dec. 17, 1886,

Moore, Gideon E Oct. 15. 1875,

Moore, James W Jan'y 16, 1885,

Morehouse, George R April 20, 1877,

Morelli Jan'y 15, 1836,

Morris, J. Cheston Jan'y 19, 1883,

Morton, Henry Jan'y 18, 1867,

Much. Matth^us Dec. 17, 1886,

Muhlenberg, F. A Sept. 20, 1878,

Mueller, Friederich Dec. 17, 1886,

J'rrxrnt Address.
Paris, France.
Philadelphia.
Cambridge, England.
Baltimore, Md.
London, England.
Liege, Belgium.
Sharon Hill.
Philadelphia.
J'aris, France.
Cambridge, Mass.

London, England.
U. S. A.

Philadelphia.

Lisbon, Portugal.

Philadelphia.

Washington, D. C.

University of Virginia, Vi

Canuelton, Pa.

Easton, Pa.

Philadelphia.

New Haven, Conn.

Philadelphia.

Camden, N. J.

(Spain.

Montpellier, France.

Paris, France.

New York. N. Y.

West Chester, Pa.

Hoboken, N. J.

Philadelphia.

Harrisburg, Pa.
Philadelphia.

Washington, D. C.
Philadelphia.
Bethlehem, Pa.
Douglassville, Pa.
Philadelphia.

Berlin, Prussia.
London, England.
New York, N. Y.
Easton, Pa.
Philadelphia.
Naples, Italy.
Philadelphia.
Hoboken N. J.
Vienna, Austria.
Philadelphia.
Vienna, Austria.

9

Name. Date of Election . Present Address.

I486. Mueller, F. Max Jan'y 16,1863, Oxford, England.

1892. MUONI, Damiano Jan'y 16, 1880, Milan, Italy.

2062. MURDOCK, J. B Feb'y 19, 1886, U.S. Navy.

1937. Murray, James A. L£ April 15. 1881, Oxford, England.

1ST

2087. Nadaillac, Marquis de May 21, 1886, Paris, France.

1575. Newberry, John S Jan'y 18, 1867, New York, N. Y.

1852. Newcomb, Simon Jan'y 18, 1878, Washington, D. C.

1582. Newton, Hubert Anson .... April 19, 1869, New Haven, Conn.

1703. Nichols, Starr Hoyt July 19, 1S72, New York, N. Y.

2060. Nikitin, Serge Feb'y 19, 1866, St. Petersburg, Russia.

1S05. Nordenskiold, Adolf Eric . . April 21, 1876, Stockholm, Sweden.

1712. Norris, Isaac, Jr Oct. 18, 1872, Philadelphia.

2106. Norris, William F Dec. 17, 1886, "

2046. North, Edward Oct. 16, 1885, Clinton, N. Y.

O

2072. Oliver, Charles A Feb'y 19,1886, Philadelphia.

1715. Oliver, James E Jan'y 17, 1873, Ithaca, N. Y.

2135. Osborn, Henry F Feb'y 18, 1887, Princeton, N. J.

1581. Osborn, Henry S Jan'y 18, 1867, Oxford, O.

2039. Osler, William Jan'y 16, 1885, Baltimore, Md.

1801. Owen, P. Cunliffe, Sir April 21, 1876, London, England.

1212. Owen, Richard Jan'y 17, 1845,

HP

1868. Packard, A. S., Jr Sept. 20, 1878, Providence, R. I.

1578. Packard, John H Jan'y IS, 1867, Philadelphia.

1331. Paget, James, Sir Jan'y 20, 1854, London, England.

1984. Pancoast, William Henry . . . Jan'y 19, 1883, Philadelphia.

1593. Pardee, Ario Oct. 18, 1867, Hazleton, Pa.

1673. Parieu, Esquiron de . ..... Jan'y 20, 1871, Paris, France.

2036. Parvin, Theophilus Jan'y 16, 1885, Philadelphia.

2056. Pasteur, Louis Oct. 16, 1885, Paris, France.

2035. Patterson, C. Stuart Jan'y 16, 1S85, Philadelphia.

1282. Patterson, Robert April 18, 1851,

1320. Patterson, Thomas L April 15, 1853. Cumberland, Md.

1772. Pearse, JohnB Jan'y 15, 1875. Boston, Mass.

1722. Pemberton, Henry Jan'y 17, 1873, Philadelphia.

2104. Penafiel, Antonio May 21, 1886, Berlin, Prussia.

1777. Penington, Edward April 16, 1875, Philadelphia.

2073. Pennypacker, Samuel W. . . . May 21, 1886,
1518. Penrose, R. A. F July 17, 1863,

2059. Pepper, Edward . Feb'y 19, 1886, Paris.

1666. Pepper, William July 15, 1870, Philadelphia.

951. Percira, Jose Maria Dantes . . . . April 18,1828, Lisbon, Portugal.

1705. Peter, Robert July 19, 1872, Lexington, Ky.

1824. Phillips, Henry, Jr Feb'y 2, 1877, Philadelphia.

1859. Pierce, C. Newlin May 3, 1878. "

1760. Platt, Franklin July 17, 1874, Philadelphia.

2127. Platzman, Julius. ....... Dec. 17, 1886, Leipzig. Germany.

2053. Pomialowsky, John Oct. 10, 1885, St. Petersburg, Russia.

1539. Porter, Thomas Conrad .... Oct. 21, 1864, Easton, Pa.

2044. Potts, William John Oct. 16, 1885, Camden, N. J.

2097. Postgate, J. P May 21, 1886, Cambridge, England.

1216. Poussin, William Tell Jan'y 17, 1882, Paris, France.

10

Name. Bale of Election. Present Address.

2161. Powell, J. W Oct. 18, 1889, Washington, D. C.

1619. Pkkstwich, Joseph Jan'y 15, 1869, Shoreham, England.

1592. Price, J. Sergeant Oct. 18, 1867. Philadelphia.

1780. Prime, Frederick, Jr April 16, 1875, "

2088. Pulzsky, Francis May 21, 1886, Buda-Pesth, Hungary.

1758. Pumpelly, Raphael April 17, 1874, Newport, R. I.

973. Quadrada, Francisco de Paolo . . Oct. 16, 1829, Madrid, Spain.

1143. Quaranta, Barnardo. Jan'y 15, 1841, Naples, Italy.

1448. Ramsay, Andrew C Jan'y 17,1862, London, England.

1736. Rand, Theodore D April 18, 1873, Philadelphia.

1849. Randall, F. A Jan'y 18, 1878, Warren, Pa.

1644. Rawlinson, George Oct. 15, 1869, Oxford, England.

1765. Rawson, Rawson W Oct. 16, 1874, London, "

2099. Rayleigh, Lord May 21, 1886, Essex, England.

1784. Raymond, Rossitter W . . . . April 16, 1875, New York, N. Y.

1585. Raynolds, William F April 19, 1867, Detroit, Mich.

1591. Read, John Meredith July 19, 1867.

2077. Reed, Henry May 21, 1886, Philadelphia.

1842. Reed, Thomas B April 20, 1877,

1889. Remsen, Ira July 18, 1879, Baltimore, Md.

1485. Renan, Ernest Jan'y 16, 1863, Paris, France.

1948. Renard, A Oct. 21, 1881, Brussels, Belgium.

1343. Renard, Charles Jan'y 20, 1854, Moscow, Russia.

1890. ReNeviers, E July 18, 1879, Lausanne, Switzerland.

1S1G. Reuleaux, F . Feb'y 2, 1877, Berlin, Prussia.

2122. Reville, Albert Dec. 17, 18S6, Paris, France.

1500. Richardson, Ben. Ward . . . . April 17,1863, London, England.

1808. Riley, Charles V April 21, 1876, Washington, D. C.

1957. Robins, James M April 21, 1882, Philadelphia.

1025. Robinson, Moncure Jan'y 18, 1833, "

1364. Rogers, E. P April 20, 1855.

1390. Rogers, Fairman Jan'y 16, 1857, Newport, R-. I.

2177. Rogers, Robert W Feb. 21, 1890, Carlisle, Pa.

1906. Rogers, William B.,Jr .... April 16,1880, Philadelphia.

1462. Rohrig, F. L. O April 18, 1862, Los Angeles, Cal.

2050. Rollett, Hermann Oct. 16, 1885, Vienna, Austria.

1907. Rood, Ogden N April 16, 1880, New York, N. Y.

1732. Rossi, Giovanni Battista. . . . April 18, 1873, Rome, Italy.

1718. Rothermel, Peter F Jan'y 17, 1873, Limerick P. O., Pa.

1838. Rothrock, Joseph T April 20, 1877, Philadelphia.

1264. Ruschenberger, Wm. S. W.. . . Oct. 19,1849, "

1620. Rutimeyer, Carl L Jan'y 15, 1869, Basel, Switzerland.

2109. Ryder, John A Dec. 17, 1886, Philadelphia.

S

1766. Sadtler, Samuel Philip .... Oct. 16, 1874, Philadelphia.
2148. Sajous, Charles E Feb'y 17, 1888,

2103. Sanchez, Jesus May 21, 1886, Mexico, Mexico.

1563. Sandberger, Fridolin .... April 20, 1866, Wiirtzburg, Bavaria.

1033. Sanlarem, Viscount July 19, 1833, Lisbon, Portugal.

1958. Sargent, Charles Sprague . . April 21, 1882, Brookliue, Mass.

1730. Saussure, Henri de April 18, 1873, Geneva, Switzerland.

1877. Schorlemmer, C Oct. 18, 1878, Manchester, England

11

Name.

1498. SCHOTT, CHARLES ANTHONY . .

1864. SCHURZ, CAR]

1725. SCLATER, PHILLIP LUTLEY. . .

1919. Scott, Lewis A

2112. Scott, W. H .

1S70. Scudder, Samuel Hubbard. .
1656. Seidensticker, Oswald ....

1883. Seiler, Caul

1704. Sellers, Coleman

1533. Sellers, William

1770. Selwyn, Alfred R. C

1333. Sequard, E. Brown

2057. Sergi, Giuseppe

1965. Seve de Bar, Edouard ....

2076. Sharp, Benjamin

1944. Sharples, Philip Price . . .
1960. Sharples, Stephen Paschall

2002. Sharpless, Isaac

1514. Sheafer, Peter Wenrich . .

1792. Sheppard, Furman

1797. Sherwood, Andrew

1822. Shields, Charles W

1532. Shim, Carl

2124. Simeon, Remi

1414. Smith, Aubrey H

2146. Smith, Edgar F

1544. Smith, Goldwin

1789. Smith, Stephen

2141. Smyth, Albert H

1742. Snowden, A. Loudon

2009. Snyder, Monroe B

1720. Spofford, A. H

1949. Stallo, John B

1446. Steenstrup, J. J. S

1990. Stevens, Walter LeConte . .
1840. Stevenson, John James. . . .

2168. Stokes, Sir George G

1167. Storer, D. Humphreys . . . .
1834. Strawbridge, George . . . .

1559. Strong, William

1820. Stuart, George

1527. Studer, Bernard

2093. Stuer, Dionys

2094. Suess, Edward

2023. Syle, E. W

1844. Sylvester, J.J

2092. SZOMBATHY, JOSEF

Date of Election.

Present Address.

April

17,

1863,

Washington, D. C.

Sept.

20,

1878.

April

18,

1873,

London, England.

Oct.

15,

1880,

Philadelphia.

Dec.

17,

1886,

Princeton, N. J.

Sept.

20,

1878,

Cambridge, Mass.

Jan'y

21,

1870,

Philadelphia.

April

18,

1879,

"

July

19,

1872,

"

April

15,

1864,

"

Oct.

16,

1874,

Montreal, Canada.

Jau'y

20,

1854,

Paris, France.

Oct.

16,

1885,

Rome, Italy.

July

21,

1882,

Brussels, Belgium.

May

21,

1886,

Philadelphia.

Oct.

21,

1881,

West Chester Pa.

April

21,

1882,

Boston, Mass.

Jau'y

18,

1884,

Haverford, Pa.

July

17,

1863,

Pottsville. Pa.

Oct.

15.

1875,

Philadelphia.

Oct.

15,

1875,

Mansfield, Pa.

Feb'y

2,

1877,

Princeton, N. J.

April

15,

1864,

Strasburg, Germany. (?)

Dec.

17,

1886,

Paris, France.

Jan' y

20,

1860,

Philadelphia.

Oct.

21,

1887,

"

Jan'y

20,

1865.

Oct.

15

1875,

New York, N. Y.

May

20,

1887,

Philadelphia.

Oct.

17,

1873,

"

Jau'y

18,

1884,

Philadelphia.

Jan' y

17,

1873,

Washington, D. C.

Oct.

21,

1881,

Cincinnati, O.

Jan'y

17

1862,

Copenhagen, Denmark

Jan'y

18,

1884,

Brooklyn, N. Y.

April

20,

1877,

New York, N. Y.

Dec.

20.

1S89,

London, England.

April

15,

1842,

Boston, Mass.

Feb'y

2

1877,

Philadelphia.

Jan'y

19,

1866,

Washington, D. C.

Feb'y

2,

1877,

Philadelphia.

April

15,

1864,

Berne, Switzerland.

May

21,

1886,

Vienna, Austria.

May

21,

1886,

" "

July

18

1SS4,

Philadelphia.

July

20,

1877,

Oxford, England.

May

21,

1S86,

Vienna, Austria.

1786. Tatham, William P. . . .
1846. Taylor, William B. . . .
2098. Temple, Richard Carnac

2006. Thomas, Allen C

1807. Thompson, 'Elihu ....
1993. Thompson, Heber S. . . .
1726. Thompson, Henry

T

April 16, 1875, Philadelphia.

Oct. 19, 1877, Washington, D. C.

May 21, 1886, Upper Burmah, India.

Jan'y 18, 1884, Haverford, Pa.

April 21, 1876, Lynn, Mass.

Jan'y 18, 1884, Pottsville, Pa.

April 18. 1873, London, England.

12

Name. Date of Election.

1755. Thompson, Robert Ellis .... April 17, 1874,

1754. Thomson, Frank April 17, 1874,

1723. Thomson, William April 18, 1873,

1909. Thomson, William April 16, 1880,

1530. THURY, A April 15, 1864,

1688. Tilghman. Benjamin C July 21. 1871,

1233. Tilghman. Richard A . . . . April 16, 1847,

1657. Tilghman, William M Jan'y 21, 1870,

2176. Timmins, Samuel Feb. 21, 1890,

2123. Topinard, Paul Dec. 17, 1886,

2065. Toppan, Robert Noxon Feb'y 19, 1886,

1597. Townsend, Joseph B Jan'y 17, 1868,

1955. Townsend, Washington .... Jan'y 20, 1882,

1691. Trowbridge, William P . . . . Jan'y 19, 1872,

2024. Trumbull, Henry Clay .... July 18, 1884,

1973. Tschermak, Gustaf Oct. 20, 1882,

91S3. Turrettini, Theodore Dec. 19, 1890,

2166. Tuttle, David K Oct. 18, 1889,

2163. Tyler, Lyon G Oct. 18, 1889,

1529. Tunner, Peter April 15, 1864,

1602. Tyndall, John April 17, 1868,

213SJ Tyson, James May 20, 1887,

TJ

2185. Unwin, William C Dec. 19, 1890,

"V

2000. Vaux, Richard Jan'y 18, 1884,

1475. Virchow, Rudolph Oct. 17, 1862,

1616. Vogt, Carl Oct. 15, 1869,

2115. Von Meltzel, Hugo Dec. 17, 1886,

1670. Vose, George Leonard Oct. 21, 1870,

2186. Vossion, Louis Dec. 19, 1890,

2034. Wagner, Samuel Jan'y 16, 1885,

1748. Wahl, William H Jan'y 16, 1874,

1724. Wallace, Alfred R April 18, 1873,

2156. Ward, Lester F May 17, 1889,

2179. Wayland, Heman L May 16, 1890,

2033. Weil, Edward Henry Jan'y 16, 1885,

2117. Weil, G Dec. 17, 1886,

2028. Weisbach, Albin Jan'y 16, 1885,

1975. Westwood, John O Jan'y 19, 1883,

1639. Wharton, Joseph April 16, 1869,

1637. White, Andrew D April 16, 1869,

1818. White, I. C Jan'y 18, 1878,

1487. Whitney, Josiah Dwight . . . Jan'y 16, 1S63,

1502. Whitney, William Dwight. . . April 17, 1863,

1659. VVhittier, John Greenleaf . . Jan'y 21, 1870,

1863. Wilder, Burt Green May 3, 1878,

2151. Williams, Talcott May 18, 1888,

2178. Willis Henry Feb. 21, 1890,

1489. Wilson, Daniel Jan'y 16, 1863,

2150. Wilson, Edmund B Feb'y 17, 1888,

2041. Wilson, James C Jan'y 16, 1885,

1747. Wilson, Joseph M Jan'y 16, 1874,

Present Address.
Philadelphia.
Philadelphia.
London, England.
Philadelphia.
Geneva, Switzerland.
Philadelphia.

Arley, near Coventry, Eng
Paris, France.
Cambridge, Mass.
Philadelphia.
West Chester, Pa.
New York. N. Y.
Philadelphia.
Vienna, Austria.
Geneva, Switzerland.
Philadelphia.
Williamsburg, Va.
Leoben, "Austria.
London, England.
Philadelphia.

London, England.

Philadelphia.
Berlin, Prussia.
Geneva, Switzerland
Koloszvar, Hungary.
Boston, Mass.
Philadelphia.

Philadelphia.

Croydon, England.
Washington, D. C.
Philadelphia.

Heidelberg, Germany.
Freiburg, Saxony.
Oxford, England.
Philadelphia.
Ithaca, N. Y.
Morgantown, W. Va.
Cambridge, Mass.
New Haven, Conn.
Amesbury, Mass.
Ithaca, N. Y.
Philadelphia.

Toronto, Canada.
Bryn Mawr, Pa.
Philadelphia.

13

Name. Date of Election. ['resent Addres

2L37. Wilson, William Powell . . . May 10, 1887, Philadelphia.

r>l.">. WlNCHELL, ALEXANDER lan'y 20, 1865, Ann Arbor, Midi.

L896. Winthrop, Robert C ran'y 16, 1880, Boston, Mass.

2140. Wireman, Henry D May 20, 1887, Philadelphia.

1561. Wister, Owen Jones Vpril 20, 1866,

1884. Wood, Richard M>ril 18, 1879,

1762. Woodward, Henry luly 17, 1874, London, England.

1751. Wootten, J. E ran'y 16, 1S74, Reading, Pa.

1854. Wormley, Theodore G Jan'y 18, 1878, Philadelphia.

1982. Worts, Charles Stewart . . . Jan'y 21,1881, Philadelphia.

2061. Wyckoff, A. B Feb'y 19, 1886, U.S. Navy.

"2"

1904. Yarnall, Ellis April 16, 1880, Philadelphia.

1759. Young, Charles Augustus . . . April 17, isvi, Princeton, N. J.

PROCE EDI NOR

lf-2/Jj-0> OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY,
HELD AT PHILADELPHIA, FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XXVIII. January to June, 1890. No. 132.

TABLE OF CONTENTS. PAGE.

The Beothuk Indians. Third Article. By Albert S. Oatschet 1

• The Eye, Ocular Muscles and Lachrymal Glands of the Shrew-mole

(Blarina talpoides Gray). By John A. Ryder 16

Description of a New Species of Carollia and Remarks on Carollia

brevicauda. By Harrison Allen 19

Staled Meeting, January 3, 1890 26

Stated Meeting, January 17, 1S90 28

Stated Meeting, February 7, 1890 32

On Muscular Contractions Following Death by Electricity. By

Edioin J. Houston 37

On Etruscan and Libyan Names. A Comparative Study. By

Daniel G. Brinton 39

Obituary Notice of Charles Albert Ashburner. By J. P. Lesley 53

Obituary Notice of Henry Simmons Frieze, LL.D. By James B.

Angell 59

Obituary Notice of Franklin B. Gowen. By Richard Vaux 61

Obituary Notice of Leo Lesquereux. By J. P. Lesley 65

Description of a New Species of Pteropus. By Harrison Allen... . 70

Description of a New Species of Macrotus. By Harrison Allen. . . 72
Notices of New Fresh-water Infusoria. By Alfred G. Stokes (with

a plate) 74

The Asiatic Affinities of the Malay Language. By G. Staniland

Wake 81

Stated Meeting, February 21, 1S90. 88

Stated Meeting, March 7, 1890 90

Stated Meeting, March 21, 1890. . 92

Special Meeting, April 17, 1890. 97

Stated Meeting, April 18, 1890 97

Special Meeting, April 25, 1890 102

Staled Meeting, May 2, 1890 103

Stated Meeting, May 16, 1890 105

The Origin of Sex through Cumulative Integration, and the Rela-
tion of Sexuality to the Genesis of Species. By John A. Ryder. 109

$W It is requested that the receipt of this number be acknowledged.

HdP In order to secure prompt attention it is requested that all corre-
spondence be addressed simply "To the Secretaries of the American
Philosophical Society, 104 S. Fifth St., Philadelphia."

Published for the American Philosophical Society

by

MacCALLA & COMPANY,

NOS. 237-9 DOCK STREET, PHILADELPHIA.

Extract from the By-Laws.

CHAPTER XII.

OF THE MAGELLANIC FUND.

SectionI. John Hyacinth de Magellan, in London, having in the year
1786 offered to the Society, as a donation, the sum of two hundred guineas,
to he by them vested in a secure and permanent fund, to the end that
the interest arising therefrom should be annually disposed of in pre-
miums, to be adjudged by them to the author of the best discovery, or
most useful invention, relating to Navigation, Astronomy, or Natural
Philosophy (mere natural history only excepted) ; and the Society
having accepted of the above donation, they hereby publish the condi-
tions, prescribed by the donor and agreed to by the Society, upon which
the said annual premiums wrill be awarded.

CONDITIONS OF THE MAGELLANIC PREMIUM.

1. The candidate shall send his discovery, invention or improvement,
addressed to the President, or one of the Vice-Presidents of the Society,
free of postage or other charges ; and shall distinguish his performance
by some motto, device, or other signature, at his pleasure. Together
with his discovery, invention, or improvement, he shall also send a
sealed letter containing the same motto, device, or signature, and sub-
scribed with the real name and place of residence of the author.

2. Persons of any nation, sect or denomination whatever, shall be ad-
mitted as candidates for this premium.

3. No discovery, invention or improvement shall be entitled to this
premium, which hath been already published, or for which the author
hath been publicly rewarded elsewhere.

4. The candidate shall communicate his discovery, invention or im-
provement, either in the English, French, German, or Latin language.

5. All such communications shall be publicly read or exhibited to the
Society at some stated meeting, not less than one month previous to the
day of adjudication, and shall at all times be open to the inspection of
such members as shall desire it. But no member shall carry home with

l^-^f-

V R O C E E D I X G S

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY,

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA, FOE PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XXVIII. April 17, 1890. No. 133.

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

PAGE.

Resolutions of the Society 161, 162

Commemoration of the Centennial Anniversary of the Decease of

Benjamin Franklin 161

Remarks by Mr. Talcott Williams 162, 172, 176, 198, 207, 225

Address by Prof. John Bach McMaster 16<i

Address by Hon. Frederick Fraley 173

Address by Dr. G. Brown Goode 177

Address by Dr. J. W. Holland 199

Address by Dr. Henry M. Baird 209

It is requested that the receipt of this number be acknowledged.

In order to secure prompt attention it is requested that all corre-
spondence be addressed simply "To the Secretaries of the American
Philosophical Society. 104 S. Fifth St., Philadelphia."

Published for the American Philosophical Society

by

MacCALLA & COMPANY,

NOS. 237-9 DOCK STREET, PHILADELPHIA.

Extract from the By-Laws.

CHAPTER XII.

OF THE MAGELLANIC FUND.

Section 1. John Hyacinth de Magellan, in London, having in the year
1786 offered to the Society , as a donation, the sum of two hundred guineas,
to be by them vested in a secure and permanent fund, to the end that
the interest arising therefrom should be annually disposed of in pre-
miums, to be adjudged by them to the author of the best discovery, or
most useful invention, relating to Navigation, Astronomy, or Natural
Philosophy (mere natural history only excepted) ; and the Society
having accepted of the above donation, they hereby publish the condi-
tions, prescribed by the donor and agreed to by the Society, upon which
the said annual premiums will be awarded.

CONDITIONS OF THE MAGELLANIC PREMIUM.

1. The candidate shall send his discovery, invention or improvement,
addressed to the President, or one of the Vice-Presidents of the Society,
free of postage or other charges ; and shall distinguish his performance
by some motto, device, or other signature, at his pleasure. Together
with his discovery, invention, or improvement, he shall also send a
sealed letter containing the same motto, device, or signature, and sub-
scribed with the veal name and place of residence of the author.

2. Persons of any nation, sect or denomination whatever, shall be ad-
mitted as candidates for this premium.

3. No discovery, invention or improvement shall be entitled to this
premium, which hath been already published, or for which the author
hath been publicly rewarded elsewhere.

4. The candidate shall communicate his discovery, invention or im-
provement, either in the English, French, German, or Latin language.

5. All such communications shall be publicly read or exhibited to the
Society at some stated meeting, not less than one month previous to the
day of adjudication, and shall at all times be open to the inspection of
such members as shall desire it. But no member shall carry home with

r 3 1891

1/-2/J/.1?.

PROCEEDINGS

OF THE

AMERICAN PHILOSOPHICAL SOCIETY,

HELD AT PHILADELPHIA, FOR PROMOTING USEFUL KNOWLEDGE.

Vol. XXVIII- July to December, 1890. No. 134.

TABLE OF CONTENTS. page.

Obituary Notice of Daniel Raynes Goodwin, D.D., LL.D. By J.

Vaughan Merrick 227

Note on the Puquina Language of Peru By Daniel G. Brinton,

31. D 242

Temporary Removal of the Society 248

Stated Meeting, November 7, 1890 248

Stated Meeting, November 21, 1890 259

Stated Meeting, December 5, 1890 259

Stated Meeting, December 19, 1890 261

List of Surviving Members of the American Philosophical Society.

Compiled by Henry PJiilUps, Jr 1-13

$W It is requested that the receipt of this number be acknowledged.

C^° In order to secure prompt attention it is requested that all corre-
spondence be addressed simply "To the Secretaries of the American
Philosophical Society, 104 S. Fifth St., Philadelphia."

Published for the American Philosophical Society

by

MacCALLA & COMPANY,

NOS. 237-9 DOCK STREET, PHILADELPHIA.

Extract from the By-Laws.

CHAPTER XII.

OF THE MAGELLANIC FUND.

Section 1. John Hyacinth de Magellan, in London, having in the year
1786 offered to the Society . as a donation, the sum of two hundred guineas,
to be by them vested in a secure and permanent fund, to the end that
the interest arising therefrom should be annually disposed of in pre-
miums, to be adjudged by them to the author of the best discovery, or
most useful invention, relating to Navigation, Astronomy, or Natural
Philosophy (mere natural history only excepted) ; and the Society
having accepted of the above donation, they hereby publish the condi-
tions, prescribed by the donor and agreed to by the Society, upon which
the said annual premiums will be awarded.

CONDITIONS OF THE MAGELLANIC PREMIUM.

1. The candidate shall send his discovery, invention or improvement,
addressed to the President, or one of the Vice-Presidents of the Society,
free of postage or other charges ; and shall distinguish his performance
by some motto, device, or other signature, at his pleasure. Together
with his discovery, invention, or improvement, he shall also send a
sealed letter containing the same motto, device, or signature, and sub-
scribed with the real name and place of residence of the author.

2. Persons of any nation, sect or denomination whatever, shall be ad-
mitted as candidates for this premium.

3. No discovery, invention or improvement shall be entitled to this
premium, which hath been already published, or for which the author
hath been publicly rewarded elsewhere.

4. The candidate shall communicate his discovery, invention or im-
provement, either in the English, French, German, or Latin language.

5. All such communications shall be publicly read or exhibited to the
Society at some stated meeting, not less than one month previous to the
day of adjudication, and shall at all times be open to the inspection of
such members as shall desire it. But no member shall carry home with

3 2044 093 310 613

%,■ v "^fc

. *■•■■

v /'"

, *

i,